manualshive.com logo in svg

Siemens SINAMICS G130, List Manual

The Siemens SINAMICS G130 Operating Instructions Manual is a comprehensive resource for users of this powerful product. Easily accessible for download, our user-friendly manual is available for free at manualshive.com. Obtain step-by-step instructions, troubleshooting tips, and essential information to optimize the performance of your SINAMICS G130.

Share
Download
background image

SINAMICS G130/G150
List Manual (LH2), 07/2016, A5E03263479A 

251

2 Parameters

2.2 List of parameters

Description:

Displays the measuring time for a falling edge at the digital input for the "central measuring probe evaluation" 
function.
The measuring time is specified as 16-bit value with a resolution of 0.25 µs.
r0687[0]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 1
r0687[1]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 2
r0687[2]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 3
r0687[3]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 4
r0687[4]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 5
r0687[5]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 6
r0687[6]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 7
r0687[7]: Measuring time, falling edge measuring probe 8

Note:

The parameter is only active for the evaluation procedure p0684 = 0, 1.
For p0684 = 16, r0687[0...7] = 0 is displayed.

Description:

Displays the status word for the function "central measuring probe evaluation".

r0687[0...7]

CO: Central measuring probe measuring time falling edge / CenMeas t_meas 1/0

CU_G130_PN, 
CU_G150_PN, 
CU_G130_DP, 
CU_G150_DP

Can be changed:

 -

Calculated: 

-

Access level: 

3

Data type: 

Unsigned16

Dyn. index: 

-

Func. diagram: 

-

P-Group: 

Displays, signals

Unit group: 

-

Unit selection: 

-

Not for motor type: 

-

Scaling: 

-

Expert list: 

1

Min Max 

Factory 

setting 

- - 

- 

r0688

CO: Central measuring probe status word display / Cen meas ZSW disp

CU_G130_PN, 
CU_G150_PN, 
CU_G130_DP, 
CU_G150_DP

Can be changed:

 -

Calculated: 

-

Access level: 

3

Data type: 

Unsigned16

Dyn. index: 

-

Func. diagram: 

-

P-Group: 

Displays, signals

Unit group: 

-

Unit selection: 

-

Not for motor type: 

-

Scaling: 

-

Expert list: 

1

Min Max 

Factory 

setting 

- - 

- 

Bit field:

Bit

Signal name

1 signal

0 signal

FP

00

Digital input measuring probe 1

High

Low

-

01

Digital input measuring probe 2

High

Low

-

02

Digital input measuring probe 3

High

Low

-

03

Digital input measuring probe 4

High

Low

-

04

Digital input measuring probe 5

High

Low

-

05

Digital input measuring probe 6

High

Low

-

06

Digital input measuring probe 7

High

Low

-

07

Digital input measuring probe 8

High

Low

-

08

Sub-sampling measuring probe 1

High

Low

-

09

Sub-sampling measuring probe 2

High

Low

-

10

Sub-sampling measuring probe 3

High

Low

-

11

Sub-sampling measuring probe 4

High

Low

-

12

Sub-sampling measuring probe 5

High

Low

-

13

Sub-sampling measuring probe 6

High

Low

-

14

Sub-sampling measuring probe 7

High

Low

-

15

Sub-sampling measuring probe 8

High

Low

-

Summary of Contents for SINAMICS G130

Page 1: ...s SINAMICS SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual 07 2016 Edition ...

Page 2: ......

Page 3: ... A5E03263479A SINAMICS SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual Preface Fundamental safety instructions 1 Parameters 2 Function diagrams 3 Faults and alarms 4 Appendix A Index Valid for Drive Firmware version SINAMICS 4 8 ...

Page 4: ...te the rights of the owner Disclaimer of liability We have checked the contents of this publication for consistency with the hardware and software described Since variance cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full consistency The information given in this document is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent editions DANGER ind...

Page 5: ...e and search in manuals information http www siemens com motioncontrol docu My Documentation Manager Information on how to produce individual contents for your own machine documentation based on Siemens contents is available under the link http www siemens com mdm Training Information about SITRAIN Siemens Training on products systems and solutions for automation is available under the following l...

Page 6: ...s and tools provided for the product Table V 1 Usage phases and the available tools documents Usage phase Tools documents Orientation SINAMICS G Sales Documentation Planning configuring SIZER Engineering Tool Configuration Manuals Motors Deciding ordering SINAMICS G Catalogs Installation assembly SINAMICS G150 Operating Instructions SINAMICS G130 Operating Instructions Commissioning STARTER Commis...

Page 7: ...m should only be taken from the ordering documentation Supplements or changes made by the machine manufacturer must be documented by the machine manufacturer For reasons of clarity this documentation does not contain all of the detailed information on all of the product types This documentation cannot take into consideration every conceivable type of installation operation and service maintenance ...

Page 8: ...Preface SINAMICS G130 G150 8 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A ...

Page 9: ...power unit data sets PDS 1084 2 4 Parameters for write protection and know how protection 1086 2 4 1 Parameters with WRITE_NO_LOCK 1086 2 4 2 Parameters with KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK 1088 2 4 3 Parameters with KHP_ACTIVE_READ 1089 3 Function diagrams 1091 3 1 Table of contents 1093 3 2 Explanation of the function diagrams 1101 3 3 CU320 2 input output terminals 1106 3 4 Control Unit communication 1114 3 ...

Page 10: ...31 TM31 1332 3 26 Terminal Module 120 TM120 1343 3 27 Terminal Module 150 TM150 1346 3 28 Voltage Sensing Module VSM 1350 3 29 Basic Operator Panel 20 BOP20 1353 4 Faults and alarms 1355 4 1 Overview of faults and alarms 1356 4 1 1 General information on faults and alarms 1356 4 1 2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms 1361 4 1 3 Number ranges of faults and alarms 1367 4 2 List of faults a...

Page 11: ...1 SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 11 Fundamental safety instructions Content 1 1 General safety instructions 12 1 2 Industrial security 13 ...

Page 12: ...olving severe injuries or death can occur Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation When assessing the risk take into account residual risks WARNING Danger to life or malfunctions of the machine as a result of incorrect or changed parameter assignment Machines can malfunction as a result of incorrect or changed parameter assignment which in turn can lead to injuries or de...

Page 13: ...product newsletter You will find more information at http support automation siemens com WARNING Danger due to unsafe operating states caused by software manipulation Software manipulation e g by viruses Trojan horses malware worms can cause unsafe operating states to develop in your installation which can result in death severe injuries and or material damage Update your software regularly You ca...

Page 14: ...1 Fundamental safety instructions 1 2 Industrial security SINAMICS G130 G150 14 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A ...

Page 15: ...G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 15 Parameters Content 2 1 Overview of parameters 16 2 2 List of parameters 34 2 3 Parameters for data sets 1069 2 4 Parameters for write protection and know how protection 1086 ...

Page 16: ...x 1 2 Name and meaning of index 2 etc Dependency Text Refer to pxxxx rxxxx Refer to Fxxxxx Axxxxx Note Information that might be useful End of example The individual pieces of information are described in detail below pxxxx 0 n BICO Full parameter name abbreviated name Drive object function module Can be changed C1 x C2 x U T Calculated CALC_MOD_REG Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Integer16 Dy...

Page 17: ... actions and parameters Executing macros p0015 p0700 p1000 p1500 Setting the PROFIBUS telegram BICO interconnection p0922 Setting component lists p0230 p0300 p0301 p0400 Automatic calculation and pre assignment p0112 p0340 p0578 p3900 Restoring the factory settings p0970 The following applies to display parameters The fields Min Max and Factory setting are specified with a dash and the relevant un...

Page 18: ...R drive object regardless of which function modules have been activated i e it is available with every activated function module belonging to the drive object Note The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular commissioning software e g parameters for trace functions BI Binector Input This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digita...

Page 19: ...trol Unit with PROFIBUS interface and COMM BOARD function module p0108 30 CU_G130_DP PN CBE20 SINAMICS G130 Control Unit with PROFIBUS interface and PROFINET CBE20 function module p0108 31 CU_G130_PN SINAMICS G130 Control Unit with PROFINET interface CU_G130_PN CAN SINAMICS G130 Control Unit with PROFINET interface and CAN function module p0108 29 CU_G130_PN COMM BOARD SINAMICS G130 Control Unit w...

Page 20: ...or function module r0108 10 VECTOR_G Safety red Vector drive for SINAMICS G130 G150 with Safety rotary axis function module r0108 13 VECTOR_G ext brake Vector drive for SINAMICS G130 G150 with Extended brake control function module r0108 14 VECTOR_G parallel Vector drive for SINAMICS G130 G150 with Parallel connection function module r0108 15 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Vector drive for SINAMICS G130 G150 ...

Page 21: ...an be changed for all settings p0009 0 C1 x Can be changed only when p0009 x A modified parameter value does not take effect until the device commissioning mode is exited with p0009 0 C2 x Drive object commissioning C2 Commissioning 2 Drive commissioning is in progress p0009 0 and p0010 0 Pulses cannot be enabled The parameter can only be changed in the following drive commissioning settings p0010...

Page 22: ...p0340 1 2 CALC_MOD_LIM_REF p0340 1 3 5 p0578 1 CALC_MOD_REG p0340 1 3 Access level Specifies the minimum access level required to be able to display and change the relevant parameter The required access level can be set using p0003 The system uses the following access levels 1 Standard 2 Extended 3 Expert 4 Service Parameters with this access level are password protected Note For p3900 0 p0340 1 i...

Page 23: ...er Integer16 I16 16 bit integer number Integer32 I32 32 bit integer number Unsigned8 U8 8 bits without sign Unsigned16 U16 16 bits without sign Unsigned32 U32 32 bits without sign FloatingPoint32 Float 32 bit floating point number Table 2 2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections BICO input parameter CI parameter BI parameter BICO output parameter Unsigned32 Integer16 Unsigned32 Integer32 U...

Page 24: ...d in this function diagram The structure of the parameter function and its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram P Group only when accessing via BOP Basic Operator Panel Specifies the functional group to which this parameter belongs The required parameter group can be set via p0004 Unit unit group and unit selection The standard unit of a parameter is specif...

Page 25: ...ns Table 2 3 Unit groups p0100 Unit group Unit selection for p0100 Reference variable for 0 1 7_4 Nm lbf ft 8_4 N lbf 14_2 W HP 14_6 kW HP 14_13 W A HP A 14_14 W min 1000 HP min 1000 14_15 W A2 HP A2 14_16 W min2 10002 HP min2 10002 25_1 kgm2 lb ft2 27_1 kg lb 28_1 Nm A lbf ft A 29_1 N Arms lbf Arms 30_1 m ft 47_1 kW s K HP s K 48_1 W K HP K 48_2 W min 1000 K HP min 1000 K 48_3 W min2 10002 K HP m...

Page 26: ...01 6_1 mArms mArms p2002 6_2 Arms Arms p2002 6_3 mA mA p2002 6_4 A A p2002 6_5 A A p2002 7_1 Nm lbf ft p2003 7_2 Nm Nm lbf ft lbf ft 7_3 Nm lbf ft 1 0 8_1 N lbf p2003 8_2 N N lbf lbf 8_3 N lbf 1 0 14_1 W HP r2004 drive 14_3 W HP r2004 infeed 14_4 W HP r2004 drive 14_5 kW HP r2004 drive 14_7 kW HP r2004 infeed 14_8 kW HP r2004 drive 14_9 W W HP HP 14_10 kW kW HP HP 14_11 var var r2004 14_12 kvar kv...

Page 27: ...ference variable for 1 2 3 4 Min Minimum value of the parameter unit Max Maximum value of the parameter unit Factory setting Value when delivered unit In the case of a binector connector input the signal source of the default BICO interconnection is specified A non indexed connector output is assigned the index 0 A different value may be displayed for certain parameters e g p1800 at the initial co...

Page 28: ... expert list of the specified drive objects in the commissioning software 1 Parameter exists in the expert list 0 Parameter does not exist in the expert list Description Explanation of the function of a parameter Values Lists the possible values of a parameter Recommendation Information about recommended settings ASM Induction motor PMSM Permanent magnet synchronous motor REL Reluctance motor text...

Page 29: ...The signal is shown in this function diagram Dependency Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter Also includes special effects that can occur between this parameter and others Where necessary Refer to indicates the following information List of other relevant parameters to be considered List of faults and alarms to be considered Safety instructions Important information...

Page 30: ...eters SINAMICS G130 G150 30 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A Notice The description of this safety instruction can be found at the beginning of this manual see Legal information Page 4 Note Information that the user may find useful ...

Page 31: ...tor specific data probes 0600 0699 Thermal monitoring maximum current operating hours motor data central probe 0700 0799 Control Unit terminals measuring sockets 0800 0839 CDS DDS data sets motor changeover 0840 0879 Sequence control e g signal source for ON OFF1 0880 0899 ESR parking control and status words 0900 0999 PROFIBUS PROFIdrive 1000 1199 Setpoint channel e g ramp function generator 1200...

Page 32: ...000 4599 Terminal Board Terminal Module e g TB30 TM31 4600 4699 Sensor Module 4700 4799 Trace 4800 4849 Function generator 4950 4999 OA application 5000 5169 Spindle diagnostics 5200 5230 Current setpoint filter 5 10 r0108 21 5400 5499 System droop control e g shaft generator 5500 5599 Dynamic grid support solar 5600 5614 PROFIenergy 5900 6999 SINAMICS GM SM GL SL 7000 7499 Parallel connection of ...

Page 33: ...r consistency and storage 9500 9899 Safety Integrated 9900 9949 topology 9950 9999 Diagnostics internal 10000 10199 Safety Integrated 11000 11299 Free technology controller 0 1 2 20000 20999 Free function blocks FBLOCKS 21000 25999 Drive Control Chart DCC 50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER closed loop DC current control 61000 61001 PROFINET Table 2 7 Number ranges for SINAMICS continued Range Descript...

Page 34: ...p0856 12 Operation RFG frozen set RFG start 1 p1141 13 Operation set enable RFG 1 p1140 14 Oper MotID excit running and or brake opens SS2 STOP C 15 Operation open brake p1215 16 Operation withdraw braking with OFF1 using ON OFF1 1 17 Operation braking with OFF3 can only be interrupted with OFF2 18 Operation brake on fault remove fault acknowledge 19 Operation armature short circ DC brake act p123...

Page 35: ...ed set ON OFF1 0 p0840 42 Switching on inhibited set OC OFF2 1 p0844 p0845 44 Switching on inhibited connect 24 V to terminal EP hardware 45 Switching on inhibited remove fault cause acknowledge fault 46 Switching on inhibited exit commissioning mode p0009 p0010 60 Infeed deactivated not operational 70 Initialization 200 Wait for booting partial booting 250 Device signals a topology error Dependen...

Page 36: ...ls the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed Description Operating display for Terminal Board 30 TB30 Value 0 Module in cyclic operation 40 Module not in cyclic operation 60 Fault 70 Initialization 80 Reset active 120 Module deactivated 200 Wait for run up 250 Device signals a topology error Notice For several missing enable signals the corresponding value with the highest numbe...

Page 37: ...n cyclic operation 40 Module not in cyclic operation 50 Alarm 60 Fault 70 Initialization 120 Module deactivated 200 Wait for booting partial booting 250 Device signals a topology error Notice For several missing enable signals the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed r0002 TM54F operating display TM54F op_display TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data t...

Page 38: ...7 Digital inputs outputs commands sequence control 8 Analog inputs outputs 10 Setpoint channel ramp fct generator 12 Functions 13 U f control 14 Control 15 Data sets 17 Basic positioner 18 Gating unit 19 Motor identification 20 Communication 21 Faults alarms monitoring functions 25 Position control 28 Free function blocks 47 Trace and function generator 50 Technology Extensions 90 Topology 95 Safe...

Page 39: ...ameter number is not indexed or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set parameter then index 1 is automatically set to 0 2 The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1 The permissible changes in index 1 always depend on the parameter number set in index 0 Description Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operato...

Page 40: ...mmissioning By appropriately setting this parameter those parameters are filtered that can be written into in the various commissioning steps Value 0 Ready 1 Device configuration 2 Defining the drive type function module p0006 BOP operating display mode BOP op_ disp mode VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit s...

Page 41: ...t using p0108 0 15 refer to p0101 0 15 p0009 3 Drive basic configuration In this state after the device has been commissioned for the first time basic changes can be made for the individual drive objects e g sampling times in p0111 p0112 p0115 and the number of data sets in p0120 p0130 p0140 p0170 p0180 p0009 4 Data set basic configuration In this state after the device has been commissioned for t...

Page 42: ...6 0 Note The drive can only be switched on outside the drive commissioning inverter enable To realize this this parameter must be set to 0 By setting p3900 to a value other than 0 the quick commissioning is completed and this parameter is automatically reset to 0 Procedure for Reset parameter Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1 p0010 10000 corresponds to p0010 0 Unlike with p0010 0 the parameter modifi...

Page 43: ...p0970 Note Only the following values are possible p0010 0 30 Procedure for Reset parameter Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1 Description Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 31 TM31 Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps For the BOP this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered Value 0...

Page 44: ...coder drive object Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps For the BOP this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered Value 0 Ready 4 Encoder commissioning 5 Technological application units 29 Only Siemens int 30 Parameter reset Note Procedure for Reset parameter Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1 p0010 TB30 comm...

Page 45: ...lies for the user defined list password protection is only available on the drive object Control Unit and is valid for all of the drive objects p0013 cannot be included in the user defined list for all drive objects p0003 p0009 p0011 p0012 p0976 cannot for the drive object Control Unit be included in the user defined list the user defined list can be cleared and deactivated restore factory setting...

Page 46: ...ssioning p3900 1 when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group Note The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570 r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning software Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product Description Setting for activating deactivating the user defined list for the Basic Operator Panel BOP If...

Page 47: ...group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 r0019 0 14 CO BO Control word BOP STW BOP CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 9912 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field...

Page 48: ...used as a display quantity The output frequency is available smoothed r0024 and unsmoothed r0066 Description Displays the smoothed output voltage of the power unit Dependency Refer to r0072 Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The output voltage is available smoothed r0025 and unsmoothed r0072 r0022 Speed ac...

Page 49: ...moothed absolute actual current value Dependency Refer to r0068 Notice This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations In this case the unsmoothed value should be used Note A_INF S_INF VECTOR Smoothing time constant 300 ms SERVO Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The abs...

Page 50: ...he smoothed field generating actual current Dependency Refer to r0076 Note SERVO Smoothing time constant 100 ms VECTOR Smoothing time constant 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The field generating current actual value is available smoothed r0029 and unsmoothed r0076 r0027 CO Absolute actual current smoothed I_act abs val smth B_INF ...

Page 51: ...cance for the drive Power output at the motor shaft Significance for the infeed Line power drawn For A_INF B_INF and S_INF the following applies The active power is available smoothed r0032 with 300 ms and unsmoothed r0082 The following applies for SERVO The active power is available smoothed r0032 with 100 ms r0082 1 with p0045 and unsmoothed r0082 0 For VECTOR and VECTORMV the following applies ...

Page 52: ... obtained from the required smoothed torque in reference to the torque limit scaled using p2196 Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The torque utilization is available smoothed r0033 and unsmoothed r0081 For M_set total r0079 0 the following applies Required torque M_set total Actual torque limit M_max uppe...

Page 53: ...switched on the system starts to determine the motor temperature with an assumed model value This means that the value for the motor utilization is only valid after a stabilization time Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity For r0034 200 0 the following applies The value is invalid e g the motor temperature m...

Page 54: ...busbars etc If the I2t reference current of the power unit is not exceeded then an overload 0 is not displayed In the other case the degree of thermal overload is calculated whereby 100 results in a trip Dependency Refer to p0290 p0294 Refer to F30005 Description Displays the measured Control Unit temperature An appropriate message is output when the permitted operating temperature is exceeded Ind...

Page 55: ...ectifier In the case of a fault the particular shutdown threshold depends on the power unit and cannot be read out Description Displays the smoothed actual power factor Notice For infeed units the following applies For active powers 25 of the rated power this does not provide any useful information Note Smoothing time constant 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be...

Page 56: ...rgy drawn 2 Energy fed back Dependency Refer to p0043 r0039 0 2 CO Energy display Energy displ VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting kWh kWh kWh p0040 Reset energy consumption display Energy usage reset VECTOR_G Can be chan...

Page 57: ...ed Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p0045 Display values smoothing time constant Disp_val T_smooth VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 4715 5610 5730 6714 8012 P Group Unit group Unit ...

Page 58: ...frozen because the signal source in p1141 is a 0 signal the speed setpoint is entered from jogging and the two signal sources for jogging bit 0 p1055 and bit 1 p1056 have a 1 signal Bit 12 1 enable signal missing if the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal When activating the function module basic positioner r0108 4 1 the signal source in p1142 is set to a 0 signal Bit 16 1 enable signal missing i...

Page 59: ...is active the measuring function current controller reference frequency characteristic is active the pole position identification is active motor data identification is active only certain steps Bit 31 1 enable signal missing if the speed setpoint from jog 1 or 2 is entered Description Display and BICO output for missing enable signals that are preventing the closed loop infeed control from being ...

Page 60: ...rotor time constant 240 Identification stator inductance 250 Identification stator inductance LQLD 260 Identification circuit 270 Identification stator resistance 290 Identification valve lockout time 300 Stationary measurement selected Note For r0047 300 This value is also displayed if encoder calibration p1990 is selected Description Displays the effective Motor Data Set MDS and the effective En...

Page 61: ...1 ON OFF 02 CDS eff bit 2 ON OFF 03 CDS eff bit 3 ON OFF r0051 0 4 CO BO Drive Data Set DDS effective DDS effective VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 8565 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DDS eff bit 0 ON...

Page 62: ... controller voltage output active Yes No 13 Current torque limiting Active Inactive 6060 14 Vdc_max controller active Yes No 6220 6320 15 Vdc_min controller active Yes No 6220 6320 r0060 CO Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter n_set before filt VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2701 2704 5020 6030 6799 P Group Displays signals U...

Page 63: ...2 calculated from the output frequency and slip can only be compared with the speed actual value r0063 0 in the steady state The actual speed r0063 0 is available as a display quantity with additional smoothing in r0021 For U f control the mechanical speed calculated from the output frequency and the slip is shown in r0063 2 even if slip compensation is deactivated r0061 CO Actual velocity unsmoot...

Page 64: ...a type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 5040 6040 P Group Displays signals Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r0065 Slip frequency f_Slip VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6310 6700 6727 6730 6732 P Group Displays signals Unit group 2_1 Unit sel...

Page 65: ...a component Note In indices 3 5 the offset currents of the 3 phases which are added to correct the phase currents are displayed The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6 r0068 0 1 CO Absolute current actual value I_act abs val VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6300 6714 6799 7017 8017 8019 8029 8021 P Group Di...

Page 66: ...Dependency Refer to r0025 Note The output voltage is available smoothed r0025 and unsmoothed r0072 r0070 CO Actual DC link voltage Vdc act val VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6723 6724 6730 6731 6799 P Group Displays signals Unit group 5_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2001 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting V...

Page 67: ...ed r0076 r0073 Maximum modulation depth Modulat_depth max VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6723 6724 6725 P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0074 CO Modulat_depth Mod_depth VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 D...

Page 68: ...Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6700 6710 P Group Displays signals Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms r0078 CO Current actual value torque generating Iq_act VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6310 6700 ...

Page 69: ...wer is available smoothed r0032 and unsmoothed r0082 Description Displays the flux setpoint r0081 CO Torque utilization M_Utilization VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 8012 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0082 0 2 CO Active power actual value...

Page 70: ...loatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6726 6730 6732 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0087 CO Actual power factor Cos phi act VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6714 6730 6732 6799 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for moto...

Page 71: ...ronous PROFIBUS 1 Isochronous PROFIBUS Dependency Refer to r0110 p0115 Refer to A01223 A01224 Caution Only current controller sampling times p0115 0 which are integers of 125 µs are permitted for isochronous mode For SERVO the following current controller sampling times are also possible 187 5 150 100 93 75 75 62 5 50 37 5 31 25 µs For VECTOR the following current controller sampling times are als...

Page 72: ...ng The possible settings are dependent upon the device type Description Displays the automatically detected actual device topology in coded form Index 0 DRIVE CLiQ socket X100 1 DRIVE CLiQ socket X101 2 DRIVE CLiQ socket X102 3 DRIVE CLiQ socket X103 4 DRIVE CLiQ socket X104 5 DRIVE CLiQ socket X105 Dependency Refer to p0097 p0099 Note Topology coding abcd efgh hex a number of Active Line Modules ...

Page 73: ...eter download Description Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings e g rated motor power p0307 are expressed in kW or hp Depending on the selection the rated motor frequency p0310 is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz For p0100 0 the following applies The power factor p0308 should be parameterized For p0100 1 the following applies The efficiency p0309 should be parameterized Value 0 ...

Page 74: ...arameter cannot be changed Dependency Refer to p0107 r0107 Note In the non volatile memory the application specific views are defined in files with the following structure PDxxxyyy ACX xxx Application specific view p0103 yyy Type of drive object p0107 Example PD052011 ACX 011 stands for the drive object type SERVO 052 is the number of the view for this drive object p0101 0 n Drive object numbers D...

Page 75: ...stem is automatically booted To do this the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed Note For value 0 2 When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors If value 0 All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value They can be removed from the DRIVE CLiQ without any error If a component has been deactivated only the c...

Page 76: ...completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value They can be removed from the DRIVE CLiQ without any error If a component has been deactivated only the component with the correct serial number may be inserted or none at all If value 1 All components of the drive object must be available for error free operation If value 2 Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and ...

Page 77: ... project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE CLiQ line For components that comprise several individual components e g Double Motor Modules it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value Description Displays the active inactive state of a drive obje...

Page 78: ...rive parameter settings are deleted Note The number p0101 and the associated drive object type are in the same index For SINAMICS S a drive object type can only be changed between SERVO and VECTOR If you change the parameter and exit drive start up p0009 from 2 to 0 the drive parameters are set up again Description Displays the type of each drive object Value 12 VECTOR Dependency Refer to p0103 r0...

Page 79: ...m P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 207 207 r0107 Drive object type DO type TM150 Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 208 208 r0107 Drive object typ...

Page 80: ...ram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 205 205 r0107 Drive object type DO type TM54F_SL Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 206 206 r0107 Drive objec...

Page 81: ...ssioning p0108 0 n Drive objects function module DO fct_mod CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed C1 2 Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF ...

Page 82: ...1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 02 Speed torque control n M Activated Not activated 05 Recorder Rec Activated Not activated 08 Extended setpoint channel Ext setp Activated Not activated 10 Moment of inertia estimator J_estimator Activated Not activated 13 Safety rotary axis Safety rot Activated Not activated 14 Extended brake control Ext brake Activated Not...

Page 83: ... control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 18 Free function blocks FBLOCKS Activated Not activated 31 PROFINET CBE20 PN CBE20 Activated Not activated r0108 Drive objects function module DO fct_mod ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Cl...

Page 84: ... µs pre setting p0112 3 2000 2000 µs p0112 4 Not possible p0112 5 Not possible SINAMICS S G vector drive p0112 1 not for p0092 1 and not for PM340 p0112 1 400 1600 1600 1600 3200 3200 3200 µs for rated pulse frequency 1 25 2 5 kHz p0112 2 250 1000 2000 1000 2000 4000 4000 µs p0112 3 250 1000 1000 1000 2000 4000 4000 µs for rated pulse frequency 2 0 4 0 kHz SINAMICS S vector drive p0112 4 250 500 1...

Page 85: ... rated pulse frequency 2 5 kHz p0112 2 250 2000 µs pre setting for the rated pulse frequency 4 0 kHz p0112 3 250 2000 µs p0112 4 250 1000 µs p0112 5 Not possible SINAMICS S Basic Infeed booksize p0112 4 250 2000 µs SINAMICS S Basic Infeed chassis p0112 1 2000 2000 µs p0112 2 2000 2000 µs pre setting p0112 3 2000 2000 µs p0112 4 Not possible p0112 5 Not possible SINAMICS S G vector drive p0112 1 no...

Page 86: ...t in order to achieve a current controller sampling time of 500µs However in this case the minimum pulse frequency p1800 is limited to 2 kHz Description Displays the recommended values indices 0 and 1 for the minimum pulse frequency p0113 If the system rejects a change to p0113 because the value to be used lies outside the permitted value range then instead the recommended value from r0114 can be ...

Page 87: ... then all of the sampling times with higher indices are automatically changed in the same ratio as the sampling time itself was changed Slower time slices are only taken if the calculated sampling time is also permitted Upper limit is 8 ms Higher level controls must be calculated in integral ratios to lower level controls e g p0115 1 N p0115 0 where N is an integer number The sampling time of the ...

Page 88: ...trols e g p0115 1 N p0115 0 where N is an integer number The sampling time of the speed controller p0115 1 can have as a maximum a value of 800 of the current controller sampling time p0115 0 For servo drives the maximum sampling time of the current controller is 250 µs and for vector drives 500 µs The sampling times for setpoint channel p0115 3 position controller p0115 4 positioning p0115 5 and ...

Page 89: ... the DRIVE CLiQ line Dependency Refer to p0115 p0115 0 Sampling time for supplementary functions t_samp suppl_fct TM120 Can be changed C1 3 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 µs 16000 00 µs 4000 00 µs p0115 0 Sampling time for supplemen...

Page 90: ...sed flows for the individual controls without any offset with respect to time For p0117 2 The computing dead time is manually set The user must optimize the value in p0118 For p0117 3 The computing dead time is manually set The user must optimize the value in p0118 For p0117 4 6 Behavior as for p0117 0 2 however for vectors the earliest times are not determined Description This parameter is pre se...

Page 91: ...wer unit For parallel circuit configurations the parameter index is assigned to a power unit p0120 Number of Power unit Data Sets PDS PDS count VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed C1 3 Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Data sets Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 8 1 p0121 0 n Power unit component number...

Page 92: ...s withdrawn For value 0 2 When a component is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors If value 0 The component was completely commissioned and is deactivated using this value It can be removed from the DRIVE CLiQ without any error If value 1 The component must be available for error free operation If value 2 A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserte...

Page 93: ...ROM data version PU EEPROM version VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Converter Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0128 0 n Power unit firmware version PU FW version VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index PDS p01...

Page 94: ... that is to be copied into 3 Start copying set index 2 from 0 to 1 p0139 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed When copying p0131 is not taken into account Description Sets the number of Encoder Data Sets EDS Note When parameterizing the drive with no encoder there must be at least one encoder data set p0140 1 p0133 0 n Motor configuration Motor config VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 1 ...

Page 95: ...s are assigned for the SMC p0141 and the actual encoder p0142 Description Detects the Sensor Module assigned to this drive and data set Note While p0144 1 the READY LED flashes green orange or red orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Sensor Module p0140 Number of Encoder Data Sets EDS EDS count ENC Can be changed C1 3 Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 8570 P Group...

Page 96: ...error free operation If value 2 A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start For components that comprise several individual components e g Double Motor Modules it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value Description Displays the active or inactive state of an encoder interface Sensor Module Value ...

Page 97: ...0 n Sensor Module firmware version SM FW version VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p0150 Number of VSM data sets VSM dat_sets qty VECTOR_G Can be changed C1 3 Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func...

Page 98: ...A01317 p0151 0 1 DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module component number Hub comp_no HUB Can be changed C1 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Data sets Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 199 0 p0154 Terminal Module detection via LED TM detection LED TM31 TM120 TM150 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed U T Calculated ...

Page 99: ...Calculated Access level 2 Data type Integer16 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram P Group Data sets Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 r0157 0 n Voltage Sensing Module EEPROM data version VSM EEPROM version VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selectio...

Page 100: ...ersion VSM FW version VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0158 Terminal Module firmware version TM FW version TM31 TM120 TM150 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagra...

Page 101: ...nit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 2 4 2 p0170 Number of Command Data Sets CDS CDS count B_INF Can be changed C1 3 Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 2 1 p0171 0 n Drive objects function module 1 DO fc...

Page 102: ...3 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit 26 ON OFF 27 Bit 27 ON OFF 28 Bit 28 ON OFF 29 Bit 29 ON OFF 30 Bit 30 ON OFF 31 Bit 31 ON OFF r0171 Drive objects function module 1 DO fct_mod 1 VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor typ...

Page 103: ...0 Bit 20 ON OFF 21 Bit 21 ON OFF 22 Bit 22 ON OFF 23 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit 26 ON OFF 27 Bit 27 ON OFF 28 Bit 28 ON OFF 29 Bit 29 ON OFF 30 Bit 30 ON OFF 31 Bit 31 ON OFF r0172 Drive objects function module 2 DO fct_mod 2 VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop ...

Page 104: ... 18 Bit 18 ON OFF 19 Bit 19 ON OFF 20 Bit 20 ON OFF 21 Bit 21 ON OFF 22 Bit 22 ON OFF 23 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit 26 ON OFF 27 Bit 27 ON OFF 28 Bit 28 ON OFF 29 Bit 29 ON OFF 30 Bit 30 ON OFF 31 Bit 31 ON OFF r0173 Drive objects function module 3 DO fct_mod 3 VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn ind...

Page 105: ...ber Enc 1 EDS number VECTOR_G Can be changed C1 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 4700 8570 P Group Data sets Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 99 99 p0188 0 n Encoder 2 encoder data set number Enc 2 EDS number VECTOR_G Can be changed C1 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn inde...

Page 106: ... SERVO pulse frequency changeover DDS dependent Yes No 08 Simulation mode possible Yes No 09 Internal armature short circuit possible Yes No 10 Autonomous internal armature short circuit possible Yes No 11 Infeed temperature inputs X21 1 2 Yes No 12 Integral scaled to half the gating unit clock cycle freq Yes No 13 Filtering thermal power unit current limit possible Yes No 14 DC link compensation ...

Page 107: ... r0194 0 n VSM properties VSM properties VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Reserved Yes No r0196 0 255 Topology component status Top comp stat CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP C...

Page 108: ...Displays the bootloader version Index 0 Displays the bootloader version Index 1 Displays the bootloader version 3 for CU320 2 and CU310 2 Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available Dependency Refer to r0018 r0128 r0148 r0158 r0198 Note Example The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01 01 01 00 Description Displays the BIOS and EEPROM data version r0198 0 BIOS version r0198 1 EEPROM dat...

Page 109: ...0 2 However if the comparator in p9906 or p9908 is at 2 low or 3 minimum the power unit commissioning is automatically set to p0201 r0200 upon exiting When the code number is changed the connection voltage p0210 is checked and if necessary adjusted For parallel circuit configurations the parameter index is assigned to a power unit Description Sets the actual code number from r0200 to acknowledge t...

Page 110: ... 440 PX 7 MICROMASTER 430 100 SINAMICS S 101 SINAMICS S value 102 SINAMICS S combi 103 SINAMICS S120M distributed 112 PM220 SINAMICS G120 113 PM230 SINAMICS G120 114 PM240 SINAMICS G120 115 PM250 SINAMICS G120 S120 116 PM260 SINAMICS G120 118 SINAMICS G120 Px 120 PM340 SINAMICS S120 126 SINAMICS ET200PRO 130 PM250D SINAMICS G120D 133 SINAMICS G120C 135 SINAMICS PMV40 136 SINAMICS PMV60 137 SINAMIC...

Page 111: ...e available with diode bridge Yes No 06 Liquid cooling with cooling unit chassis PU Yes No 07 F3E regenerative feedback into the line supply Yes No 08 Internal Braking Module Yes No 09 Different cooling type supported Yes No 12 Safe Brake Control SBC supported No Yes 13 Safety Integrated supported Yes No 14 Internal LC output filter Yes No 15 Line voltage 1 phase 3 phase r0204 0 n Power unit hardw...

Page 112: ...EEPROM The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored see p0010 30 p0970 Description Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles Index 0 Rated value 1 Load duty cycle with low overload 2 Load duty cycle with high overload 3 S1 cont duty cyc 4 S6 load duty cycle Dependency IECdrives p0100 0 Units kW NEMA drives p0100 1 Units hp Refer to p0100 p0205 Descri...

Page 113: ...0 500 690 V 10 Description Displays the maximum output current of the power unit Index 0 Catalog 1 Load duty cycle with low overload 2 Load duty cycle with high overload 3 S1 load duty cycle 4 S6 load duty cycle Dependency Refer to p0205 r0207 0 4 Rated power unit current PU PI_rated B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 8021 P Group Conver...

Page 114: ...C AC U_rated 660 690 V p0210 660 690 V AC AC 890 1035 V DC AC U_rated 500 690 V p0210 500 690 V AC AC 675 1035 V DC AC The precharging switch in threshold for the DC link voltage Vdc is calculated from p0210 Vdc_pre p0210 0 82 1 35 AC AC Vdc_pre p0210 0 82 DC AC The undervoltage thresholds for the DC link voltage Vdc are calculated from p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage U_rated 4...

Page 115: ...r bit 01 1 The external precharging setting only affects the DC AC power units For bit 03 1 The automatic adaptation reduction of the Vdc max limit is deactivated only for chassis power units Bit 3 only has an effect if bit 0 is simultaneously set Refer to r0192 p0210 Caution For bit 00 Working with reduced input voltages deactivates undervoltage detection For bit 03 If the automatic setting of th...

Page 116: ...o reduce the supply voltage in p0210 For bit 00 1 With this setting the supply voltage in p0210 can be reduced to 100 V Booksize PU only for operating mode p1300 19 Chassis PU only for operating mode p1300 19 and closed loop DC voltage control For bit 01 0 There is no external precharging of the DC AC Motor Modules The precharging monitoring is bypassed For bit 01 1 There is external precharging o...

Page 117: ...ncorrect design of the application can result in loss of warranty For bit 02 Reserved It is not permissible to set to 1 For bit 05 1 The status of the inputs outputs for the power unit contactors is displayed in r0256 This only applies to chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors The status display is only effective after parameter save and POWER ON Description Sets the typ...

Page 118: ...reactors is restricted to 120 Hz for blocksize and chassis power units to 150 Hz The maximum pulse frequency for booksize and blocksize power units is 4 kHz for chassis power units twice the rated pulse frequency 2 5 kHz or 4 kHz p0230 2 Chassis power units with dv dt filter depending on the rated pulse frequency may be operated with a maximum pulse frequency of p1800 2 5 kHz or 4 kHz The output f...

Page 119: ...resistance of a power unit Description Sets the configuration for the voltage measurement p0234 Power unit sine wave filter capacitance PU sine filter C VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 2 U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Converter Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 µF 1000 000 µF 0 000 µF ...

Page 120: ...ng hours The number of hours operated can only be reset to 0 in this parameter e g after a fan has been replaced Dependency Refer to p0252 Refer to A30042 Note For liquid cooled chassis power units the operating hours of the inner fan are displayed in p0251 and not in p0254 Description Sets the maximum operating time of the power unit fan The prealarm warning is output 500 hours before this set va...

Page 121: ...tactor opening time 7 Simultaneity bypass contactor opening time Dependency Refer to r0256 Refer to F05118 F05119 F30060 F30061 Notice For index 4 7 The simultaneity monitoring is only activate after parameter save and POWER ON Note this parameter is only effective for chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors the simultaneity monitoring can only be activated for a parallel...

Page 122: ...ol output High Low 07 PDS1 bypass contactor feedback signal input High Low 08 PDS2 precharging line contactor control output High Low 09 PDS2 precharging line contactor feedback signal input High Low 10 PDS2 bypass contactor control output High Low 11 PDS2 bypass contactor feedback signal input High Low 12 PDS3 precharging line contactor control output High Low 13 PDS3 precharging line contactor f...

Page 123: ...ime than is set in this parameter Dependency Refer to F49151 A49171 27 PDS6 bypass contactor feedback signal input High Low 28 PDS7 precharging line contactor control output High Low 29 PDS7 precharging line contactor feedback signal input High Low 30 PDS7 bypass contactor control output High Low 31 PDS7 bypass contactor feedback signal input High Low p0260 Cooling unit starting time 1 RKA start t...

Page 124: ...election Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 s 20 0 s 3 0 s p0264 Cooling unit run on time RKA run on time VECTOR_G Cool_unit B_INF Cool_unit Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9795 P Group Converter Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 s 180 0 s 30 ...

Page 125: ... r0296 depends on the selected unit supply voltage p0210 r0267 0 7 BO Cooling unit status word RKA ZSW VECTOR_G Cool_unit B_INF Cool_unit Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 RKA switched on Yes...

Page 126: ...rectly via the output current limit and the intervention of the current limiting controller reduce the pulse frequency A reduction if parameterized is always realized after an appropriate alarm is output Value 0 Reduce output current 1 No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached 2 Reduce the pulse frequency and output current 3 Reduce the pulse frequency 10 Automatic output current re...

Page 127: ...unit does not influence the response Reduce pulse frequency For p0290 10 12 13 The possible load duty cycles calculated based on the previous model p0290 0 1 2 3 for booksize power units cannot be transferred in every case As a consequence we recommend that you involve our application support group for borderline cases when dimensioning Description Temperature alarm threshold for the difference fr...

Page 128: ...ipped due to a DC link undervoltage condition Dependency Refer to F30003 Note The value depends on the device type and the selected device rated voltage p0210 p0294 Power unit alarm with I2t overload PU I2t alrm thresh B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 8021 P Group Converter Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Exper...

Page 129: ...ollowing applies for values 100 Motor data are automatically loaded from an internal list Value 0 No motor 1 Induction motor 2 Synchronous motor 6 Synchronous reluctance motor 7 SIEMOSYN synchronous motor 8 Reluctance motor textile 10 1LE1 induction motor not a code number 11 1LA1 induction motor not a code number 12 1LE2 induction motor not a code number 13 1LG6 induction motor not a code number ...

Page 130: ...with this list cannot be changed write protection The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non Siemens motor that matches p0301 e g p0300 2 for p0301 2xxxx Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters The motor type of a catalog motor corresponds to the upper three digits of the code number o...

Page 131: ... If the numbers differ then the motor data set should be re loaded using p0300 10000 The motor data are always expected from the first encoder that is assigned to the drive data sets refer to p0187 encoder 1 data set number The value is not updated cyclically but only on specific events e g update DRIVE CLiQ device r0302 0 No motor with DRIVE CLiQ found Description Displays the status word of the ...

Page 132: ...lly an equivalent motor is calculated The following should be carefully observed for motors connected in series The following rating plate data should only be entered for one motor resistances and inductances p0350 p0361 currents p0305 p0320 p0323 p0325 p0329 p0389 p0390 p0391 p0392 power ratings p0307 masses moments of inertia p0341 p0344 All other parameters take into account the replacement equ...

Page 133: ...tched in If the motors have different load levels then equalization currents flow between the motors Description Sets the rated motor power rating plate Dependency IECdrives p0100 0 Units kW NEMA drives p0100 1 Units hp Refer to p0100 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed whe...

Page 134: ...or slip of induction motors is internally calculated and displayed in r0330 It is especially important to correctly enter the rated motor speed for vector control and slip compensation for U f control Dependency If p0311 is changed and for p0314 0 the pole pair r0313 is re calculated automatically Refer to p0310 r0313 p0314 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automaticall...

Page 135: ...number of pole pairs in r0313 is too low by 1 and must be manually corrected Description Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor p0316 0 The torque constant is calculated from the motor data p0316 0 The selected value is used as torque constant Dependency Refer to r0334 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Informa...

Page 136: ...ng inductance p0360 is changed so that the EMF r0337 remains constant Description Sets the maximum motor speed Dependency Refer to p1082 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning p0010 1 the maximum spe...

Page 137: ... case when commissioning the motor p0010 3 Description Sets the current for the 1st phase of the two stage technique for pole position identification routine The current of the 2nd phase is set in p0329 The two stage technique is selected with p1980 4 Dependency Refer to p0329 p1980 p1982 r1984 r1985 r1987 p1990 Notice When the motor code p0301 is changed it is possible that p0325 is not pre assig...

Page 138: ...For a two stage technique p1980 4 the current is set here for the 2nd phase The current of the 1st phase is set in p0325 Dependency The following applies for vector drives If a maximum current p0323 was not parameterized then p0329 is limited to the rated motor current Refer to p0325 p1980 p1982 r1984 r1985 r1987 p1990 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre...

Page 139: ...p0100 1 2 For p0309 0 the internally calculated power factor is displayed For p0309 0 this value is converted into the power factor and displayed Dependency If p0308 is not entered the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx r0330 0 n Rated motor slip Mot slip_rated VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Da...

Page 140: ...otors p0300 the parameter is pre set as a function of p0307 and p0311 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note The parameter influences the thermal 3 mass motor model 1LA1 and 1LA8 motors are characterized by the fact that they have an interna...

Page 141: ...equivalent circuit diagram parameters 3 Calculation of closed loop control parameters 4 Calculation of controller parameters 5 Calculation of technological limits and threshold values r0336 0 n Actual rated motor frequency Mot f_rated act VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for moto...

Page 142: ...0640 p1082 p1145 p1231 p1232 p1281 p1333 p1349 p1360 p1362 p1441 p1442 p1576 p1577 p1609 p1610 p1611 p1619 p1620 p1621 p1654 p1726 p1825 p1828 p1832 p1901 p1909 p1959 p2000 p2001 p2002 p2003 p2005 p2007 p3806 p3927 p3928 p0340 2 p0350 p0354 p0361 p0652 p0660 p0625 matching p0350 p0340 3 All of the parameters influenced for p0340 4 5 p0346 p0347 p0492 p0622 p1262 p1320 p1327 p1582 p1584 p1612 p1616...

Page 143: ...al moment of inertia load motor and the intrinsic motor moment of inertia no load Dependency This means that together with p0341 the rated starting accelerating time of the motor is calculated for a vector drive Refer to p0341 r0345 p1498 Note SERVO p0341 p0342 p1498 influence the speed torque pre control in encoderless operation VECTOR The product of p0341 p0342 is used when the speed controller ...

Page 144: ...g restart for a separately excited synchronous motor without encoder or with incremental encoder then the voltage induced in the stator by the excitation current pulse is used to determine the rotor position The length of the ramp is pre assigned from the motor data for p0346 0 s If it crystallizes out that this time is too short then it can be extended by entering a negative value in p0346 whereb...

Page 145: ...d into a resistance using the factor 2 Pi p0310 If a reference parameter p0304 p305 p0310 is zero then it is not possible to make a changeover to referred values per unit values Description Sets the stator resistance of the motor at ambient temperature p0625 phase value Dependency Refer to p0625 r1912 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is w...

Page 146: ...tomatic calculation with p0340 1 3 or 4 the calculation of p1715 is influenced by p0353 The series inductance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 Description Sets the rotor secondary section resistance of the motor at the ambient temperature p0625 For separately excited synchronous motors Sets the damping resistance in the rotor direction d axis This parameter value is automat...

Page 147: ... stator direct axis inductance of the synchronous motor This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model p0340 1 2 or using the motor identification routine p1910 Note The parameter is not used for separately excited synchronous motors p0300 5 For permanent magnet synchronous motors p0300 2 this is the non saturated value and is ideal for a low current p0355 0 n Motor damping...

Page 148: ... parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model p0340 1 2 or using the motor identification routine p1910 not for separately excited synchronous motors Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note The parameter is not used for s...

Page 149: ...rmanent magnet synchronous motors PMSM If the parameters are not set as specified i e not in ascending order and to more than 20 the unsaturated quadrature inductance p0356 is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes Note For induction motors p0362 100 corresponds to the rated motor flux For separately excited synchronous motors p0362 100 corresponds to an induced terminal voltage...

Page 150: ...conditions at the synchronous speed With permanent magnet synchronous motors p0362 100 corresponds to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance p0356 and the rated motor current p0305 When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description The saturation characteristic flux as mapping of current is defined us...

Page 151: ... as a referred to the rated motor flux Permanent magnet synchronous motors PMSM The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux The parameter sets the fourth stator quadrature axis flux as a referred to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance p0356 and the rated motor current Dependency The following applie...

Page 152: ...er specifies the x coordinate for the 2nd value pair of the characteristic Induction motors ASM and separately excited synchronous motors SESM The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux The parameter sets the second magnetizing current as a referred to the rated magnetizing current r0331 ASM which in turn is referred to the no load excitation...

Page 153: ...ed with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description The saturation characteristic flux as mapping of current is defined using 4 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate for the 4th value pair of the characteristic Induction motors ASM and separately excited synchronous motors SESM The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the ...

Page 154: ... resistance in the rotor direction d axis Dependency Refer to p0625 Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx r0370 0 n Motor stator resistance cold Mot R_stator cold VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group 16_1 Unit selection p0349 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Fa...

Page 155: ...ous motors p0300 5 r0375 0 n Motor damping resistance q axis Mot R_damp q VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group 16_1 Unit selection p0349 Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting ohm ohm ohm r0376 0 n Rated motor rotor resistance Mot rated R_rotor VECTOR_G Can b...

Page 156: ...or Unit group 15_1 Unit selection p0349 Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r0381 0 n Motor damping inductance q axis Mot L_damp q VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group 15_1 Unit selection p0349 Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL RESM Scaling Expert l...

Page 157: ...is calculated from the total of all leakage inductances p0233 p0356 p0359 divided by the total of all motor resistances p0350 p0352 p0355 The temperature adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account r0384 0 n Motor rotor time constant damping time constant d axis Mot T_rotor T_Dd VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram...

Page 158: ...arameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 p0389 0 n Excitation rated no load current Exc I_noload_rated VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 1 3 Calculated Access level 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram 6727 P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 A 10000 00 A 0 00 A p039...

Page 159: ...l motor model Description Displays the actual rotor secondary section resistance phase value The parameter is affected by the motor temperature model Dependency Refer to p0354 p0620 Note In each case only the rotor resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the rotor temperature of the thermal motor model This parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx p0393 0 n Current c...

Page 160: ...003 2048 HTL A B R 3005 1024 HTL A B 3006 1024 TTL A B 3007 2048 HTL A B p0397 0 n Angle magnetic decoupling maximum angle Magn decpl max_ang VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_EQU Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM SESM REL RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 90 0 ...

Page 161: ...identification and the zero pulse of the encoder must be either mechanically or electronically p0431 adjusted to the pole position For p0400 10000 the following applies If an identification is not possible then p0400 is set to 0 For p0400 10100 the following applies If an identification is not possible p0400 remains set to 10100 until it becomes possible Description Selects the encoder from the li...

Page 162: ... party encoder p0400 9999 Note The connected encoder can be identified by setting p0400 to 10000 or 10100 This assumes that the encoder supports this method which is possible in the following cases Motor with DRIVE CLiQ encoder with EnDat interface DRIVE CLiQ encoder encoder with SSI interface only 10100 The encoder data e g pulse number p0408 can only be changed when p0400 9999 When using an enco...

Page 163: ... a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection If an SSI encoder bit 9 1 is used as motor encoder for permanent magnet synchronous motors then this is only permissible in conjunction with an additional A B track bit 3 1 or bit 4 1 p0404 0 n Encoder configuration effective Enc_config eff VECTOR_G ...

Page 164: ...istance coded zero mark The distance clearance between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be calculated For bit 15 commutation with zero mark Only applicable for synchronous motors The function can be de selected by priority via p0430 23 For distance coded zero marks the following applies The phase sequence of the C D track if available must be the same as the ph...

Page 165: ...regular zero mark The zero marks occur at irregular intervals e g a linear scale with only 1 zero mark in the traversing range The zero mark distance is not monitored For bit 14 distance coded zero mark The distance clearance between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be calculated For bit 15 commutation with zero mark Only applicable for synchronous motors The f...

Page 166: ...s entered here that facilitates optimum transfer of the resolution p0422 Description Sets the number of pulses for a rotary encoder In conjunction with the values in p0418 p0419 the pulse number defines the transfer format for position actual values Gn_XIST1 r0482 and Gn_XIST2 r0483 Notice This parameter is automatically preassigned for encoders from the encoder list and for identify encoder p0400...

Page 167: ... Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Invert speed actual value Yes No 4710 4711 4715 01 Invert position actual value Yes No 4704 p0410 0 n Encoder inversion actual value Enc inv act value ENC Lin_enc Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram 4704 4710 47...

Page 168: ...he fine resolution p0419 Description Sets a tolerance window for position tracking After the system is switched on the difference between the saved position and the actual position is determined and depending on this the following is initiated Difference within the tolerance window The position is reproduced as a result of the encoder actual value Difference outside the tolerance window An appropr...

Page 169: ... Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 16 16 p0415 0 n Gx_XIST1 Coarse position safe most significant bit identified Gx_XIST1 safe MSB VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling...

Page 170: ...r identify encoder p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection p0418 0 n Fine resolution Gx_XIST1 in bits Enc fine Gx_XIST1 VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram 4010 4704 P Group Encoder Unit group U...

Page 171: ...s the basic distance Description Sets the distance in pulses between two zero marks for a rotary encoder This information is used for zero mark monitoring Notice This parameter is automatically preassigned for encoders from the encoder list and for identify encoder p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully obse...

Page 172: ...n Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Description Sets the configuration for an SSI encoder p0426 0 n Encoder zero mark differential distance Enc ZM Dif_dist VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 M...

Page 173: ...t 1 the rotor position is corrected automatically The correction speed is 1 4 encoder pulse per zero mark distance For bit 23 de select commutation with zero mark the bit should only be set for encoders that have not been adjusted For bit 24 commutation with selected zero mark if bit 1 the commutation position is corrected via a selected zero mark For bit 25 disconnect the encoder power supply on ...

Page 174: ...oes For bit 22 rotor position adaptation if bit 1 the rotor position is corrected automatically The correction speed is 1 4 encoder pulse per zero mark distance For bit 23 de select commutation with zero mark the bit should only be set for encoders that have not been adjusted For bit 24 commutation with selected zero mark if bit 1 the commutation position is corrected via a selected zero mark For ...

Page 175: ... reversed for SINAMICS p0431 SINAMICS p1016 SIMODRIVE Note Angular commutation offset angular difference between electrical position of encoder and flux position For p0404 5 1 track C D the following applies The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A B the zero mark on track C D For p0404 6 1 Hall sensor the following applies The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A B and the zero mark Descrip...

Page 176: ...he error bit is at position 13 with a low level p0434 1113 The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a high level Description Sets the position and level of the alarm bit in the SSI protocol Notice The bit may only be positioned before p0446 or after p0448 the absolute value in the SSI protocol Note Value dcba ba Position of the alarm bit in protocol 0 63 c Level 0 Low...

Page 177: ...igned16 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p0437 0 n Sensor Module configuration extended SM config ext VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling...

Page 178: ...t controller sampling times The rotor position continues to be integrated The actual value is then re enabled after this time has expired For bit 07 When the bit is not set the incorrect pulses that have occurred up until now are accumulated in p4688 When the bit is not set p4688 indicates the incorrect pulses that have still not been corrected For bit 11 If the bit is set the Sensor Module checks...

Page 179: ...nally frozen for a time equivalent to two current controller sampling times The rotor position continues to be integrated The actual value is then re enabled after this time has expired For bit 07 When the bit is not set the incorrect pulses that have occurred up until now are accumulated in p4688 When the bit is not set p4688 indicates the incorrect pulses that have still not been corrected p0437...

Page 180: ...ack signals once this time has elapsed Notice This parameter is automatically preassigned for encoders from the encoder list and for identify encoder p0400 Description Copies the actual serial number of the encoder belonging to this Encoder Data Set EDS to p0441 p0445 Example For p0440 0 1 the serial number of the encoder belonging EDS0 is copied to p0441 0 p0445 0 Value 0 No action 1 Transfer ser...

Page 181: ...an encoder is not present Description Serial number part 4 of the encoder for the commissioning Dependency Refer to p0440 p0441 p0442 p0443 p0445 r0460 r0461 r0462 r0463 r0464 Note A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present p0441 0 n Encoder commissioning serial number part 1 Enc comm ser_no 1 VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 4 Data type Unsigned...

Page 182: ...p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note For example error bit alarm bit or parity bit can be positioned at these bits p0445 0 n Encoder commissioning serial number part 5 Enc comm ser_no 5 VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 4 Data...

Page 183: ...uarewave encoder The filter time is set using p0438 Dependency Refer to p0438 Note A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present p0449 0 n Encoder SSI number of bits filler bits Enc SSI fill bits VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert lis...

Page 184: ...VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 10 ms 10000 00 ms 1000 00 ms r0455 0 2 Encoder configuration recognized Enc_config recog VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Fun...

Page 185: ...al name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Linear encoder Yes No 01 Absolute encoder Yes No 02 Multiturn encoder Yes No 03 Track A B sq wave Yes No 04 Track A B sine Yes No 05 Track C D Yes No 06 Hall sensor Yes No 08 EnDat encoder Yes No 09 SSI encoder Yes No 10 DRIVE CLiQ encoder Yes No 11 Digital encoder Yes No 12 Equidistant zero mark Yes No 13 Irregular zero mark Yes No 14 Distance coded zero mark Yes N...

Page 186: ... Voltage level 24 V Yes No 22 Remote sense only SMC30 Yes No 23 Resolver excit Yes No r0456 Encoder configuration supported Enc_config supp ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Linear encoder...

Page 187: ... available Yes No 05 Absolute encoder p0408 p0421 no power of 2 Yes No 06 Sensor Module permits parking unparking Yes No 07 Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Yes No 08 Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Yes No 09 Encoder fault and its associated information available Yes No 10 Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Yes No 11 Configuring without park stat...

Page 188: ...05 Absolute encoder p0408 p0421 no power of 2 Yes No 06 Sensor Module permits parking unparking Yes No 07 Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Yes No 08 Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Yes No 09 Encoder fault and its associated information available Yes No 10 Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Yes No 11 Configuring without park state possible Yes No ...

Page 189: ...pert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Encoder data available Yes No 01 Motor data available Yes No 02 Temperature sensor connection available Yes No 03 Connection for PTC for motor with DRIVE CLiQ also available Yes No 04 Module temperature available Yes No 05 Absolute encoder p0408 p0421 no power of 2 Yes No 06 Sensor Module permits parking unparkin...

Page 190: ...position value extrapolation Yes No 28 Cubic correction Yes No 29 Phase correction Yes No 30 Amplitude correction Yes No 31 Offset correction Yes No r0459 0 2 Sensor Module properties extended SM prop ext VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory se...

Page 191: ... P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Data logger Yes No 01 Zero mark edge detection Yes No 02 Correction position actual value XIST1 Yes No 04 Edge evaluation bit 0 Yes No 05 Edge evaluation bit 1 Yes No 06 Freeze the speed actual value for dn dt errors Yes No 07 Accumulate unco...

Page 192: ...04 Edge evaluation bit 0 Yes No 05 Edge evaluation bit 1 Yes No 06 Freeze actual velocity for dn dt errors Yes No 07 Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Yes No 09 Function p0426 p0439 supported Yes No 10 Pulse direction interface Yes No 11 Fault handling after PROFIdrive Yes No 12 Activate additional messages Yes No 13 Absolute position for incremental encoder supported Yes No 14 Spindle functio...

Page 193: ...4 r0460 Encoder serial number part 1 Enc ser_no 1 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0461 0 2 Encoder serial number part 2 Enc ser_no 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group ...

Page 194: ...3 r0462 Encoder serial number part 3 Enc ser_no 3 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0463 0 2 Encoder serial number part 4 Enc ser_no 4 VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group ...

Page 195: ...ntification number and serial number Index x 1 2F hex slash separation between the identification number and serial number Index x 2 20 hex blank space separation between the identification number and serial number Index x 3 first character of the serial number Index y with contents last character of the serial number Dependency Refer to r0460 r0461 r0462 r0463 r0464 Notice An ASCII table excerpt ...

Page 196: ...the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Dependency Refer to p0422 p9514 Description Displays the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder Dependency Refer to p0422 p9514 r0467 0 27 Encoder 3 identification number serial number Enc3 ID_no Ser_no VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn in...

Page 197: ...alculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0470 Redundant coarse position value valid bits Valid bits ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert...

Page 198: ...diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0472 Redundant coarse position value relevant bits Relevant bits ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0473 0 2 Non safety re...

Page 199: ... 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Incrementer Yes No 01 Encoder CRC least significant byte first Yes No 02 Redundant coarse position val most significant bit left aligned Yes No 04 Binary comparison not possible Yes No 05 Single channel encoder Yes No r0474 Redundant coarse position value configuration Red pos config ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P...

Page 200: ...s updated in each DRIVE CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 r0475 Gx_XIST1 coarse position safe most significant bit Gx_XIST1 safe MSB ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0477 0 2 CO Mea...

Page 201: ...gnal source for the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Note When the function module basic positioner r0108 4 1 is activated the following BICO interconnection is established CI p0480 0 r2520 0 CI p0480 1 r2520 1 and CI p0480 2 r2520 2 Description Sets the signal source for the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive Note When ...

Page 202: ... changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 4010 4704 4730 4750 P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Function 1 active Yes No 01 Function 2 active Yes No 02 Function 3 active Yes No 03 Function 4 active Yes No 04 Value 1 Displayed in r0483 Not p...

Page 203: ...e position controller clock cycle p0115 4 the update time in isochronous operation corresponds to the bus cycle time r2064 1 the update time in isochronous operation and with position control EPOS corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115 4 the update time in non isochronous operation or without position control EPOS comprises the following Update time 4 least common multiple LCM of...

Page 204: ...oder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Notice The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW 13 Note in this value the measuring gear p0432 p0433 is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated p0411 0 1 if GxZSW 15 1 r0481 then an error code with the following significance is located in Gx_XIST2 r0483 1 Encoder fault 2 Possible position shift ...

Page 205: ...ment to reference mark search 8 Abort absolute value transfer 3841 Function not supported 4097 Abort reference mark search due to an initialization error 4098 Abort flying measurement due to an initialization error 4099 Abort reference mark search due to a measuring error 4100 Abort flying measurement due to a measuring error Description Displays the redundant coarse encoder position including CRC...

Page 206: ...ar Description Displays the raw value of the absolute encoder actual value before the measuring gear Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 r0484 CO Redundant coarse encoder position CRC Enc red pos CRC ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory settin...

Page 207: ...Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 4700 4704 4720 4740 P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Request function 1 Yes No 01 Request function 2 Yes No 02 Request function 3 Yes No 03 Request function 4 Yes No 04 Request command bit 0 Yes No 05 Request command ...

Page 208: ...erization is rejected check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580 p0680 p2517 or p2518 Description Sets the input terminal to connect probe 1 Value 0 No meas probe 1 DI DO 9 X122 10 X121 8 2 DI DO 10 X122 12 X121 10 3 DI DO 11 X122 13 X121 11 4 DI DO 13 X132 10 X131 2 5 DI DO 14 X132 12 X131 4 6 DI DO 15 X132 13 X131 5 7 DI DO 8 X122 9 X121 7 8 DI DO 12 X132 9 X131 1 Dependency Refer...

Page 209: ...310 To select the values For CX32 NX10 and NX15 only DI DO 8 9 10 11 can be selected as fast inputs refer to the Equipment Manual Note DI DO Bidirectional Digital Input Output The terminal must be set as input p0728 Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive If parameterization is rejected check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580 p0680 p2517 or p2518 Description Sets the input ...

Page 210: ... 1 2 3 5 the following applies encoderless operation must have been started For a value 1 the following applies in spite of the motor encoder fault that has occurred the motor continues to operate Note For a value 1 2 3 5 the following applies Refer to the status signal encoderless operation due to a fault BO r1407 13 if with r1407 13 1 a different drive data set is selected e g interconnection fr...

Page 211: ...Description Sets the maximum permissible velocity difference within the current controller sampling time for square wave encoders Dependency Refer to F31118 A31418 Note For a value of 0 0 velocity change monitoring is disabled if the set maximum velocity difference is only exceeded for one sampling time of the current controller then an appropriate alarm is output However if the maximum speed diff...

Page 212: ...90 if a parameter change is rejected a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0580 p0680 p2517 or p2518 Description Sets the input terminal for selecting the reference mark via BERO switching signal when performing referencing with several zero marks The encoder interface supplies the position of the reference mark which was detected immediately after ...

Page 213: ...st inputs refer to the Equipment Manual For p0494 0 factory setting the setting in p0495 is effective Regarding the terminal designation The first designation is valid for CU320 the second for CU310 Note Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive The terminal must be set as input Description Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mark external encoder zero mark Value 0 No ...

Page 214: ... DI DO 9 X122 10 X121 8 2 DI DO 10 X122 12 X121 10 3 DI DO 11 X122 13 X121 11 4 DI DO 13 X132 10 X131 2 5 DI DO 14 X132 12 X131 4 6 DI DO 15 X132 13 X131 5 7 DI DO 8 X122 9 X121 7 8 DI DO 12 X132 9 X131 1 Notice For CX32 NX10 and NX15 only DI DO 9 10 11 can be selected as fast inputs refer to the Equipment Manual For p0494 0 the setting in p0494 is effective and p0495 is invalid Regarding the term...

Page 215: ...difference 40 r0498 Raw temperature r0499 Temperature in 0 1 C 41 r0498 Resistance in 0 1 Ohm r0499 Temperature in 0 1 C 42 r0497 Resistance 2500 Ohm 51 r0497 Absolute speed difference dn dt 52 r0497 Xact1 corrected quadrants 60 Analog sensor r0498 raw val chann A r0499 raw val chann B 61 Analog sensor r0498 fine pos chann A r0499 fine pos chann B 62 Analog sensor r0498 Fine pos before characteris...

Page 216: ... For p0496 42 2500 Ohm 2 32 For p0496 51 1 rpm 1000 dec For p0496 52 In 1 4 encoder pulses For p0496 60 voltage channel A in mV voltage channel B in mV For p0496 61 Channel A encoder periods 2 16 channel B encoder periods 2 16 For p0496 62 encoder periods 2 16 For p0496 70 r 100 10000 dec phase 180 18000 dec For p0496 80 81 85 86 1V 1000 inc Description Selects the trace signal to be output in r04...

Page 217: ... offset is corrected For p0496 11 21 sin cos 1 Vpp EnDat 500 mV 10650 dec internal processor offset is corrected For p0496 12 180 fine position 32768 dec For p0496 13 resolver 2900 mV 13107 dec For p0496 13 sin cos 1 Vpp EnDat 500 mV 10650 dec For p0496 14 1 286 dec 100 16384 dec For p0496 15 100 16384 dec For p0496 16 resolver channel A 2900 mV 26214 dec channel B 2900 mV 26214 dec For p0496 16 s...

Page 218: ... in p0496 Dependency Refer to p0496 r0497 r0499 r0497 0 2 CO Encoder diagnostic signal double word Enc diag DW VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0497 Encoder diagnostic signal double word Enc diag DW ENC Can be changed Calculated Ac...

Page 219: ... called up as follows when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 0 when writing p0340 1 3 5 for p0500 6 p0340 1 3 4 when writing p0578 1 For p0500 0 and when the calculation is initiated the following parameters are set p1574 10 V separately excited synchronous motor 20 V p1750 2 0 p1802 4 SVM FLB without overcontrol p1803 106 p1610 50 p1611 30 p1310 50 r0499 0 2 CO Encoder diagnostic signal hig...

Page 220: ...selected For p0500 4 presetting for VECTOR with PM250 power unit p1574 30 V p1750 2 0 p1802 2 SVM with overcontrol p1803 106 p1381 6 to avoid overcontrol p1654 p0115 1 p1402 11 1 p1310 p1311 p1610 p1610 as for p0500 0 For p0500 5 for speed controlled starting for vector control without encoder p1574 p1750 2 p1802 p1803 p1381 as for p0500 0 p1610 80 separately excited synchronous motor 50 p1611 80 ...

Page 221: ... word or 4000 0000 hex double word To specifically scale BICO parameters proceed as follows set the reference value p0514 0 9 set the numbers of the parameters which should be active for the scaling corresponding to the index of p0514 p0515 0 19 p0524 0 19 For parameters with the marking Scaling p0514 which are not entered in p0515 0 19 to p0524 0 19 the reference value 1 0 factory setting applies...

Page 222: ... 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 0 Scal spec p514 0 VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0516 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 1 Scal spec p514 1 VECTOR_G B_...

Page 223: ... 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 3 Scal spec p514 3 VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0519 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 4 Scal spec p514 4 VECTOR_G B_...

Page 224: ... 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 6 Scal spec p514 6 VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0522 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 7 Scal spec p514 7 VECTOR_G B_...

Page 225: ...24 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 9 Scal spec p514 9 VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0528 Controller gain system of units Ctrl_gain unit_sys VECTOR_G Can be changed C2...

Page 226: ...nto the limit for the maximum speed p1082 Note p0531 cannot be changed on a motor with DRIVE CLiQ Description Sets the maximum speed of the bearing The following applies when calculating the maximum speed p1082 for p0324 0 or p0532 0 p0322 is used for p0324 0 and p0532 0 the minimum value from the two parameters is used Dependency Refer to p0301 p0322 p0324 p0530 p1082 Notice This parameter is pre...

Page 227: ... 15 CO Probe time stamp Probe t_stamp CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0566 0 3 CO Probe time stamp reference Probe t_stamp name CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed...

Page 228: ...is is not overwritten as soon as only one drive data set refers to the motor data set p0186 Description Setting for activating deactivating the inhibit list Depending on the setting the parameters of the inhibit list p0571 should be overwritten when calculating the motor and closed loop control parameters for the particular drive data set DDS Value 0 No 1 Yes Note If value 0 The automatic calculat...

Page 229: ...0 No calculation 1 Complete calculation Note At the end of the calculations p0578 is automatically set to 0 Description Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller For p0595 1 2 the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active Value 1 2 1 referred no dimensions 3 bar 4 C 5 Pa 6 ltr s 7 m s 8 ltr min 9 m min 10 ltr h 11 m h 12 kg s 13 kg min p0573 Inhibit automatic reference ...

Page 230: ...ion Sets the sensor to monitor the motor temperature The sensor type used is set in p0601 Value 0 No sensor 1 Temperature sensor via encoder 1 2 Temperature sensor via encoder 2 3 Temperature sensor via encoder 3 10 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection 11 Temperature sensor via Motor Module CU terminals 20 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection p0608 21 Temperature sensor via a BIC...

Page 231: ...for motors with DRIVE CLiQ 4 Bimetallic NC contact alarm timer only for temp_eval via MM 5 PT100 6 PT1000 7 PT1000 and PTC only for motors with DRIVE CLiQ 10 Evaluation via several temperature channels SME12x 11 Evaluation via several temperature channels BICO Dependency A thermal motor model is calculated corresponding to p0612 Refer to r0458 p0600 p0612 Note The temperature sensor for the temper...

Page 232: ...ture in C For p0601 4 r0035 50 C The tripping resistance is less than 100 Ohm bimetallic NC contact is closed or has a short circuit r0035 250 C The tripping resistance is greater than 100 Ohm bimetallic NC contact is open not connected or has a wire breakage When using the following components a value of 4 is set as the factory setting and can no longer be changed Basic Line Module BLM with inter...

Page 233: ...esis is 2 K When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description Sets the threshold and temperature value to monitor the motor temperature Temperature model 1 I2t p0612 0 1 The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 or p0612 8 0 sets the alarm threshold If the model temperature r0034 exceeds the alarm thresho...

Page 234: ...KTY PT1000 This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold p0604 is exceeded If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has in the meantime not been fallen below then fault F07011 is output If the temperature fault threshold p0605 is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired then fault F07011 is immediately output Dependency Refer to p0604 p0605 Refer to F07011 A07910 Note...

Page 235: ...channel 2 2 Motor temperature channel 3 3 Motor temperature channel 4 Dependency Refer to p0600 Note Temperature sensor KTY PT1000 Valid temperature range 48 C 248 C Temperature sensor PTC bimetal For a value of 50 C the following applies Motor temperature nominal response temperature of the PTC bimetal contact closed For a value of 250 C the following applies Motor temperature nominal response te...

Page 236: ...ed with the motor standstill current rated motor current if the motor standstill current is not parameterized up until a temperature rise of 63 of the continuously permissible winding temperature has been reached Dependency The parameter is only used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx 4 and synchronous reluctance motors p0300 6xx Refer to r0034 p0612 p0615 Refer to F07011 A07012 A07910 Notice This p...

Page 237: ...with another motor temperature model For bit 08 This bit is used to extend the motor temperature model 1 I2t The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 only bit 0 this bit has no function Temperature model 1 operates in the standard mode Overtemperature at rated load p0605 40 C Alarm threshold p0605 Fault threshold p0615 The following applies from firmware version 4 7 SP6 bits 0 and 8 temp...

Page 238: ...he overtemperature Description Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 1 I2t The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded fault threshold for r0034 100 p0615 40 p0605 40 The following applies from firmware version 4 7 SP6 and p0612 8 1 the fault threshold in p0615 is preset when com...

Page 239: ...cally used for calculating There is no thermal model to adapt the damping resistances Description Selects the identification of the stator resistance after booting the Control Unit only for vector control The identification is used to measure the actual stator resistance and from the ratio of the result of motor data identification p0350 to the matching ambient temperature p0625 the actual mean te...

Page 240: ...letion of the measurement Description Sets the excitation time of the motor for the stator resistance identification after switching on again restart Dependency Refer to p0621 r0623 Note For p0622 p0346 the following applies If identification is activated the magnetizing time is influenced by p0622 The speed is enabled after measurement is complete but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed see ...

Page 241: ...e motor temperature model 2 p0612 1 1 Dependency For 1LA5 and 1LA7 motors p0300 15 17 the parameter is pre set as a function of p0307 and p0311 Refer to p0625 Notice When selecting a standard induction motor listed in the catalog p0300 100 p0301 10000 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection...

Page 242: ...s parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description Reference value for the identification of the stator resistance every time the drive is switched on Dependency The...

Page 243: ...el models 2 and 3 Note For motor temperature model 1 p0612 0 1 this parameter is not valid r0630 0 n Mot_temp_mod ambient temperature Mod T_ambient VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram 8018 P Group Motor Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type SESM REL Scaling p2006 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting C C C r...

Page 244: ...AT VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 3 U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM SESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 Vsrms 100 000 Vsrms 0 000 Vsrms p0635 0 n Q flux quadrature axis current constant unsaturated PSIQ KIQ UNSAT VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 3 U T Calculated Access...

Page 245: ...urce for scaling the current limit p0640 Description Sets the overvoltage protection for synchronous motors in the field weakening range Value 0 No measure 1 Voltage Protection Module VPM Dependency Refer to p0316 p1082 p1231 p9601 p9801 Refer to F07906 F07907 Notice When the speed limiting is removed the user is responsible for implementing a suitable overvoltage protection Note In the field weak...

Page 246: ... Refer to p0651 Refer to A01590 Note For p0651 0 the operating hours counter is disabled The operating hours counter in p0650 can only be reset to 0 The operating hours counter only runs with motor data set 0 and 1 MDS Description Sets the service maintenance intervals in hours for the appropriate motor An appropriate message is output when the operating hours set here are reached Dependency Refer...

Page 247: ...ged C2 3 U T Calculated CALC_MOD_EQU Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 10 0 300 0 100 0 p0655 0 n Motor magnetizing inductance d axis saturated scaling Mot L_m d sat scal VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 3 U T Calculated CALC_MOD_EQU Access level 4...

Page 248: ... 3 U T Calculated CALC_MOD_EQU Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram 6727 P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 10 0 300 0 100 0 p0659 0 n Motor damping resistance d axis scaling Mot R_damp d scal VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 3 U T Calculated CALC_MOD_EQU Access level 4 Data type Float...

Page 249: ...n frequency The setting Measurement without handshake must be supported by the higher level control This setting cannot be used for SIMOTION D with integrated SINAMICS or with CX32 For p0684 0 Changing this evaluation procedure to p0684 1 is possible in the RUN state Changing this evaluation procedure to p0684 16 is only activated after parameter save and POWER ON Permissible combinations in p0922...

Page 250: ... 7 0 is displayed r0685 Central measuring probe control word display Cen meas STW disp CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Falling edge measuring pro...

Page 251: ..._DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r0688 CO Central measuring probe status word display Cen meas ZSW disp CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func dia...

Page 252: ...less excitation p0690 0 n Brushless excitation rated current BLE I_rated VECTOR_G n M Can be changed C2 3 T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram 6727 P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 A 100 00 A 0 00 A p0693 0 n Brushless excitation inductance d axis saturat...

Page 253: ...vice memory Example p0700 6 macro file PM000006 ACX is run Dependency Refer to r8571 Notice No errors were issued during quick commissioning p3900 1 when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group When executing a specific macro the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active Note The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8571 r8571 is not in the expert list of the...

Page 254: ... X122 2 X121 2 High Low 02 DI 2 X122 3 X121 3 High Low 03 DI 3 X122 4 X121 4 High Low 04 DI 4 X132 1 High Low 05 DI 5 X132 2 High Low 06 DI 6 X132 3 High Low 07 DI 7 X132 4 High Low 08 DI DO 8 X122 9 X121 7 High Low 09 DI DO 9 X122 10 X121 8 High Low 10 DI DO 10 X122 12 X121 10 High Low 11 DI DO 11 X122 13 X121 11 High Low 12 DI DO 12 X132 9 X131 1 High Low 13 DI DO 13 X132 10 X131 2 High Low 14 D...

Page 255: ... 9 High Low 21 DI 21 X132 6 X120 10 High Low r0723 0 21 CO BO CU digital inputs status inverted CU DI status inv CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2119 2120 2121 2130 2131 2132 2133 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit S...

Page 256: ...ta type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2119 2030 2031 2130 2131 2132 2133 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 08 DI DO 8 X122 9 X121 7 Output Input 09 DI DO 9 X122 10 X121 8 Output Input 10 DI DO 10 X122 12 X121 10 Output Input 11 DI DO 11 X122 13 X121 1...

Page 257: ...r terminal DI DO 11 X122 13 X121 11 Regarding the terminal designation The first designation is valid for CU320 the second for CU310 p0738 BI CU signal source for terminal DI DO 8 CU S_src DI DO 8 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 2119 2130 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for mo...

Page 258: ... X132 12 X131 4 Regarding the terminal designation The first designation is valid for CU320 the second for CU310 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note Prerequisite The DI DO must be set as an output p0728 14 1 DI DO Bidirectional Digital Input Output p0742 BI CU signal source for terminal DI DO 12 CU S_src DI DO 12 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G...

Page 259: ...0_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2130 2131 2132 2133 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 08 DI DO 8 X122 9 X121 7 High Low 09 DI DO 9 X122 10 X121 8 High Low 10 DI DO 10 X122 12 X121 10 High ...

Page 260: ...T2 Dependency Refer to p0771 r0772 p0776 p0777 p0778 p0779 p0780 p0783 p0784 r0786 p0771 0 2 CI Test sockets signal source Test skt S_src CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 8134 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setti...

Page 261: ...irst point on the characteristic Index 0 T0 1 T1 2 T2 Dependency Can only be set when p0776 99 Refer to p0777 p0779 p0780 r0786 p0776 0 2 Test socket mode Test skt mode CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 8134 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max F...

Page 262: ... Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 8134 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 100000 00 427 9E9 100 00 p0780 0 2 Test socket characteristic value y2 Test skt char y2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Floa...

Page 263: ...76 does not equal 99 Refer to p0789 r0790 Description Sets the gain of a signal output of a physical address via test sockets Index 0 T0 1 T1 2 T2 Dependency Changes only become effective if p0776 does not equal 99 Refer to p0788 r0786 0 2 Test socket scaling per volt TestSktScale Volt CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dy...

Page 264: ...DI simulation CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2020 2030 2031 2100 2119 2120 2130 2131 2132 2133 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 D...

Page 265: ...c diagram 2020 2030 2031 2100 2119 2120 2130 2131 2132 2133 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 0 X122 1 X121 1 High Low 01 DI 1 X122 2 X121 2 High Low 02 DI 2 X122 3 X121 3 High Low 03 DI 3 X122 4 X121 4 High Low 04 DI 4 X132 1 Hi...

Page 266: ...e Procedure 1 In Index 0 enter which command data set should be copied 2 In index 1 enter the command data set that is to be copied into 3 Start copying set index 2 from 0 to 1 p0809 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed p0806 BI Inhibit master control PcCtrl inhibit VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group...

Page 267: ...e Data Set 2 Start copying procedure Note Procedure 1 In Index 0 enter which drive data set is to be copied 2 In index 1 enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into 3 Start copying set index 2 from 0 to 1 p0819 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed p0810 BI Command data set selection CDS bit 0 CDS select bit 0 VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Da...

Page 268: ...select bit 0 VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 15 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 8565 8575 P Group Data sets Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p0821 0 n BI Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 DDS select bit 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 15 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Bin...

Page 269: ...r0830 5 is switched Dependency Refer to p0826 r0830 Note A motor is only changed over a new motor selected after the pulses have been suppressed When the motor data sets are changed over the following applies Bit numbers that are not identical signify that the motor must be changed over p0824 0 n BI Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 4 DDS select bit 4 VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 15 T Calculated Acce...

Page 270: ...Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 8575 P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r0830 0 15 CO BO Motor changeover status word Mot_chngov ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 8575 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor ty...

Page 271: ...al contactor 9 10 Feedback signal contactor 10 11 Feedback signal contactor 11 12 Feedback signal contactor 12 13 Feedback signal contactor 13 14 Feedback signal contactor 14 15 Feedback signal contactor 15 Description Displays the status word of the contactor feedback signals when changing over a motor Dependency Refer to p0831 r0832 0 15 CO BO Mot changeover contactor feedback sig status word Mo...

Page 272: ...er is only carried out when the armature short circuit is not activated p0833 Data set changeover configuration DS_chng config VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 15 Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 8575 P Group Data sets Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0010 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 ...

Page 273: ...ay and BICO output for the status word of the data set switchover Note For bit 02 A data set changeover is delayed by the time required for the internal parameter calculation Description Displays the command data set CDS selected via the binector input Dependency Refer to r0050 p0810 p0811 Note Command data sets are selected via binector input p0810 and following The currently effective command da...

Page 274: ...ious contactor Open The new motor contactor is controlled energized after the delay time has expired for the feedback signal new motor contactor Closed The pulses are enabled after the delay time has expired r0837 0 4 CO BO Drive Data Set DDS selected DDS selected VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 8565 P Group Displays signals Unit gro...

Page 275: ...speed torque control the following applies BI p0840 0 1 signal ON pulses can be enabled r0863 1 of a drive can also be selected as signal source Description Sets the signal source for the command ON OFF OFF1 For the PROFIdrive profile this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 STW1 0 Recommendation When the setting for this binector input is changed the motor can only be switched on by means...

Page 276: ...ive This corresponds to command No coast down coast down OFF2 for drives The following signals are AND ed BI p0844 No coast down coast down OFF2 signal source 1 BI p0845 No coast down coast down OFF2 signal source 2 For the PROFIdrive profile the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 STW1 1 BI p0844 0 signal or BI p0845 0 signal OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and ...

Page 277: ...t down coast down OFF2 signal source 2 For the PROFIdrive profile the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 STW1 1 BI p0844 0 signal or BI p0845 0 signal OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited BI p0844 1 signal and BI p0845 1 signal no OFF2 enable is possible Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is effective Note ...

Page 278: ...nals are AND ed BI p0848 No quick stop quick stop OFF3 signal source 1 BI p0849 No quick stop quick stop OFF3 signal source 2 For the PROFIdrive profile the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 STW1 2 BI p0848 0 signal or BI p0849 0 signal OFF3 braking along the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited BI p0848 1 signal and BI p0849 1 signa...

Page 279: ...set to 1 If a control is available then STW1 10 must be set to 1 PZD1 so that the received data is updated This applies regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration p0922 999 Description Sets the signal source for the command control by PLC no control by PLC For the PROFIdrive profile this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 STW1 10 BI p0854 0 sig...

Page 280: ...If enable speed controller is withdrawn the pulses are not suppressed Description Sets the monitoring time for the power unit The following applies for infeeds and drives The monitoring time is started after an 0 1 edge of the ON OFF1 command If the power unit does not return a READY signal within the monitoring time then fault F06000 infeeds or F07802 drives is output For drives the following als...

Page 281: ...f its own drive object should be used Dependency Refer to p0861 r0863 Refer to F07300 Notice The line contactor monitoring is deactivated if the control signal of the particular drive object is set as the signal source for the feedback signal of the line contactor BI p0860 r0863 1 Note The state of the line contactor is monitored depending on signal BO r0863 1 When the monitoring is activated BI p...

Page 282: ...p0864 with binector output r0863 0 of the infeed Drive 2 Interconnect binector input p0864 with binector output r0863 0 of drive 1 Drive 3 Interconnect binector input p0864 with binector output r0863 0 of drive 2 etc The first drive only transfers the operating signal to the next drive after it has reached its ready condition For bit 01 Bit 1 is used to control an external line contactor For bit 0...

Page 283: ...rce of p0840 0 OFF1 and before the main contactor holding time expires should go back to 1 otherwise the main contactor will open Description For Motor Modules Chassis format Setting the debounce time for the DC circuit breaker For AC AC converters Chassis format Setting the wait time for the thyristor rectifier Note The following applies if p0868 65000 ms The debounce time defined internally in t...

Page 284: ...27 Description Displays the operational readiness of the infeeds when using Smart Line Module SLM and Basic Line Module BLM together mixed operation In order that signal BO r0873 is available at one of the infeeds then BI p0874 of the one infeed must be interconnected to BO r0863 0 of the other infeed Dependency Refer to r0863 p0874 Note Mixed operation is not possible with the Active Line Module ...

Page 285: ... Line Modules in the Chassis format the Voltage Sensing Module VSM p0145 belonging to the power unit is automatically activated deactivated Note The power unit is only deactivated when the pulses are suppressed For units connected in parallel when one of the power units is deactivated then the enable in p7001 is withdrawn p0874 BI Smart Basic Line Module operation SLM BLM operation B_INF Can be ch...

Page 286: ...Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Parking axis active Yes No p0897 BI Parking axis selection Parking axis sel VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for moto...

Page 287: ... Yes No 04 Enable ramp function generator Yes No 05 Continue ramp function generator Yes No 06 Enable speed setpoint Yes No 07 Command open brake Yes No 08 Jog 1 Yes No 3001 09 Jog 2 Yes No 3001 10 Master control by PLC Yes No 12 Speed controller enable Yes No 14 Command close brake Yes No r0898 0 10 CO BO Control word sequence control infeed STW seq_ctrl INF B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access...

Page 288: ...Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Reserved Yes No 03 Fault present Yes No 07 Alarm present Yes No 08 System time synchronized Yes No 12 Slave sign of life bit 0 Yes No 13 Slave sign of life bit 1 Yes No 14 Slave sign of life bit 2 Yes No 15 Slave sign of life bit 3 Yes No r0899 0 15 CO BO Status word sequence control ZSW seq_ctrl VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculat...

Page 289: ...he parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting r0899 0 12 CO BO Status word sequence control infeed ZSW seq_ctrl INF B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 8726 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Ready ...

Page 290: ...9 Description Sets the send and receive telegram Value 1 Standard telegram 1 PZD 2 2 2 Standard telegram 2 PZD 4 4 3 Standard telegram 3 PZD 5 9 4 Standard telegram 4 PZD 6 14 20 Standard telegram 20 PZD 2 6 220 SIEMENS telegram 220 PZD 10 10 352 SIEMENS telegram 352 PZD 6 6 999 Free telegram configuration with BICO p0922 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection IF1 PZD telegr CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN C...

Page 291: ... Free telegram configuration with BICO Note If a value is not equal to 999 a telegram is set and the automatically set interconnections in the telegram are inhibited The inhibited interconnections can only be changed again after setting value 999 Description Displays the position of the Pulses enabled status signal in the PROFIdrive telegram Index 0 Signal number 1 Bit position p0922 IF1 PROFIdriv...

Page 292: ...te The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 Fault buffer structure general principle r0945 0 r0949 0 r0948 0 r2109 0 r3115 0 actual fault case fault 1 r0945 7 r0949 7 r0948 7 r2109 7 r3115 7 actual fault case fault 8 p0925 PROFIdrive clock synchronous sign of life tolerance PD SoL_tol VECTOR_G n M ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level ...

Page 293: ...ys additional information about the fault that occurred as integer number Dependency Refer to r0945 r0947 r0948 r2109 r2130 r2133 r2136 r3115 r3120 r3122 Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945 r0946 0 65534 Fault code list Fault code list All objects Ca...

Page 294: ...of the firmware version V04 03 for second part refer to index 6 r0964 3 2010 year 2010 r0964 4 1705 17th of May r0964 5 2 2 drive objects r0964 6 200 second part firmware version complete version V04 03 02 00 p0952 Fault cases counter Fault cases qty All objects Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 6700 8060 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selec...

Page 295: ...ety parameter reset 6 Start reset non safety safety parameters 10 Start loading the parameters saved with p0971 10 11 Start loading the parameters saved with p0971 11 12 Start loading the parameters saved with p0971 12 30 Start loading the delivery state saved with p0971 30 100 Start a BICO interconnection reset Notice After the value has been modified no further parameter modifications can be mad...

Page 296: ... At the end of the calculations p0970 is automatically set to 0 Parameter reset has been completed if p0970 and p0010 have been set to 0 For p0970 5 the following applies The password for Safety Integrated must be set When Safety Integrated is enabled this can result in error messages which then require an acceptance test to be performed Then save the parameters and carry out a POWER ON For p0970 ...

Page 297: ...er parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996 Modifications can be made again when r3996 0 Note A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 parameter reset At the end of the calculations p0970 is automatically set to 0 Description The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 31 TM31 The sampling time p4099 is no...

Page 298: ... Terminal Module 54F TM54F Parameter p0151 is not reset It is only reset if the entire drive unit is reset to the factory settings p0976 Value 0 Inactive 1 Start a parameter reset 5 Starts a safety parameter reset 6 Start reset non safety safety parameters 100 Start a BICO interconnection reset Notice After the value has been modified no further parameter modifications can be made and the status i...

Page 299: ...g is displayed in r3996 Note Starting from the particular drive object the following parameters are saved CU3xx Device specific parameters and PROFIBUS device parameters Other objects Parameters of the actual object and PROFIBUS device parameters Prerequisite In order that the parameter of a drive object saved with p0971 1 is read the next time that the Control Unit is booted then all parameters m...

Page 300: ...een established check the reset operation refer below To check the reset operation After the drive unit has been restarted and communications have been established read p0972 and check the following p0972 0 the reset was successfully executed p0972 0 the reset was not executed Description Displays the identification of the drive object Index 0 Company Siemens 42 1 Drive object type 2 Firmware vers...

Page 301: ...tting or loading is realized in the non volatile memory Procedure 1 Set p0009 30 parameter reset 2 Set p0976 to required value The system is rebooted p0976 is automatically set to 0 and p0009 is automatically set to 1 after this has been carried out Description Saves all parameters of the drive system to the non volatile memory When saving only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are ta...

Page 302: ...d to define their sequence in the process data exchange Drive objects that are listed after the first zero are excluded from the process data exchange For p0978 in addition the value 255 can be inserted a multiple number of times p0978 n 255 means The drive object is visible for the PROFIBUS master and is empty without any actual process data exchange This allows cyclic communications of a PROFIBU...

Page 303: ...an be taken from the following literature PROFIdrive Profile Drive Technology Description Displays the actual position encoder used according to PROFIdrive Index 0 Header 1 Type encoder 1 2 Resolution enc 1 3 Shift factor G1_XIST1 4 Shift factor G1_XIST2 5 Distinguishable distance encoder 1 6 10 Reserved Note Information about the individual indices can be taken from the following literature PROFI...

Page 304: ...oning software However they can be read from a higher level control system e g PROFIBUS master Description Displays the parameters that exist for this drive Dependency Refer to r0980 r0981 Note Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298 If an index contains the value 0 then the list ends here This list consists solely of the following parameters r0980 0 299 r0981 0 299 r0989 0 299 The p...

Page 305: ... of the commissioning software However they can be read from a higher level control system e g PROFIBUS master Description Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive Dependency Refer to r0990 r0991 Note Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98 If an index contains the value 0 then the list ends here This list consists solely of the following pa...

Page 306: ...ter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Description Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 3 Dependency Refer to p1020 p1021 p1022 p1023 r1024 r1197 p1000 0 n Macro Connector Inputs CI for speed setpoints Macro CI n_set VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 1 T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram P Group Commands Un...

Page 307: ...e effective data set p1004 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 4 n_set_fixed 4 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3010 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1005 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 5 n_set_fixe...

Page 308: ...set_fixed 8 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3010 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1009 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 9 n_set_fixed 9 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 D...

Page 309: ...set_fixed 12 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3010 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1013 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 13 n_set_fixed 13 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level ...

Page 310: ...fixed speed setpoint using p1020 p1023 Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197 Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 15 using p1001 p1015 Refer to p1020 p1021 p1023 r1197 Note If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected p1020 p1023 0 r1197 0 then r1024 0 setpoint 0 p1020 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 0 n_set_fixed Bit 0 VECTOR_G Can be changed T Ca...

Page 311: ... Notice The following prerequisites must be fulfilled in order to be able to save the setpoint Bit 03 1 in a non volatile fashion Firmware with V2 3 or higher Control Unit 320 CU320 with hardware version C or higher module with NVRAM p1023 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 n_set_fixed Bit 3 VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p017...

Page 312: ...a save deactivated 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non volatile fashion for bit 00 1 For bit 04 When the bit is set the ramp function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable The actual output value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r1050 Description Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer The s...

Page 313: ... n_max VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3020 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1038 0 n Motorized potentiometer minimum speed MotP n_min VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated C...

Page 314: ... command BI p1043 p1041 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer manual automatic Mop manual auto VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 3020 P Group Setpoints Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p1042 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint Mop auto setpoint VECTOR_G ...

Page 315: ...With ramp function generator after an OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 or for a 0 signal via BI p0852 inhibit operation suppress pulses the ramp function generator output r1050 is set to the starting value configuration via p1030 0 r1045 CO Mot potentiometer speed setp in front of ramp fct gen Mop n_set bef RFG VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 3020 P...

Page 316: ...s enabled for jogging using BI p1055 or BI p1056 The command ON OFF1 can be issued using BI p0840 or using BI p1055 p1056 Only the signal source that was used to switch on can also be used to switch off again p1051 0 n CI Speed limit RFG positive direction of rotation n_limit RFG pos VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func d...

Page 317: ...dex DDS p0180 Func diagram 3001 3030 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1059 0 n Jog 2 speed setpoint Jog 2 n_set VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3001 3030 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit se...

Page 318: ... changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 3030 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p1075 0 n CI Suppl setp Suppl setp VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 3001 3030 P Group...

Page 319: ...the maximum speed is limited to 60 0 8 333 x p0115 0 x r0313 This can be identified by a reduction in r1084 p1082 is not changed in this process due to the fact that the operating mode p1300 can be changed over r1078 CO Total setpoint effective Total setpoint eff VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 3030 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1...

Page 320: ...of the parameter is pre assigned the maximum motor speed p0322 If p0322 0 the rated motor speed p0311 is used as default pre assignment value For induction motors that are not catalog motors p0301 0 the synchronous no load speed is used as default pre assignment value p0310 x 60 r0313 For synchronous motors the following additionally applies The maximum speed p1082 is restricted to speeds r1084 wh...

Page 321: ...ist 1 Min Max Factory setting 1083 0 p1086 0 n CO Speed limit in negative direction of rotation n_limit neg VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3050 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm 40000 000 rpm r1087 CO S...

Page 322: ...180 Func diagram 3050 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1093 0 n Skip speed 3 n_skip 3 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3050 P Group Setpoints Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor ...

Page 323: ...owing applies r1170 620 rpm and 580 rpm r1114 620 rpm r1119 620 rpm Description Sets the signal source for lowest possible motor speed Dependency Refer to p1080 Notice The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106 r1099 0 CO BO Skip band status word Skip band ZSW VECTOR_G Can be changed alculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Setpoints Unit group U...

Page 324: ...hibit positive direction Inhib pos dir VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 2505 3040 P Group Setpoints Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r1112 CO Speed setpoint after minimum limiting n_set aft min_lim VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Fl...

Page 325: ...ator ramps down the speed setpoint from the maximum speed p1082 down to standstill setpoint 0 in this time Further the ramp down time is always effective for OFF1 Dependency Refer to p1082 p1139 p1115 Ramp function generator selection RFG selection VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 3001 3080 P Group Setpoints Unit group Unit selection No...

Page 326: ...ially a final rounding off is carried out and then the ramp up completed During the final rounding off the output of the ramp function generator continues to go in the direction of the previous setpoint overshoot After the final rounding off has been completed the output goes toward the new setpoint p1122 0 n BI Bypass ramp function generator Bypass RFG VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Acces...

Page 327: ...selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 600 000 s 3 000 s p1136 0 n OFF3 initial rounding off time RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 3070 P Group Setpoints Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 30 0...

Page 328: ...n the following cases OFF1 OFF3 ramp function generator output within the suppression bandwidth ramp function generator output below the minimum speed Description Sets the signal source for the command enable setpoint inhibit setpoint For the PROFIdrive profile this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 STW1 6 BI p1142 0 signal Inhibits the setpoint the ramp function generator input is set t...

Page 329: ... value Dependency The signal source for accepting the setting value is set using parameters Refer to p1143 Description Sets the ramp function generator tracking The output value of the ramp function generator is tracked corrected corresponding to the maximum possible drive acceleration The reference value is the deviation at the speed velocity controller input that is necessary to ensure that the ...

Page 330: ...rque limit p1400 16 1 Description Sets the tolerance value for the status of the ramp function generator ramp up active ramp down active If the input of the ramp function generator does not change in comparison to the output by more than the entered tolerance time then the status bits ramp up active and ramp down active are not influenced Dependency Refer to r1199 Description Displays the accelera...

Page 331: ...e signal source for speed setpoint 1 of the speed controller Dependency The effectiveness of this setpoint depends on e g STW1 4 and STW1 6 Refer to r0002 p0840 p0844 p0848 p0852 p0854 r0898 p1140 p1142 p1160 r1170 p1189 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed p1151 0 n Ramp function generator configuration RFG config VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Ca...

Page 332: ...0 0 n CI Speed controller speed setpoint 2 n_ctrl n_set 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 3001 3080 P Group Setpoints Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r1169 CO Speed controller speed setpoints 1 and 2 n_ctrl n_set 1 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed Ca...

Page 333: ...16 Dyn index Func diagram 2505 P Group Setpoints Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Fixed setp bit 0 Yes No 3010 01 Fixed setp bit 1 Yes No 3010 02 Fixed setp bit 2 Yes No 3010 03 Fixed setp bit 3 Yes No 3010 05 Inhibit negative direction Yes No 3040 06 Inhibit positive direction Yes No 3040 1...

Page 334: ...efer to p1201 Refer to F07330 F07331 Notice The flying restart function must be used in cases where the motor may still be running e g after a brief line supply interruption or is being driven by the load The system might otherwise shut down as a result of overcurrent It does not make sense to use flying restart together with the motor holding brake function p1215 0 because then the flying restart...

Page 335: ...limited p1202 50 the search algorithm is optimized for 100 and the current reached is internally limited A set value p1202 100 cannot be reached Description Sets the factor for the search speed for flying restart The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart A higher value results in a longer search time Recommendation For encoderless vector control...

Page 336: ...signal FP 00 Current impressed Yes No 01 No current flow Yes No 02 Voltage input Yes No 03 Voltage reduced Yes No 04 Start ramp function generator Yes No 05 Wait for execution Yes No 06 Slope filter act Yes No 07 Positive gradient Yes No 08 Current thresh Yes No 09 Current minimum Yes No 10 Search in the positive direction Yes No 11 Stop after positive direction Yes No 12 Stop after negative direc...

Page 337: ...g Module VSM is being used the line supply voltage amplitude is greater than 3 of the parameterized unit supply voltage p0210 to protect the precharging resistors against continuous filter current when the line supply partially returns Dependency Refer to r0209 p0210 r1214 15 Speed control activated Yes No 16 Fast flying restart w voltage model for induction motor activ Yes No 17 Fast flying resta...

Page 338: ...no automatic start For p1210 14 16 a manual acknowledgment is required for an automatic restart Refer to p0840 p0857 p1267 Refer to F30003 Danger If the automatic restart is activated p1210 1 if there is an ON command refer to p0840 the drive is switched on as soon as any fault messages that are present can be acknowledged This also occurs after the line supply returns or the Control Unit boots if...

Page 339: ...s again present or the feedback of the line supply infeed refer to p0864 is again available This automatic switching on operation can only be interrupted by withdrawing the ON command Notice A change is only accepted and made in the state initialization r1214 0 and wait for alarm r1214 1 For p1210 1 the infeed is automatically started Note For p1210 1 Faults that are present are automatically ackn...

Page 340: ...nce if when attempting to start an additional line phase failure F06200 occurs A change is only accepted and made in the state initialization r1214 0 and wait for alarm r1214 1 Refer to p1210 r1214 Refer to F07320 Notice After fault F07320 occurs the switch on command must be withdrawn and all of the faults acknowledged so that the automatic restart function is re activated After a complete power ...

Page 341: ... be withdrawn and all of the faults acknowledged so that the automatic restart function is re activated Note For index 0 The monitoring time starts when the faults are detected If the automatic acknowledgments are not successful the monitoring time runs again If after the monitoring time has expired the drive has still not successfully started again flying restart and magnetizing of the motor must...

Page 342: ...s deactivated with p1213 0 If p1213 is set to a value which is lower than in p1212 fault F07320 is generated at each restart If for p1210 1 the time in p1213 is set lower than in p1212 then fault F07320 is also generated at each restart The monitoring time must be extended if the faults that occur cannot be immediately and successfully acknowledged e g for faults that are permanently present For i...

Page 343: ...he faults have been successfully acknowledged For bit 07 State which is assumed after a fault occurs within the automatic restart function This is only reset after acknowledging the fault and withdrawing the switch on command For bit 10 When the automatic restart function is active r1214 7 is displayed otherwise the active fault r2139 3 For bits 12 15 Actual state of the start counter binary coded...

Page 344: ...s used it remains closed If the motor moves this will destroy the brake Notice If p1215 was set to 1 or if p1215 was set to 3 then when the pulses are suppressed the brake is closed even if the motor is still rotating Pulse suppression can either be caused by a 0 signal at p0844 p0845 or p0852 or as a result of a fault with OFF2 response If this is not desirable e g for a flying restart then the b...

Page 345: ...e brake then the load can sag If the closing time is selected to be too long with respect to the actual closing time of the brake the control works against the brake and therefore reduces its lifetime Note For a motor with DRIVE CLiQ and integrated brake for p0300 10000 this time is pre assigned the value saved in the motor For p1217 0 ms the monitoring and the message A07932 Brake does not close ...

Page 346: ...G Ext brake Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 2707 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1229 9 p1220 CI Open motor holding brake signal source threshold Open brake thresh VECTOR_G Ext brake Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 ...

Page 347: ...1275 3 2 signal close brake at standstill 3 signal close brake at standstill These four signals form an OR logic operation Description Sets the signal source threshold value for the standstill identification Dependency Refer to p1226 p1228 r1229 p1223 BI Motor holding brake feedback signal brake open Brake feedb open VECTOR_G Ext brake Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned3...

Page 348: ...ified after this time has expired after the setpoint speed has fallen below p1226 also refer to p1145 After this the brake control is started the system waits for the closing time in p1217 and then the pulses are suppressed Dependency Refer to p1215 p1216 p1217 p1226 Notice For p1145 0 0 RFG tracking the setpoint is not equal to zero dependent on the selected value This can therefore cause the mon...

Page 349: ...2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2701 2704 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 299 000 s 0 000 s r1229 1 11 CO BO Motor holding brake status word Brake ZSW VECTOR_G Ext brake Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Functions Unit group Unit selecti...

Page 350: ...re at half of the DC link potential it is only permissible to use motors that are short circuit proof p0320 p0323 the Motor Module must be able to conduct 180 short circuit current r0320 of the motor r0209 Note For p1231 1 2 The external armature short circuit can only be selected for synchronous motors p0300 In this case control bit BO r1239 0 must be interconnected e g to a digital input to cont...

Page 351: ...awn prematurely DC braking by means of fault response continues to be possible For p1231 14 DC braking can only be set for induction motors DC braking is initiated if binector input p1230 1 during operation and the actual speed is below the starting speed p1234 before this the drive must have operated above p1234 plus the hysteresis Then following upstream de magnetization see p0347 the braking cu...

Page 352: ...an encoder this speed may not be set too low so as ensure that the oscillation movement induced by the residual flux remanence of the motor does not cause DC braking to be deactivated again Note Function p1231 14 is activated at 15 1 min higher than the value set in p1234 This hysteresis is required to prevent DC braking from being deactivated for speed encoder signals with ripple Description Sets...

Page 353: ...ndency Refer to p1230 p1231 p1235 p1236 p1237 r1239 Refer to F07904 F07905 Note Activation criterion one of the following criteria is fulfilled the signal at BI p1230 armature short circuit activation is 0 the drive is not in the state S4 Operation or in S5x refer to function diagram 2610 the internal pulse enable is missing r0046 19 0 For state switched out r1238 0 the external armature short cir...

Page 354: ...ndency Refer to p1230 p1231 p1232 p1233 p1234 p1235 p1236 p1237 Note External armature short circuit bits 0 3 For bit 00 Using this signal the motor is short circuited through an external contactor circuit This means that this BO p1239 0 must be interconnected e g to a digital output For bit 01 This signal indicates the state of the contactor to establish the armature short circuit To do this BI p...

Page 355: ... c Internal armature short circuit p1231 4 was selected The internal armature short circuit is ready and is activated as soon as the activation criterion is fulfilled Activation criterion one of the following criteria is fulfilled the signal at BI p1230 armature short circuit activation is 1 the drive is not in the state S4 Operation or in S5x refer to function diagram 2610 the internal pulse enab...

Page 356: ...ded in the deactivated state pulse inhibit by the DC link voltage then the controller can be automatically deactivated see F07401 so that the drive is not accelerated the next time that it is activated Note The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage falls below the threshold 0 95 r1242 and the controller output is zero Description Sets the dynamic factor for the DC l...

Page 357: ... If subsequent optimization is required this can be carried out using the dynamic factor In this case p1250 p1251 p1252 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1247 If several components are connected to the DC link then the dynamic factor must be increased corresponding to the ratio of the additional capacitances to the capacitance of the component involved p1245 0 n Vdc_min controller switch in le...

Page 358: ...r multi axis drives on the other hand it may be possible to compensate for interference from other axes using the integral time integral component p1251 0 The integral component is deactivated Description Sets the rate time constant for the DC link voltage controller Vdc_min controller Vdc_max controller Dependency The effective rate time is obtained taking into account p1243 Vdc_max controller dy...

Page 359: ...tor standstill prevents the regenerative braking current from increasing significantly at low speeds and after a pulse inhibit means that the motor coasts down However the maximum braking torque can be set via the appropriate torque limiting p1254 Vdc_max controller automatic ON level detection Vdc_max SenseOnLev VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn ind...

Page 360: ...to p2369 Note Control bits 0 and 1 should be interconnected to the signal outputs via which the switches in the motor feeder cables should be controlled These should be selected dimensioned for switching under load r1258 CO Vdc controller output Vdc_ctrl output VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6220 P Group Functions Unit group 6...

Page 361: ...Unit selection Not for motor type RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 20 000 s 1 000 s p1263 Debypass delay time Debypass t_del VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 300 000 s 1 000 s p1264 ...

Page 362: ...back signal interconnect the corresponding control bit as the signal source BI p1269 0 r1261 0 BI p1269 1 r1261 1 p1267 Bypass changeover source configuration Chngov_src config VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit...

Page 363: ...ated in the simulation mode motor data identification routine motor data identification routine rotating without encoder pole position identification p1270 0 n Flying restart configuration Fly restart config VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type PMSM SESM R...

Page 364: ...eactivated with p1274 0 ms The changeover time for the bypass p1262 is extended by the value in this parameter Description Sets the control word for the motor holding brake Note For p1275 6 1 and p1275 5 1 the following applies The pulse enable BO r1229 3 is independent of the timer that has been set p1217 p1216 The particular enable is only defined by the feedback signal BI p1222 BI p1223 The tim...

Page 365: ... It is not permissible to parameterize brake control without diagnostics evaluation and also enable safe brake control p1278 1 p9602 1 p9802 1 Description Sets the signal source for the OR AND logic operation Dependency Refer to r1229 p1276 Motor holding brake standstill detection bypass Brk standst bypass VECTOR_G Ext brake Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dy...

Page 366: ...control must be able to brake and accelerate independently of one another Note For p1280 4 5 6 When the threshold in r1282 or r1286 is reached the DC link voltage monitoring initiates a fault F07403 or F07404 with a response and therefore reduces additional negative effects on the DC link voltage If a braking resistor is connected to the DC link then the Vdc_max control should be disabled For p128...

Page 367: ...everal modules are connected to the DC link then the dynamic factor must be increased corresponding to the ratio of the additional capacitances to the capacitance of the module involved Note The pre setting of the dynamic factor is based on the power units connected to DRIVE CLiQ It is assumed that the power units connected via DRIVE CLiQ are also electrically connected to the DC link If this is n...

Page 368: ...ts connected via DRIVE CLiQ are also electrically connected to the DC link If this is not the case then the dynamic factor must be optimized manually Description Sets the feedback factor for the ramp function generator Its ramp times are decelerated relative to the output signal of the Vdc_max controller p1285 0 n Vdc_min controller switch in level kinetic buffering U f Vdc_min on_level VECTOR_G C...

Page 369: ... index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Functions Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 10 00 rpm p1290 0 n Vdc controller proportional gain U f Vdc_ctrl Kp VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6320 P Group Functions Unit group...

Page 370: ...his value is exceeded a fault is output the required response can be parameterized Note Exiting the Vdc_min control before reaching motor standstill prevents the regenerative braking current from increasing significantly at low speeds and after a pulse inhibit means that the motor coasts down p1294 Vdc_max controller automatic detection ON signal level U f Vdc_max SenseOnLev VECTOR_G Can be change...

Page 371: ...if required the tolerance for ramp up and ramp down should be actively increased for the ramp function generator using p1148 in order to reliably signal a steady state condition Note The closed loop torque control can only be changed over in operation p1300 20 21 by selecting the closed loop speed control p1501 At the changeover the setting of p1300 does not change In this case the actual state is...

Page 372: ...case of analog setpoints if required the tolerance for ramp up and ramp down should be actively increased for the ramp function generator using p1148 in order to reliably signal a steady state condition Note The closed loop torque control can only be changed over in operation p1300 20 21 by selecting the closed loop speed control p1501 At the changeover the setting of p1300 does not change In this...

Page 373: ...d by the current limit p0640 The accuracy of the starting current depends on the setting of the stator and feeder cable resistance p0350 p0352 Refer to p1300 p1311 p1312 r1315 Notice The starting current voltage boost increases the motor temperature particularly at zero speed Note The starting current as a result of the voltage boost is only effective for U f control p1300 The boost values are com...

Page 374: ...nt along the characteristic Dependency Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 3 The following applies to the frequency values p1320 p1322 p1324 p1326 Otherwise a standard characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point Refer to p1300 p1310 p1311 p1321 p1322 p1323 p1324 p1325 p1326 p1327 Note Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz p1310 ...

Page 375: ... the characteristic Dependency The following applies to the frequency values p1320 p1322 p1324 p1326 Otherwise a standard characteristic is used that contains the rated motor operating point Refer to p1310 p1311 p1320 p1321 p1322 p1323 p1325 p1326 p1327 p1321 0 n U f control programmable characteristic voltage 1 Uf char U1 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data typ...

Page 376: ... Hz p1310 This parameter specifies the voltage of the fourth point along the characteristic Dependency Selects the freely programmable characteristic using p1300 3 Refer to p1310 p1311 p1320 p1321 p1322 p1323 p1324 p1325 p1326 Note Linear interpolation is carried out between the points 0 Hz p1310 p1320 p1321 p1326 p1327 The voltage boost when accelerating p1311 is also applied to the freely progra...

Page 377: ... CI U f control independent voltage setpoint Uf U_set independ VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 6301 P Group V f open loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling p2001 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p1331 0 n Voltage limiting U_lim VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access le...

Page 378: ...limit value for slip compensation in referred to r0330 motor rated slip Description Displays the actual compensated slip referred to r0330 rated motor slip Dependency p1335 0 Slip compensation active Refer to p1335 Description Sets the gain for resonance damping for U f control Dependency Refer to p1300 p1339 p1349 p1335 0 n Slip compensation scaling Slip comp scal VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calc...

Page 379: ... deactivating the I_max controller the following must be carefully observed When the maximum current r0067 is exceeded the output current is no longer reduced The drive is switched off when the overcurrent limits are exceeded Note The I_max limiting controller becomes ineffective if the ramp function generator is deactivated with p1122 1 p1341 0 I_max frequency controller deactivated and I_max vol...

Page 380: ... V f open loop control Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r1344 I_max controller voltage output I_max_ctrl U_outp VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6300 P Group V f open loop control Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2001...

Page 381: ...orque is quickly available Disadvantage The motor can move while it is being magnetized 1 on voltage is continually established Advantage The motor is unlikely to rotate Disadvantage The flux is established slower torque is available later r1348 CO U f control Eco factor actual value Uf Eco fac act v VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram...

Page 382: ...r holding brake starting frequency Brake f_start VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6310 P Group V f open loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 300 00 300 00 0 00 p1356 0 n CI U f control angular setpoint Uf ang setpoint VECTOR_G Can be changed...

Page 383: ...it rated current p1360 Braking chopper braking resistor cold Br_chop R cold VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group V f open loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 ohm 10 000 ohm 0 000 ohm p1362 0 1 Braking chopper activation threshold Br_chop t...

Page 384: ... Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6300 P Group V f open loop control Unit group 6_5 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting A A A p1381 0 n U f control modulation limit reduction U f mod_max reduc VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint...

Page 385: ...rol Note For bit 00 only for induction motors Initially the flux is only established with a low rate of rise when magnetizing the induction motor The flux setpoint p1570 is reached again at the end of the magnetizing time p0346 22 Obtain moment of inertia estimator value for pulse inhibit Yes No 6030 23 Acceleration model with speed encoder Yes No 6030 24 Accelerated moment of inertia estimator ac...

Page 386: ... Magnetization has been completed if the flux threshold value p1573 or the magnetizing time p0346 has been reached With active identification of the stator resistance see p0621 quick magnetizing is internally deactivated and alarm A07416 is displayed During a flying restart of a rotating motor see p1200 no quick magnetizing takes place For bit 07 if the speed of the drive exceeds the effective spe...

Page 387: ...sed Yes No 15 Current controller precontrol active for Vdc controller oper Yes No r1406 4 15 CO BO Control word speed controller STW n_ctrl VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2520 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal...

Page 388: ...ctive Yes No r1408 0 15 CO BO Status word current controller ZSW I_ctrl VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2530 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Current controller act Active Not active 01 Id contr...

Page 389: ... a PT2 element for the reference model of the speed controller Recommendation The reference model is correctly set when the characteristics of p1439 reference model output and p1445 actual speed value are virtually identical when the I component of the speed controller is disabled p1428 0 n Speed pre control balancing dead time n_prectrBal t_dead VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access l...

Page 390: ...nce model output and p1445 actual speed value are virtually identical when the I component of the speed controller is disabled Dependency In conjunction with p1433 and p1434 the characteristics in time of the P controlled speed control loop can be emulated For VECTOR r0107 the following applies The reference model is activated with p1400 3 1 Refer to p0115 p1433 p1434 Description Display and conne...

Page 391: ...0 Otherwise a positive coupling can occur in the speed control loop and the drive would then be accelerated up to the speed limit p1437 0 n CI Speed controller reference model I component input n_ctrRefMod I_comp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 6031 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection No...

Page 392: ...can occur and there is the danger that the drive is switched off tripped with F07902 motor stalled Note The speed actual value should be smoothed for encoders with a low pulse number or for resolvers After this parameter has been changed we recommend that the speed controller is adapted and or the speed controller settings checked Kp p1460 and Tn p1462 Description Sets the smoothing time for the a...

Page 393: ...VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 5030 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r1445 CO Actual speed smoothed n_act smooth VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func di...

Page 394: ...et to lower values than the lower transition p1456 then the controller gain below p1457 is adapted with p1459 and above p1456 with p1458 r1454 CO Speed controller system deviation I component n_ctrl sys dev Tn VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6040 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type...

Page 395: ...If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1464 then the controller gain below p1465 is adapted with p1461 This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters p1458 0 n Adaptation factor lower Adapt_factor lower VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Acce...

Page 396: ...then be subsequently made Refer to p1460 p1461 p1462 p1463 p1465 Note If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464 then the controller below p1465 is adapted with p1461 or p1463 This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters p1462 0 n Speed cont...

Page 397: ... to improve the resolution Description Displays the effective integral time of the speed controller p1465 0 n Speed controller adaptation speed upper n_ctrl n upper VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6050 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Exper...

Page 398: ... no setting procedure will take place Description Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the speed controller p1470 0 n Speed controller encoderless operation P gain n_ctrl SL Kp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6040 6050 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor ty...

Page 399: ...setting the integrator output only the static torque is detected we recommend that the accelerating torque is completely pre controlled e g p1496 If p1478 is interconnected to another output other than r1482 then after magnetizing and speed controller enable the integral output is set once if the setting command is not interconnected p1477 0 Refer to p1477 p1479 Notice The parameter may be protect...

Page 400: ...1481 CO Speed controller P torque output n_ctrl P M_outp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 5040 5042 5210 6040 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm r1482 CO Speed controller I torque output n_ctrl I M_outp VECTOR_G n M C...

Page 401: ...ult is subtracted from the speed setpoint when activated p1492 Dependency Refer to p1486 p1487 p1488 p1489 p1492 Description Enables the droop to be applied to the speed velocity setpoint Dependency Refer to p1486 p1487 p1488 p1489 r1490 p1488 0 n Droop input source Droop input source VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 603...

Page 402: ...lue if the ramp function generator tracking r1199 5 is active or the ramp function generator output is set r1199 3 This is used to avoid torque peaks Depending on the application it may therefore be necessary to disable the ramp function generator tracking p1145 0 or the acceleration precontrol p1496 0 The acceleration precontrol is set to zero if the Vdc control is active r0056 14 15 Note The par...

Page 403: ...tation of the particular product CI Connector Input p1497 0 n CI Moment of inertia scaling signal source M_inert scal s_src VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 5042 5210 6030 6031 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setti...

Page 404: ...n Sets the signal source for the torque setpoint for torque control Note A change is made to closed loop torque control if in p1300 closed loop torque control was selected or if the selection was made using the changeover source in p1501 it is also possible to change over in operation using p1501 p1501 0 n BI Change over between closed loop speed torque control Changeov n M_ctrl VECTOR_G n M Can b...

Page 405: ...be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 6020 6060 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p1512 0 n CI Supplementary torque 1 scaling M_suppl 1 scal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint3...

Page 406: ...ry torque total M_suppl total VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6020 6060 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm r1516 CO Supplementary torque and acceleration torque M_suppl M_accel VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated ...

Page 407: ...he torque limit is set to match the current limit p0640 Description Sets the signal source for the upper torque limit Dependency Refer to p1520 p1521 p1523 Danger Negative values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner p1520 0 n CO Torque limit upper M_max upper VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level...

Page 408: ...p1523 0 n CI Torque limit lower M_max lower VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 6020 6630 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1521 0 p1524 0 n CO Torque limit upper scaling M_max upper scal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed...

Page 409: ...ower r1527 CO Total lower torque limit M_max lower total VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6060 6630 6640 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm p1528 0 n CI Torque limit upper scaling M_max upper scal VECTOR_G n M Can be ...

Page 410: ...hanged U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6640 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 14_5 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 100000 00 kW 0 01 kW 0 01 kW r1533 Current limit torque generating total Iq_max total VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data typ...

Page 411: ...al source for the scaling of the upper torque limiting to limit the speed controller output Description Sets the signal source for the scaling of the lower torque limiting to limit the speed controller output r1538 CO Upper effective torque limit M_max upper eff VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6020 6640 P Group Closed loop cont...

Page 412: ...ed stop TfS activation VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 2520 3617 8012 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r1547 0 1 CO Torque limit for speed controller output M_max outp n_ctrl VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data ...

Page 413: ...31 and the negative signal which is read in p1552 0 n CI Torque limit upper scaling without offset M_max up w o offs VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 6060 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 p1553 0 n Stall lim...

Page 414: ...r limit scaling P_max scal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6640 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 340 28235E36 0 00 p1560 0 n Moment of inertia estimator accelerating torque threshold value J_est M thresh VECTOR_G J_estimat...

Page 415: ... boost function can be deactivated using p1401 9 0 p1563 0 n CO Mom of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos J_est M pos VECTOR_G J_estimator Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 340 282...

Page 416: ... BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Note For p1570 100 the flux setpoint increases as a function of the load from 100 no load operation to the setting in p1570 above rated motor torque if p1580 0 has been set The following applies for a synchronous reluctance motor The scaling allows the flux setpoint to be adapted when operat...

Page 417: ...of controlling adjusting the voltage This can be improved by increasing the voltage reserve Increasing the reserve reduces the steady state maximum output voltage r0071 p1571 0 n CI Supplementary flux setpoint Suppl flux setp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 6725 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit...

Page 418: ...Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6725 P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 50 00 300 00 200 00 p1576 0 n Flux boost adaptation speed lower Flux boost n lower VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn inde...

Page 419: ...sed to three times the value For stable operation the maximum field weakening factor in operation with an encoder must be less than 16 and in operation without an encoder must be less than 4 Lower field weakening factors are recommended The field weakening factor is calculated as follows p1082 100 600 V p0348 p1581 p0070 In order to reduce losses due to magnetizing and de magnetizing we recommend ...

Page 420: ...setp T_smth VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_REG Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6722 6724 6725 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 4 ms 5000 ms 15 ms r1583 Flux setpoint smoothed Flux setp smooth VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 D...

Page 421: ...p0340 4 this value is re calculated p1586 0 n Field weakening characteristic scaling Field weak scal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 80 0 120 0 100 0 r1589 Field weakening current pre con...

Page 422: ...p VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6723 6724 6726 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms p1594 0 n Field weakening controller P gain Field_ctrl Kp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type ...

Page 423: ...matically pre assigned dependent on the motor when the drive system is first commissioned When calculating controller parameters p0340 4 this value is re calculated r1597 CO Field weakening controller output Field_ctrl outp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6723 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor ...

Page 424: ...motor type being used p1601 0 n Current injection ramp up time I_inject t_ramp up VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_REG Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6790 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 ms 10000 ms 20 ms r1602 CO P flux controller...

Page 425: ...ted Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 2 p1607 0 n Pulse technique stimulus Puls stimulus VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop con...

Page 426: ... pure accelerating torques it is always favorable to use the torque pre control of the speed controller p1496 Description Sets the magnetizing current setpoint in the open loop controlled encoderless operation The value is only valid during the current model orientation Dependency Refer to p1610 p1611 Note The value is effective at speeds less than p1755 and represents a reserve for a possibly exi...

Page 427: ... pre control value of the current model controller It involves a magnetizing current in the d direction r1614 EMF maximum EMF max VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6725 P Group Displays signals Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling p2001 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Vrms Vrms Vrms p1...

Page 428: ...ctory setting 0 00 Arms 10000 00 Arms 0 00 Arms p1620 0 n Stator current minimum I_stator min VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6727 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 10000 00 Arms 10000 00 Arms 0...

Page 429: ...Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6640 6721 6723 6727 P Group Displays signals Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms p1625 0 n Excitation current setpoint calibration I_exc_setp cal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0...

Page 430: ... Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6727 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 100000 000 0 000 p1630 0 n Current model controller integral time I_mod_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Acc...

Page 431: ...ingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6727 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r1635 Current model controller I component I_mod_ctrl I comp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6727 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 6_2 Unit sele...

Page 432: ... 1 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms r1639 CO Current model Isq after actual value tracking I_mod Isq track VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6727 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms p1640 0 n CI Exc...

Page 433: ...l r1649 2 1 BI p1645 2 p1643 0 n Minimum excitation current closed loop control gain factor I_exc_min Kp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6727 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5 00 0 40 r1644 CO Exci...

Page 434: ..._G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 6495 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Power up excitation Yes No 01 Excitation no OFF2 Yes No 02 Excitation no OFF3 Yes No 03 Excitation operation enable Yes No 0...

Page 435: ...O Torque setpoint function generator M_set FG VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling p2003 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Nm Nm Nm p1653 0 n Current setpoint torque generating smoothing time minimum Isq_s T_smth min VECTOR_G n M Can b...

Page 436: ... is activated via p1656 0 and parameterized via p1657 p1661 p1656 0 n Current setpoint Speed actual value filter activation I_setp_filt act VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 4715 6710 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0001 bin B...

Page 437: ... 2 is activated via p1656 1 and parameterized via p1662 p1666 p1660 0 n Current setpoint filter 1 numerator natural frequency I_set_filt1 fn_num VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 5710 6710 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 5 H...

Page 438: ...3dB bandwidth 2 D_denominator f_bandstop frequency p1664 0 n Current setpoint filter 2 denominator damping I_set_filt 2 D_den VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 5710 6710 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 001 10 000 0 700 p1665...

Page 439: ...selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 5 Hz 16000 0 Hz 1999 0 Hz p1679 0 n Speed actual value filter 5 denominator damping n_act_filt 5 D_den VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 4715 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scal...

Page 440: ...gPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6714 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 200 0 70 0 p1703 0 n Isq current controller pre control scaling Isq_ctr_prectrScal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6714 P Gr...

Page 441: ... p1711 p1720 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note For p1712 100 or p1402 2 0 the current controller adaptation is disabled and p1720 is effective over the entire range p1710 0 n Current controller adaptation in line axis starting point Kp ...

Page 442: ...ngPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6700 6714 7017 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 100000 000 0 000 p1717 0 n Current controller integral action time I_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 5714 6...

Page 443: ... 0 n Current controller d axis integral time I_ctrl d axis Tn VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 1000 00 ms 2 00 ms r1723 CO Isd controller output Isd_ctrl outp...

Page 444: ...nc diagram 6714 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 200 0 75 0 p1727 0 n Quadrature arm decoupling at voltage limit scaling TrnsvDecplVmaxScal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6714 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit ...

Page 445: ...n be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type PMSM SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 10000 00 ms 0 00 ms r1732 0 1 CO Direct axis voltage setpoint Direct U set VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Float...

Page 446: ... This value is entered as a percentage referred to p1749 Dependency Refer to p1749 p1752 p1744 0 n Motor model speed threshold stall detection MotMod n_thr stall VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_REG Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type SESM REL Scaling Expert l...

Page 447: ...olled Bit 7 1 Use rugged switchover limits to switchover the model between open loop and closed loop controlled operation ASM Caution Do not use bit 6 1 if the motor can be slowly reversed by the load at the torque limit Long delay times due to blocking p2177 p1758 can cause the motor to stall In this case you should deactivate the function or use closed loop control throughout the speed range not...

Page 448: ...from the oversampling mode after manually deselecting p1750 bit 5 then initially p1810 bit 3 must be manually deleted and then a manual warm restart initiated As an alternative to a warm restart save the parameters and carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on When the function safety without encoder p9306 p9506 is activated this setting is not permissible and results in monitoring errors For bit ...

Page 449: ...c mode the parameter is of no significance Using the friction characteristic for operation with encoder When changing the motor model changeover speed p1752 the points along the friction characteristic should be recalculated p0340 5 and the friction characteristic recorded again p3845 For slight changes only the associated friction characteristic points must be recorded see p3844 Refer to p1756 06...

Page 450: ...epresents the steady state minimum speed up to which the motor model can be used in sensorless steady state operation If the stability is not adequate close to the changeover speed it may make sense to increase the parameter value Note The changeover speed applies for the changeover between open loop and closed loop control mode p1753 0 n Motor model changeover speed hysteresis operation with enco...

Page 451: ...dency The wait time has no significance if the setpoint speed before the ramp function generator lies in the open loop speed controlled operating range In this case the change is made without any delay Refer to p1755 p1756 Note If p1758 is changed commissioning must be selected in order to validate the value for the blocking monitoring p1756 Motor model changeover speed hysteresis encoderless oper...

Page 452: ...rol MotMod t op_cl VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type PMSM SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 ms 2000 ms 0 ms p1760 0 n Motor model with encoder speed adaptation Kp MotMod wE n_ada Kp VECTOR_G n M Can be ch...

Page 453: ...without encoder speed adaptation Kp MotMod woE n_adaKp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 6730 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 100000 000 1000 000 r1765 Motor model speed adaptation Kp effective MotM n_a...

Page 454: ...t 1 Min Max Factory setting r1770 CO Motor model speed adaptation proportional component MotMod n_adapt Kp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 6730 P Group Closed loop control Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type SESM REL Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r1771 CO Motor model speed ad...

Page 455: ...el SESM without encoder 6 Changeover ramp motor model PMSM without encoder Note Indices 3 through 5 are only relevant in the case of encoderless control of separately excited synchronous motors Description Induction motor ASM Displays the difference between the motor model flux angle and the transformation angle Permanent magnet synchronous motor PMSM Displays the angular difference between motor ...

Page 456: ...correctly accepted when changing over the drive data set a dedicated motor number must be entered into p0826 for each different motor Bit 11 has no influence on flying restart with speed encoder Depending on the motor the fast flying restart is suitable for speeds of maximum 1 5x to 4x the rated motor speed r1779 Motor model absolute flux MotMod abs flux VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Acce...

Page 457: ...ng inductance of the induction motor is changed p0360 r0382 This also happens when changing over the data set if a different motor is not being used p0826 The display of the inactive data sets is only updated when changing over the data set p1784 0 n Motor model feedback scaling MotMod fdbk scal VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn in...

Page 458: ...r1792 Motor model Lh adaptation switch on slip MotMod Lh fslip VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type PMSM SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Hz Hz Hz p1795 0 n Motor model kT adaptation integral time MotMod kT Tn VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U...

Page 459: ...t To do this p1810 12 must be set to 1 secondary condition see p1810 Effects switching over the gating unit p1810 2 activating the current actual value correction p1840 0 minimum pulse frequency 1000 0 5 p0115 0 maximum pulse frequency 1000 2 p0115 0 fluctuating deadtimes and dynamic performance in the current control loop increased level of current ripple in the current display Note The maximum p...

Page 460: ...thout overcontrol can be set as modulation type p1802 3 For permanent magnet synchronous motors and chassis power units the following applies Edge modulation or optimized pulse pattern can only be used if p1810 bit 2 1 is set Refer to r0192 p0230 p7003 Notice If the pulse patterns are enabled with overmodulation option p1802 3 or edge modulation p1802 6 then the current actual value correction is ...

Page 461: ...ert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 20 0 150 0 100 0 p1804 0 n Filter time constant smoothed modulation index T_filt mod_idx sm VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 ms 10000 0 ms 10 0 ms p1806 0 n Filter time co...

Page 462: ...ulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 9 p1810 Modulator configuration Modulator config VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0010 bin Bit field Bit Sign...

Page 463: ...ng and the determination of the valve ON times takes place with a double current controller clock cycle and phase offset The activation is only possible with r0192 23 1 and p1810 12 0 and takes effect the next time the system is powered up For bit 08 1 Above the frequency threshold r1836 0 the pulse frequency is switched to the value in p1800 Below r1836 0 minus the hysteresis the pulse frequency ...

Page 464: ...reased DC link voltage ripple under load Description Sets bit 0 for recording the power unit in the subgroup for the offset clocking Dependency Refer to p1818 p1819 p1811 0 n Pulse frequency wobbulation amplitude Puls wobb ampl VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor ...

Page 465: ...ratio between the pulse frequency and the output frequency Notice If the ratio between the pulse frequency and the output frequency is reduced then oscillations can occur in the output current that can result in significant levels of current ripple with the appropriate negative effects Note When the maximum speed is changed the pulse frequency p1800 is automatically limited to this minimum ratio I...

Page 466: ... parameter This means that factory setting 1 no longer has any significance and is only available for reasons of compatibility Description Sets the phase sequence reversal for the motor If the motor does not rotate in the required direction then the output phase sequence can be reversed using this parameter This means that with the same setpoint the motor direction is reversed without reversing th...

Page 467: ...ersed with the same setpoint Further the position actual values of the actual encoder are reversed e g r0482 0 2 p1820 can be used to reverse the direction of the motor without reversing the encoder actual value Description Sets the tolerance time for line phase monitoring for blocksize power units If a line phase fault is present for longer than this tolerance time then a corresponding fault is o...

Page 468: ...utomatically set to 0 02 rated drive converter current r0207 p1828 Compensation valve lockout time phase U Comp t_lock ph U VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 µs 1000000 00 µs 0 00 µs p1829 Compensation v...

Page 469: ...ft f_puls_red f_sw VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type SESM REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Hz 800 00 Hz 0 00 Hz r1836 0 1 Pulse frequency reduction switchover frequency f_puls_red f_sw VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Da...

Page 470: ...p1840 0 n Actual value correction configuration ActVal_corr conf VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Actual value correction deactivated Yes No 01 Compares the i...

Page 471: ...alue phase W p1845 0 n Actual value correction evaluation factor Lsig ActVal_cor ev Lsig VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 10 00 1 00 p1846 0 n Actual value correction damping factor ActV_corr D_factor VECT...

Page 472: ...ith the motor rotating The measurement with rotating motor is not performed for p1300 20 U f controls An appropriate alarm is output when the parameter is set The switch on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed the drive automatically resets it The duration of the measurements can lie between 0 3 s and several minutes This time is for example inf...

Page 473: ...cation routine is carried out and in addition speed controller optimization by taking measurements at different motor speeds Value 0 Inhibited 1 Identifying motor data and optimizing the speed controller 2 Identifying motor data at standstill 3 Optimizing the speed controller in rotating operation Dependency In the simulation mode the parameter cannot be written into When selecting the motor data ...

Page 474: ...2 1 The test is not only performed after POWER ON but also each time the pulses are enabled Description Displays the status of the test pulse evaluation Note If the ground fault test was selected but not successfully performed then sufficient current was not be able to be established during the test pulses For bit 04 A test pulse longer than one sampling time has occurred p1901 Test pulse evaluati...

Page 475: ...angeover of the motor data sets is suppressed Description Sets the configuration for the motor data identification p1905 Parameter tuning selection Par tuning select VECTOR_G n M Can be changed C2 1 T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 90 0 p19...

Page 476: ...nductance Lsig r1914 without acceptance 20 Voltage vector input 21 Voltage vector input without filter 22 Rectangular voltage vector input without filter 23 Triangular voltage vector input without filter 24 Rectangular voltage vector input with filter 25 Triangular voltage vector input with filter 26 Enter voltage vector with DTC correction 27 Enter voltage vector with AVC 28 Enter voltage vector ...

Page 477: ...cted then p1900 is also reset to 0 otherwise the rotating measurement is activated Description Sets the number of phases to be identified Value 1 1 phase U 2 2 phases U V 3 3 phases U V W Note When identifying with several phases the accuracy increases and also the time it takes to make the measurement Description Displays the identified stator resistance Index 0 Phase U 1 Phase V 2 Phase W Descri...

Page 478: ...on Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1915 0 2 Identified nominal stator inductance L_stator ident VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1916 0...

Page 479: ...Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1919 0 2 Identified stator inductance 4 L_stator 4 ident VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1920 0 2 Iden...

Page 480: ... Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1923 0 2 Identified dynamic leakage inductance 3 L_leak 3 dyn id VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1924 0 2 Identified dynamic leakage inductance 4 ...

Page 481: ...Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting µs µs µs r1927 0 2 Identified rotor resistance R_rotor ident VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor ty...

Page 482: ...s sense to set bit 11 if the speed controller and its adaptation were already set before the measurement For bit 12 1 The selection only has an effect on the measurement p1960 1 2 For the shortened measurement the magnetizing current and moment of inertia are determined with a somewhat lower accuracy r1935 0 9 q inductance identification current Lq I_ident VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Ac...

Page 483: ...70 p1075 p1138 p1139 p1140 p1143 p1155 p1160 p1437 p1476 p1477 Refer to p1272 p1300 p1900 p1959 p1967 r1968 Refer to A07987 Danger For drives with a mechanical system that limits the distance moved it must be ensured that this is not reached during the rotating measurement If this is not the case then it is not permissible that the measurement is carried out Notice If there is a motor holding brak...

Page 484: ... r0382 Index 0 Value 1 1 Value 2 2 Value 3 3 Value 4 4 Value 5 Dependency Refer to r0382 p1961 Saturation characteristic speed to determine Sat_char n determ VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 26 75 40 r1...

Page 485: ...or a rotating measurement this parameter can be used to optimize the speed controller p1967 100 speed controller optimization according to a symmetric optimum p1967 100 optimization with a higher dynamic response Kp higher Tn lower If the actual dynamic response see r1968 is significantly reduced with respect to the required dynamic response p1967 then this can be as a result of mechanical load os...

Page 486: ...tual n_opt dyn_fact act VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r1969 Speed_ctrl_opt moment of inertia determined n_opt M_inert det VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 D...

Page 487: ...ation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p1974 Speed_ctrl_opt saturation characteristic rotor flux maximum n_opt rot_fl max VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Motor identification Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type PMSM SESM REL Scaling ...

Page 488: ...lied for separately excited synchronous motors SESM with voltage measurement VSM The rotor position identification technique p1980 12 cannot be used for permanent magnet synchronous motors Description Activates the pole position identification routine to determine the commutation angle and to carry out a plausibility check Value 0 Pole position identification off 1 Pole position identification for...

Page 489: ...characteristic of the last saturation based pole position identification routine are output every 1 ms in order to record signals e g trace Description Displays the trigger characteristic of the pole position identification routine The values for the characteristic of the last pole position identification routine are output every 1 ms in order to record signals e g trace The values for trigger cha...

Page 490: ... function module for speed torque control is activated r0108 2 1 Refer to p0325 p0329 p0431 p1272 p1900 Caution When the encoder is being adjusted the motor must be operated without a load and if a motor holding brake is being used this must be opened Description Sets the angle that is added to the commutating angle Caution If the angular correction is not correctly set when changing over and with...

Page 491: ... actual percentage input value is cyclically converted into the absolute speed setpoint using the reference speed p2000 Example 2 The setpoint from PROFIBUS r2050 1 is connected to a speed setpoint e g p1070 0 The actual input value is cyclically converted into a percentage value via the pre specified scaling 4000 hex This percentage value is converted to the absolute speed setpoint via reference ...

Page 492: ...e value Note For the automatic calculation p0340 1 p3900 0 an appropriate pre assignment is only made if the parameter is not inhibited from being overwritten using p0573 1 If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor For infeed units the parameterized device supply voltage p0210 is pr...

Page 493: ...ge p2002 r0206 p0210 1 73 is pre assigned as the reference quantity Example The actual value of a phase current r0069 0 is connected to a test socket e g p0771 0 The actual current value is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference current p2002 and output according to the parameterized scaling Description Sets the reference quantity for torque All torques specified as relative value...

Page 494: ... 0000 hex double word Note For the automatic calculation p0340 1 p3900 0 an appropriate pre assignment is only made if the parameter is not inhibited from being overwritten using p0573 1 If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor Description Sets the reference quantity for temperatur...

Page 495: ... of length errors Description Sets the baud rate for the fieldbus interface USS Value 4 2400 baud 5 4800 baud 6 9600 baud 7 19200 baud 8 38400 baud 9 57600 baud 10 76800 baud 11 93750 baud 12 115200 baud 13 187500 baud Note Fieldbus IF Fieldbus interface Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting The parameter is set to the factory s...

Page 496: ...ter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the number of 16 bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface Value 0 PKW 0 words 3 PKW 3 words 4 PKW 4 words 127 PKW variable Dependency Refer to p2030 Note The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting p2021 Field bus interface address Field bus address CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be...

Page 497: ...Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface Value 3 PROFIBUS 6 USS X140 Note Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting p2024 0 2 Fieldbus interface times Fieldbus times CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9310 P Grou...

Page 498: ...er16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 7 13 7 r2032 Master control control word effective PcCtrl STW eff VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Ma...

Page 499: ...t 10 master control by PLC then p2037 should be set to 2 Description Displays the interface mode of the PROFIdrive control words and status words Value 0 SINAMICS 1 SIMODRIVE 611 universal 2 VIK NAMUR Dependency Refer to p0922 p2079 Notice The parameter is protected and cannot be changed Note For telegram selection p0922 p2079 20 then p2038 is automatically set 2 When another telegram is selected ...

Page 500: ...ndependent of the device e g PROFIdrive VIK NAMUR with ident number 3AA0 hex Value 0 SINAMICS 1 VIK NAMUR Note Every change only becomes effective after a POWER ON p2039 Select debug monitor interface Debug monit select CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selectio...

Page 501: ...hronous mode the additional monitoring time should not be set r2043 0 2 BO IF1 PROFIdrive PZD state IF1 PD PZD state CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 2410 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0...

Page 502: ...word format received from the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 p2048 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD sampling time IF1 PZD t_sample CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed C1 3 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Fac...

Page 503: ...or inputs must either have Integer or FloatingPoint data types A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060 Note IF1 Interface 1 Description Connector output to interconnect PZD setpoints with word format received from the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 Note IF1 Interface 1 r2050 0 9...

Page 504: ...1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 r2050 0 4 CO IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word IF1 PZD recv word TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling 4000H Expert list 1 Min Max Fa...

Page 505: ... 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 25 PZD 26 26 PZD 27 27 PZD 28 28 PZD 29 29 PZD 30 30 PZD 31 31 PZD 32 Dependency Refer to p2061 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note IF1 Interface 1 p2051 0 31 CI IF1 PROFI...

Page 506: ... PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 p2051 0 9 CI IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word IF1 PZD send word B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling 4000H Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2051 0 4 CI IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word ...

Page 507: ...D 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 Note IF1 Interface 1 r2053 0 24 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word IF1 diag send word CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factor...

Page 508: ...30 30 PZD 31 31 PZD 32 Dependency Refer to p2051 p2061 Note IF1 Interface 1 r2053 0 31 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word IF1 diag send word VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2450 2470 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal ...

Page 509: ...on Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r2053 0 4 IF1 PROFIdriv...

Page 510: ... OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r2053 0 11 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word IF1 diag send word ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2450 2470 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON O...

Page 511: ...of life characters on the drive objects Description Diagnostics display for the PROFIBUS interface Index 0 Master bus address 1 Master input total length bytes 2 Master output total length bytes Description Displays the setting of the PROFIBUS address switch DP ADDRESS on the Control Unit Dependency Refer to p0918 Notice The display is updated after switching on and not cyclically r2054 PROFIBUS s...

Page 512: ... FloatingPoint data types A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060 A maximum of 4 indices of the trace function can be used Note IF1 Interface 1 Description Connector output to interconnect PZD setpoints with double word format received from the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 Dependency Refer to r2050 r2060 0 30 CO IF1 PROFIdrive...

Page 513: ...28 29 28 PZD 29 30 29 PZD 30 31 30 PZD 31 32 Dependency Refer to p2051 Notice A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p2051 or p2061 The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note IF1 Interface 1 Description Selects the PZD actual values with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 p20...

Page 514: ...PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 11 PZD 12 13 12 PZD 13 14 13 PZD 14 15 14 PZD 15 16 15 PZD 16 17 16 PZD 17 18 17 PZD 18 19 18 PZD 19 20 19 PZD 20 21 20 PZD 21 22 21 PZD 22 23 22 PZD 23 24 23 PZD 24 25 24 PZD 25 26 25 PZD 26 27 26 PZD 27 28 27 PZD 28 29 28 PZD 29 30 29 PZD 30 31 30 PZD 31 32 r2063 0 30 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word IF1 diag send DW VECTOR_G C...

Page 515: ... 19 ON OFF 20 Bit 20 ON OFF 21 Bit 21 ON OFF 22 Bit 22 ON OFF 23 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit 26 ON OFF 27 Bit 27 ON OFF 28 Bit 28 ON OFF 29 Bit 29 ON OFF 30 Bit 30 ON OFF 31 Bit 31 ON OFF r2063 0 10 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word IF1 diag send DW ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2450 2470 P Group Co...

Page 516: ...roller last failed An appropriate fault is output when the tolerance specified in p0925 is exceeded Dependency Refer to F01912 15 Bit 15 ON OFF 16 Bit 16 ON OFF 17 Bit 17 ON OFF 18 Bit 18 ON OFF 19 Bit 19 ON OFF 20 Bit 20 ON OFF 21 Bit 21 ON OFF 22 Bit 22 ON OFF 23 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit 26 ON OFF 27 Bit 27 ON OFF 28 Bit 28 ON OFF 29 Bit 29 ON OFF 30 Bit 30 ON OFF 3...

Page 517: ...DmaxIntercon CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p2070 IF1 PROFIdrive SIC SCC start receive SIC SCC start recv VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Acce...

Page 518: ...x 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 r2074 0 19 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive IF1diag addr recv CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit ...

Page 519: ...f the sender 65535 Not assigned Description Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data PZD is received Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 r2074 0 9 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive IF1diag addr recv B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not...

Page 520: ...10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 Note IF1 Interface 1 Value range 0 242 Byte offset 65535 Not assigned r2074 0 3 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive IF1diag addr recv ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor...

Page 521: ...5 Not assigned Description Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram controller output Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 r2075 0 31 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive IF1 diag offs recv VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2410 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not ...

Page 522: ...ZD 4 r2075 0 4 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive IF1 diag offs recv TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2410 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r2075 0 3 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive IF1 diag offs recv E...

Page 523: ...n the PROFIdrive send telegram controller input Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 25 PZD 26 26 PZD 27 27 PZD 28 r2076 0 31 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send IF1 diag offs send VEC...

Page 524: ...ontroller input Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 Note IF1 Interface 1 Value range 0 242 Byte offset 65535 Not assigned r2076 0 9 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send IF1 diag offs send B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2410 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 M...

Page 525: ...For p0922 999 the following applies p2079 has the same value and is inhibited All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are inhibited r2076 0 11 IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send IF1 diag offs send ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2410 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor ...

Page 526: ...ive telegram Contrary to p0922 a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded Value 1 Standard telegram 1 PZD 2 2 2 Standard telegram 2 PZD 4 4 3 Standard telegram 3 PZD 5 9 4 Standard telegram 4 PZD 6 14 20 Standard telegram 20 PZD 2 6 220 SIEMENS telegram 220 PZD 10 10 352 SIEMENS telegram 352 PZD 6 6 999 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency Refer to p0922 Note For ...

Page 527: ...d extensions contained in the telegram are inhibited For p0922 999 the following applies p2079 can be freely set If p2079 is also set to 999 then all of the interconnections can be set For p0922 999 and p2079 999 the following applies The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited However the telegram can be extended Description Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller Th...

Page 528: ...nsfer the sign of life are reserved in status word 2 and may not be freely interconnected Description Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller The individual bits are combined to form free status word 3 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 p2081 0 15 BI Binector connector converter status word 2 Bin con ZSW2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC ...

Page 529: ...ive controller The individual bits are combined to form free status word 5 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 p2083 0 15 BI Binector connector converter status word 4 Bin con ZSW4 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 2472...

Page 530: ...roup Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted 01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted 02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted 03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted 04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted 05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted 06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted 07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inver...

Page 531: ...M120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2468 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 0...

Page 532: ...P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 O...

Page 533: ...Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15...

Page 534: ... output Con bin outp inv CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2468 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 In...

Page 535: ...7 ENCODER p0491 Dependency The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index Refer to p2100 Notice For the following cases it is not possible to re parameterize the fault response to a fault fault number does not exist exception value 0 Message type is not fault F fault response is not permissible for the set fault number p2100 0 19 Change fault response fault number Chng...

Page 536: ...Short Circuit DCBRK DC braking Description Sets the fault response for the selected fault Value 0 NONE 1 OFF1 2 OFF2 Dependency The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index Notice For the following cases it is not possible to re parameterize the fault response to a fault fault number does not exist exception value 0 Message type is not fault F fault response is not p...

Page 537: ...cess level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2103 0 n BI 1st acknowledge faults 1st acknowledge VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 2441 2442 2443 2447 2475 2546 9220 9677 9678 P Group ...

Page 538: ..._SL ENC HUB Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2105 0 n BI 3rd acknowledge faults 3rd acknowledge VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 2546 8060...

Page 539: ...is output at the Control Unit then it is transferred to all existing drive objects p2107 BI External fault 2 External fault 2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL ENC HUB Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Mi...

Page 540: ...of the alarm buffer that have gone 0 7 are transferred into the alarm history 8 63 the alarm buffer 0 7 is deleted Refer to r2110 r2122 r2123 r2124 r2125 Note The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON p2108 0 n BI External fault 3 External fault 3 VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 2546 P Group Messages Unit group ...

Page 541: ...with a 0 signal p2112 BI External alarm 1 External alarm 1 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL ENC HUB Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 p2112 0 n BI External alarm 1 External alar...

Page 542: ... T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 2546 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 p2117 BI External alarm 3 External alarm 3 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL ENC HUB Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsig...

Page 543: ...rred Dependency Refer to r2110 r2123 r2124 r2125 r2134 r2145 r2146 r3121 r3123 Notice The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation p2119 0 19 Change message type type Change type type All objects Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 8050 8075 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for moto...

Page 544: ... background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122 Description Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared Dependency Refer to r2110 r2114 r2122 r2123 r2124 r2134 r2145 r2146 r3121 r3123 Notice The time comprises r2146 days and r2125 milliseconds Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updat...

Page 545: ...solved The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification Example F12345 and acknowledge mode IMMEDIATELY POWER ON The acknowledge mode can be changed from IMMEDIATELY to POWER ON Description Sets the faults alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129 0 15 Dependency If the fault alarm set in p2128 0 15 occurs then the particular binector out...

Page 546: ... diagram 8070 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Trigger signal p2128 0 ON OFF 01 Trigger signal p2128 1 ON OFF 02 Trigger signal p2128 2 ON OFF 03 Trigger signal p2128 3 ON OFF 04 Trigger signal p2128 4 ON OFF 05 Trigger signal p2128 5 ON OFF 06 Trigger signal p2128 6 ON OFF ...

Page 547: ...r type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r2133 0 63 Fault value for float values Fault val float All objects Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 8060 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r2134 0 63 Alarm value for float values Alarm value float All objects Can be...

Page 548: ...ist 1 Min Max Factory setting r2138 7 15 CO BO Control word faults alarms STW fault alarm All objects Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2546 P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 8060 10 External ...

Page 549: ...f there is no speed setpoint actual value deviation p2140 0 n Hysteresis speed 2 n_hysteresis 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 8010 P Group Messages Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 300 00 rpm 90 00 rpm p2141 0 n Speed thres...

Page 550: ...nt actual value deviation within tolerance t_on BO r2199 4 Ramp up ramp down completed BO r2199 5 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed r2145 0 63 Alarm time received in days t_alarm recv days All objects Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 8065 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for mo...

Page 551: ...assignment of the threshold values during commissioning p0340 1 are fulfilled The alarm threshold p2155 is preassigned with 1 5 p1755 and the fault threshold p2161 with p1755 For bit 15 The bit indicates whether the automatic parameterization p0340 1 p3900 0 for the parameters of the extended monitoring functions was carried out If the bit is not set e g when the configuration is activated p0108 1...

Page 552: ...peed threshold value 2 BO r2197 2 p2151 0 n CI Speed setpoint for messages signals n_set for msg VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 8011 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1170 0 p2153 0 n Speed actual value filter time constant n_act...

Page 553: ...ut an encoder p0300 5 p1300 20 p1501 1 signal is automatically activated internally and can be manually activated with p2149 6 1 For separately excited synchronous motors when exiting commissioning p0340 5 this parameter is automatically assigned p1755 Description Sets the hysteresis speed bandwidth for the signal n_act n_max BO r2197 6 Dependency Refer to r1084 r1087 r2197 p2156 0 n On delay comp...

Page 554: ...on in tolerance t_off signal message BO r2197 7 Dependency Refer to p2163 p2164 r2197 Description Sets the switch on delay for the speed setpoint actual value deviation in tolerance t_on signal message BO r2199 4 p2163 0 n Speed threshold 4 n_thresh val 4 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 8011 P Group M...

Page 555: ...Refer to p0500 p2175 r2198 Refer to F07900 r2169 CO Actual speed smoothed signals n_act smth message VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 8010 P Group Messages Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p2174 0 n Torque threshold value 1 M_thresh val 1 VECTOR_G ...

Page 556: ...pe curve for load monitoring The envelope curve upper and lower envelope curve is defined as follows based on 3 speed thresholds p2182 n_threshold 1 p2185 M_threshold 1 upper p2186 M_threshold 1 lower p2183 n_threshold 2 p2187 M_threshold 2 upper p2188 M_threshold 2 lower p2184 n_threshold 3 p2189 M_threshold 3 upper p2190 M_threshold 3 lower Dependency The following applies p2182 p2183 p2184 Refe...

Page 557: ...d p2184 should always be set higher than the maximum motor speed to be monitored Description Sets the speed torque velocity force envelope curve for the load monitoring Dependency The following applies p2185 p2186 Refer to p2182 p2186 Refer to A07926 Note The upper envelope curve is defined by p2185 p2187 and p2189 p2183 0 n Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 n_thresh 2 VECTOR_G Ext msg Can b...

Page 558: ...OR_G Ext msg Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 8013 P Group Messages Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Nm 20000000 00 Nm 0 00 Nm p2187 0 n Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper M_thresh 2 upper VECTOR_G Ext msg Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3...

Page 559: ... M_thresh 3 lower VECTOR_G Ext msg Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 8013 P Group Messages Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Nm 20000000 00 Nm 0 00 Nm p2192 0 n Load monitoring delay time Load monit t_del VECTOR_G Ext msg Can be changed U T Calculated Access...

Page 560: ...1000 00 100 00 r2197 1 13 CO BO Status word monitoring 1 ZSW monitor 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2534 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 01 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 Yes No 8010 02 n_act speed threshold...

Page 561: ...the technology controller The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal r2199 0 14 CO BO Status word monitoring 3 ZSW monitor 3 VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2537 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 n_ac...

Page 562: ...rl fix val1 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7950 7951 P Group Technology Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 10 00 p2202 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 2 Tec_ctr fix val 2 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Ca...

Page 563: ...e 5 Tec_ctr fix val 5 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7950 P Group Technology Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 50 00 p2206 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 6 Tec_ctr fix val 6 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U...

Page 564: ... Tec_ctr fix val 9 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7950 P Group Technology Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 90 00 p2210 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 10 Tec_ctr fix val 10 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U ...

Page 565: ...lculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7950 P Group Technology Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 130 00 p2214 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 14 Tec_ctr fix val 14 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn ...

Page 566: ...chnology controller fixed value selection bit 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 7950 7951 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2222 0 n BI Technology controller fixed value selection bit 2 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 VECTOR_G...

Page 567: ...hen keys are pressed The jerk for initial rounding is independent of the ramp up time and only depends on the selected maximum value p2237 r2225 0 CO BO Technology controller fixed value selection status word Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scal...

Page 568: ...he set ramp up time p2247 and the duration of the signal that is present BI p2235 Dependency Refer to p2236 Description Sets the signal source to continually reduce the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller The setpoint change CO r2250 depends on the set ramp down time p2248 and the duration of the signal that is present BI p2236 Dependency Refer to p2235 r2231 Tech...

Page 569: ...tion p0595 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 100 00 p2238 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer minimum value Tec_ctrl mop min VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7954 P Group Technology Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Not for motor type Scaling Expert...

Page 570: ...ram 7954 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 s 1000 0 s 10 0 s p2248 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp down time Tec_ctrMop t_rdown VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7954 P Group Technology Unit group Unit select...

Page 571: ... 03 1 The actual values are limited by p2267 and p2268 Description Sets the signal source for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller Dependency Refer to p2254 p2255 Description Sets the signal source for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller Dependency Refer to p2253 p2256 Description Sets the scaling for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller Dependency Refer to p2253 p2253 0 n CI...

Page 572: ...amp up VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 s 650 00 s 1 00 s p2258 Technology controller ramp down time Tec_ctrl t_ramp dn VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Floati...

Page 573: ..._ctrl type VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p2264 0 n CI Technology controller actual value Tec_ctrl act val VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint...

Page 574: ... Technology controller upper limit actual value Tec_ctrl u_lim act VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 10000 00 10000 00 200 00 p2268 Technology controller lower limit actual value Tec_ctrl ...

Page 575: ...Description Sets the time constant for the differentiation D component of the technology controller Note p2274 0 Differentiation is disabled p2271 Technology controller actual value inversion sensor type Tech_ctrl act inv VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scal...

Page 576: ...1 000 p2285 Technology controller integral time Tec_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 60 000 s 0 000 s p2286 0 n BI Hold technology controller integrator Tec_ctr integ hold VECTOR_G Tech_ctr...

Page 577: ...00 00 0 00 p2293 Technology controller ramp up ramp down time Tec_ctr t_RU RD VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 s 100 00 s 1 00 s r2294 CO Technology controller output signal Tec_ctrl outp_sig VECTOR_G...

Page 578: ... compressor If value 1 The drive increases the output speed when the actual value increases e g for cooling fans discharge pumps p2297 0 n CI Technology controller maximum limit signal source Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram 7958 P Group Technology Unit group Unit selection Not f...

Page 579: ...x Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Technology controller deactivated Yes No 01 Technology controller limited Yes No 02 Technology controller motorized potentiometer limited max Yes No 03 Technology controller motorized potentiometer limited min Yes No 04 Technology controller speed setpoint total in setpoint channel Yes No 05 Technology controller RFG bypassed in t...

Page 580: ...00 or 4000 hex word or 4000 0000 hex double word The following applies Reference frequency in Hz reference velocity in m min 60 Dependency Refer to p2000 Note This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2000 as a connector output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart DCC The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector output in DCC This BICO ...

Page 581: ...lected for p2003 Dependency p0505 r0108 12 Refer to p2003 Note This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity p2003 in the currently selected unit as a connector output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart DCC The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector output in DCC This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communic...

Page 582: ...erence quantity corresponds to 100 or 4000 hex word or 4000 0000 hex double word This parameter has the unit degree Celsius Note This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity for the temperature as a connector output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart DCC The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this connector output in DCC This BICO parameter is not...

Page 583: ...ded by 6 bits for multiturn information maximum number of overflows and cannot be changed Description Sets a tolerance window for position tracking After the system is switched on the difference between the saved position and the actual position is determined and depending on this the following is initiated Difference within the tolerance window The position is reproduced as a result of the encode...

Page 584: ... in encoder increments If the measuring gear of the motor encoder is activated the position difference is converted using the measuring gear factor Description Sets the signal sources for the inputs of the AND logic operation Dependency Refer to r2811 Note 0 AND logic operation input 1 the result is displayed in r2811 0 1 AND logic operation input 2 the result is displayed in r2811 0 r2723 0 n CO ...

Page 585: ... be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2634 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 AND condition fulfilled Yes No p2816 0 1 BI OR logic operation inputs OR inputs VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 B...

Page 586: ... BO NOT logic operation result NOT result VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2634 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 NOT logic operation 0 result High Low 01 NOT logic operation 1 result High Low 02 NOT logic operatio...

Page 587: ... to the direct axis current for iq 0 r2969 2 flux in Vsrms with respect to the direct axis current for iq 0 5 p2950 r2969 3 flux in Vsrms with respect to the direct axis current for iq p2950 For index 4 5 6 Displays the relative error of the current inversion id psid iq id p2950 r2969 4 error with respect to direct axis current for iq 0 r2969 5 error with respect to direct axis current for iq 0 5 ...

Page 588: ...the UTC time is accepted Index 0 Milliseconds 1 Days Dependency Refer to p3100 Description Displaying the current UTC time Index 0 Milliseconds 1 Days Dependency Refer to p3100 p3100 RTC time stamp mode RTC t_stamp mode CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor...

Page 589: ...y Refer to p3109 Refer to A01099 Note For r3107 0 1 Displays the UTC time after synchronization For 3107 2 3 Displays the UTC time before synchronization p3103 UTC synchronization process UTC sync_process CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Ex...

Page 590: ...nsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p3109 UTC synchronization tolerance UTC sync tol CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Fac...

Page 591: ...ncy Refer to p2108 p3110 p3111 Refer to F07862 p3111 0 n BI External fault 3 enable Ext fault 3 enab VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index CDS p0170 Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 p3112 BI External fault 3 enable negated Ext flt 3 enab neg CU_G130_...

Page 592: ...es and limits that have been set Check the ambient temperature motor cooling For bit 07 The communication to the higher level control system internal coupling PROFIBUS PROFINET is faulted or interrupted Check the state of the higher level control system Check the communication connection wiring Check the bus configuration clock cycles For bit 08 A safety operation monitoring function Safety has de...

Page 593: ...first active drive object BI p3116 1 signal Acknowledgeable faults are not automatically acknowledged on the Control Unit Control Unit faults with LOCAL propagation are not passed on Dependency Refer to p2102 p2103 p2104 p2105 p3981 Note When selecting a standard telegram the BICO interconnection for control signal STW1 10 master control by PLC is automatically established r3114 9 11 CO BO Message...

Page 594: ...dices is shown in r2122 Description Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred p3117 Change safety message type Ch SI mess type CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed C1 1 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 r...

Page 595: ...rive message class 13 infeed unit faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 1 0 PROFIdrive message class 14 braking controller Braking Module faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 1 1 PROFIdrive message class 15 line filter faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 16 external measured value signal state outside the permissible range Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 1 PROFIdrive message class ...

Page 596: ...rive message class 11 incorrect position actual value speed actual value or not available Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 12 internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 0 1 PROFIdrive message class 13 infeed unit faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 1 0 PROFIdrive message class 14 braking controller Braking Module faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 1 1 PROF...

Page 597: ... the excitation current monitoring Dependency Refer to p3201 p3203 Refer to F07913 Note The monitoring function is only carried out for separately excited synchronized motors p0300 5 p3135 Suppress active fault Supp act flt VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 8060 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scali...

Page 598: ...nce message for the flux monitoring Dependency Refer to p3204 p3206 Refer to F07914 Note The monitoring function is only carried out for separately excited synchronized motors p0300 5 The flux monitoring is only active after magnetizing r0056 4 1 p3203 0 n Excitation current outside the tolerance delay time I_exc n Tol t_del VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingP...

Page 599: ...3207 p3209 Note The monitoring function is only carried out for separately excited synchronized motors p0300 5 The monitoring is only carried out for speeds less than the speed threshold value in p2161 r2199 0 1 p3206 0 n Flux outside tolerance delay time Flux n tol t_del VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Messag...

Page 600: ... speed deviation model external in tolerance BO r2199 7 Dependency Refer to r1443 r2169 r2199 p3237 p3209 0 n Zero current signal delay time I_0_sig t_del VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type ASM PMSM REL RESM Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 s...

Page 601: ...n r3244 increases if the value received via connector input p3240 is less than the value set in p3241 p3237 0 n Hysteresis speed 7 n_hysteresis 7 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 8012 P Group Messages Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0...

Page 602: ... bit r2199 13 is set Dependency Refer to p3240 p3241 p3242 r3244 Refer to A07823 Description Display and connector output for the actual integrator value of the freely parameterizable I2t monitoring The value is scaled so that the maximum permissible overload is reached at 100 Dependency Refer to p3240 p3241 p3242 p3243 p3242 0 n I2t maximum duration I2t max_dur VECTOR_G Ext msg Can be changed U T...

Page 603: ...3 p3324 p3325 p3326 p3327 p3328 p3329 Note The reference value for power and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 Description For the energy saving display of a fluid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the power P of point 2 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p33...

Page 604: ...uid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the speed n of point 3 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p3322 p3323 p3324 p3326 p3327 p3328 p3329 Note The reference value for power and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 p3323 0 n Fluid flow machine speed point 2 Fluid...

Page 605: ...escription For the energy saving display of a fluid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the speed n of point 5 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p3322 p3323 p3324 p3325 p3326 p3327 p3328 p3326 0 n Fluid flow machine power point 4 Fluid_mach P4 VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data...

Page 606: ...ce the alarm threshold is only effective for p0279 0 Monitoring only takes place when operational The following applies for states r3402 5 and r3402 12 r3405 7 0 r3402 Infeed status internal BIC INF state int B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 8932 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 M...

Page 607: ...422 DC link capacitance total C_DC tot VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 20 mF 2000 00 mF 2 00 mF p3490 Infeed delay time OFF1 command INF t_del OFF1 B_INF Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 D...

Page 608: ...ctors are used to adapt the scaling p3521 p3513 BI Voltage controlled operation inhibit U_ctrl op inhib VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 7960 P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 r3517 CO DC link controller active current setpoint Vdc I_act set VECTOR_G ...

Page 609: ...n be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7960 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 100000 00000 100000 00000 100 00000 r3522 0 4 CO DC link voltage control precontrol display Vdc_ctr prectr dis VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data ...

Page 610: ...3 or X522 3 Connection of L3 p3560 Vdc controller proportional gain Vdc_ctrl Kp VECTOR_G Tech_ctrl Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7960 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 01 1000 00 100 00 p3562 Vdc controller integral time Vdc_ctrl Tn VECTOR_G Tech_ct...

Page 611: ...VSM inp u2 u3 VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group 5_3 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2001 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting V V V r3664 0 n CO VSM temperature evaluation status VSM temp status VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn in...

Page 612: ...7 Note For sensor type KTY p3665 2 values 181 300 C result in fault F06255 The monitoring is deactivated for p3668 301 Description Sets the hysteresis for the alarm threshold of the Voltage Sensing Module VSM Dependency Refer to p3667 p3667 0 n VSM overtemperature alarm threshold VSM T A thresh VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index p0150 Func diagr...

Page 613: ...e VSM Dependency Refer to p3670 Note 10 V input 1 Terminals X520 1 and X520 2 p3670 0 n VSM 10 V input CT gain VSM CT_gain VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram 9880 P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 A 1000 000 A 1 000 A r3671 0 n CO ...

Page 614: ...s an external line contactor and is correctly interconnected r0863 1 p0860 If the DC link fast discharge is not activated together with an external line contactor then faults can occur when precharging e g F30027 Dependency Refer to p3682 Refer to F30027 Notice The parameter is only effective for Basic Line Modules with the internal Braking Module this is valid for Basic Line Modules with a power ...

Page 615: ...le internal DC link fast discharge delay time BM int DC dischg t B_INF Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 500 ms 4294967295 ms 1000 ms p3683 Braking Module internal activation threshold brake chopper BM int act thresh B_INF Can b...

Page 616: ...n p1200 If the VSM was connected at the output motor side then line synchronization should be deactivated using p3800 Line synchronization first VSM connected with the line supply and also flying restart second VSM connected to the motor terminals can only be used if two VSMs are assigned to the Motor Module r3687 BO Digital Braking Module pre alarm overtemperature Dig BM A overtemp B_INF Can be c...

Page 617: ...its drive object number must be entered in p3801 The line voltage is always measured using the first VSM p0151 0 Description Sets the signal source to switch in switch out for the line drive synchronization BI p3802 1 signal The line drive synchronization is switched in Dependency Refer to p3800 p3801 Description Displays the control word for the line drive synchronization Note For bit 00 For a 1 ...

Page 618: ...motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Hz Hz Hz r3805 CO Sync line drive frequency difference Sync f_diff VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 7020 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Hz Hz Hz p3806 0 n Sync line drive frequency differ...

Page 619: ...Func diagram 7020 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Hz 1 00 Hz 0 20 Hz r3812 CO Sync line drive correction frequency Sync f_corr VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 3080 7020 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling p2000 Exper...

Page 620: ...ess level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 7020 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Sync line drive enabled Yes No 02 Sync line drive synchronism reached Yes No 03 Sync line drive synchronizing error Yes No 05 Sync line drive frequency measurement active Yes No 06...

Page 621: ...n index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 60 00 rpm p3823 0 n Friction characteristic value n3 Friction n3 VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Function...

Page 622: ...index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 600 00 rpm p3827 0 n Friction characteristic value n7 Friction n7 VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated CALC_MOD_LIM_REF Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions...

Page 623: ...n index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3831 0 n Friction characteristic value M1 Friction M1 VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit g...

Page 624: ...n index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3835 0 n Friction characteristic value M5 Friction M5 VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit g...

Page 625: ...0 n Friction characteristic value M8 Friction M8 VECTOR_G n M Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram 7010 P Group Functions Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type REL Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3839 0 n Friction characteristic value M9 Friction M9 VECTOR_G n ...

Page 626: ...with hysteresis the frictional torque smoothed with p3843 changes between these two states Dependency As part of the automatic calculation p0340 p3844 is only activated for closed loop control p1300 21 23 of induction motors with encoder Refer to p3843 r3841 CO Friction characteristic output Frict outp VECTOR_G n M Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func d...

Page 627: ...not possible to change p3820 p3829 p3830 p3839 and p3842 When recording the friction characteristic in addition to the friction the motor losses are also determined e g iron losses eddy current losses and re magnetizing losses A differentiation is not made between these individual loss components We recommend that a motor temperature sensor is used because torque deviations can also be emulated ma...

Page 628: ...orted for chassis formats p3860 Number of Braking Modules connected in parallel BM qty par_cct B_INF Brk Mod ext Can be changed C2 2 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 9951 P Group Converter Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 8 1 r3861 0 7 BO Braking Module inhibit acknowledgment BM inhib ackn B_INF Brk Mod...

Page 629: ...ts BO p3864 n are correctly interconnected and also that the appropriate digital outputs are correctly connected up If the interconnection connection is incorrect in the case of an active DC link fast discharge the software could execute another function incorrect function via binector outputs BO p3864 n or could also permanently control the DC link fast discharge even if the line contactor is clo...

Page 630: ...BI p3880 0 signal The essential service mode is deactivated Dependency The function can only be activated for SINAMICS G130 G150 S150 Refer to p3881 p3882 p3883 p3886 r3887 p3888 r3889 Warning When activating the essential service mode BI p3880 1 signal the motor immediately runs according to the selected setpoint source When the essential service mode is activated the motor cannot be stopped usin...

Page 631: ...tive 0 braking along the ramp function generator down ramp p1121 pulse cancellation and switching on inhibited For p3881 7 n_act 0 pulse suppression and switching on inhibited n_act 0 immediate pulse cancellation and switching on inhibited Description Sets the alternative setpoint source for essential service mode ESM This setpoint is used when the setpoint source set in p3881 is lost Value 0 Last...

Page 632: ...Refer to r3887 Note ESM Essential Service Mode The parameter is automatically reset to zero after the counter has been reset p3883 BI ESM direction of rotation signal source ESM rot dir s s VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 7033 P Group Functions Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory s...

Page 633: ...ter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996 Modifications can be made again when r3996 0 Note When the calculations have been completed p3900 and p0010 are automatically reset to a value of zero When calculating motor open loop and closed loop control parameters such as for p0340 1 parameters associated with a selected Siemens catalog motor are not overwritten If a catalog motor...

Page 634: ...or DC link voltage measurement Dependency Refer to r0192 p0212 Caution Incorrect use of the calibration can have a negative impact on the closed loop control The parameter influences the upper and lower voltage detection Note Parameter entries are directly saved in the DRIVE CLiQ component involved The parameter is only effective in the case of booksize power units if r0192 22 1 and p0212 0 1 Desc...

Page 635: ...t field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Stator inductance estimate no measurement Yes No 01 Cl loop current control w dead beat controller Yes No 02 Rotor time constant estimate no measurement Yes No 03 Leakage inductance estimate no measurement Yes No 04 Activates the identification dynamic leakage inductance Yes No 05 Determine Tr and Lsig evaluation in the time range Yes No 06 Activate ...

Page 636: ...e 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Enc test active Yes No 01 Saturation characteristic identification Yes No 02 Moment of inertia identification Yes No 03 Re calculates the speed controller parameters Yes No 04 Speed controller optimization vibration test Yes No 05 q leakage inductance ident for current controller adaptation Yes No 11 Do not change the controller parameters during the measurement Yes No 12...

Page 637: ... Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Software reset active Yes No 01 Writing of parameters disabled as parameter save in progress Yes No 02 Writing of parameters disabled as macro is running Yes No r3977 BICO counter topology BICO counter topo CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type U...

Page 638: ...0 Fault 20 Reset all parameters 30 Drive object modified 40 Download using commissioning software p3981 Acknowledge drive object faults Ackn DO faults All objects Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 8060 P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p3985 Master control mode sele...

Page 639: ...eration 660 Evaluate drive commissioning status 670 Autom FW update DRIVE CLiQ components 680 Wait for CU LINK slaves 690 Wait non cyclic starting DRIVE CLiQ 700 Save parameters 725 Wait until DRIVE CLiQ cyclic 740 Check the ability to operate 745 Start of the time slices 750 Interrupt enable 800 Initialization finished 10050 Wait for synchronization 10100 Wait for CU LINK slaves 10150 Wait until ...

Page 640: ...CTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 r3998 First infeed commissioning First inf_comm B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type...

Page 641: ... Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 0 X481 1 High Low 01 DI 1 X481 2 High Low 02 DI 2 X481 3 High Low 03 DI 3 X481 4 High Low r4022 0 11 CO BO TM31 digital inputs status TM31 DI status TM31 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9549 95...

Page 642: ...03 DI 3 X481 4 High Low r4023 0 11 CO BO TM31 digital inputs status inverted TM31 DI status inv TM31 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9549 9550 9552 9560 9562 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 0 X520 1 High Low 01 DI 1 X5...

Page 643: ...5 of the Terminal Board 30 TB30 Note DO Digital Output p4028 TM31 set input or output TM31 DI or DO TM31 Can be changed T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9549 9560 9562 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 08 DI DO 8 X54...

Page 644: ...igital Output p4031 BI TM31 signal source for terminal DO 1 TM31 s_src DO 1 TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 9549 9556 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p4031 BI TB30 signal source for terminal DO 1 TB30 s_src DO 1 TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access...

Page 645: ...terminal DI DO 8 TM31 s_s DI DO8 TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 9549 9560 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p4039 BI TM31 signal source for terminal DI DO 9 TM31 S_src DI DO9 TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Binary D...

Page 646: ... account DO Digital Output p4046 TM31 digital outputs limit current TM31 DO limit curr TM31 Can be changed T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 9560 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 r4047 TM31 digital outputs status TM31 DO status TM31 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data typ...

Page 647: ...ction Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DO 0 X542 1 3 Inverted Not inverted 01 DO 1 X542 4 6 Inverted Not inverted 08 DI DO 8 X541 2 Inverted Not inverted 09 DI DO 9 X541 3 Inverted Not inverted 10 DI DO 10 X541 4 Inverted Not inverted 11 DI DO 11 X541 5 Inverted Not inverted p4048 TB30 invert ...

Page 648: ...S5 0 1 AI 1 X521 3 X521 4 S5 1 Note AI Analog Input r4052 0 1 CO TB30 analog inputs actual input voltage TB30 AI U_inp act TB30 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9104 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting V V V p4053 0 1 TM31 analog inputs smoothing time constant TM31 AI T...

Page 649: ...t exceed 15 V or the impressed current of 60 mA if this is not carefully observed the input will be damaged Notice For operation as a voltage input current input switch S5 0 or S5 1 must be appropriately set Note When changing p4056 the parameters of the scaling characteristic p4057 p4058 p4059 p4060 are overwritten with the following default values For p4056 0 4 p4057 is set to 0 0 V p4058 to 0 0...

Page 650: ...ng characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 TM31 The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the y coordinate percentage of the 1st value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AI 0 X521 1 X521 2 S5 0 1 AI 1 X521 3 X521 4 S5 1 Notice This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type p4056 is modified Note Th...

Page 651: ...cription Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Board 30 TB30 The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate input voltage in V of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AI 0 X482 1 X482 2 1 AI 1 X482 3 X482 4 Note The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect p4058 0 1 ...

Page 652: ...ge monitoring of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 TM31 Index 0 AI 0 X521 1 X521 2 S5 0 1 AI 1 X521 3 X521 4 S5 1 Dependency For the following analog input type the wire breakage monitoring is active p4056 x 3 unipolar current input monitored 4 mA 20 mA Refer to r4056 p4056 p4060 0 1 TM31 analog inputs characteristic value y2 TM31 AI char y2 TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 ...

Page 653: ...e monitoring delay time TM31 wirebrk t_del TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 9566 9568 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 ms 1000 ms 100 ms p4063 0 1 TM31 analog inputs offset TM31 AI offset TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint...

Page 654: ...n TB30 AI absVal act TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 9104 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p4067 0 1 BI TM31 analog inputs invert signal source TM31 AI inv s_src TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func di...

Page 655: ...ted Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9104 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 20 00 0 00 p4069 0 1 BI TM31 analog inputs signal source for enable TM31 AI enable TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 9566 9568 P Group Terminals U...

Page 656: ... Data type Unsigned32 FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9099 9106 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r4072 0 1 TM31 analog outputs output value currently referred TM31 AO outp_val TM31 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9572 P Group Terminals Unit group Un...

Page 657: ... X522 5 X522 6 p4073 0 1 TB30 analog outputs smoothing time constant TB30 AO T_smooth TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9106 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 ms 1000 0 ms 0 0 ms r4074 0 1 TM31 analog outputs current output voltage current TM31 AO U I_outp...

Page 658: ...t to 0 0 p4078 to 0 0 mA p4079 to 100 0 and p4080 to 20 0 mA For p4076 1 4 p4077 is set to 0 0 p4078 to 0 0 V p4079 to 100 0 and p4080 to 10 0 V For p4076 2 p4077 is set to 0 0 p4078 to 4 0 mA p4079 to 100 0 and p4080 to 20 0 mA Description Displays the type of analog outputs of the Terminal Board 30 TB30 Value 4 Voltage output 10 V 10 V Index 0 AO 0 X482 5 X482 6 1 AO 1 X482 7 X482 8 p4075 0 1 TB...

Page 659: ...ts This parameter specifies the y coordinate output voltage in V or output current in mA of the 1st value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AO 0 X522 1 X522 2 X522 3 1 AO 1 X522 4 X522 5 X522 6 Dependency The unit of this parameter V or mA depends on the analog output type Refer to r4076 p4076 Notice This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 type of analog outputs Note The p...

Page 660: ... for the analog outputs of Terminal Board 30 TB30 The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate percentage of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AO 0 X482 5 X482 6 1 AO 1 X482 7 X482 8 Note The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect p4078 0 1 TB30 analog outputs characteristic value y1 TB...

Page 661: ...TM31 Index 0 AO 0 X522 1 X522 2 X522 3 1 AO 1 X522 4 X522 5 X522 6 Description Sets the signal source for inverting the analog output signals of the Terminal Board 30 TB30 Index 0 AO 0 X482 5 X482 6 1 AO 1 X482 7 X482 8 p4080 0 1 TM31 analog outputs characteristic value y2 TM31 AO char y2 TM31 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9572 P Grou...

Page 662: ...ess level 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9572 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 20 000 20 000 0 000 p4083 0 1 TB30 analog outputs offset TB30 AO offset TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 9106 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not f...

Page 663: ...Input Output p4095 TB30 digital inputs simulation mode TB30 DI sim_mode TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9099 9100 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 0 X481 1 Simulation Terminal eval 01 DI 1 X481 2 Simul...

Page 664: ...2 1 AI 1 X482 3 X482 4 Dependency The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p4098 Refer to p4098 Note This parameter is not saved when data is backed up p0971 p0977 AI Analog Input p4096 TB30 digital inputs simulation mode setpoint TB30 DI sim setpt TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9099 9100 P Group Commands Unit group Unit sel...

Page 665: ...ultiples of one another The sampling times of this TM must be an integral multiple of a servo or vector drive that exists in the system The minimum permissible sampling time is 125 µs The sampling times entered in index 0 digital inputs outputs and index 2 analog outputs must always be greater than or equal to the sampling time in index 1 analog inputs Refer to p0009 r0110 r0111 Notice The samplin...

Page 666: ...minal Module 120 TM120 This means that the temperature sensor type is selected and the evaluation is switched in Value 0 Evaluation disabled 1 PTC thermistor 2 KTY84 4 Bimetallic NC contact 6 PT1000 Index 0 Temperature channel 0 1 Temperature channel 1 2 Temperature channel 2 3 Temperature channel 3 Notice For p4102 0 7 251 C evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated For sensor type...

Page 667: ...or 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 8 X534 channel 3 for 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 9 X535 channel 4 for 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 10 X536 channel 5 for 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 11 Details on the wiring are included in the parameter description for p4108 Description Sets the sensor type for Terminal Module 31 TM31 This means that the temperature...

Page 668: ...or 1x2 and 2x2 wire evaluation The actual sensor resistance is displayed in this parameter i e the wire resistance p4110 is taken into account The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals X531 channel 0 for 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 6 X532 channel 1 for 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 7 X533 channel 2 for 2x2 wire evaluation additionally channel 8 X534 c...

Page 669: ...ue r4105 0 3 reaches or falls below the value p4102 1 3 5 7 hysteresis and the fault has been acknowledged the hysteresis value is 5 K and cannot be changed Index 0 Channel 0 alarm threshold A35211 1 Channel 0 fault threshold F35207 2 Channel 1 alarm threshold A35212 3 Channel 1 fault threshold F35208 4 Channel 2 alarm threshold A35213 5 Channel 2 fault threshold F35209 6 Channel 3 alarm threshold...

Page 670: ...ld F35209 6 Channel 3 alarm threshold A35214 7 Channel 3 fault threshold F35210 8 Channel 4 alarm threshold A35410 9 Channel 4 fault threshold F35400 10 Channel 5 alarm threshold A35411 11 Channel 5 fault threshold F35401 12 Channel 6 alarm threshold A35412 13 Channel 6 fault threshold F35402 14 Channel 7 alarm threshold A35413 15 Channel 7 fault threshold F35403 16 Channel 8 alarm threshold A3541...

Page 671: ...red and the alarm threshold has in the meantime not been fallen below then fault F35207 F53210 is output The fault can be acknowledged if after the delay time has expired the alarm threshold is again fallen below For sensor type KTY84 PT1000 p4100 0 3 2 6 the following applies If the fault threshold p4102 1 3 5 7 is exceeded before the delay time has expired then fault F35207 F35210 is immediately...

Page 672: ...T100 PT1000 p4100 0 11 2 5 6 the following applies the corresponding fault can only be initiated via the fault threshold output of the timer is always a logical 0 For p4103 0 s and sensor type PTC thermistor Bimetallic NC contact p4100 0 11 1 4 the following applies the corresponding alarm and fault are simultaneously output delay time 0 s Description Sets the delay time for the output of the faul...

Page 673: ...606 06 Channel 3 alarm present Yes No 9606 07 Channel 3 fault present Yes No 9606 r4104 0 23 BO TM150 temperature evaluation status TM150 temp status TM150 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9626 9627 P Group Terminals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 sig...

Page 674: ...channel 2 X521 8 X521 7 channel 3 Description Displays the temperature actual value for the Terminal Module 150 TM150 Index 0 Temperature channel 0 1 Temperature channel 1 2 Temperature channel 2 3 Temperature channel 3 4 Temperature channel 4 r4104 0 1 BO TM31 temperature evaluation status TM31 temp status TM31 Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 9...

Page 675: ...he nominal response temperature r4105 50 C above the nominal response temperature r4105 250 C For sensor type KTY84 PT1000 p4100 2 6 the following applies the displayed value corresponds to the temperature actual value Refer to p4100 Note r4105 300 C is displayed in the following cases temperature actual value invalid F35920 output no sensor selected p4100 0 The temperature sensor is connected at ...

Page 676: ...ivated Description Setting to start the measurement of the wire resistance for a channel for the Terminal Module 150 TM150 For a 2 wire evaluation the total wire resistance is measured and saved During the temperature evaluation the temperature actual value is automatically calibrated using the measured wire resistance Procedure 1 Select the measuring method 1x2 2x2 for the corresponding terminal ...

Page 677: ...ent is only possible for 1x2 or 2x2 wire evaluation p4108 0 5 0 1 Note Automatic conductor calibration is deactivated using p4110 0 11 0 Description Assigns the temperature channels to groups for the Terminal Module 150 TM150 For each group the following calculated values are provided from the temperature actual values r4105 0 11 Maximum value r4112 0 2 Minimum value r4113 0 2 average value r4114 ...

Page 678: ...terconnection CI p0603 CI p0608 0 3 CI p0609 0 3 CI p2051 Index 0 Group 0 1 Group 1 2 Group 2 Dependency Refer to r4105 p4111 r4113 r4114 Description Display and connector output for the minimum value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 TM150 This value is calculated from the actual temperature values r4105 0 11 of each group Recommendation The following connector inputs can use these connec...

Page 679: ...or 1 Output value 300 C Index 0 Group 0 1 Group 1 2 Group 2 Dependency Refer to r4105 p4111 r4112 r4113 r4114 Description Sets the hysteresis for the fault threshold alarm threshold p4102 0 23 for the Terminal Module 150 TM150 Index 0 Temperature channel 0 1 Temperature channel 1 2 Temperature channel 2 3 Temperature channel 3 4 Temperature channel 4 5 Temperature channel 5 r4114 0 2 CO TM150 grou...

Page 680: ...Temperature channel 0 1 Temperature channel 1 2 Temperature channel 2 3 Temperature channel 3 4 Temperature channel 4 5 Temperature channel 5 6 Temperature channel 6 7 Temperature channel 7 8 Temperature channel 8 9 Temperature channel 9 10 Temperature channel 10 11 Temperature channel 11 Dependency Refer to r4120 Description Displays the implemented smoothing time constant for the temperature fil...

Page 681: ...channel 7 8 Temperature channel 8 9 Temperature channel 9 10 Temperature channel 10 11 Temperature channel 11 Dependency Refer to r4120 Description Sets the sensor type of the first temperature sensor for the motor temperature monitoring Value 0 No sensor 10 PTC fault 11 PTC alarm 12 PTC alarm timer 20 KTY84 30 Bimetallic NC contact fault p4121 TM150 filter rated line frequency TM150 filt f_line T...

Page 682: ...ovided in the following literature hardware description of the appropriate components SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual Description Sets the sensor type of the third temperature sensor for the motor temperature monitoring Value 0 No sensor 10 PTC fault 11 PTC alarm 12 PTC alarm timer 20 KTY84 30 Bimetallic NC contact fault 31 Bimetallic NC contact alarm 32 Bimetallic NC contact alarm timer 60 PT1...

Page 683: ...emperature sensor for the motor temperature monitoring Value 0 No sensor 10 PTC fault 11 PTC alarm 12 PTC alarm timer 20 KTY84 PT100 PT1000 30 Bimetallic NC contact fault 31 Bimetallic NC contact alarm 32 Bimetallic NC contact alarm timer Dependency Refer to r0458 p0600 p0601 Note This parameter is effective only when p0601 11 PTC thermistor Tripping resistance 1650 Ohm Information on using temper...

Page 684: ... alarm timer 20 KTY84 PT100 PT1000 30 Bimetallic NC contact fault 31 Bimetallic NC contact alarm 32 Bimetallic NC contact alarm timer Dependency Refer to r0458 p0600 p0601 Note This parameter is effective only when p0601 11 PTC thermistor Tripping resistance 1650 Ohm Information on using temperature sensors is provided in the following literature hardware description of the appropriate components ...

Page 685: ...d For a value equal to 200 0 C the following applies this temperature display is not valid temperature sensor error a PTC sensor or bimetallic NC contact is connected the temperature sensor evaluation is deactivated p0600 0 or p0601 0 the sensor channel is deactivated p460x 0 or p461x 0 Description Displays the encoder diagnostics for the PROFIdrive interface p4613 0 n Motor temperature sensor 4 s...

Page 686: ...efer to p4650 p4641 0 2 OEM encoder diagnostic signal selection OEM enc diag sel VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p4642 Test function encoder fault Test encoder fault VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level...

Page 687: ...ts the mode to reset the actual value in XIST_ERW CO r4653 Value 0 Inactive 1 Reset with zero mark 2 Reset with BICO 3 Reset with selected zero mark Dependency Refer to r4653 r4654 p4655 Note The absolute value is only valid after passing the zero mark If value 1 The value in XIST1_ERW is reset when passing every zero mark If value 2 The value in XIST1_ERW is reset with a 0 1 edge via binector inp...

Page 688: ...ta type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 4750 P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r4653 CO XIST1_ERW actual value XIST1_ERW actval ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 4750 P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory sett...

Page 689: ...l amplifier is effective Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Encoder 3 Dependency Refer to r4661 Note A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present p4655 0 2 BI XIST1_ERW reset signal source XIST1_ERW resS_src VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 4750 P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Exper...

Page 690: ...tive filter bandwidth for Sensor Module SMx10 resolver and SMx20 sin cos The bandwidth of the filter is set using p4660 Dependency Refer to p4660 Note A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present p4660 Sensor Module filter bandwidth SM Filt_bandw ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection...

Page 691: ...pendency Refer to p4662 p4663 p4664 p4666 p4662 0 n Encoder characteristic type Enc char_type VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 Calculated Access level 4 Data type Integer16 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Encoder Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p4663 0 n Encoder characteristic K0 Enc char K0 VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed U T C...

Page 692: ... Value 0 Differential 1 Single ended A B 2 Single ended A B 3 Single ended A B sensitive p4666 0 n Encoder characteristic K3 Enc char K3 VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p4670 0 n Analog sensor configuration Ana_sens ...

Page 693: ...e when the connected sensor is at actual value zero At this voltage channel B supplies an actual value of zero p4672 0 n Analog sensor channel A voltage at actual value zero Ana_sens A U at 0 VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory ...

Page 694: ...140 Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 10 0000 V 10 0000 V 6 0000 V p4676 0 n Analog sensor range limit threshold Ana_sens lim thr VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 ...

Page 695: ...ized to alarm A or no message N the encoder pulses which have not been corrected are added to the accumulator p4688 The accumulator can be deactivated using p0437 7 Dependency Refer to p0437 p4681 p4688 Refer to F31131 p4679 0 n Analog sensor LVDT phase An_sens LVDT ph VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed C2 4 T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index EDS p0140 Func diagram P Group En...

Page 696: ...igher dead times for the speed actual value Description Sets the minimum length for the zero mark in 1 4 encoder pulses Dependency Refer to p0425 p0437 Note The minimum length of the zero mark must be less than the zero mark distance p4686 p0425 The parameter is activated using p0437 1 1 zero mark edge detection p4683 0 n Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold positive ZM tol A_thr ...

Page 697: ...Note After alarm A3x422 is output this parameter is set for 100 ms p4688 0 2 CO Zero mark monitoring differential pulse count ZM diff_pulse qty VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 2147483648 2147483647 0 p4688 CO Zero mark monitoring differen...

Page 698: ...cient memory space for backup 14 Format of saved data is incompatible 15 Transfer fault during data download 16 Transfer fault during data backup 17 Data backup does not match parameterized encoder motor 18 Data backup directory not permissible 19 Component already contains data 20 Component does not contain any data 21 Component is not an SMI or a DQI 22 SMI data cannot be downloaded for componen...

Page 699: ...21 set the correct component number p4690 Note for error value 22 Data cannot be downloaded for component Help for error value 35 Reset parameter p4691 to 30 Help for error value 37 set the access level to Expert or higher Help for error value 38 insert the SMI DQI into the actual topology as an additional component component number 200 set the component number from the actual topology p4690 200 s...

Page 700: ...Integrated SMI SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated For index 0 This index is used to select the subdirectory for saving and downloading data The motor article number MLFB of the corresponding data backup is displayed in r4694 For p4693 0 0 the following applies The directory is determined by the setting of p4690 Description Displays the motor article number MLFB of the data backup selected with p469...

Page 701: ... CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p4701 Measuring function control Meas fct ctrl CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data typ...

Page 702: ...ter involves the free measuring functions and is only active for p4810 6 For value 0 The free measuring function is parameterized with master control For value 1 The free measuring function is parameterized without master control r4705 0 1 Trace status Trace status CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Grou...

Page 703: ...ulated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4709 0 1 Trace memory space required for measuring functions Trace mem required CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diag...

Page 704: ...10 2 3 Description Sets the first trigger threshold for trigger via tolerance band Index 0 Trace 0 1 Trace 1 Dependency Only effective when p4710 4 5 Description Sets the second trigger threshold for trigger via tolerance band Index 0 Trace 0 1 Trace 1 Dependency Only effective when p4710 4 5 p4712 0 1 Trace trigger threshold Trace trig_thresh CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be cha...

Page 705: ...U_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p4717 Measuring function number of averaging operations Meas fct avg qty CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T ...

Page 706: ... Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 ms 60000 000 ms 1 000 ms p4721 0 1 Trace recording time Trace record_time CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 m...

Page 707: ...ing 0000 bin 0001 bin 0000 bin r4725 0 1 Trace data type 1 traced Trace rec type 1 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4726 0 1 Trace data type 2 traced Trace rec type 2 CU_G130_...

Page 708: ..._G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4729 0 1 Trace number of recorded values Trace rec values CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Fun...

Page 709: ...ICO format p4732 0 5 Trace record signal 2 Trace record sig 2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 p4733 0 5 Trace record signal 3 Trace record sig 3 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU...

Page 710: ...re to be read out In this case memory bank 0 is set with p4795 0 The first 16384 values can now be read out using r4740 0 to r4740 16383 Example B The values 16385 to 32768 from signal 0 trace 0 are to be read out In this case memory bank 1 is set with p4795 1 The values can now be read out in r4740 0 to r4740 16383 Dependency Refer to p4795 p4736 0 5 Trace record signal 6 Trace record sig 6 CU_G1...

Page 711: ... CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4743 0 16383 Trace 0 trace buffer signal 3 floating point Trace 0 rec sig 3 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated A...

Page 712: ... CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4750 0 16383 Trace 1 trace buffer signal 0 floating point Trace 1 rec sig 0 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated A...

Page 713: ... CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4755 0 16383 Trace 1 trace buffer signal 5 floating point Trace 1 rec sig 5 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated A...

Page 714: ...uffer for trace 0 and signal 1 Dependency Refer to r4760 Description Displays the trace buffer record buffer for trace 0 and signal 2 Dependency Refer to r4760 r4760 0 16383 Trace 0 trace buffer signal 0 Trace 0 rec sig 0 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group U...

Page 715: ... CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4765 0 16383 Trace 0 trace buffer signal 5 Trace 0 rec sig 5 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data t...

Page 716: ... CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4772 0 16383 Trace 1 trace buffer signal 2 Trace 1 rec sig 2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data t...

Page 717: ...Max Factory setting r4776 0 16383 Trace 1 trace buffer signal 6 Trace 1 rec sig 6 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4777 0 16383 Trace 1 trace buffer signal 7 Trace 1 rec sig 7...

Page 718: ...11 1111 1111 1111 1111 bin 0000 bin p4782 0 1 Trace physical address signal 2 Trace PhyAddr Sig2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 111...

Page 719: ...00 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 bin 0000 bin p4786 0 1 Trace physical address signal 6 Trace PhyAddr Sig6 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin 1111 1111...

Page 720: ...N CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r4792 0 1 Trace data type 7 traced Trace rec type 7 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn i...

Page 721: ... is calculated with a µs accuracy If the underlying basis time is only available with ms accuracy then as a result of rounding effects an inaccuracy of 1 ms can occur When referred to r4719 the trigger instant can therefore deviate somewhat Note If the time calculation of the drive can be synchronized with a higher level control then this time can be taken from the actual UTC time r3102 Otherwise ...

Page 722: ... generator inactive 1 signal Function generator running p4800 Function generator control FG control CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 0 r4805 Function generator status FG...

Page 723: ...unction generator mode FG operating mode CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 99 0 p4812 Function generator physical address FG phys address CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP C...

Page 724: ...0_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Integer32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 2147483648 2147483647 0 r4817 CO Function generator output signal integer number FG outp integ no CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Dat...

Page 725: ... Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 1 5 1 p4821 Function generator period FG period duration CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory sett...

Page 726: ...unction generator amplitude FG amplitude CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 1600 00 1600 00 5 00 p4825 Function generator 2nd amplitude FG 2nd amplitude CU_G130_PN CU_G1...

Page 727: ...setting 10000 00 0 00 100 00 p4829 Function generator upper limit FG upper limit CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 10000 00 100 00 p4830 Function generator time sl...

Page 728: ...ted Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 100 00000 r4834 0 4 CO Function generator free measurement output signal FG fr MeasFct outp CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 D...

Page 729: ...talled on this drive object Dependency Refer to r4950 r4952 r4955 p4956 r4957 r4958 r4959 r4960 r4841 0 1 MTrace cycle actual display Cycle act display CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Trace and function generator Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory...

Page 730: ...e Technology Extensions installed on this drive object r4956 0 Activation of Technology Extension 1 r4956 1 Activation of Technology Extension 2 Value 0 Technology Extension inactive 1 Technology Extension active Dependency Refer to r4950 r4951 r4952 r4955 r4957 r4958 r4959 r4960 Notice If there is no Technology Extension then it is not possible to access an index Note TEC Technology Extension r49...

Page 731: ...5 GUID of Technology Extension 1 r4959 16 Major information of Technology Extension 1 r4959 17 Minor information of Technology Extension 1 r4959 18 33 GUID of Technology Extension 2 r4959 34 Major information of Technology Extension 2 r4959 35 Minor information of Technology Extension 2 Dependency Refer to r4950 r4951 r4952 r4955 p4956 r4957 r4958 r4960 Notice If there is no Technology Extension t...

Page 732: ...lled on the memory card device memory Dependency Refer to r4975 r4978 r4979 Note TEC Technology Extension The identifier of an invalid Technology Extension comprises a maximum of 8 characters plus separator r4960 0 n TEC DO specific GUID drive object TEC DO GUID DO All objects Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index r4952 Func diagram P Group OEM range Unit group Uni...

Page 733: ...does not define a CPU type Bit 4 Technology Extension for this device not available incorrect CPU type Bit 5 Technology Extension for this device not available incorrect type ID Bit 6 Incorrect description files Const Startup incompatible Description Displays the number of Technology Extensions installed on the memory card device memory Dependency Refer to r4986 r4987 r4988 r4989 r4990 r4991 r4992...

Page 734: ...chnology Extensions installed on the memory card device memory r4989 0 Version of Technology Extension 1 r4989 1 Version of Technology Extension 2 Dependency Refer to r4985 r4986 r4987 r4988 r4990 r4991 r4992 r4993 r4994 Notice If there is no Technology Extension then it is not possible to access an index r4986 TEC identifier total length TEC ident tot_l CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP...

Page 735: ...then it is not possible to access an index Note TEC Technology Extension Description Displays the GUIDs of all the Technology Extensions installed on the memory card device memory r4992 0 15 GUID of Technology Extension 1 r4992 16 Major information of Technology Extension 1 r4992 17 Minor information of Technology Extension 1 r4992 18 33 GUID of Technology Extension 2 r4992 34 Major information of...

Page 736: ... memory r4995 0 External version of Technology Extension 1 r4995 1 External version of Technology Extension 2 Dependency Refer to r4985 r4986 r4987 r4988 r4990 r4991 r4992 r4993 r4994 Notice If there is no Technology Extension then it is not possible to access an index r4993 0 n TEC activation status TEC act stat CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 ...

Page 737: ... calculation of the coefficients For bit 00 Calculation for the constant and linear coefficients of the moment of inertia precontrol is activated The results are written to parameters p5312 p5313 p5314 p5315 For bit 01 The moment of inertia precontrol is activated The moment of inertia is calculated from the currently measured load torque and the saved coefficients p5312 p5313 p5314 p5315 p5271 0 ...

Page 738: ...Moment of inertia precontrol function Refer to p5310 r5311 p5312 p5314 p5315 r5311 0 n Moment of inertia precontrol status word J_prectrl ZSW VECTOR_G J_estimator Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 ...

Page 739: ...l for motor temperature models 1 and 3 The entered factor is active for speed n 0 rpm This factor is linearly reduced down to 1 between speeds n 0 1 rpm p5314 0 n Moment of inertia precontrol linear negative J_est lin neg VECTOR_G J_estimator Can be changed C2 3 U T Calculated CALC_MOD_ALL Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Motor Unit group Unit selec...

Page 740: ...temperature sensor p0600 p0601 When the bit is set a high temperature is identified and a corresponding signal is additionally output For bit 01 05 The motor temperature is monitored based on a temperature model p0612 When the bit is set a high temperature is identified and a corresponding signal is additionally output For bit 02 The encoder temperature is measured using a temperature sensor When ...

Page 741: ...el 1 I2t only effective from firmware version 4 7 SP6 and p0612 8 1 when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time the threshold value is copied from p0615 to p5391 Dependency Refer to r0034 p0612 p0615 r0632 p5390 Refer to F07011 A07014 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully ob...

Page 742: ...y mode ID of the effective energy saving mode Value 0 POWER OFF 2 Energy saving mode 2 240 Operation 255 Ready Note Pe PROFIenergy profiles r5398 0 n Mot_temp_mod 3 alarm threshold image p5390 A thr image p5390 VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index MDS p0130 Func diagram 8019 P Group Displays signals Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor...

Page 743: ...lculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2381 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 300000 ms 4294967295 ms 0 300000 ms 1 480000 ms p5606 0 1 Pe energy saving mode time of maximum stay Pe t_max_stay CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type U...

Page 744: ...it group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 0110 bin 1 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Reserved Yes No r5613 0 1 CO BO Pe energy saving active inactive Pe save act inact CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 2382 P Group Communications ...

Page 745: ...le VSM The value is automatically determined with the drive switched off and stationary when the offset calculation is enabled The last determined value is saved if the offset calculation is inhibited If the offset calculation is inhibited then a fixed value can also be entered here Dependency Refer to p6903 Note Offset calibration is only automatically activated if the resulting motor voltage is ...

Page 746: ...offs mode VECTOR_G n M Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index p0150 Func diagram P Group Closed loop control Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 1 r6991 0 4 Recorder settings display Rec setting displ VECTOR_G Rec B_INF Rec Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func...

Page 747: ...signal source in p6994 1 and the bit mask in p6993 1 Trigger 2 3 is formed by ANDing the signal source in p6994 2 and the bit mask in p6993 2 Index 0 Trigger 2 1 1 Trigger 2 2 2 Trigger 2 3 Dependency Refer to p6993 11 Data buffering running Yes No 12 Post trigger time running Yes No 13 Data being stored Yes No 14 Data buffer full Yes No 15 Trigger group signal Set Not set p6993 0 2 Recorder trigg...

Page 748: ...nsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 8144 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 996553699 0 3600 1 3700 2 3701 3 3703 4 3705 5 3706 6 3707 7 3708 8 3709 9 3710 10 3711 11 3712 12 3713 13 3714 14 3715 15 3716 16 3717 17 3718 18 5600 19 6000 20 6100 21 6300 22 6600 23 6800 24 6900 25 6901 26 6902 27 6906 28 7000 29 7200 30 7300 31 7...

Page 749: ...hanged U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 8144 P Group Commands Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 996553699 0 3600 1 3700 2 3701 3 3703 4 3711 5 3712 6 6600 7 6800 8 7000 9 8200 10 9400 11 89800 12 89900 13 7200 14 183800 15 183900 16 723000 17 723001 18 703100 19 63 0 r6997 CO Recorder sequencer stat...

Page 750: ...000 measuring points can be recorded across all drive objects 1 measuring point is created in one current controller sampling time Example The Recorder function module is activated on 4 drive objects The current controller sampling time p0115 0 is 250 µs every drive object can record a maximum of 8000 4 2000 measuring points the recording time that can be realized is 2000 0 250 ms 500 ms Note the ...

Page 751: ...etting to enable the power units for a parallel connection Value 0 Deactivated 1 Activated Dependency Refer to r7000 Caution For a parallel connection the following applies When deactivating individual power units using this parameter it is not permissible that the power units of the parallel connection involved are connected Infeed units should be disconnected from the line supply for example usi...

Page 752: ...d p7001 For p7003 1 2 the motor data identification routine p1910 determines the total overall resistance The cable resistance is not measured but instead entered as a component of the total resistance refer to p0352 all Motor Modules are activated It is not possible to deactivate a Motor Module Description Sets the alarm threshold to detect current asymmetry in the parallel circuit configuration ...

Page 753: ...of power unit 2 p7015 1 Description Displays the deviation between the measured current actual value of phase U and the average value as peak value The maximum deviation from the average value is displayed in r7025 Dependency Refer to r7021 r7022 r7025 p7011 Par_circuit DC link voltage asymmetry alarm threshold Vdc_dissym A thrsh VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed U T Calculated Acces...

Page 754: ...er to A05052 r7021 0 n CO Par_circuit deviation current in phase V Phase V curr dev VECTOR_G Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 6_5 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting A A A r7022 0 n CO Par_circuit deviation current in phase W Phase ...

Page 755: ...r separate offset motor winding systems p7003 2 r7027 CO Par_circuit max deviation currents phase W Phase W Max i_dev VECTOR_G Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 6_5 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting A A A r7030 0 n CO Par_circuit DC link vol...

Page 756: ...gain Circ_I Kp VECTOR_G Parallel Can be changed U T Calculated CALC_MOD_CON Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index DDS p0180 Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00000 ohm 200 00000 ohm 0 00000 ohm p7037 0 n Par_circuit circulating current control integral time I_circ Tn VECTOR_G Parallel Can be cha...

Page 757: ...caling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 00 µs 1000000 00 µs 0 00 µs p7044 0 n Par_circuit correction valve lockout time phase W Comp t_lockout W VECTOR_G Parallel Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Modulation Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 00...

Page 758: ...le Active Line Infeed Voltage Sensing Module Displays the relative system runtime when the fault or alarm occurred Dependency Refer to r7100 r7101 r7103 Note The last fault case that occurred is documented in index 0 The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON r7100 0 99 Par_circuit ring buffer fault alarm code Fault alarm code VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 ...

Page 759: ... gone F A gone VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r7200 0 n Par_circuit power unit overload I2t PU overload I2t VECTOR_G Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn ...

Page 760: ...ling p2006 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting C C C r7204 0 n CO Par_circuit power unit temperatures air intake PU temp air intake VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2006 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting ...

Page 761: ...Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting C C C r7209 0 n Par_circuit power unit temperatures inverter 4 PU temp inv 4 VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2006 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting C C C r7210 0 n Par...

Page 762: ...n Max Factory setting C C C r7214 0 n Par_circuit power unit temperatures depletion layer 1 PU temp DepLayer 1 VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2006 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting C C C r7215 0 n Par_cir...

Page 763: ...Factory setting C C C r7219 0 n Par_circuit power unit temperatures depletion layer 6 PU temp DepLayer 6 VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2006 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting C C C r7220 0 n CO Par_circui...

Page 764: ...ctual value phase W I_phase W act val VECTOR_G Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 6_5 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2002 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting A A A r7226 0 n CO Par_circuit phase current actual value phase U offset I_phase U offset VECTOR_G Parallel Can ...

Page 765: ...voltage actual value Vdc_act VECTOR_G Parallel B_INF Parallel Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index PDS p0120 Func diagram P Group Displays signals Unit group 5_2 Unit selection p0505 Not for motor type Scaling p2001 Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting V V V r7231 0 n CO Par_circuit phase voltage actual value phase U U_phase U act val VECTOR_G Parallel Can ...

Page 766: ... Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Fault time critical ON OFF 01 Gating unit mode bit 0 ON OFF 02 Pulse enable ON OFF 03 Upper switch off signal path Inactive Active 04 Lower switch off signal path Inactive Active 05 Gating unit mode bit 1 ON OFF 06 Gating unit mode bit 2 ON OFF 07 Brake state ON OFF 08...

Page 767: ...1 is then reset r7740 0 3 Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on as a consequence p7786 1 is automatically set to 0 Description Displays the status of power cycling counter for valve 2 For repairs this parameter serves as internal documentation for service personnel The counter state corresponds to the valve wear A maximum of 650 of the specified service life is displayed Dependency Refer to p7...

Page 768: ...itch on as a consequence p7786 3 is automatically set to 0 Description Displays the status of power cycling counter for valve 4 For repairs this parameter serves as internal documentation for service personnel The counter state corresponds to the valve wear A maximum of 650 of the specified service life is displayed Dependency Refer to p7786 Notice After a valve has been replaced the corresponding...

Page 769: ...n replacing valve 6 1 Switch off the system and replace valve 6 2 Switch on the system and acknowledge that valve 6 has been replaced p7786 6 1 the power cycling counter of valve 6 is reset r7745 0 3 Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on as a consequence p7786 6 is automatically set to 0 Description Displays the actual serial number of the Control Unit The individual characters of the serial n...

Page 770: ...t be deactivated as p7766 is not entered in the OEM exception list only the factory setting is possible This bit is only set if know how protection is active bit 1 1 and p7766 has not been entered in the OEM exception list For bit 04 When know how protection has been activated the contents of the memory card parameter and DCC data can be additionally protected against being used with other memory ...

Page 771: ...on list only the factory setting is possible This bit is only set if know how protection is active bit 1 1 and p7766 has not been entered in the OEM exception list For bit 04 When know how protection has been activated the contents of the memory card parameter and DCC data can be additionally protected against being used with other memory cards Control Units This bit is only set if know how protec...

Page 772: ...p7761 1 Write access dependent on p7761 Dependency Refer to r7760 p7761 Description Sets the number of parameters for the OEM exception list p7764 0 n p7764 0 n with n p7763 1 Dependency Refer to p7764 Note KHP Know How Protection Even if know how protection is set parameters in this list can be read and written to p7761 Write protection Write protection CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP...

Page 773: ... to trace the drive data using the device trace function although KHP is activated Dependency Refer to p7766 p7767 p7768 p7764 0 n KHP OEM exception list KHP OEM excep list CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index p7763 Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Facto...

Page 774: ...o gaps are permissible in the password entering a password is completed when writing to p7766 29 p7766 29 0 for passwords less than 30 characters Note KHP Know How Protection When reading p7766 0 29 42 dec ASCII character is displayed Parameters with the KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK attribute are not involved in the know how protection Parameters with the KHP_ACTIVE_READ attribute can be read even when know ...

Page 775: ...ulses may be enabled After action p7770 2 it is essential that parameters are backed up p0977 1 and that a warm restart is then performed p0009 30 p0976 2 3 This will apply the values written Note If value 1 This action loads the NVRAM data to the parameters If value 2 This action loads the parameters to the NVRAM If value 3 This action sets parameters p7771 p7774 to the factory setting It is reco...

Page 776: ...ue is displayed p7775 10 Description Service parameter to internally document repairs After a component has been replaced this must be confirmed using p7786 x 0 1 When acknowledging a replacement the Generate report function is automatically executed p7786 x is automatically set to 0 after POWER ON Notice This write process can take several minutes Note The power unit involved can be assigned the ...

Page 777: ... channel then the recording duration of the other time characteristics is increased For index 8 15 The signals are set in p7790 8 15 whose instantaneous value is to be recorded Value 0 No signal 1 Pulse frequency 2 Phase current U 3 Phase current V p7788 Power unit sign of life monitoring tolerance window PU SoL monit tol VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsign...

Page 778: ...ace Value 0 Overcurrent overvoltage ground fault Uce 1 Time critical message 2 Uce Dependency Refer to p7790 p7792 Note F30001 is output if the power unit detects an overcurrent condition F30002 is output if the power unit detects an overvoltage condition in the DC link F30021 is output if the power unit detects a ground fault F30022 is output if the power unit detects an Uce fault Description Set...

Page 779: ... p7820 p7821 p7822 p7820 DRIVE CLiQ component component number DQ compo_no CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p7821 DRIVE CLiQ component parameter number DQ para_no CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G13...

Page 780: ... After the update has been completed it is necessary to carry out a new POWER ON switch off switch on for the components involved The firmware update procedure is displayed as follows Control Unit LED RDY Flashes yellow with 0 5 Hz firmware is being updated Flashing yellow with 2 Hz POWER ON is required for the components involved Components involved Flashing red green with 0 5 Hz firmware is bein...

Page 781: ...n attempts no response from the DRIVE CLiQ component 140 Firmware file for the DRIVE CLiQ component not available on the memory card device memory 143 Component has not changed to the mode for firmware download It was not possible to delete the existing firmware 144 When checking the firmware that was downloaded checksum the component detected a fault It is possible that the file on the memory car...

Page 782: ... 10501 ENC_ID_TIME_SEND_TELEG_1 10502 ENC_ID_TIME_CYCLE_FINISHED 10503 ENC_ID_TIME_DELTA_FUNMAN 10504 ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_CALCTIMES 10505 ENC_ID_SYNO_PERIOD 10515 ENC_ID_AB_SQUARE_SUM 10516 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A 10517 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B 10518 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_C 10519 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_D 10520 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A_SAFETY 10521 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B_SAFETY 10523 ENC_ID_ADC_TEMP_1 10524 ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_TRACK_A 10...

Page 783: ...ENC_ID_MECH_ANGLE 10629 ENC_ID_MECH_RM_POS 10644 ENC_ID_INIT_VECTOR 10645 FEAT_INIT_VECTOR 10660 ENC_ID_SENSOR_STATE 10661 ENC_ID_BASIC_SYSTEM 10662 ENC_ID_REFMARK_STATUS 10663 ENC_ID_DSA_STATUS1_SENSOR 10664 ENC_ID_DSA_RMSTAT_HANDSHAKE 10665 ENC_ID_DSA_CONTROL1_SENSOR 10667 ENC_ID_SAFETY 10669 ENC_ID_SUB_STATE 10676 ENC_ID_COUNTCORR_SAW_VALUE 10677 ENC_ID_COUNTCORR_ABS_VALUE 10678 ENC_ID_SAWTOOTH...

Page 784: ...signal in the unsigned integer format The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831 Description Parameter to display a DSA signal in the signed integer format The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831 r7832 0 23 Telegram diagnostics numerical format Telegr diag format VECTOR_G ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type...

Page 785: ...gram meter 2 21 Percent 22 Hertz 23 Volt peak to peak 24 Amps peak to peak 25 Degrees Celsius 26 Degrees 28 Millimeter or degrees 29 Meters minute 30 Meters second 31 ohm 32 Millihenry 33 Newton meter 34 Newton meter Ampere 35 Volt Ampere 36 Newton meter second rad 38 31 25 microseconds 39 Microseconds 40 Milliseconds 42 Kilowatt 43 Micro amps peak to peak r7835 0 23 Telegram diagnostics real Tele...

Page 786: ...d 91 Hundredths of a second 92 10 microseconds 93 Pulses 94 256 pulses 95 Tenths of a pulse 96 Revolutions 97 100 revolutions minute 98 10 revolutions minute 99 0 1 revolutions minute 100 Thousandth revolution minute 101 Pulses second 102 100 pulses second 103 10 revolutions minute x seconds 104 10000 pulses second 2 105 0 1 Hertz 106 0 01 Hertz 107 0 1 seconds 108 Factor 0 1 109 Factor 0 01 110 F...

Page 787: ...ters 2 serial number character 5 r7843 5 51 dec ASCII characters 3 serial number character 6 r7843 6 69 dec ASCII characters E serial number character 7 r7843 7 0 dec ASCII characters serial number character 8 r7843 19 0 dec ASCII characters serial number character 20 r7843 20 0 dec Serial number 111923E Description Displays the version of the firmware stored on the memory medium of the drive devi...

Page 788: ...trol Units adopt the Initialization finished state r3988 800 following power up Description Displays the component and whether this component is currently present High byte Component number Low byte 0 1 not available available Dependency Refer to p7852 Note The values are valid if all available Control Units adopt the Initialization finished state r3988 800 following power up r7850 0 n Drive objec...

Page 789: ...valid unique setting Note The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Displays status and configuration changes of all of the drive objects in the complete unit When changing the status or the configuration of the Control Unit or a drive object the value of this parameter is incremented Dependency Refer to r7868 r7869 r7870 p7857 Sub boot mode Sub boot mode VECTOR_G ...

Page 790: ...ject number in p0101 17 19 Object number in p0101 18 20 Object number in p0101 19 21 Object number in p0101 20 22 Object number in p0101 21 23 Object number in p0101 22 24 Object number in p0101 23 Dependency Refer to p0101 r7867 r7871 Description Reference to the drive objects whose status has changed Index 0 When changing one of the following indices then the value in this index is increased Ind...

Page 791: ...00 or r9901 5 DRIVE CLiQ target topology r9902 or r9903 6 DRIVE CLiQ sockets p0109 7 Technology Extensions Dependency Refer to r7867 r7871 Note For index 0 When changing one of the following indices then the value in this index is incremented For index 1 Drive object configuration When changing r7871 0 on a drive object the value in this index is incremented For index 2 Drive object configuration ...

Page 792: ...ve object structure When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure e g number of data sets the value in this index is incremented For index 4 Drive object BICO interconnections When changing r3977 the value in this index is incremented For index 5 Drive object activity When changing p0105 the value in this index is incremented For index 6 Drive object data save 0 There are no paramet...

Page 793: ...elevant for the structure e g number of data sets the value in this index is incremented For index 4 Drive object BICO interconnections When changing r3977 the value in this index is incremented For index 5 Drive object activity When changing p0105 the value in this index is incremented For index 6 Drive object data save 0 There are no parameter changes to save 1 There are parameter changes to sav...

Page 794: ... p0172 or p0173 the value in this index is incremented For index 2 Drive object name When changing p0199 the value in this index is incremented For index 3 Drive object structure When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure e g number of data sets the value in this index is incremented For index 4 Drive object BICO interconnections When changing r3977 the value in this index is inc...

Page 795: ...structure When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure e g number of data sets the value in this index is incremented For index 4 Drive object BICO interconnections When changing r3977 the value in this index is incremented For index 5 Drive object activity When changing p0105 the value in this index is incremented For index 6 Drive object data save 0 There are no parameter changes...

Page 796: ...n this index is incremented For index 3 Drive object structure When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure e g number of data sets the value in this index is incremented For index 4 Drive object BICO interconnections When changing r3977 the value in this index is incremented For index 6 Drive object data save 0 There are no parameter changes to save 1 There are parameter changes t...

Page 797: ...ncremented For index 2 Drive object name When changing p0199 the value in this index is incremented For index 3 Drive object structure When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure e g number of data sets the value in this index is incremented For index 4 Drive object BICO interconnections When changing r3977 the value in this index is incremented For index 6 Drive object data save ...

Page 798: ...g to their type as follows CONTROL UNIT INFEED SERVO VECTOR TM HUB CU_LINK if they are of the same type they are sorted in ascending order according to their drive object number i e the lower the number the higher the priority for processing Index 0 Drive object number Control Unit 1 Drive object number object 1 2 Drive object number object 2 3 Drive object number object 3 4 Drive object number ob...

Page 799: ... or FBLOCKS Note DCC Drive Control Chart FBLOCKS free blocks TEC Technology Extension Description Sets the signal source for bit serial input signals These signals are available in binector output r8510 0 7 for further interconnection Index 0 To BO r8510 0 1 To BO r8510 1 2 To BO r8510 2 3 To BO r8510 3 4 To BO r8510 4 5 To BO r8510 5 6 To BO r8510 6 7 To BO r8510 7 Dependency Refer to r8510 r7901...

Page 800: ...or wordwise input signals This signal value is available in connector output r8513 for further interconnection Dependency Refer to r8513 p8501 0 21 BI Input signal bit serially 1 Input_sig bit 1 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 2195 P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling...

Page 801: ...g word 3 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Integer32 Dyn index Func diagram 2195 P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling PERCENT Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r8510 0 7 BO Output signal bit serially 0 Outp_sig bit 0 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access ...

Page 802: ...m BI p8501 16 ON OFF 17 From BI p8501 17 ON OFF 18 From BI p8501 18 ON OFF 19 From BI p8501 19 ON OFF 20 From BI p8501 20 ON OFF 21 From BI p8501 21 ON OFF r8512 CO Output signal wordwise 0 Outp_sig word 0 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2195 P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Sc...

Page 803: ..._G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 1001 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 LOCAL save Yes No 01 Start in LOCAL Yes No 02 Change in oper Yes No 03 OFF acts like OFF1 Yes No 04 OFF acts like OFF2...

Page 804: ...nector Input BI Macro BI VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting r8572 0 39 Macro Connector Inputs CI for speed setpoints Macro CI n_set VECTOR_G B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Gr...

Page 805: ...gnal There is no fault outside the range 8700 8799 1 signal There is at least one fault outside the range 8700 8799 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1001 hex Description Sets the SYNC object parameter for the following CANopen objects 1005 hex COB ID Note SINAMICS operates as SYNC load COB ID CAN object identification r8600 CAN device type Device type CU_G130_PN CAN CU_G150_PN CAN CU_G130_DP...

Page 806: ...ing event service if the heartbeat protocol is deactivated p8606 0 Description Sets the time ms to cyclically send heartbeat telegrams The smallest cycle is 100 ms For p8606 0 heartbeat telegrams are not sent Dependency Refer to p8604 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1017 hex Activating the heartbeat protocol automatically deactivates the node guarding p8603 CAN COB ID Emergency Message COB ...

Page 807: ...0 1 Index 1 The automatic CAN bus start function is activated using p8608 1 1 At 2 second intervals the CAN controller is automatically restarted until the cause of the error has been resolved and a CAN connection has been established Value 0 Inactive 1 Start CAN controller Index 0 Manual controller start function 1 Activating the automatic controller start function Note For index 0 This parameter...

Page 808: ...0 hex Alarm A08700 F with alarm value 2 present 1000 hex Generic error 1 present there is at least one fault outside the range 8700 8799 1001 hex Generic error 2 present there is at least one alarm in the range 8700 8799 with the exception of A08751 A08752 A08700 All drive objects are acknowledged by writing the value 0 to index 0 As soon as a fault has been acknowledged or an alarm cleared then i...

Page 809: ...ive 3 25 Fault 5 drive 3 26 Fault 6 drive 3 27 Fault 7 drive 3 28 Fault 8 drive 3 29 Number of faults drive 4 30 Fault 1 drive 4 31 Fault 2 drive 4 32 Fault 3 drive 4 33 Fault 4 drive 4 34 Fault 5 drive 4 35 Fault 6 drive 4 36 Fault 7 drive 4 37 Fault 8 drive 4 38 Number of faults drive 5 39 Fault 1 drive 5 40 Fault 2 drive 5 41 Fault 3 drive 5 42 Fault 4 drive 5 43 Fault 5 drive 5 44 Fault 6 driv...

Page 810: ...y Refer to r8610 Note SDO Service Data Object Regarding the drive object Control Unit Corresponds to the CANopen object 1201 hex Regarding the drive object with closed loop control functions Corresponds to the CANopen object 1202 hex 1 x x Drive number 0 7 Description Display or setting of the CANopen Node ID The Node ID can be set as follows 1 Using the address switch on the Control Unit p8620 ca...

Page 811: ... appropriate bit timings are selected that are defined in p8623 in the associated sub index Example Bit rate 20 kbit s p8622 6 associated bit timing is in p8623 6 Value 0 1 Mbit s 1 800 kbit s 2 500 kbit s 3 250 kbit s 4 125 kbit s 5 50 kbit s 6 20 kbit s 7 10 kbit s Dependency Refer to p8623 Note The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting r8621 CAN Node ID active Node ID activ...

Page 812: ...ry setting Description Sets the drive object selection index 0 the sub index area index 1 and the parameter area index 2 when using virtual objects This means that it is possible to access all SINAMICS parameters via CAN Index 0 drive object number 0 Not possible to access virtual CANopen objects 1 Device 2 65535 Drive object number of drive 1 8 p8623 0 7 CAN Bit Timing selection Bit timing select...

Page 813: ...ndex 0 Control register 1 Status register 2 Error counter 3 Bit timing register 4 Interrupt register 5 Test register 6 Baud rate prescaler extension register 7 Interface 1 command request register 8 Interface 1 command mask register 9 Interface 1 mask 1 register 10 Interface 1 mask 2 register 11 Interface 1 arbitration 1 register 12 Interface 1 arbitration 2 register 13 Interface 1 message control...

Page 814: ...ription Sets the CANopen NMT state that is effective after booting Value 4 Stopped 5 Operational 127 Pre operational Dependency Refer to p8685 Note Booting in the NMT state pre operational corresponds to the CANopen standard Description Sets and displays the CANopen NMT state Value 0 Initialization 4 Stopped 5 Operational 127 Pre operational 128 Reset node 129 Reset Communication Note The value 0 ...

Page 815: ... can only be set for the available existing channel Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1401 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 FE and FF can be set PDO Process Data Object p8699 CAN RPDO monitoring time RPDO t_monit CU_G130_PN CAN CU_G150_PN CAN CU_G130_DP CAN CU_G150_DP CAN Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Grou...

Page 816: ... valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1404 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 FE and FF can be set PDO Process Data Object p8702 0 1 CAN Receive PDO 3 Receive PDO 3 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9204 9206 P Group Communications Unit group ...

Page 817: ...ncy A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1407 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 FE and FF can be set PDO Process Data Object p8705 0 1 CAN Receive PDO 6 Receive PDO 6 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9204 P Group Communications Unit group ...

Page 818: ...ect 3 3 Mapped object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1602 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Dummy mapping not supported The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid p8710 0 3 CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 1 Mapping RPDO 1 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9204 9206 P Grou...

Page 819: ...d object 3 3 Mapped object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1605 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Dummy mapping not supported The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid p8713 0 3 CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 4 Mapping RPDO 4 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9204 9206 P...

Page 820: ... timer in ms Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off p8716 0 3 CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 7 Mapping RPDO 7 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9204 P...

Page 821: ...O transmission type 2 Inhibit time in 100 µs 3 Reserved 4 Event timer in ms Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1802 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 F0 FE...

Page 822: ...y A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1804 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 F0 FE and FF can be set p8848 CANopen sampling time PDO Process Data Object p8723 0 4 CAN ...

Page 823: ...ncy A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1806 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 F0 FE and FF can be set p8848 CANopen sampling time PDO Process Data Object p8725 0 4 CA...

Page 824: ...en Transmit Process Data Object 2 TPDO 2 Index 0 Mapped object 1 1 Mapped object 2 2 Mapped object 3 3 Mapped object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A01 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid p8727 0 4 CAN Transmit PDO 8 Transmit PDO 8 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data ...

Page 825: ...ed object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A04 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid p8732 0 3 CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 3 Mapping TPDO 3 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9208 9210 P Group Communications Unit group Unit select...

Page 826: ... Mapped object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A07 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid p8735 0 3 CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 6 Mapping TPDO 6 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed C1 3 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 9208 P Group Communications Unit group Unit select...

Page 827: ...ice module Index 0 Drive object number for device module 0 1 Drive object number for device module 1 2 Drive object number for device module 2 3 Drive object number for device module 3 4 Drive object number for device module 4 5 Drive object number for device module 5 6 Drive object number for device module 6 7 Drive object number for device module 7 r8739 Minimum CAN processing time t_processing ...

Page 828: ...e CANopen object 5806 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5807 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 8 corresponds to the CANopen object 5808 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 9 corresponds to the CANopen object 5809 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 10 corresponds to the CANopen object 580A hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 11 corresponds to the C...

Page 829: ...5818 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 9 corresponds to the CANopen object 5819 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 10 corresponds to the CANopen object 581A hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 11 corresponds to the CANopen object 581B hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 12 corresponds to the CANopen object 581C hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 13 corresponds to the CANopen object 5...

Page 830: ...Nopen object 5831 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5832 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5833 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5834 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5835 hex 80 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen...

Page 831: ...er Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 3 PZD 4 5 4 PZD 5 6 5 PZD 6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 11 PZD 12 13 12 PZD 13 14 13 PZD 14 15 14 PZD 15 16 r8751 0 15 CAN mapped 16 bit transmit objects TPDO 16 mapped VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor t...

Page 832: ...m P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8762 CO CAN operating mode display Op mode display VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8784 CO CAN status w...

Page 833: ...s the signal source for bit 15 of the CANopen status word Dependency Refer to r8784 10 Target reached Yes No 11 Torque limit reached Yes No 12 Velocity equal to zero Yes No 14 Can be freely interconnected BI p8786 Yes No 15 Can be freely interconnected BI p8787 Yes No p8785 BI CAN status word bit 8 Status word bit 8 VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binar...

Page 834: ...s This also causes the project download of the commissioning software to be canceled Description Setting for the CANopen control word bit 8 Stop CANopen STW 8 Value 1 No interconn 1 Interconnection CANopen STW 8 with p1142 3 Interconnection CANopen STW 8 with p1140 Dependency Refer to r8750 r8795 r8850 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 605D hex 800 hex x x drive number 0 7 The BICO interconne...

Page 835: ...l mod I16 set VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling 4000H Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8795 0 15 CO BO CAN control word Control word VECTOR_G CAN Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not f...

Page 836: ... Counter 1 Denominator Description Parameters for the PROFINET data set Identification and Maintenance 1 I M 1 This information is known as System identifier and Location identifier Dependency Refer to p8807 p8808 Notice Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used 32 dec to 126 dec Note An ASCII table excerpt can be found for example in the appendix to the List Manual...

Page 837: ... comments ASCII Description Parameters for the PROFINET data set Identification and Maintenance 4 I M 4 This information is known as Signature Note Parameter p8809 contains the information described below For p8809 0 3 Contains the value from r9781 0 SI change tracking checksum functional For p8809 4 7 Contains the value from r9782 0 SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional p8807 0 15 Ide...

Page 838: ...r is not influenced by setting the factory setting For index 0 Is applicable for the synchronization of the application The SINAMICS Link itself is always synchronous For index 1 The value must be set the same for all participants When newly selecting the project p8811 p8812 1 is set to the factory setting For p8811 8 12 16 the following applies Min max factory setting 500 500 500 µs For p8811 64 ...

Page 839: ...fective after a POWER ON Description Selects the firmware version for the CBE20 Value 1 PROFINET Device 2 PROFINET gate 3 SINAMICS Link 4 EtherNet IP 5 Modbus TCP 99 Customer specific from the OEM directory p8815 0 1 IF1 IF2 PZD functionality selection IF1 IF2 PZD fct CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed C1 1 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagra...

Page 840: ...setpoints and sign of life 2 Do not freeze setpoints Recommendation Do not change the setting p2037 0 Note If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 with bit 10 master control by PLC then p2037 should be set to 2 Description Assignment of the hardware for cyclic communications via PZD interface 1 IF1 and interface 2 IF2 Value 0 Inactive 1 Control Unit onboard 2 COMM BOAR...

Page 841: ...0 the configuration data are not relevant Description Activate a modified send configuration for COMM BOARD With p8842 1 the values in p8841 are transferred to the COMM BOARD and activated After this p8842 is automatically set to zero Dependency Refer to p8841 Note For CBE20 certain SINAMICS parameters are newly evaluated and activated An existing cyclic bus connection is interrupted p8840 COMM BO...

Page 842: ...Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram 2410 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Setpoint failure Yes No 01 Clock cycle synchronous operation active Yes No 02 Fieldbus oper Yes No p8844 IF2 fault delay IF2 F delay VECTOR_G B_INF ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 D...

Page 843: ...d format Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 r8850 0 19 CO IF2 PZD receive word IF2 PZD recv word CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 2491 P Group Communications Unit ...

Page 844: ...ZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 Note IF2 Interface 2 PZD1 to PZD2 are displayed bit serially in r8890 to r8891 Description Connector output for interconnecting the PZD setpoints received via interface 2 in the word format Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 Note IF2 Interface 2 PZD1 to PZD2 are displayed bit serially in r8890 to r8891 r8850 0 9 CO IF2 PZD re...

Page 845: ...n the word format Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 Note IF2 Interface 2 r8850 0 3 CO IF2 PZD receive word IF2 PZD recv word ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn ind...

Page 846: ...face 2 Description Selects the PZD actual values to be sent via interface 2 in the word format Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 p8851 0 31 CI IF2 PZD send word IF2 PZD send word VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 2487 9208 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling...

Page 847: ... IF2 PZD send word IF2 PZD send word TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 2493 9210 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling 4000H Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 p8851 0 11 CI IF2 PZD send word IF2 PZD send word ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type U...

Page 848: ...ZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r8853 0 31 IF2 diagnostic...

Page 849: ...al 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r8853 0 9 IF2 diagnostics PZD send IF2 diag PZD send B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dy...

Page 850: ...TM120 TM150 TB30 Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2493 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 B...

Page 851: ...ignal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r8854 COMM BOARD state CB state CU_G130_PN COMM BOARD PN CBE20 CU_G150_PN COMM BOARD PN CBE20 CU_G130_DP C...

Page 852: ... 2 in the double word format Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 3 PZD 4 5 4 PZD 5 6 5 PZD 6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 11 PZD 12 13 12 PZD 13 14 13 PZD 14 15 14 PZD 15 16 15 PZD 16 17 16 PZD 17 18 17 PZD 18 19 18 PZD 19 20 19 PZD 20 21 20 PZD 21 22 21 PZD 22 23 22 PZD 23 24 r8859 0 7 COMM BOARD identification data CB ident data CU_G130_PN COMM BOARD PN CBE20 CU_G150...

Page 853: ...er have Integer or FloatingPoint data types A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r8850 or r8860 Note IF2 Interface 2 Description Selects the PZD actual values to be sent via interface 2 in the double word format Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 3 PZD 4 5 4 PZD 5 6 5 PZD 6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 11 PZD 12 13 12 PZD 13 14 13 PZD ...

Page 854: ...ce A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p8851 or p8861 Note IF2 Interface 2 Description Displays the PZD sent via interface 2 actual values with double word format Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 3 PZD 4 5 4 PZD 5 6 5 PZD 6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 p8861 0 10 CI IF2 PZD send double word IF2 PZD send DW ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Da...

Page 855: ...e function can be used Note IF2 Interface 2 Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF 16 Bit 16 ON OFF 17 Bit 17 ON OFF 18 Bit 18 ON ...

Page 856: ... Dyn index Func diagram 2487 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF...

Page 857: ... used 1 32 telegram word A pair of values p8870 index p8872 index may only be used once in single a device A change only becomes effective after POWER ON reset project download or p8842 1 r8867 0 1 IF2 PZD maximum interconnected IF2 PZDmaxIntercon CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn i...

Page 858: ...1 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 25 PZD 26 26 PZD 27 27 PZD 28 28 PZD 29 29 PZD 30 30 PZD 31 31 PZD 32 Dependency Refer to p8872 Note Value range 0 Not used 1 32 telegram word A pair of values p8870 index p8872 index may only be used once in single a device A change only becomes effective afte...

Page 859: ...Assigns a PZD to a telegram word in the SINAMICS Link send telegram For p8839 0 2 COMM BOARD via interface 1 the following applies p8871 index assigns PZD p2051 index For p8839 1 2 COMM BOARD via interface 2 the following applies p8871 index assigns PZD p8851 index p8871 0 15 SINAMICS Link PZD send word PZD send word CU_G130_PN PN CBE20 CU_G150_PN PN CBE20 CU_G130_DP PN CBE20 CU_G150_DP PN CBE20 B...

Page 860: ... may only be used once within a single device A change only becomes effective after POWER ON reset project download or p8842 1 Description Selects the address of the SINAMICS Link sender from which the process data PZD is received Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 p8872 0 15 SINAMICS Link PZD receive address PZD recv adr CU_G130_PN PN CBE20 CU_G150_PN PN CBE20 CU_G130_D...

Page 861: ...ZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 25 PZD 26 26 PZD 27 27 PZD 28 28 PZD 29 29 PZD 30 30 PZD 31 31 PZD 32 Dependency Refer to p8870 Note Value range 0 Not used 1 64 address A change only becomes effective after POWER ON reset project download or p8842 1 p8...

Page 862: ... 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 r8874 0 19 IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive IF2 diag addr recv CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type...

Page 863: ...D 1 1 PZD 2 r8874 0 9 IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive IF2 diag addr recv B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8874 0 4 IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive IF2 diag addr recv TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 Can be changed Calculat...

Page 864: ...PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 r8875 0 19 IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive IF diag offs recv CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for mo...

Page 865: ...escription Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the receive telegram Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 r8875 0 9 IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive IF diag offs recv B_INF Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8875 ...

Page 866: ...PZD 16 16 PZD 17 17 PZD 18 18 PZD 19 19 PZD 20 20 PZD 21 21 PZD 22 22 PZD 23 23 PZD 24 24 PZD 25 r8875 0 3 IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive IF diag offs recv ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8876 0 24 IF2 diagnostics t...

Page 867: ...242 Byte offset 255 Not assigned Description Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the send telegram Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 r8876 0 31 IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send IF2 diag offs send VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Exp...

Page 868: ... IF2 diag offs send TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8876 0 11 IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send IF2 diag offs send ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram...

Page 869: ...d 3 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 8 Bit 8 9 Bit 9 p8881 0 15 BI IF2 binector connector converter status word 2 Bin con ZSW2 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 2489 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not fo...

Page 870: ...Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 8 Bit 8 9 Bit 9 10 Bit 10 11 Bit 11 12 Bit 12 13 Bit 13 14 Bit 14 15 Bit 15 p8883 0 15 BI IF2 binector connector converter status word 4 Bin con ZSW4 CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Binary Dyn index Func diagram 2489 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selectio...

Page 871: ...00 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted 01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted 02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted 03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted 04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted 05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted 06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted 07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted 08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted 09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted 10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted...

Page 872: ...9204 9206 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 1...

Page 873: ... selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r8893 0 15 BO I...

Page 874: ... Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF...

Page 875: ...ut Con bin outp inv CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2485 2491 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 Inverte...

Page 876: ...is activated with p8905 1 The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the subnet mask for the Industrial Ethernet interface X127 on the Control Unit The actual subnet mask is displayed in r8913 Dependency Refer to p8905 r8913 p8900 0 239 IE Name of Station IE Name Stat CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data ...

Page 877: ...s set 1 or 2 For p8905 1 The interface configuration p8900 and following is activated For p8905 2 The interface configuration p8900 and following is activated and saved to non volatile memory For p8905 3 The interface configuration is reset to the factory setting at all points The factory settings for the interface configuration are loaded on activation p8905 1 or at the next POWER ON Description ...

Page 878: ...he Industrial Ethernet interface X127 on the Control Unit r8909 PN device ID PN device ID CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8910 0 239 IE Name of Station actual IE Name Stat act CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G1...

Page 879: ...PN PROFINET r8913 0 3 IE Subnet Mask actual IE Subnet Mask act CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 255 r8914 IE DHCP mode actual IE DHCP mode act CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Ca...

Page 880: ...enced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the DHCP mode for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit The actual DHCP mode is displayed in r8934 Value 0 DHCP off 2 DHCP on identification using MAC address 3 DHCP on identification via name of station p8921 0 3 PN IP address PN IP addr CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn ind...

Page 881: ...onfiguration p8920 and following is activated For p8925 2 The interface configuration p8920 and following is activated and saved to non volatile memory For p8925 3 Restores all memory locations for the interface configuration to the factory settings The factory settings for the interface configuration are loaded on activation p8925 1 or at the next POWER ON Description Sets the number of remote co...

Page 882: ...Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r8931 0 3 PN IP address actual PN IP addr act CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min M...

Page 883: ...following states are displayed for system redundancy Primary controller r8936 x 13 Backup controller r8936 x 11 If value 10 If the connection remains in this state then when using PROFINET IRT the following can apply topology error incorrect port assignment synchronization missing Description Display to diagnose the cyclic PROFINET connections Index 0 Number of cyclic connections 1 Number of send ...

Page 884: ...rpt can be found for example in the appendix to the List Manual The interface configuration p8940 and following is activated with p8945 The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the IP address for the Communication Board Ethernet 20 25 CBE20 CBE25 Dependency Refer to p8945 r8951 r8939 PN DAP ID PN DAP ID CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN Can be changed Calculated Access l...

Page 885: ...e When the DHCP mode is active p8944 not equal to 0 then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible However the interface can be used by the STARTER SCOUT commissioning tool Note The interface configuration p8940 and following is activated with p8945 The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting p8942 0 3 CBE2x Default Gateway CBE2x Def Gateway CU_G130_PN PN C...

Page 886: ...5 3 The factory setting of the interface configuration is loaded after the next POWER ON Description Displays the actual station name for the Communication Board Ethernet 20 25 CBE20 CBE25 Description Displays the actual IP address for the Communication Board Ethernet 20 25 CBE20 CBE25 p8945 CBE2x interface configuration CBE2x int config CU_G130_PN PN CBE20 CU_G150_PN PN CBE20 CU_G130_DP PN CBE20 ...

Page 887: ...dex Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 255 r8953 0 3 CBE2x Subnet Mask actual CBE2x Sub Mask act CU_G130_PN PN CBE20 CU_G150_PN PN CBE20 CU_G130_DP PN CBE20 CU_G150_DP PN CBE20 Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling...

Page 888: ...e 0 No 1 Yes Recommendation A value of 1 is recommended if problems are encountered with the PROFIsafe connection when synchronizing r8960 0 2 PN subslot controller assignment PN subslot assign CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not...

Page 889: ...BE2x subslot controller assignment CBE2x subslot CU_G130_PN PN CBE20 CU_G150_PN PN CBE20 CU_G130_DP PN CBE20 CU_G150_DP PN CBE20 VECTOR_G PN CBE20 B_INF PN CBE20 TM31 PN CBE20 TM120 PN CBE20 TM150 PN CBE20 TB30 PN CBE20 ENC PN CBE20 Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max ...

Page 890: ...7 24 Hardware serial number r9208 25 Envelope article number r9207 28 Firmware version r9207 p8986 Web server configuration Web serv config CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0101 bin Bit field Bit Signal ...

Page 891: ...ets the component number for a component to get its status LED to flash Dependency Refer to p9211 r9207 Topology direct access integer value Topo access int CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Topology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r9208 ...

Page 892: ...eter Id Index 1 Number of messages sent p9211 Flash function Flash fct CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Topology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 1 1 1 r9220 Statistics number of entries Stat entries qty CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_D...

Page 893: ...fe motion monitoring Dependency Refer to p9501 Refer to F01682 F01683 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive p9300 SI Motion monitoring clock cycle Motor Module SI Mtn clock MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection...

Page 894: ... position via PROFIsafe when the absolute position is enabled The value should be set so that it is precisely at 2 n revolutions so that when the range that can be represented 2048 overflows this does not cause the position actual value to jump The modulo function is deactivated for a value 0 Dependency Refer to F01681 Notice When the SLP function is activated the modulo function must be deactivat...

Page 895: ...when selecting function SS1 or activating a STOP B an SS1E or a STOP B with Stop which should be externally initiated is triggered instead of SS1 with a drive based braking response As a consequence brake monitoring SBR SAM is deactivated SS1E Safe Stop 1 external Safe Stop 1 with external stop For bit 05 This bit defines the type of modulation which the sensorless actual value sensing evaluates F...

Page 896: ...ndicates active and the system goes into the STO state Description Sets the clock cycle time of the actual value sensing for safe motion monitoring Setting criteria if the motion monitoring functions are executed with an encoder a slower clock cycle time reduces the maximum permissible velocity however it ensures a lower load of the Control Unit for safe actual value sensing the maximum permissibl...

Page 897: ...ted Speed Description Sets the non safety relevant measuring steps of position value POS1 The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on processor 2 must be parameterized in this parameter Dependency Refer to p9513 Description Sets the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Mot...

Page 898: ...ection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Incrementer Yes No 01 Encoder CRC least significant byte first Yes No 02 Redundant coarse position val most significant bit left aligned Yes No 04 Binary comparison not possible Yes No 05 Single channel encoder Yes No 16 DRIVE CLiQ en...

Page 899: ...he encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Motor Module Hydraulic Module must be parameterized in this parameter Dependency Refer to p9520 Notice The fourth decimal point can be rounded off depending on the size of the entered number from 3 places before the decimal point p9318 SI Motion encoder pulses per revolution Motor Module SI Mtn p rev MM VECTOR_G Can be changed...

Page 900: ...x 6 6 Gearbox 7 7 Gearbox 8 Dependency Refer to p9321 Note In the case of encoderless monitoring functions the pole pair number must be multiplied by the numerator of the gearbox ratio Example Gearbox ratio 1 4 pole pair number r0313 2 p9321 1 p9322 8 4 x 2 p9321 0 7 SI Motion gearbox encoder motor load denom Motor Module SI Mtn gearDenomMM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 D...

Page 901: ...en by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON For p9326 1 the following applies Motor Module uses an encoder for closed loop speed control it involves a 1 encoder system p9323 SI Motion red coarse position value valid bits Motor Module Valid bits MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsi...

Page 902: ...ons integrated in the drive Note SOS Safe Operating Stop p9328 0 11 SI Motion Sensor Module Node Identifier Motor Module SI Mtn SM Ident MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex 00FF hex 0000 hex p9329 SI Motion G...

Page 903: ...tions integrated in the drive Note The following applies to the setting of these limits p9334 x p9335 x p9334 x must lie in the valid traversing range 737280 737280 SLP Safely Limited Position SE Safe software limit switches p9331 0 3 SI Motion SLS limit values Motor Module SI Mtn SLS lim MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P ...

Page 904: ... Dependency Refer to p9501 p9534 p9562 Refer to C01715 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The following applies to the setting of these limits p9334 x p9335 x p9335 x must lie in the valid traversing range 737280 737280 SLP Safely Limited Position SE Safe software limit switches p9334 0 1 SI Motion SLP upper limit values M...

Page 905: ...fer to C01711 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note For a linear axis the tolerance is internally limited to 10 mm For a linear axis with rotating motor and factory setting of p9320 p9321 and p9322 the factory setting of p9342 corresponds to a position tolerance of 36 on the motor side p9339 0 7 SI Motion gearbox direction of...

Page 906: ...remental encoder the actual values are checked after referencing for an absolute encoder when switching on Dependency Refer to C01711 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON For linear axes the maximum value is limited to 1 mm p9342 SI Motion act val comparison tol crosswise Moto...

Page 907: ...in p9346 p9546 is also applicable for SAM SBR Dependency Refer to p9546 Caution The SAM SBR function is deactivated if the selected threshold value is undershot Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp monitoring SSM Safe Speed Monitor...

Page 908: ...resis for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill n nx Dependency Refer to C01711 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The velocity hysteresis is effective only if the function is enabled p9301 16 p9501 16 1 The parameter is included in the crosswise data comparison of the two monitoring channels SSM Safe Speed Monitor ...

Page 909: ...ions integrated in the drive Note If the actual value synchronization is not enabled p9301 3 0 then the value parameterized in p9342 is used as tolerance in the crosswise data comparison p9348 SI Motion SAM actual velocity tolerance Motor Module SI Mtn SAM tol MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit ...

Page 910: ... Stop Description Sets the transition time from STOP D to Safe Operating Stop SOS Dependency Refer to p9553 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SOS Safe Operating Stop p9351 SI Motion SLS SG changeover SOS SBH delay time MM SI SLS SOS t ...

Page 911: ...he test stop Dependency Refer to p9557 Refer to C01798 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive p9354 SI Motion transition time STOP E to SOS Motor Module SI Mtn t E SOS MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not f...

Page 912: ...is speed standstill is assumed and for STOP B SS1 the pulses are suppressed by changing to STOP A Dependency Refer to p9356 p9560 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The shutdown speed has no effect for a value 0 SS1 Safe Stop 1 p9358 SI Motion acceptance test mode time limit Motor Module SI Mtn acc t MM VECTOR_G Can be cha...

Page 913: ...OP A with delayed stop response when the bus fails 11 STOP B with delayed stop response when the bus fails 12 STOP C with delayed stop response when the bus fails 13 STOP D with delayed stop response when the bus fails 14 STOP E with delayed stop response when the bus fails Index 0 Limit value SLS1 1 Limit value SLS2 2 Limit value SLS3 3 Limit value SLS4 Dependency Refer to p9331 p9380 p9563 Notic...

Page 914: ...or braking any motion Dependency Refer to p9364 p9366 Refer to C30716 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction p9364 SI Motion SDI tolerance Motor Module SI Mtn SDI tol MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95...

Page 915: ...rated in the drive Note SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp monitoring SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring For p9568 p9368 0 the following applies The value in p9546 p9346 SSM is applied as the velocity limit for SAM SBR Description Sets the velocity limit for the SAM and SBR functions SAM is...

Page 916: ...ndency Refer to r9713 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The parameter is only effective when PROFIsafe telegram 901 is selected By selecting a suitable scaling of the 32 bit position actual value r9713 0 it must be ensured that the scaled position actual value is not greater than 16 bit The scaling is realized by dividing...

Page 917: ...function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Description Sets the reference value to define the brake ramp The rate of rise of the brake ramp depends upon p9381 reference value and p9383 monitoring time Dependency Refer to p9382 p9383 p9377 SI Motion SLP delay time Motor Module SI mtn SLP t MM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index F...

Page 918: ... overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Reducing this value can adversely affect the actual value sensing and the plausibility check When the value is increased this results in a longer evaluation delay and a higher velocity deviation r9787 Note This parameter is only effective for encoderless actual value sensing p9506 p9306 1 3 For synchronous motors the...

Page 919: ...value must be increased if C30711 has occurred with message value 1042 the value must be decreased if C30711 has occurred with message value 1041 For synchronous motors the following condition must be fulfilled p0305 x p9783 p9388 x 1 2 Recommendation If required the correct value of the motor minimum current should be determined by making the appropriate measurements Dependency Refer to r9785 Ref...

Page 920: ...scription Displays the Safety Integrated version for the safe monitoring functions Index 0 Safety Version major release 1 Safety Version minor release 2 Safety Version baselevel or patch 3 Safety Version hotfix Dependency Refer to r9590 r9770 r9870 r9890 Note Example r9390 0 2 r9390 1 60 r9390 2 1 r9390 3 0 SI Motion version V02 60 01 00 Description Displays the checksum for the checked Safety Int...

Page 921: ...that could not be transferred when the parameter backup files PS files were read from the non volatile memory e g memory card If from an indexed parameter at least one index was not able to be transferred then the parameter number is displayed in r9406 n and the first index that was not transferred is displayed in r9407 n r9406 0 0 All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error free...

Page 922: ...ated which is then the starting point for the list of modified parameters Note The modified parameters that still need to be saved are internally listed in r9410 r9419 Description Displays the parameters for which the re calculation was unsuccessful after an internal system reference value change Dependency Refer to F07086 r9408 0 19 PS file fault code parameter not transferred PS fault code All o...

Page 923: ...connection 2 signal sink BICO coded r9843 1 Interconnection 2 signal source BICO coded r9451 0 29 Units changeover adapted parameters Unit_chngov par VECTOR_G B_INF ENC Can be changed Calculated Access level 1 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r9481 Number of BICO interconnections BICO coun...

Page 924: ...1 r9492 p9493 p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source BICO S_src srch CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL ENC Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 0 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 r9485 BICO inte...

Page 925: ...ng signal source p9493 x can be set to modify the interconnection Description Setting to reset the BICO interconnections to other drives Each interconnection can be individually reset Value 0 Set connection to 0 1 Set connection to 1 100 2 Set connection to factory setting 15 Finished Dependency Refer to r9490 r9491 r9492 Note All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection r9491 ...

Page 926: ... are listed in p9499 0 29 signal source After p9496 1 2 the following applies p9497 0 p9496 0 Description Displays the number of saved BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have been deactivated BO CO parameters are on the drive object that is either not capable of operation or has been deactivated signal source p9495 BICO behavior for deactivated drive...

Page 927: ...after a POWER ON The monitoring clock cycle must be a multiple of the actual value sensing clock cycle see the parameter description for p9511 p9498 0 29 BICO BI CI parameters to deactivated drive objects BI CI to deact obj CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP VECTOR_G B_INF TM31 TM120 TM150 TB30 ENC Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Gr...

Page 928: ...Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Enable SOS SLS SBH SG Enable Inhibit 01 Enable SLP SE Enable Inhibit 02 Enable absolute position Enable Inhibit 03 Enab...

Page 929: ...0 Enable SCA1 SN1 Enable Inhibit 01 Enable SCA2 SN2 Enable Inhibit 02 Enable SCA3 SN3 Enable Inhibit 03 Enable SCA4 SN4 Enable Inhibit 04 Enable SCA5 SN5 Enable Inhibit 05 Enable SCA6 SN6 Enable Inhibit 06 Enable SCA7 SN7 Enable Inhibit 07 Enable SCA8 SN8 Enable Inhibit 08 Enable SCA9 SN9 Enable Inhibit 09 Enable SCA10 SN10 Enable Inhibit 10 Enable SCA11 SN11 Enable Inhibit 11 Enable SCA12 SN12 En...

Page 930: ... the actual velocity is calculated for a synchronous motor This value depends on the setting in p0300 Bit 0 should be set if no motor is defined p0300 0 For bit 03 When the bit is activated when selecting function SS1 or activating a STOP B an SS1E or a STOP B with Stop which should be externally initiated is triggered instead of SS1 with a drive based braking response As a consequence brake monit...

Page 931: ...ring pulse suppression The feedback signal last displayed before pulse suppression is kept and the system goes into the STO state For bit 08 For bit 1 and with the SDI safety function activated the following applies During pulse suppression monitoring is switched off and the status signal indicates inactive For bit 0 and with the SDI safety function activated the following applies Monitoring conti...

Page 932: ...s p9601 2 1 The monitoring clock cycle from p9500 must be an integer multiple of this parameter In the case of motion monitoring functions with encoder the clock cycle time for actual value sensing must be an integer multiple of the current controller clock cycle and at least 4 times slower than the current controller clock cycle A factor of at least 8 is recommended The clock cycle time of the ac...

Page 933: ...lies p9514 is checked to see that it matches r0422 Description Sets the encoder configuration for the redundant coarse position value The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Control Unit must be parameterized in this parameter p9513 SI Motion non safety relevant measuring steps POS1 CU nsrPOS1 VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsign...

Page 934: ... The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Control Unit must be parameterized in this parameter Dependency Refer to p0407 p9516 Refer to F01671 Note For safety functions that have not been enabled p9501 0 the following applies When booting p9517 is automatically set the same as p0407 For safety functions that are enabled p9501 0 the following applies p9517 is checked...

Page 935: ...whether it coincides with p0418 G1_XIST1 Encoder 1 position actual value 1 PROFIdrive Description Sets the gear ratio between the encoder and load in mm revolution for a linear axis with rotary encoder Notice The fourth decimal point can be rounded off depending on the size of the entered number from 3 places before the decimal point p9518 SI Motion encoder pulses per revolution Control Unit SI Mt...

Page 936: ...s the number of valid bits of the redundant coarse position value The encoder that is used for the safe motion monitoring functions on the Control Unit must be parameterized in this parameter Dependency Refer to r0470 p9323 p9521 0 7 SI Motion gearbox enc motor load denominator Control Unit SI Mtn gear den CU VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Fu...

Page 937: ...fe motion monitoring functions Dependency For the safe motion monitoring functions the redundant safety position actual value sensing must be activated in the appropriate encoder data set p0430 19 1 Refer to p0187 p0188 p0189 p0430 Note For p9526 1 the encoder for the closed loop speed control is used for the second channel of the motion monitoring functions 1 encoder system A change only becomes ...

Page 938: ... to p9532 p9561 p9563 Refer to C01714 p9529 SI Motion Gx_XIST1 coarse pos safe most significant bit CU Gx_XIST1 MSB CU VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 31 14 p9530 SI Motion standstill tolerance Control Unit SI Mtn...

Page 939: ... using the safety relevant inputs SGE SLS Safely Limited Speed SG Safely reduced speed Description This is an evaluation factor to define the setpoint limit from the selected actual speed limit The active SLS limit value is evaluated with this factor and is made available as setpoint limit in r9733 p9531 0 3 SI Motion SLS SG limit values Control Unit SI Mtn SLS lim CU VECTOR_G Safety rot Can be ch...

Page 940: ...t lie in the valid traversing range 737280 737280 SLP Safely Limited Position SE Safe software limit switches Description Sets the upper limit for the function Safely Limited Position SLP Index 0 Limit value SLP1 SE1 1 Limit value SLP2 SE2 Dependency Refer to p9501 p9535 p9562 Refer to C01715 Note The following applies to the setting of these limits p9534 x p9535 x p9534 x must lie in the valid tr...

Page 941: ...SCA5 SN5 5 Cam position SCA6 SN6 6 Cam position SCA7 SN7 7 Cam position SCA8 SN8 8 Cam position SCA9 SN9 9 Cam position SCA10 SN10 10 Cam position SCA11 SN11 11 Cam position SCA12 SN12 12 Cam position SCA13 SN13 p9535 0 1 SI Motion SLP SE lower limit values Control Unit SI Mtn SLP low lim VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2822 ...

Page 942: ...N6 6 Cam position SCA7 SN7 7 Cam position SCA8 SN8 8 Cam position SCA9 SN9 9 Cam position SCA10 SN10 10 Cam position SCA11 SN11 11 Cam position SCA12 SN12 12 Cam position SCA13 SN13 13 Cam position SCA14 SN14 14 Cam position SCA15 SN15 15 Cam position SCA16 SN16 16 Cam position SCA17 SN17 17 Cam position SCA18 SN18 18 Cam position SCA19 SN19 19 Cam position SCA20 SN20 20 Cam position SCA21 SN21 21...

Page 943: ...SCA29 SN29 29 Cam position SCA30 SN30 Dependency Refer to p9501 p9503 p9536 Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON SCA Safe Cam SN Safe software cam Description Sets the minus cam position for the function Safe Cam SCA Index 0 Cam position SCA1 SN1 1 Cam position SCA2 SN2 2 Cam position SCA3 SN3 3 Cam position SCA4 SN4 4 Cam position SCA5 SN5 5 Cam position SCA6 SN6 6 Cam position S...

Page 944: ...sition SCA17 SN17 17 Cam position SCA18 SN18 18 Cam position SCA19 SN19 19 Cam position SCA20 SN20 20 Cam position SCA21 SN21 21 Cam position SCA22 SN22 22 Cam position SCA23 SN23 23 Cam position SCA24 SN24 24 Cam position SCA25 SN25 25 Cam position SCA26 SN26 26 Cam position SCA27 SN27 27 Cam position SCA28 SN28 28 Cam position SCA29 SN29 29 Cam position SCA30 SN30 Dependency Refer to p9501 p9503...

Page 945: ... 0 is assigned cam track 2 If the position lies within the range of this cam a value of 7 is entered in the SGA cam range of the second cam track p9538 5 100 Cam 6 index 5 is assigned cam track 1 If the position lies within the range of this cam a value of 0 is entered in the SGA cam range of the first cam track p9538 0 29 SI Motion SCA SN cam track assignment Control Unit SI Mtn SCA assign VECTOR...

Page 946: ...ssignment SCA25 25 Track assignment SCA26 26 Track assignment SCA27 27 Track assignment SCA28 28 Track assignment SCA29 29 Track assignment SCA30 Dependency Refer to p9501 p9503 Refer to F01681 Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON SCA Safe Cam SN Safe software cam Description Sets the direction of rotation reversal for the gearbox 0 No direction of rotation reversal 1 Direction of...

Page 947: ...ata comparison of the actual position between the two monitoring channels For encoderless motion monitoring functions the tolerance must be set to a higher value 12 degrees rotary 1 mm linear p9540 SI Motion SCA SN tolerance Control Unit SI Mtn SCA tol CU VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit...

Page 948: ...Description Sets the tolerance for checking the actual values For an incremental encoder the actual values are checked after referencing for an absolute encoder when switching on Dependency Refer to C01711 Note A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON For linear axes the maximum value is limited to 1 mm p9542 SI Motion act val comparison tol crosswise Control Unit SI Mtn act tol CU VECTOR_...

Page 949: ...is deactivated if the selected threshold value is undershot Note F DO Failsafe Digital Output SGA Safety related output SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp monitoring SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety related feedback signal from the velocity monitoring SGA n nx Safety related output n nx p9544 SI Motion actual value comparison tolerance refer...

Page 950: ...s for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill n nx Dependency Refer to C01711 Note The velocity hysteresis is effective only if the function is enabled p9501 16 1 The parameter is included in the crosswise data comparison of the two monitoring channels SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the velocity monitoring p9546 SI Motion SSM SGA n nx velocity limit CU SI Mtn SSM ...

Page 951: ...ontrol Unit SI Mtn SAM tol CU VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 mm min 120000 00 mm min 300 00 mm min p9548 SI Motion SAM actual velocity tolerance Control Unit SI Mtn SAM tol CU VECTOR_G Safety rot Can be c...

Page 952: ...internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SOS Safe Operating Stop SBH Safe operating stop p9550 SI Motion SGE changeover tolerance time Control Unit SI Mtn SGE chg tol VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factor...

Page 953: ...toring clock cycle p9554 SI Motion transition time STOP E to SOS SBH Control Unit SI Mtn t E SOS CU VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 600000 00 ms 100 00 ms p9555 SI Motion transition time STOP F to STOP ...

Page 954: ...or the pulse suppression Below this speed standstill is assumed and for STOP B SS1 the pulses are suppressed by changing to STOP A p9558 SI Motion acceptance test mode time limit Control Unit SI Mtn acc t CU VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert l...

Page 955: ...ts the stop response for the function Safely Limited Position SLP Value 0 STOP A 1 STOP B 2 STOP C 3 STOP D 4 STOP E 10 STOP A with delayed stop response when the bus fails 11 STOP B with delayed stop response when the bus fails 12 STOP C with delayed stop response when the bus fails 13 STOP D with delayed stop response when the bus fails 14 STOP E with delayed stop response when the bus fails Ind...

Page 956: ... in the monitored direction is still permissible before safety message C01716 is initiated Dependency Refer to p9565 p9566 Refer to C01716 Note SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the tolerance for the function Safe motion direction SDI This motion in the monitored direction is still permissible before safety message C01716 is initiated Dependency Refer to p9565 p9566 Refer t...

Page 957: ... the safety functions e g via PROFIsafe or TM54F SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the velocity limit for the SAM and SBR functions SAM is deactivated once the set velocity limit has been undershot SBR is deactivated if the safe brake ramp falls below the set velocity limit Note SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp m...

Page 958: ...ays the status of the acceptance test mode Value 0 00 hex Acc_mode inactive 12 0C hex Acc_mode not possible due to POWER ON fault 13 0D hex Acc_mode not possible due to incorrect ID in p9570 15 0F hex Acc_mode not possible due to expired Acc_timer 172 AC hex Acc_mode active Dependency Refer to p9558 p9570 Refer to C01799 p9568 SI Motion SAM SBR velocity limit Control Unit SI Mtn SAM v_limCU VECTOR...

Page 959: ...ctor to transfer the safe position via PROFIsafe in the 16 bit notation Dependency Refer to r9713 p9572 SI Motion reference position Control Unit SI mtn rel_pos VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 737280 000 mm 73728...

Page 960: ...rnally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SLP Safely Limited Position Description Sets the delay time after which the stop response parameterized in p9612 for bus failure is executed Dependency Refer to p9561 p9563 Note In the extended sense a bus failure should be seen here as a communication error in the control signals of the safety functions e g via PROFIsafe or TM54F The mai...

Page 961: ...rake ramp reference value Control Unit SI Mtn ramp ref CU VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 600 0000 mm min 240000 0000 mm min 1500 0000 mm min p9581 SI Motion brake ramp reference value Control Unit SI Mtn ramp ...

Page 962: ...lity check and result in Safety message C01711 with the message value 1041 or 1042 Note This parameter is only effective for encoderless actual value sensing p9506 p9306 1 3 The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle Description Sets the filter time for smoothing the actual value with sensorless actual value sensing Notice A longer filter time results i...

Page 963: ...ation procedures have led to an excessive Safety actual velocity Recommendation The setting of this parameter depends on the motor and closed loop control and must be newly determined for each configuration To do this a measurement should be performed while the actual value jumps and the limit in r9785 0 must be set so low using p9589 so that it is exceeded by the value in r9785 1 a maximum of fou...

Page 964: ...Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 6 1 0009 hex Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals permissible for r9771 6 1 000C hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 4 1 000D hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe and basic functions via onboard terminals permissible for r9771 4 1 0024 hex Extended functions without...

Page 965: ... motor holding brake the same as sequence control connection via BICO and Safe Brake Control enabled p1215 3 p9602 1 p9802 1 is not practical It is not permissible to parameterize motor holding brake without feedback signals and also enable safe brake control p1278 1 p9602 1 p9802 1 CU Control Unit SBC Safe Brake Control SI Safety Integrated Description Sets the PROFIsafe address for the Control U...

Page 966: ...ime p9652 p9852 if a higher level control responds to a drive fault by withdrawing the controller enable signals for faults F01611 and F30611 the message type must be changed to alarm p2118 p2119 Description Sets the signal source for the following functions on the Control Unit STO Safe Torque Off SH Safe standstill SBC Safe Brake Control SS1 Safe Stop 1 time monitored Dependency Refer to p9601 p9...

Page 967: ...scription Sets the delay times for activating and deactivating the Safe Brake Adapter relay The relay specific minimum delay times for evaluating the feedback signal contacts have to be set They differ for the activation and deactivation of one and the same relay Index 0 Wait time activation 1 Wait time deactivation Dependency Refer to p9822 Note For a crosswise data comparison between p9622 and p...

Page 968: ...3 ramp and a motor holding brake that is possibly available can close then the delay time should be set as follows Motor holding brake parameterized delay time p1135 p1228 p1217 Motor holding brake not parameterized delay time p1135 p1228 Dependency Refer to p1135 p9852 Note Pulse cancellation after failure of PROFISafe communication is delayed by this time if Stop B after failure of the PROFISafe...

Page 969: ...ng this delay time STOP F Defect in a monitoring channel error in the crosswise data comparison STOP A STO as a result of a fault detected by Safety Integrated Description Sets the time interval for carrying out the forced checking procedure and testing the Safety switch off signal paths Within the parameterized time STO must have been de selected at least once The monitoring time is reset each ti...

Page 970: ...ssible that not all of the listed parameters are available Description CRC via Node Identifier of the Control Unit Note CU Control Unit r9660 SI forced checking procedure remaining time SI FCP remain VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max ...

Page 971: ...in Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p9672 SI module identifier Power Module Module ID PM VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p9673 SI module identifier Sensor Module channel 1 Module ID SM 1 VECTOR_G ...

Page 972: ...c parameters Note For value 57 hex 2E hex and D0 hex The value can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safety Integrated password was entered p9676 SI module identifier sensor channel 2 Module ID sensor 2 VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor typ...

Page 973: ...RC Dependency Refer to r9398 p9399 r9728 p9729 r9798 p9799 r9898 p9899 Note For value AC and DC hex These values can only be set if the safety commissioning mode is set and the Safety Integrated password was entered Description Setting to transfer the reference checksums from the associated actual checksums after changes SI parameters hardware After transferring the reference checksums parameters ...

Page 974: ...ge value 1005 Note It is not permissible to use TM54F inputs to start the test stop Description Display Index0 of the encoder actual value GX_Xist1 Index1 of the encoder actual value GX_Xist1 in the clock cycle from which the subsequently transferred reference position was received Index2 The difference between index1 and index0 while waiting for the reference position to be transferred Index1 and...

Page 975: ...index 5 The display of the maximum additional difference between the load side position actual value on the Control Unit and the load side position actual value in the second channel which can occur as a result of the actual value sensing delay in the EnDat 2 2 converter Input in p9542 p9708 3 p9708 5 after performing the measurement for the mechanical tolerance by performing a test run where afte...

Page 976: ...rred is displayed in p9708 3 CDC Crosswise Data Comparison Description Displays result list 1 that for the crosswise data comparison between the monitoring channels led to the fault Index 0 Result list second channel 1 Result list drive Dependency Refer to C01711 Note SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp monitoring SLP Safely Limited Position SLS Safely Limited Speed SOS Safe Operating Stop r9710 0...

Page 977: ...CA1 Yes No 01 Actual value lower limit SCA1 Yes No 02 Actual value upper limit SCA1 Yes No 03 Actual value lower limit SCA1 Yes No 04 Actual value upper limit SCA2 Yes No 05 Actual value lower limit SCA2 Yes No 06 Actual value upper limit SCA2 Yes No 07 Actual value lower limit SCA2 Yes No 08 Actual value upper limit SCA3 Yes No 09 Actual value lower limit SCA3 Yes No 10 Actual value upper limit S...

Page 978: ...ndex 4 Displays the load side position actual value when enabling the function Safe position via PROFIsafe The value is an average value from the values in index 0 and 1 For a 16 bit notation the value is influenced using the scaling factor p9574 p9374 When the function is not enabled the content corresponds to the value in index 0 For index 5 The display of the maximum additional difference betwe...

Page 979: ...for safety relevant motion monitoring functions Note TfS Traverse to fixed stop Description Control signal 2 for safety relevant motion monitoring functions r9714 0 2 CO SI motion diagnostics velocity SI Mtn diag v VECTOR_G Safety rot Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scal...

Page 980: ... brake from control Yes No 15 Select test stop Yes No 16 SGE valid Yes No 18 De select external STOP A Yes No 19 De select external STOP C Yes No 20 De select external STOP D Yes No 21 De select external STOP E Yes No 28 SLS SG override bit 0 Set Not set 29 SLS SG override bit 1 Set Not set 30 SLS SG override bit 2 Set Not set 31 SLS SG override bit 3 Set Not set r9720 0 28 CO BO SI Motion control...

Page 981: ... Not set 05 Velocity below limit value n_x Yes No 06 SLP active Yes No 07 Safely referenced Yes No 08 SDI positive active Yes No 09 SDI negative active Yes No 10 SLP active position area SLP2 SLP1 12 STOP A or STOP B or STO or SS1 active Yes No 2819 13 STOP C or SS2 active Yes No 2819 14 STOP D or SS2E active Yes No 2819 15 STOP E active Yes No r9722 0 31 CO BO SI Motion drive integrated status si...

Page 982: ...ation monitoring SBR Safe Brake Ramp safe brake ramp monitoring Description Displays the crosswise comparison clock cycle The value indicates the clock cycle time with which each individual CDC value is compared between the two monitoring channels Dependency Refer to p9500 Note Crosswise comparison clock cycle monitoring clock cycle p9500 number of data to be crosswise compared CDC Crosswise Data ...

Page 983: ...ect the user agreement Value 0 00 hex De select user agreement 172 AC hex Select user agreement Dependency Refer to r9727 Description Displays the internal state of the user agreement Value 0 User agreement is not set Value AC hex User agreement is set Dependency Refer to p9726 r9725 0 2 SI Motion diagnostics STOP F SI Mtn Diag STOP F VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Uns...

Page 984: ... redundant encoder coarse position can still be correctly detected as a result of the particular encoder parameterization This parameter is only of significance for enabled safety with encoder otherwise 0 Note If the value displayed is exceeded message C01711 is output indicating relevant subsequent faults r9728 0 2 SI Motion actual checksum SI parameters SI Mtn act CRC VECTOR_G Can be changed Cal...

Page 985: ...escription Displays the safe position accuracy load side As a result of the actual value sensing for safe motion monitoring functions this accuracy can be achieved as the maximum In the case of the two encoder system the accuracy of the poorer encoder is displayed based on the number of encoder pulses Note The parameter is only of significance for enabled safety with encoder otherwise 0 r9730 SI M...

Page 986: ...ry for safety without encoder index 1 is not relevant and is always the value of zero Description Displays the velocity resolution for safety relevant motion monitoring functions For index 0 Displays the safe velocity resolution load side Setpoints for velocity limits or parameter changes for velocities below this threshold have no effect For index 1 Displays the safe velocity accuracy based on th...

Page 987: ...ositive r9733 1 0 x Selected SLS stage Conversion factor from the motor side to the load side motor type rotary and axis type linear p9522 p9521 x p9520 otherwise p9522 p9521 Refer to p9531 p9533 Notice If p1051 r9733 0 is interconnected p1052 r9733 1 must also be interconnected and vice versa If only the absolute value of the setpoint velocity limiting is required r9733 2 must be interconnected N...

Page 988: ...rAgr MM VECTOR_G Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex 00AC hex 0000 hex r9741 SI Motion user agreement inside the drive MM SI Mtn UserAgr int VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index F...

Page 989: ...se safety message 8 r9747 8 r9748 8 r9749 8 r9753 8 r9754 8 r9755 8 r9756 8 1st acknowledged message case safety message 1 r9747 15 r9748 15 r9749 15 r9753 15 r9754 15 r9755 15 r9756 15 1st acknowledged message case safety message 8 r9747 56 r9748 56 r9749 56 r9753 56 r9754 56 r9755 56 r9756 56 7th acknowledged message case safety message 1 r9747 63 r9748 63 r9749 63 r9753 63 r9754 63 r9755 63 r97...

Page 990: ... 17 16 0 1 0 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 8 motor overload Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 0 0 1 PROFIdrive message class 9 communication error to the higher level control Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 0 1 0 PROFIdrive message class 10 safe monitoring channel has identified an error Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 0 1 1 PROFIdrive message class 11 incorrect position actual value speed actual value or not available Bits...

Page 991: ...7 r9748 r9749 p9752 r9754 r9755 r9756 Description Displays the relative system runtime in days when the safety message occurred Dependency Refer to r9744 r9747 r9748 r9749 p9752 r9753 r9755 r9756 Description Displays the relative system runtime in milliseconds when the safety message was removed Dependency Refer to r9744 r9747 r9748 r9749 p9752 r9753 r9754 r9756 p9752 SI message cases counter SI m...

Page 992: ...time removed in days SI t_msg rem days VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Messages Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p9761 SI password input SI password inp VECTOR_G Can be changed C1 T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2800 P Group Safety ...

Page 993: ...cy Refer to r9768 Note The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed 2 words r9765 SI Motion forced check procedure remaining time Control Unit SI Mtn dyn remain VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting h...

Page 994: ...R_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2804 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804 01 SBC supported Yes No 2804 02 Extended Functions supported p9501 0 Yes No 2804 03 SS1 supported Y...

Page 995: ... 2 1 and p9801 5 1 then for bit 0 and 1 the STO function applies r9772 0 23 CO BO SI status Control Unit SI status CU VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2804 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO or safe puls...

Page 996: ...edy Before deactivating remove this drive from the group Note A group is formed by appropriately grouping the terminals for the function Safe Torque Off STO The status of a group of n drives is for drives 1 to n 1 displayed with a delay of one monitoring clock cycle this is a system related effect r9773 0 31 CO BO SI status Control Unit Motor Module SI status CU MM VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculat...

Page 997: ... been enabled and are active For bit 02 1 A safety relevant component has been replaced Data save required p0977 1 or p0971 1 or copy RAM to ROM r9776 0 3 BO SI diagnostics SI diag VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit fiel...

Page 998: ...rprint for the safety logbook functionality made to safety parameters are saved in parameters p9781 0 and p9781 1 Index 0 SI time stamp for checksum to track functional changes 1 SI time stamp for checksum to track hardware specific changes Dependency Refer to p9601 p9729 p9799 Refer to F01690 r9780 SI monitoring clock cycle Control Unit SI monitor_clck CU VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access...

Page 999: ...coderless actual value sensing Description Display to diagnose acceleration values of the encoderless actual values sensing Index 0 Setpoint acceleration value 1 Actual acceleration value Dependency Refer to p9589 Note For index 0 Shows the parameterized acceleration value of p9589 For index 1 Shows the actually measured acceleration values of the encoderless actual value sensing p9783 SI Motion a...

Page 1000: ... has a deviation of r9787 for 6 ms p9585 p9385 within a monitoring time of 1 s Dependency Refer to p9585 Note For linear axes the following unit applies millimeters per minute For rotary axes the following unit applies revolutions per minute r9785 0 1 SI Motion diagnostics sensorless minimum current Diag sl I_min VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index...

Page 1001: ...o r9894 Note CDC Crosswise Data Comparison Example r9794 0 1 monitoring clock cycle r9794 1 2 enable safety functions r9794 2 3 F DI changeover tolerance time A complete list of numbers for crosswise compared data items appears in fault F01611 r9787 SI Motion diagnostics sensorless velocity deviation Diag sl v_dev VECTOR_G Safety rot Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint...

Page 1002: ...5 1 0005 hex Extended functions via Terminal Module 54F TM54F and the basic functions via onboard terminals have been enabled permissible for r9871 5 1 r9795 SI diagnostics STOP F Control Unit SI diag STOP F CU VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2802 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list...

Page 1003: ...0204 F DI Failsafe Digital Input F DO Failsafe Digital Output Description Sets the enable signal for the Safe Brake Control function SBC on the Motor Module 0 Inhibit SBC 1 Enable SBC Dependency Refer to p9602 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The Safe Brake Control function is not activated until at least one safety moni...

Page 1004: ...ed the following variants exist when parameterizing PROFIsafe telegram 30 p9611 p9811 998 and p60022 0 p9611 p9811 998 and p60022 30 p9611 p9811 30 and p60022 30 Description Sets the stop response when PROFIsafe communication fails Value 0 STOP A 1 STOP B Dependency Refer to p9612 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive p9810 SI PRO...

Page 1005: ... 0 and p9602 p9802 1 Description Sets the delay times for activating and deactivating the Safe Brake Adapter relay The relay specific minimum delay times for evaluating the feedback signal contacts have to be set They differ for the activation and deactivation of one and the same relay Index 0 Wait time activation 1 Wait time deactivation Dependency Refer to p9622 Notice This parameter is overwrit...

Page 1006: ... ms are processed Debounce time 3 ms Fault pulses of 3 ms are filtered only pulses longer than 4 ms are processed Description Sets the delay time of the pulse suppression for the function Safe Stop 1 SS1 on the Motor Module to brake along the OFF3 down ramp p1135 Recommendation In order that the drive can completely ramp down along the OFF3 ramp and a motor holding brake that is possibly available...

Page 1007: ...sponds to a drive fault by withdrawing the controller enable signals for faults F01611 and F30611 the message type must be changed to alarm p2118 p2119 As a consequence the drive can still be braked in a controlled fashion during this delay time STOP F Defect in a monitoring channel error in the crosswise data comparison STOP A STO as a result of a fault detected by Safety Integrated Description D...

Page 1008: ...index Func diagram 2804 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO supported via terminals Yes No 2804 01 SBC supported Yes No 2804 02 Extended Functions supported p9501 0 Yes No 2804 03 SS1 supported Yes No 2804 04 Extended Functions PROFIsafe supported Yes No 05 Extende...

Page 1009: ...e motion monitoring functions r9872 0 24 CO BO SI status list Motor Module SI status MM VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2804 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected on MM Yes No 2810 01 STO on MM ac...

Page 1010: ...ndency Refer to r9794 Note CDC Crosswise Data Comparison Example r9894 0 1 monitoring clock cycle r9894 1 2 enable safety functions r9880 SI monitoring clock cycle Motor Module SI monitor_clck MM VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2802 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max...

Page 1011: ...the checked Safety Integrated parameters on the Motor Module Hydraulic Module reference checksum Dependency Refer to p9799 r9898 r9895 SI diagnostics STOP F Motor Module SI diag STOP F MM VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2802 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory sett...

Page 1012: ...the actual topology and target topology of the component communications address number of port types port type number of ports of the port type communications address of the associated linked component number of the associated linked port communications address of the associated linked component number of the associated port etc Data on the next component etc Dependency Refer to r9900 Note Only fo...

Page 1013: ...mber of port types port type number of ports of the port type component number of the associated linked component number of the associated linked port component number of the associated linked component number of the associated port etc Data on the next component etc Dependency Refer to p9902 Note The target topology can only be modified using the commissioning software The parameter is not displa...

Page 1014: ...n a non volatile fashion p0977 Description With p9905 1 the serial numbers and the hardware versions of all of the components are transferred from the actual topology into the target topology and a new comparison is started For this device specialization the components of the target topology may only differ from those of the actual topology by the serial numbers With p9905 2 the serial numbers the...

Page 1015: ...comparison of a component in the target topology with the actual topology The comparison is started by setting the required value Value 0 High Compares the complete electronic rating plate 1 Average Compares the component type and the article number 2 Low Compares the component type 3 Minimum Compares the component class 99 Topology has different comparison stages Dependency Refer to p9907 p9906 T...

Page 1016: ...pendency Refer to p9904 p9905 Note The modified target topology is automatically saved in a non volatile fashion when the drive object runs up e g after a POWER ON Special case for Control Unit and option slot modules When replacing these components independent of p9909 the serial number and hardware version are automatically transferred and saved in a non volatile fashion Description Accept addit...

Page 1017: ...can be deleted using this parameter Index 0 The values 2 62 are permissible Index 1 0 Ready 1 Reset only indices 0 and 1 2 Reset all indices 0 and 1 and flagged entries 3 Check and flag for deletion 30 Check and flag for deletion Keep target topology Index 0 Drive object number 1 Reset or check and flag for deletion Note Only for internal Siemens use The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER ...

Page 1018: ...re permissible Index 2 0 Ready 1 Reset only indices 0 2 2 Reset all indices 0 2 and flagged entries 3 Check and flag for modification Index 0 Component number old 1 Component number new 2 Reset or check and flag for modification Note Only for internal Siemens use The parameter is not displayed for the STARTER commissioning software p9913 0 2 Change drive object number Change drv_obj_no CU_G130_PN ...

Page 1019: ..._PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed C1 1 Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Topology Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex 0007 07FF hex 0007 02FF hex p9916 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave DQ fault slave CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed C1 ...

Page 1020: ...en activating the license key the checksum of the entered license key is checked the entered license key is saved in a non volatile fashion on the memory card re enter the license key Value 0 Inactive 1 Activate start license key Dependency Refer to p9920 Refer to A13000 A13001 F13010 Note Before activation the license key entered using parameter p9920 is checked If this check identifies an error ...

Page 1021: ...irmware check status FW check status CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 2 Data type Unsigned8 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting p9930 0 8 System logbook activation SYSLOG activation CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access l...

Page 1022: ...o 0 inactive After changing the error counter r9936 an appropriate alarm is output The alarm automatically disappears after 5 seconds For bit 08 With p9937 8 1 the error counters are reset r9936 0 199 After the reset p9937 8 is automatically set to 0 r9935 0 BO POWER ON delay signal POWER ON t_delay CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsi...

Page 1023: ...ation and deactivation this enables the actual topology components to be newly assigned to the target topology components Note p9941 is automatically set to 0 at the end of the operation A warm restart is triggered automatically after p0009 0 p9938 DRIVE CLiQ detailed diagnostics configuration DQ diag config CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 D...

Page 1024: ...980 r9981 Refer to F01054 F01205 Note For index 3 5 The total utilizations are determined using all sampling times used The largest total utilizations are mapped here The sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979 Total utilization Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher priority sampling times interrupts p9942 DRIVE CLiQ detailed diagno...

Page 1025: ...mpling time involved including load from higher priority sampling times interrupts Description Displays the calculated utilizations for the active sampling times based on the existing target topology Index 0 Net utilization 0 1 Total utilization 0 2 Net utilization 1 3 Total utilization 1 4 Net utilization 2 5 Total utilization 2 r9976 0 7 System utilization Sys util CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_...

Page 1026: ...6 33 Total utilization 16 34 Net utilization 17 35 Total utilization 17 36 Net utilization 18 37 Total utilization 18 38 Net utilization 19 39 Total utilization 19 40 Net utilization 20 41 Total utilization 20 42 Net utilization 21 43 Total utilization 21 44 Net utilization 22 45 Total utilization 22 46 Net utilization 23 47 Total utilization 23 48 Net utilization 24 49 Total utilization 24 50 Net...

Page 1027: ... utilization 49 100 Net utilization 50 101 Total utilization 50 102 Net utilization 51 103 Total utilization 51 104 Net utilization 52 105 Total utilization 52 106 Net utilization 53 107 Total utilization 53 108 Net utilization 54 109 Total utilization 54 110 Net utilization 55 111 Total utilization 55 112 Net utilization 56 113 Total utilization 56 114 Net utilization 57 115 Total utilization 57 ...

Page 1028: ...sponding sampling times can be read out in parameter r7901 Net utilization Computing time load that is only called by the sampling time involved Total utilization Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher priority sampling times interrupts Description Displays the utilizations measured for the active sampling times Index 0 Net utilization 0 1 Total utilization 0 2 Ne...

Page 1029: ...zation 22 45 Total utilization 22 46 Net utilization 23 47 Total utilization 23 48 Net utilization 24 49 Total utilization 24 50 Net utilization 25 51 Total utilization 25 52 Net utilization 26 53 Total utilization 26 54 Net utilization 27 55 Total utilization 27 56 Net utilization 28 57 Total utilization 28 58 Net utilization 29 59 Total utilization 29 60 Net utilization 30 61 Total utilization 3...

Page 1030: ... Total utilization 55 112 Net utilization 56 113 Total utilization 56 114 Net utilization 57 115 Total utilization 57 116 Net utilization 58 117 Total utilization 58 118 Net utilization 59 119 Total utilization 59 120 Net utilization 60 121 Total utilization 60 122 Net utilization 61 123 Total utilization 61 124 Net utilization 62 125 Total utilization 62 126 Net utilization 63 127 Total utilizati...

Page 1031: ...cription Displays the calculated data memory utilization rates based on the existing target topology Index 0 Fast data memory 1 1 Fast data memory 2 2 Fast data memory 3 3 Fast data memory 4 4 Reserved Dependency Refer to F01068 Description Displays the measured data memory utilization rates based on the existing target topology Index 0 Fast Memory 1 1 Fast Memory 2 2 Fast Memory 3 3 Fast Memory 4...

Page 1032: ...see p3988 Index 0 7 corresponds to DRIVE CLiQ socket X100 X107 Dependency Refer to F01340 r9984 0 4 Data memory utilization TEC Data mem util TEC CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting r9986 0 7 DRIVE CLiQ ...

Page 1033: ...DP Can be changed U T Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 r9991 0 4 Memory usage drive object actual value Mem_use DO ActVal CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calculated Access level 4 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P G...

Page 1034: ... corresponding readback input p10047 Dependency Refer to p10003 p10007 p10041 p10046 Note The delay time must be set to a value greater than the debounce time p10017 The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the TM54F sampling time r10015 r9999 0 99 Software error internal supplementary diagnostics SW_err int diag CU_G130_PN CU_G150_PN CU_G130_DP CU_G150_DP Can be changed Calcul...

Page 1035: ...F TM54F Index 0 Checksum HW independent TM54F parameters 1 Checksum HW dependent TM54F parameters MM p10002 SI TM54F F DI changeover discrepancy time SI F DI chg t TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2893 2894 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory set...

Page 1036: ...st be in the ready state p0010 0 Dependency Refer to p10001 p10003 p10041 p10046 Notice Digital inputs of the TM54F must not be used to trigger the test stop Description Sets the operating mode for the Terminal Module 54F TM54F Value 0 Function interface 1 Control interface Note Parameter being prepared For this firmware version the function interface is not supported p10006 SI TM54F acknowledgmen...

Page 1037: ... 8 X532 3 4 8 10 F DI 9 X532 5 6 9 Note Retraction is only possible if SDI in the opposite direction of the permitted position range is not already selected a discrepancy at this F DI must be acknowledged using a safe acknowledgment F DI Failsafe Digital Input SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SLP Safely Limited Position Description Sets the drive object number for the drives that are avail...

Page 1038: ...for Motor Hydraulic Module 1 p10014 5 word 3 bit 64 95 for Motor Hydraulic Module 6 Description Sets the actual Node Identifier word 2 bit 32 63 for the Motor Hydraulic Modules Index 0 Drive 1 1 Drive 2 2 Drive 3 p10011 0 5 SI TM54F drive group assignment SI drv_gr assign TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned16 Dyn index Func diagram 2892 P Group Safet...

Page 1039: ... drive which is entered in the same index of p10010 Note F DO Failsafe Digital Output SGA Safety related output SGE Safety relevant input Description Sets the debounce time for digital inputs The debounce time is accepted rounded off to whole milliseconds The debounce time acts on the following digital inputs Fail safe digital inputs F DI Single channel digital inputs DI p10014 0 5 SI TM54F Motor ...

Page 1040: ...ed SOS Safe Operating Stop SS2 Safe Stop 2 Description Sets the stop response for the drive group for Emergency Stop The input terminal for Emergency Stop is set in p10038 0 Stop reaction STO 1 Stop reaction SS1 2 Stop reaction SS2 Index 0 Drive group 1 1 Drive group 2 2 Drive group 3 3 Drive group 4 Dependency Refer to p10008 p10038 Note Parameter being prepared For this firmware version the func...

Page 1041: ...control interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 3 6 2 F DI 1 X521 4 5 7 3 F DI 2 X522 1 2 7 4 F DI 3 X522 3 4 8 5 F DI 4 X522 5 6 9 6 F DI 5 X531 2 3 6 7 F DI 6 X531 4 5 7 8 F DI 7 X532 1 2 7 9 F DI 8 X532 3 4 8 10 F DI 9 X532 5 6 9 255 Static deselected Index 0 Drive group 1 1 Drive group 2 2 Drive group 3 3 Drive group 4 Note If value 0 No terminal assigned safety function always selec...

Page 1042: ...ed F DI Failsafe Digital Input SS2 Safe Stop 2 Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SOS function operating mode control interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 3 6 2 F DI 1 X521 4 5 7 3 F DI 2 X522 1 2 7 4 F DI 3 X522 3 4 8 5 F DI 4 X522 5 6 9 6 F DI 5 X531 2 3 6 7 F DI 6 X531 4 5 7 8 F DI 7 X532 1 2 7 9 F DI 8 X532 3 4 8 10 F DI 9 X532 5 6 9 255 Static deselected p1...

Page 1043: ...unction always selected If value 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Failsafe Digital Input SLS Safely Limited Speed Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the limit value bit 0 of the SLS function operating mode control interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 3 6 2 F DI 1 X521 4 5 7 3 F DI 2 X522 1 2 7 4 F DI 3 X522 3 4 8 5 F DI 4 X522 5 6 9 6 ...

Page 1044: ...group 1 1 Drive group 2 2 Drive group 3 3 Drive group 4 Note If value 0 No terminal assigned selection bit remains statically at 0 If value 255 No terminal assigned selection bit remains statically at 1 F DI Failsafe Digital Input SLS Safely Limited Speed Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SDI function operating mode control interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 ...

Page 1045: ...ntrol interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 3 6 2 F DI 1 X521 4 5 7 3 F DI 2 X522 1 2 7 4 F DI 3 X522 3 4 8 5 F DI 4 X522 5 6 9 6 F DI 5 X531 2 3 6 7 F DI 6 X531 4 5 7 8 F DI 7 X532 1 2 7 9 F DI 8 X532 3 4 8 10 F DI 9 X532 5 6 9 255 Static deselected Index 0 Drive group 1 1 Drive group 2 2 Drive group 3 3 Drive group 4 Note If value 0 No terminal assigned safety function always selecte...

Page 1046: ...ection of the position range for SLP operating mode control interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 3 6 2 F DI 1 X521 4 5 7 3 F DI 2 X522 1 2 7 4 F DI 3 X522 3 4 8 5 F DI 4 X522 5 6 9 6 F DI 5 X531 2 3 6 7 F DI 6 X531 4 5 7 8 F DI 7 X532 1 2 7 9 F DI 8 X532 3 4 8 10 F DI 9 X532 5 6 9 255 Static deselected Index 0 Drive group 1 1 Drive group 2 2 Drive group 3 3 Drive group 4 p10032 0 3 SI...

Page 1047: ...tatic special operation If value 255 No terminal assigned static normal operation F DI Failsafe Digital Input Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the agreement function operating mode function interface Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 X521 2 3 6 2 F DI 1 X521 4 5 7 3 F DI 2 X522 1 2 7 4 F DI 3 X522 3 4 8 5 F DI 4 X522 5 6 9 6 F DI 5 X531 2 3 6 7 F DI 6 X531 4 5 7 8 F DI 7 X532 1...

Page 1048: ...ve group 4 Dependency Refer to p10008 p10021 Note Parameter being prepared For this firmware version the function interface is not supported If value 0 No terminal assigned Emergency Stop statically selected If value 255 No terminal assigned no Emergency Stop statically deselected F DI Failsafe Digital Input Description Sets the signals for the drive group specific signal Safe State Index 0 Drive ...

Page 1049: ...DI 1 X521 3 NO contact NC contact 2893 01 F DI 1 DI 3 X521 5 NO contact NC contact 2893 02 F DI 2 DI 5 X522 2 NO contact NC contact 2893 03 F DI 3 DI 7 X522 4 NO contact NC contact 2893 04 F DI 4 DI 9 X522 6 NO contact NC contact 2893 05 F DI 5 DI 11 X531 3 NO contact NC contact 2894 06 F DI 6 DI 13 X531 5 NO contact NC contact 2894 07 F DI 7 DI 15 X532 2 NO contact NC contact 2894 08 F DI 8 DI 17...

Page 1050: ... active SLS stage bit 0 267 Drive group 2 active SLS stage bit 1 268 Drive group 2 SDI positive active 269 Drive group 2 SDI negative active 270 Drive group 2 SLP active 271 Drive group 2 active SLP area 513 Drive group 3 STO active 514 Drive group 3 SS1 active 515 Drive group 3 SS2 active 516 Drive group 3 SOS active 517 Drive group 3 SLS active 518 Drive group 3 SSM feedback signal active 519 Dr...

Page 1051: ...oup 1 active SLS stage bit 0 11 Drive group 1 active SLS stage bit 1 12 Drive group 1 SDI positive active 13 Drive group 1 SDI negative active 14 Drive group 1 SLP active 15 Drive group 1 active SLP area 257 Drive group 2 STO active 258 Drive group 2 SS1 active 259 Drive group 2 SS2 active 260 Drive group 2 SOS active 261 Drive group 2 SLS active 262 Drive group 2 SSM feedback signal active 263 Dr...

Page 1052: ...eration input 5 5 AND logic operation input 6 Note F DO Failsafe Digital Output Description Sets the signal sources for F DO 2 The 6 signal sources in p10044 0 5 are AND ed and the result is output at F DO 2 Value 0 No function 1 Drive group 1 STO active 2 Drive group 1 SS1 active 3 Drive group 1 SS2 active 4 Drive group 1 SOS active 5 Drive group 1 SLS active 6 Drive group 1 SSM feedback signal a...

Page 1053: ...774 Drive group 4 SSM feedback signal active 775 Drive group 4 safe state 776 Drive group 4 SOS selected 777 Drive group 4 internal event 778 Drive group 4 active SLS stage bit 0 779 Drive group 4 active SLS stage bit 1 780 Drive group 4 SDI positive active 781 Drive group 4 SDI negative active 782 Drive group 4 SLP active 783 Drive group 4 active SLP area Index 0 AND logic operation input 1 1 AND...

Page 1054: ... SS2 active 516 Drive group 3 SOS active 517 Drive group 3 SLS active 518 Drive group 3 SSM feedback signal active 519 Drive group 3 safe state 520 Drive group 3 SOS selected 521 Drive group 3 internal event 522 Drive group 3 active SLS stage bit 0 523 Drive group 3 active SLS stage bit 1 524 Drive group 3 SDI positive active 525 Drive group 3 SDI negative active 526 Drive group 3 SLP active 527 D...

Page 1055: ...t p10007 Note The automatic test stop is started after power up partial power up or a warm restart Value 0 Manual test stop via BICO p10007 1 Automatic test stop p10046 SI TM54F F DO feedback signal input activation SI F DO FS act TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2892 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not...

Page 1056: ...0 V de selects the safety function F DI Failsafe Digital Input Description Display and BICO output for the status of the digital outputs at Terminal Module 54F TM54F TM54F_MA master display of DO TM54F_SL slave display of DO Note F DO Failsafe Digital Output r10051 0 9 CO BO SI TM54F digital inputs status SI DI status TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 ...

Page 1057: ...ledgment p10006 r10053 0 3 CO BO SI TM54F digital inputs 20 23 status SI DI 20 23 stat TM54F_SL Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2892 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DI 20 High Low 2895 01 DI 21 High Low 2895 02 D...

Page 1058: ...nal FP 00 Communication between drive 1 and TM54F Not configured Configured 01 Communication between drive 2 and TM54F Not configured Configured 02 Communication between drive 3 and TM54F Not configured Configured 03 Communication between drive 4 and TM54F Not configured Configured 04 Communication between drive 5 and TM54F Not configured Configured 05 Communication between drive 6 and TM54F Not c...

Page 1059: ... 0 SI TM54F version V02 60 01 00 p10062 SI TM54F password new SI password new TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram 2891 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex p10063 SI TM54F password acknowledgment SI ackn password TM...

Page 1060: ...th sequence 1 p10210 0 p10211 0 p10212 0 p10218 is tested Brake 1 must be configured as motor holding brake p10202 0 1 p10201 SI Motion SBT enable SBT enable VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Si...

Page 1061: ... motor type rotary and axis type linear p9522 p9521 x p9520 otherwise p9522 p9521 Further the efficiency of the mechanical system should be taken into account Refer to p10210 p10220 Note The test torque effective for the brake test can be set for each sequence using a factor p10210 p10220 p10204 SI Motion SBT motor type SBT motor type VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data ty...

Page 1062: ...210 0 1 SI Motion SBT test torque factor sequence 1 SBT M_test fact 1 VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Dyn index Func diagram 2836 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 30 1 00 1 00 p10211 0 1 SI Motion SBT test duration sequence 1 SBT t_test seq 1 VECTOR_G Can be chang...

Page 1063: ...t Index 0 Brake 1 1 Brake 2 p10218 SI Motion SBT test torque sign SBT M_test sign VECTOR_G Can be changed C2 95 Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 2837 P Group Safety Integrated Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p10220 0 1 SI Motion SBT test torque factor sequence 2 SBT M_test fact 2 VECTOR_G Can be ch...

Page 1064: ...30 1 0 1 signal start brake test For BI p10230 2 1 signal select brake 2 0 signal select brake 1 For BI p10230 3 1 signal select negative test torque 0 signal select positive test torque For BI p10230 4 1 signal select test sequence 2 0 signal select test sequence 1 For BI p10230 5 1 signal external brake closed 0 signal external brake open p10222 0 1 SI Motion SBT position tolerance sequence 2 SB...

Page 1065: ...ting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Select brake test Yes No 01 Start brake test Yes No 02 Select brake Brake 2 Brake 1 03 Select test torque sign Negative Positive 04 Select test sequence Test sequence 2 Test sequence 1 05 External brake status Closed Open r10234 0 15 CO BO SI Safety Info Channel status word S_ZSW3B SIC S_ZSW3B VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access level 3 ...

Page 1066: ...st torque 8 Wait for the brake to open 9 Brake test successfully completed wait for start deselection 10 Change to brake test initialized fault acknowledgment 11 Brake test canceled torque is reduced 12 Brake test canceled wait for brake to open 13 Brake test ended with error wait for acknowledgment 14 Brake opening timer elapsed 15 Error when initializing the brake test wait for acknowledgment 16...

Page 1067: ...afety Control Channel control word S_STW1B SCC S_STW1B VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Unsigned32 Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram P Group Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 0 r10251 8 12 CO BO SI Safety Control Channel control word S_STW1B diagnostics SCC S_STW1B diag VECTOR_G Can be changed Calculated Access le...

Page 1068: ...e List Manual Description Displays PROFINET IP of Station p60122 IF1 PROFIdrive SIC SCC telegram selection IF1 SIC SCC telegr VECTOR_G Can be changed T Calculated Access level 3 Data type Integer16 Dyn index Func diagram 2423 P Group Communications Unit group Unit selection Not for motor type Scaling Expert list 1 Min Max Factory setting 700 999 999 r61000 0 239 PROFINET Name of Station PN Name of...

Page 1069: ...nputs CI for speed setpoints Macro CI n_set p1020 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 0 n_set_fixed Bit 0 p1021 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 n_set_fixed Bit 1 p1022 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 n_set_fixed Bit 2 p1023 0 n BI Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 3 n_set_fixed Bit 3 p1035 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise Mop raise p1036 0 n BI Motorized...

Page 1070: ...ing n_ctrl I_val scal p1486 0 n CI Droop compensation torque Droop M_comp p1492 0 n BI Droop feedback enable Droop enable p1495 0 n CI Acceleration pre control a_prectrl p1497 0 n CI Moment of inertia scaling signal source M_inert scal s_src p1500 0 n Macro Connector Inputs CI for torque setpoints Macro CI M_set p1501 0 n BI Change over between closed loop speed torque control Changeov n M_ctrl p1...

Page 1071: ...ology controller limit offset Tech_ctrl lim offs p3111 0 n BI External fault 3 enable Ext fault 3 enab p3112 0 n BI External fault 3 enable negated Ext flt 3 enab neg p3240 0 n CI I2t input value signal source I2t in_value s_src p3802 0 n BI Sync line drive enable Sync enable 2 3 2 Parameters for drive data sets DDS The following list contains the parameters that are dependent on the drive data se...

Page 1072: ...cking intensity RFG track intens p1148 0 n Ramp function gen tolerance for ramp up and ramp down active RFG tol HL RL act p1151 0 n Ramp function generator configuration RFG config p1189 0 n Speed setpoint configuration n_ctrl config p1200 0 n Flying restart operating mode FlyRest op_mode p1202 0 n Flying restart search current FlyRest I_srch p1203 0 n Flying restart search rate factor FlyRst v_Sr...

Page 1073: ...ensation scaling Slip comp scal p1336 0 n Slip compensation limit value Slip comp lim val p1338 0 n U f mode resonance damping gain Uf Res_damp gain p1339 0 n U f mode resonance damping filter time constant Uf Res_damp T p1340 0 n I_max frequency controller proportional gain I_max_ctrl Kp p1341 0 n I_max frequency controller integral time I_max_ctrl Tn p1345 0 n I_max voltage controller proportion...

Page 1074: ...change time moment of inertia J_est t J p1562 0 n Moment of inertia estimator change time load J_est t load p1563 0 n CO Mom of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation pos J_est M pos p1564 0 n CO Mom of inertia estimator load torque direction of rotation neg J_est M neg r1566 0 n Flux reduction torque factor transition value Flux red M trans p1567 0 n Magnetization rate time scaling M...

Page 1075: ...minator natural frequency I_set_filt2 fn_den p1664 0 n Current setpoint filter 2 denominator damping I_set_filt 2 D_den p1665 0 n Current setpoint filter 2 numerator natural frequency I_set_filt2 fn_num p1666 0 n Current setpoint filter 2 numerator damping I_set_filt 2 D_num p1677 0 n Speed actual value filter 5 type n_act_filt 5 type p1678 0 n Speed actual value filter 5 denominator natural frequ...

Page 1076: ...lator mode p1803 0 n Maximum modulation depth Modulat depth max p1804 0 n Filter time constant smoothed modulation index T_filt mod_idx sm p1806 0 n Filter time constant Vdc correction T_filt Vdc_corr p1811 0 n Pulse frequency wobbulation amplitude Puls wobb ampl p1814 0 n Vdc filter dead band for modulation switchover Vdc filt dead band p1820 0 n Reverse the output phase sequence Outp_ph_seq rev ...

Page 1077: ...lue 15 Tec_ctr fix val 15 p2216 0 n Technology controller fixed value selection method Tec_ctr FixVal sel p2230 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer configuration Tec_ctr mop config p2237 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer maximum value Tec_ctrl mop max p2238 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer minimum value Tec_ctrl mop min p2240 0 n Technology controller...

Page 1078: ...on n6 p3827 0 n Friction characteristic value n7 Friction n7 p3828 0 n Friction characteristic value n8 Friction n8 p3829 0 n Friction characteristic value n9 Friction n9 p3830 0 n Friction characteristic value M0 Friction M0 p3831 0 n Friction characteristic value M1 Friction M1 p3832 0 n Friction characteristic value M2 Friction M2 p3833 0 n Friction characteristic value M3 Friction M3 p3834 0 n...

Page 1079: ...suring gear configuration Meas gear config p0412 0 n Measuring gear absolute encoder rotary revolutions virtual Abs rot rev p0413 0 n Measuring gear position tracking tolerance window Pos track window p0414 0 n Redundant coarse position value relevant bits identified Relevant bits p0415 0 n Gx_XIST1 Coarse position safe most significant bit identified Gx_XIST1 safe MSB p0416 0 n Non safety relevan...

Page 1080: ...tor temperature sensor 4 sensor type Temp_sens 4 type p4662 0 n Encoder characteristic type Enc char_type p4663 0 n Encoder characteristic K0 Enc char K0 p4664 0 n Encoder characteristic K1 Enc char K1 p4665 0 n Encoder characteristic K2 Enc char K2 p4666 0 n Encoder characteristic K3 Enc char K3 p4670 0 n Analog sensor configuration Ana_sens config p4671 0 n Analog sensor input Ana_sens inp p4672...

Page 1081: ...ation current 1st phase Mot PolID I 1st ph p0327 0 n Optimum motor load angle Mot phi_load opt p0328 0 n Motor reluctance torque constant Mot kT_reluctance p0329 0 n Motor pole position identification current Mot PolID current r0330 0 n Rated motor slip Mot slip_rated r0331 0 n Actual motor magnetizing current short circuit current Mot I_mag_rtd act r0332 0 n Rated motor power factor Mot cos phi r...

Page 1082: ...ot T_stator leak r0387 0 n Motor stator leakage time constant q axis Mot T_Sleak T_Sq p0389 0 n Excitation rated no load current Exc I_noload_rated p0390 0 n Rated excitation current Exc I_rated p0391 0 n Current controller adaptation starting point Kp I_adapt pt Kp p0392 0 n Current controller adaptation starting point Kp adapted I_adapt pt Kp adap p0393 0 n Current controller adaptation P gain s...

Page 1083: ...on rated current BLE I_rated p0693 0 n Brushless excitation inductance d axis saturated BLE L_d sat p0696 0 n Brushless excitation ratio BLE ratio p0697 0 n Brushless excitation number of pole pairs BLE PolePairNo p0698 0 n Brushless excitation excitation resistance BLE exc_resist p0826 0 n Motor changeover motor number Mot_chng mot No p0827 0 n Motor changeover status word bit number Mot_chg ZSW ...

Page 1084: ...e U r7051 0 n Par_circuit circulating current phase V Circ_I_phase V r7052 0 n Par_circuit circulating current phase W Circ_I_phase W r7200 0 n Par_circuit power unit overload I2t PU overload I2t r7201 0 n CO Par_circuit power unit temperatures max inverter PU temp max inv r7202 0 n Par_circuit power unit temperatures max depletion layer PU TempMaxDepLayer r7203 0 n CO Par_circuit power unit tempe...

Page 1085: ... actual value phase U U_phase U act val r7232 0 n CO Par_circuit phase voltage actual value phase V U_phase V act val r7233 0 n CO Par_circuit phase voltage actual value phase W U_phase W act val r7240 0 n Par_circuit gating unit status word 1 Gating unit ZSW1 r7740 0 n IGBT power cycling counter valve 1 IGBT load count 1 r7741 0 n IGBT power cycling counter valve 2 IGBT load count 2 r7742 0 n IGB...

Page 1086: ...1 Acknowledge drive object faults Ackn DO faults p3985 Master control mode selection PcCtrl mode select p4700 0 1 Trace control Trace control p4701 Measuring function control Meas fct ctrl p4703 0 1 Trace options Trace options p4707 Measurement function configuration Meas fct config p4710 0 1 Trace trigger condition Trace Trig_cond p4711 0 5 Trace trigger signal Trace trig_signal p4712 0 1 Trace t...

Page 1087: ... signal shape FG signal shape p4821 Function generator period FG period duration p4822 Function generator pulse width FG pulse width p4823 Function generator bandwidth FG bandwidth p4824 Function generator amplitude FG amplitude p4825 Function generator 2nd amplitude FG 2nd amplitude p4826 Function generator offset FG offset p4827 Function generator ramp up time to offset FG ramp up offset p4828 F...

Page 1088: ...dbus interface USS PIV drive object number Fieldbus USS DO_no p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time Fieldbus t_monit p2102 BI Acknowledge all faults Ackn all faults p2111 Alarm counter Alarm counter p3100 RTC time stamp mode RTC t_stamp mode p3101 0 1 Setting UTC time Set UTC time p3103 UTC synchronization process UTC sync_process p3950 Service parameter Serv par p3981 Acknowledge drive object ...

Page 1089: ... qty p0151 0 n Voltage Sensing Module component number VSM comp_no p0151 Terminal Module component number TM comp_no p0151 0 1 DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module component number Hub comp_no p0161 Option board component number Opt board comp_no p0170 Number of Command Data Sets CDS CDS count p0171 0 n Drive objects function module 1 DO fct_mod 1 p0172 0 n Drive objects function module 2 DO fct_mod 2 p0173 0 n ...

Page 1090: ...st KHP OEM excep list p7852 Number of indices for r7853 Qty indices r7853 p8836 SINAMICS link node address Node address p8870 0 15 SINAMICS Link PZD receive word PZD recv word p8870 0 31 SINAMICS Link PZD receive word PZD recv word p8871 0 15 SINAMICS Link PZD send word PZD send word p8871 0 31 SINAMICS Link PZD send word PZD send word p8872 0 15 SINAMICS Link PZD receive address PZD recv adr p887...

Page 1091: ...3 9 Brake control 1183 3 10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 1188 3 11 Safety Integrated Extended Functions 1196 3 12 Safety Integrated TM54F 1210 3 13 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 1223 3 14 Setpoint channel 1226 3 15 Encoder evaluation 1236 3 16 Vector control 1240 3 17 Technology functions 1271 3 18 Technology controller 1278 3 19 Signals and monitoring functions 1284 3 20 Diagnostics 1296 3 21 ...

Page 1092: ...grams SINAMICS G130 G150 1092 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 3 26 Terminal Module 120 TM120 1343 3 27 Terminal Module 150 TM150 1346 3 28 Voltage Sensing Module VSM 1350 3 29 Basic Operator Panel 20 BOP20 1353 ...

Page 1093: ...I DO 15 1113 3 4 Control Unit communication 1114 2197 SINAMICS Link overview r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1115 2198 SINAMICS Link configuration r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1116 2199 SINAMICS Link receive data r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1117 2200 SINAMICS Link send data r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1118 3 5 PROIFIenergy 1119 2381 Control commands interrogation commands 1120 2382 States 1121 3 6 PROFIdrive 1122 2401 Overview 1124 2410 ...

Page 1094: ... p2038 0 1148 2454 ZSW2 status word interconnection p2038 0 1149 2457 E_ZSW1 status word infeed interconnection 1150 2468 IF1 receive telegram free interconnection via BICO p0922 999 1151 2470 IF1 send telegram free interconnection via BICO p0922 999 1152 2472 IF1 status words free interconnection 1153 2481 IF1 receive telegram free interconnection via BICO p0922 999 1154 2483 IF1 send telegram fr...

Page 1095: ...l zero speed detection r0108 14 1 1185 2707 Extended brake control open close brake r0108 14 1 1186 2711 Extended brake control signal outputs r0108 14 1 1187 3 10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 1188 2800 Parameter manager 1189 2802 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 1190 2804 SI status CU MM CU MM group STO 1191 2806 S_STW1 2 Safety control word 1 2 S_ZSW1 2 Safety status word 1 2 1192 281...

Page 1096: ... 2900 Basic Functions control interface p9601 2 3 0 p9601 6 1 1217 2901 Basic Functions Safe State selection 1218 2902 Basic Functions assignment F DO 0 F DO 3 1219 2905 Extended Functions control interface p9601 2 1 p9601 3 0 1220 2906 Extended Functions Safe State selection 1221 2907 Extended Functions assignment F DO 0 F DO 3 1222 3 13 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 1223 2915 Standard telegrams 12...

Page 1097: ...control overview 1250 6301 U f characteristic and voltage boost 1251 6310 Resonance damping and slip compensation 1252 6320 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller U f 1253 6490 Speed control configuration 1254 6491 Flux control configuration 1255 6630 Upper lower torque limit 1256 6640 Current power torque limits 1257 6700 Current control overview 1258 6710 Current setpoint filter 1259 6714 Iq ...

Page 1098: ...16 1 1282 7960 DC link voltage controller r0108 16 1 1283 3 19 Signals and monitoring functions 1284 8005 Overview 1285 8010 Speed signals 1 1286 8011 Speed signals 2 1287 8012 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 1288 8013 Load monitoring r0108 17 1 1289 8016 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 1290 8017 Motor temperature model 1 I2t 1291 8018 Motor temperature mo...

Page 1099: ...320 9100 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 0 DI 3 1321 9102 Digital outputs electrically isolated DO 0 DO 3 1322 9104 Analog inputs AI 0 AI 1 1323 9106 Analog outputs AO 0 AO 1 1324 3 24 Communication Board CAN10 CBC10 1325 9204 Receive telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 1326 9206 Receive telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 1327 9208 Send telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 1328 9210 Sen...

Page 1100: ... channels 0 and 1 KTY PTC bimetal 1344 9606 Temperature evaluation channels 2 and 3 KTY PTC bimetal 1345 3 27 Terminal Module 150 TM150 1346 9625 Temperature evaluation structure channels 0 11 1347 9626 Temperature evaluation 1x2 3 4 wire channels 0 5 1348 9627 Temperature evaluation 2x2 wire channels 0 11 1349 3 28 Voltage Sensing Module VSM 1350 9880 Analog inputs AI 0 AI 3 1351 9886 Temperature...

Page 1101: ...iagrams 3 2 Explanation of the function diagrams 3 2 Explanation of the function diagrams Function diagrams 1020 Explanation of the symbols part 1 1102 1021 Explanation of the symbols part 2 1103 1022 Explanation of the symbols part 3 1104 1030 Handling BICO technology 1105 ...

Page 1102: ...ion diagram name aaaa b for binectors aaaa 1 aaaa 8 pxxxx Original parameter of signal aaaa Signal comes from source diagram aaaa b Signal comes from signal path b Symbol aaaa b pxxxx Meaning Data sets Parameter belongs to the Command Data Set CDS Parameter belongs to the Drive Data Set DDS Parameter belongs to the Encoder Data Set EDS Parameter belongs to the Motor Data Set MDS Parameter belongs ...

Page 1103: ...xed 1 210 000 000 210 000 000 rpm p1015 D 0 000 p1015 D n_set_fixed 15 Fixed torque value 100 000 00 100 000 00 Nm p2930 D 0 00 p2930 D Fixed value M Nm Switch symbol Threshold value switch 1 0 with hysteresis Outputs at y a logical 1 if x S If x S H then y returns to 0 0 1 S H y x Threshold value switch 0 1 with hysteresis Outputs at y a logical 1 if x S If x S H then y returns to 0 0 1 H S y x r...

Page 1104: ...2 x y pxxxx pxxxx pxxxx pxxxx x T T T T y T T x y x T T y T1 T1 T2 T2 y x H s s 2 fn_n 2 fn_n s 1 s 2 fn_d 2 fn_d 2 D_d 2 2 t y pxxxx y x1 I x2 1 y x f y fn D Mot U_rated p0304 U_output max r0071 Linear p0310 Parabolic U_output max r0071 p0310 Mot U_rated p0304 H s s 2 fn_d 2 fn_d 2 D_d 2 Flux current control FCC Dependent on the load current Mot U_rated p0304 U_output max r0071 Mot f_rated p0310 ...

Page 1105: ...s are also CO display parameters CO Connector Output At the signal destination the required binector or connector is selected using appropriate parameters BI parameter for binectors BI Binector Input or CI parameter for connectors CI Connector Input Parameterization Example r0722 0 1 2 722 0 p1055 C X122 1 2120 2501 3020 Motorized potentiometer Raise Lower r1050 Parameterizing steps 2 1 p1055 0 72...

Page 1106: ...0 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 0 DI 3 DI 16 DI 17 1108 2121 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 4 DI 7 DI 20 DI 21 1109 2130 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 8 DI DO 9 1110 2131 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 10 DI DO 11 1111 2132 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 12 DI DO 13 1112 2133 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 14 DI DO 15 1113 ...

Page 1107: ...p0742 1 r0722 12 r0723 12 p0728 12 p0728 15 p0745 1 r0722 15 r0723 15 2132 2133 2121 CU320 2 Simulation for DI 0 DI 21 1 0 1 Simulation on p0795 0 21 Simulation signals p0796 0 21 r0722 0 21 r0721 0 21 1 r0723 0 21 24 V M M M 24 V DC to the next device X124 M M DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 DI 7 M2 M DI DO 12 1 DI DO 13 1 M DI DO 14 1 DI DO 15 1 M 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 X132 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 13 DI 20 DI 21 1 r0722 20 r0...

Page 1108: ...erminal jumper and connect the load power supply shown as a dashed line 24 V DC to the next device 1 1 X122 1 DI 0 X122 2 DI 1 X122 3 DI 2 X122 4 DI 3 X122 5 DI 16 X122 7 M1 M X122 8 24 V X122 6 DI 17 1 1 24 V X124 M X124 M X124 M M X124 24 V 5 V 1 Simulation on p0795 0 1 0 p0796 0 p0795 1 1 0 p0796 1 p0795 2 1 0 p0796 2 p0795 3 1 0 p0796 3 p0795 16 1 0 p0796 16 p0795 17 1 0 p0796 17 r0723 0 1 r07...

Page 1109: ...erminal jumper and connect the load power supply shown as a dashed line 24 V DC to the next device 1 1 X132 1 DI 4 X132 2 DI 5 X132 3 DI 6 X132 4 DI 7 X132 5 DI 20 X132 7 M2 M X132 8 24 V X132 6 DI 21 1 1 24 V X124 M X124 M X124 M M X124 24 V 5 V 1 Simulation on p0795 4 1 0 p0796 4 p0795 5 1 0 p0796 5 p0795 6 1 0 p0796 6 p0795 7 1 0 p0796 7 p0795 20 1 0 p0796 20 p0795 21 1 0 p0796 21 r0723 4 1 r07...

Page 1110: ... 10 DI DO 9 p0728 9 0 DI DO 8 X122 9 p0728 8 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 The wiring shown as a dashed line applies when used as digital output p0728 x 1 DI DI 1 1 r0723 9 r0723 8 r0721 8 r0721 9 r0722 9 r0722 8 DI 9_probe 2 For SERVO and VECTOR except for SINAMICS G130 G150 the following applies Can be used as fast measuring probe inputs refer to 4735 4740 3 The digital output access authority is displaye...

Page 1111: ... DO 11 p0728 11 0 DI DO 10 X122 12 p0728 10 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 The wiring shown as a dashed line applies when used as digital output p0728 x 1 DI DI 1 1 r0723 11 r0723 10 r0721 10 r0721 11 r0722 11 r0722 10 DI 11_probe 2 For SERVO and VECTOR except for SINAMICS G130 G150 the following applies Can be used as fast measuring probe inputs refer to 4735 4740 3 The digital output access authority is di...

Page 1112: ...I DO 13 p0728 13 0 DI DO 12 X132 9 p0728 12 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 The wiring shown as a dashed line applies when used as digital output p0728 x 1 DI DI 1 1 r0723 13 r0723 12 r0721 12 r0721 13 r0722 13 r0722 12 DI 13_probe 2 For SERVO and VECTOR except for SINAMICS G130 G150 the following applies Can be used as fast measuring probe inputs refer to 4735 4740 3 The digital output access authority is di...

Page 1113: ...I DO 15 p0728 15 0 DI DO 14 X132 12 p0728 14 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 The wiring shown as a dashed line applies when used as digital output p0728 x 1 DI DI 1 1 r0723 15 r0723 14 r0721 14 r0721 15 r0722 15 r0722 14 DI 15_probe 2 For SERVO and VECTOR except for SINAMICS G130 G150 the following applies Can be used as fast measuring probe inputs refer to 4735 4740 3 The digital output access authority is d...

Page 1114: ...H2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 3 4 Control Unit communication Function diagrams 2197 SINAMICS Link overview r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1115 2198 SINAMICS Link configuration r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1116 2199 SINAMICS Link receive data r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1117 2200 SINAMICS Link send data r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1118 ...

Page 1115: ... r8850 0 0 p8851 1 0 p8851 0 r8860 0 r8850 1 r8850 0 0 p8851 1 0 p8851 0 0 p8861 0 0 p8861 0 SINAMICS Link Ethernet 1 A send word can only be assigned once 2 A node cannot receive its own transmit data 3 The following applies for the node address Address 1 must be provided and gaps are not permissible 4 The number of process data n PZD depends on the drive object 5 Send receive via Interface 1 p88...

Page 1116: ...es as well 1 P2 P1 Send buffer 1 2 3 4 5 32 Node 1 2 3 4 5 32 1 2 3 4 5 32 1 2 3 4 5 32 1 2 3 Receive buffer P1 P2 P1 P2 Configuration Send data Receive data Configuration Send data Receive data SINAMICS Link proj p8811 64 SINAMICS Link add p8836 0 PZD IF HW assign p8839 0 Interface 1 p8839 1 Interface 2 2 COMM BOARD SINAMICS Link cl c p8812 1 CBE20 FW sel p8835 3 SINAMICS Link 64 16 12 8 Maximum ...

Page 1117: ...ective with p8842 1 Afterwards p8842 0 is automatically set A change can also be activated via warm restart project download or POWER ON 3 The number of process data n PZD depends on the drive object 1 2 3 4 5 32 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 32 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Receive buffer Node 1 2 3 r2060 0 r2060 1 r2050 1 r2050 0 r2050 2 Interface 2 IF2 r8860 0 r8860 1 r8850 1 r8850 0 r8850 2 1 r206...

Page 1118: ...anges become effective with p8842 1 Afterwards p8842 0 is automatically set A change can also be activated via warm restart project download or POWER ON 3 The number of process data n PZD depends on the drive object r2053 0 n 1 0 p2051 1 0 p2051 0 0 p2051 2 0 p2051 3 0 p2051 4 r2063 0 n 2 0 p2061 0 0 p2061 1 0 p2061 2 0 p2061 3 r8853 0 n 1 0 p8851 1 0 p8851 0 0 p8851 2 0 p8851 3 0 p8851 4 r8863 0 ...

Page 1119: ...SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 1119 3 Function diagrams 3 5 PROIFIenergy 3 5 PROIFIenergy Function diagrams 2381 Control commands interrogation commands 1120 2382 States 1121 ...

Page 1120: ...ort 2 PROFINET START_Pause END_Pause PROFIenergy control commands START_Pause with time response Pause_Time 1 0 min max Time_to_pause Time_to_operate PROFIenergy interrogation commands p5602 p5606 List_Energy_Saving_Modes Get_Mode PEM_Status PEM_Status_with_CTTO PE_Identify Query_Version Get_Measurement_Values_with_object_number Get_Measurement_Values Get_Measurement_List_with_object_number Get_Me...

Page 1121: ...rgy saving mode from PROFIdrive state S4 poss p5611 2 Drive initiates OFF1 when tran sitioning to energy saving mode p5611 1 0 Pe sw on_inh s_src p5614 POWER ON PROFIdrive state S4 Operation ZSWA 00 01 02 1 ZSWA 11 1 ZSWA 06 0 Pulses enabled Controller enabled No jog operation Setpoints enabled S3 Ready ZSWA 00 01 1 ZSWA 11 0 ZSWA 02 06 0 Line contactor is CLOSED Wait for precharging S2 Ready for ...

Page 1122: ...d metal industry interconnection 1135 2428 ZSW1_BM status word metal industry interconnection 1136 2429 ZSW2_BM status word metal industry interconnection 1137 2430 E_ZSW1_BM status word infeed metal industry interconnection 1138 2439 PZD receive signals interconnection profile specific 1139 2440 PZD receive signals interconnection manufacturer specific 1140 2441 STW1 control word interconnection ...

Page 1123: ... p0922 999 1155 2485 IF2 receive telegram free interconnection 1156 2487 IF2 send telegram free interconnection 1157 2489 IF2 status words free interconnection 1158 2491 IF2 receive telegram free interconnection 1159 2493 IF2 send telegram free interconnection 1160 2495 CU_STW1 control word 1 Control Unit interconnection 1161 2496 CU_ZSW1 status word 1 Control Unit interconnection 1162 2497 A_DIGI...

Page 1124: ...t Signal x Telegram 100 117 PZD1 PZD32 Signal assignment Signal x Telegram 118 219 PZD1 PZD32 Signal assignment Signal x Telegram 220 389 PZD1 PZD32 Signal assignment Signal x Telegram 390 396 PZD1 PZD32 Signal assignment Signal x Telegram 901 999 PZD1 PZD32 Interconnecting the free receive telegram 2468 2481 2470 2472 2483 Interconnecting the free send telegram Signal Description Interconnection ...

Page 1125: ...lts n p0925 F01911 PB PN Clock cycle synchronous operation clock cycle failure A01921 PROFIBUS Receive setpoints after To A01930 PB PN Current controller sampling time clock cycle synchronous not equal A01931 PB PN Speed controller sampling time clock cycle synchronous not equal A01940 PB PN Clock cycle synchronism not reached A01941 PB PN Clock cycle signal missing when establishing bus communica...

Page 1126: ... NSOLL_B NIST_B NSOLL_B NIST_B NSOLL_B NIST_B NSOLL_B NIST_B SATZANW AKTSATZ STW2 ZSW2 ZSW2 STW2 STW2 ZSW2 4 DSC STW2 ZSW2 STW2 ZSW2 G1_STW G1_ZSW G2_XIST1 G2_ZSW G1_STW G1_ZSW G2_STW KPC NSOLL_B NIST_B G1_STW XERR G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G1_STW G1_ZSW G1_XIST2 G2_STW G1_XIST2 G2_ZSW KPC G1_XIST1 G2_XIST1 G2_XIST2 9 3 STW1 ZSW1 MDI_ TARPOS XIST_A STW2 ZSW2 MDI_ VELOCITY SATZANW AKTSATZ MDI_ACC MDI_DEC MDI...

Page 1127: ...rive object type 5 Only for ENCODER 4 Position encoder signal PD Telegram select p0922 999 20 1 STW1 ZSW1 MIST_GLATT PIST_GLATT user 3 NIST_A_GLATT IAIST_GLATT NSOLL_A 81 1 STW2_ENC ZSW2_ENC G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G1_STW G1_XIST2 5 82 1 STW2_ENC ZSW2_ENC G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G1_STW G1_XIST2 5 NIST_A 83 1 STW2_ENC ZSW2_ENC G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G1_STW G1_XIST2 5 NIST_B 2440 2450 automatically Telegram Appl class PZD...

Page 1128: ...W2 KPC G1_STW G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G2_STW KPC XERR G1_XIST2 G2_ZSW G2_XIST2 MOMRED MELDW STW2 ZSW2 G2_XIST1 MDI_TAR POS XIST_A OVERRIDE MELDW ZSW2 STW2 MDI_VELO CITY MDI_ACC MDI_DEC MDI_MODE G1_STW 5 5 5 5 5 2440 2450 automatically 111 3 STW1 ZSW1 POS_STW1 POS_ZSW1 MDI_TAR POS XIST_A OVERRIDE MELDW ZSW2 STW2 MDI_VELO CITY MDI_ACC MDI_DEC 5 FAULT_CODE WARN_CODE NIST_B POS_STW2 POS_ZSW2 user 3 user 3 116...

Page 1129: ...T1 G1_XIST2 XERR MOMRED MELDW STW2 ZSW2 KPC 3 M_VST T_SYMM 5 res DSC_STW 5 136 4 DSC STW1 NSOLL_B NIST_B ZSW1 STW2 MOMRED G2_STW G3_STW XERR KPC M_VST ZSW2 MELDW G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G1_XIST2 G3_XIST1 PIST_GLATT G3_XIST2 AIST_GLATT MSOLL_GLATT ITIST_GLATT G2_ZSW 139 126 4 DSC STW1 ZSW1 NSOLL_B NIST_B G1_STW G1_ZSW G1_XIST1 G2_STW KPC XERR G1_XIST2 G2_ZSW G2_XIST2 MOMRED MELDW STW2 ZSW2 G2_XIST1 M_VST 4...

Page 1130: ...ment not disabled 8 Only for S120 S150 9 Values smoothed at VECTOR Values unsmoothed at SERVO 10 Not for SERVO 2440 2450 automatically PROFIdrive sampling time 2 1 4 PD Telegram select p0922 999 4 Interconnec tion is made according to Telegram Appl class PZD6 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD12 PZD7 PZD5 PZD4 PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD24 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD31 PZD3...

Page 1131: ...ITAL A_DIGITAL_1 E_DIGITAL_1 395 MT_STW MT_ZSW MT_ZSB4 MT_ZS_16 MT_ZS_15 MT_ZS_14 MT_ZS_13 MT_ZSB3 MT_ZSB2 MT_ZS_12 MT_ZS_11 MT_ZS_10 MT_ZS_9 MT_ZS_8 MT_ZS_7 MT_ZS_6 MT_ZS_5 MT_ZS_4 MT_ZS_3 MT_ZS_2 MT_ZS_1 MT_ZSB1 MT_DIAG 396 NOCKEN1_ZS_F CU_STW1 CU_ZSW1 A_DIGITAL E_DIGITAL A_DIGITAL_1 E_DIGITAL_1 MT_STW NOCKEN8_ZS_S NOCKEN7_ZS_S NOCKEN6_ZS_S NOCKEN5_ZS_S NOCKEN4_ZS_S NOCKEN3_ZS_S NOCKEN2_ZS_F NOC...

Page 1132: ...of PZD words depends on the drive object type PROFIdrive sampling time 999 STW1 ZSW1 2481 2483 3 3 Receive telegram length freely selectable via central PROFIdrive configuration in the master 4 Transmit telegram length freely selectable via central PROFIdrive configuration in the master 4 Send telegram to PROFIBUS PROFINET Receive telegram from PROFIBUS PROFINET 2 1 PD Telegram select p0922 999 In...

Page 1133: ...p0840 0 r2090 0 p0844 0 r2090 1 0 OFF OFF1 ON 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switch on inhibit 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF3 braking along the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switch on inhibit 1 No OFF3 enable is possible 0 Inhibit operation 1 Enable operation 0 Inhibit ramp function generator 1 Operating condition 0 Stop the ramp function generator 1 Enable the ramp funct...

Page 1134: ...2 7 STW2 10 Drive data set selection DDS bit 2 1 Speed controller set integrator value 1 Droop enabled Reserved Reserved 1 Bypass ramp function generator Drive data set selection DDS bit 1 Drive data set selection DDS bit 0 Command data set selection CDS bit 1 Command data set selection CDS bit 0 1 Speed controller enabled Reserved Controller slave sign of life Toggle bit 8565 8565 8565 8560 8560 ...

Page 1135: ...W1 10 p0854 0 r2090 10 STW1 11 STW1 12 STW1 13 STW1 14 STW1 15 2546 3 Inverted 8060 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 A_INF 8720 3 8720 3 8720 3 B_INF 7 8820 3 8820 3 8820 3 8820 3 8820 3 S_INF 5 8932 8932 8932 8920 8920 8920 A_INF 8732 8720 8732 B_INF 7 8832 8832 8832 8820 8820 S_INF 5 ON close precharging line contactor pulses can be enabled 0 OFF1 reduce Vdc along a ramp suppress pulse ...

Page 1136: ... ZSW1 14 ZSW1 15 ZSW1 7 ZSW1 10 1 Ready for operation 1 Ready for switching on 1 Operation enabled 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 No quick stop active OFF3 inactive 1 Switching on inhibited active 1 Alarm present 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_off 1 Control requested 1 f or n comparison value reached exceeded 1 I M or P limit not reached 1 Open t...

Page 1137: ...al Meaning ZSW2 0 ZSW2 1 ZSW2 2 ZSW2 3 ZSW2 4 ZSW2 5 ZSW2 6 ZSW2 8 ZSW2 9 ZSW2 11 ZSW2 12 ZSW2 13 ZSW2 14 ZSW2 15 ZSW2 7 ZSW2 10 Reserved 1 Speed setpoint limited 1 Lower torque limit 1 SS1 delay time active in the drive Controller slave sign of life Toggle bit 1 STO active in drive Function diagram internal status word Signal sources for ZSW2_BM 1 Inverted 1 Alarm class bit 1 1 Alarm class bit 0 ...

Page 1138: ...ters r2080 15 r2090 15 p2080 1 r0899 1 p2080 2 r0899 2 p2080 3 r2139 3 p2080 4 r0899 4 p2080 6 r0899 6 p2080 7 r2139 7 p2080 11 r0899 11 p2080 12 r0899 12 1 Ready for switching on Meaning 1 Ready for operation 1 Fault present 1 No OFF2 effective 1 Switching on inhibited 1 Alarm present Reserved 1 PLC requests control 2 1 Precharging completed 1 Line contactor closed Reserved Reserved Controller si...

Page 1139: ... SINAMICS S120 4 Only for ENCODER SATZANW 32 Pos block selection p1190 p1191 bitwise 3090 5 3090 5 2476 I32 I32 U16 bitwise MDI_TARPOS MDI_VELOCITY MDI_ACC MDI_MOD MDI_DEC 34 MDI position 35 MDI velocity 36 MDI acceleration override 37 MDI deceleration override 38 MDI mode bitwise 2480 U16 p2645 3618 I16 4000 hex 100 p2642 3618 I32 1 hex 1 LU p2643 3618 I32 1 hex 1000 LU min p2644 3618 I16 4000 he...

Page 1140: ...464 M_ADD 311 Additional torque p1495 U16 M_LIM 310 Torque limit p1503 p1552 p1554 U16 M_VST 112 Torque pre control value p1513 0 5060 I16 4000 hex p2003 DSC_STW 114 DSC control word p1194 3090 U16 T_SYMM 115 DSC Symmetrizing time constant p1195 3090 U16 A_DIGITAL_1 307 Digital output 16 bit bitwise 2499 U16 NOCKEN1_ZS_F 169 Cam_0 switching instant for a falling edge U16 NOCKEN1_ZS_S 170 Cam_0 swi...

Page 1141: ...3 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable possible 3 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses 1 Operating condition the ramp function generator can be enabled 0 Inhibit ramp function generator set the ramp function generator output to ...

Page 1142: ...y for switching on 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable possible 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses 1 Operating condition the ramp function generator can be enabled 0 Inhibit ramp function generato...

Page 1143: ...TW2 7 STW2 10 Drive data set selection DDS bit 4 1 Parking axis 1 Traverse to fixed endstop Reserved Master sign of life bit 0 Reserved Reserved Drive data set selection DDS bit 3 Drive data set selection DDS bit 2 Drive data set selection DDS bit 1 Drive data set selection DDS bit 0 Reserved Motor changeover feedback Signal Master sign of life bit 1 Master sign of life bit 2 Master sign of life b...

Page 1144: ...3 0 r2090 7 STW1 8 STW1 9 STW1 10 p0854 0 r2090 10 STW1 11 STW1 12 STW1 13 STW1 14 STW1 15 2546 3 Inverted 8060 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 8920 3 A_INF 8720 3 8720 3 8720 3 B_INF 6 8820 3 8820 3 8820 3 8820 3 8820 3 S_INF 5 8932 8932 8932 8920 8920 8920 A_INF 8732 8720 8732 B_INF 6 8832 8832 8832 8820 8820 S_INF 5 ON close precharging line contactor pulses can be enabled 0 OFF1 reduce Vdc ...

Page 1145: ...ition 2 r0483 0 12 4704 G1_XIST2 U16 Encoder 2 status word r0481 1 14 4730 G2_ZSW U32 Encoder 2 actual position 1 r0482 1 15 4704 G2_XIST1 U32 Encoder 2 actual position 2 r0483 1 16 4704 G2_XIST2 U16 Encoder 3 status word r0481 2 18 4730 G3_ZSW U32 Encoder 3 actual position 1 r0482 2 19 4704 G3_XIST1 U32 Encoder 3 actual position 2 r0483 2 20 4704 G3_XIST2 I16 Current actual value torque generatin...

Page 1146: ...feed variant for BM ALM BLM SLM 327 E_ZSW1_BM Status word 1 variant for BM r2089 0 323 ZSW1_BM Status word 2 variant for BM r2089 1 325 ZSW2_BM Status word 1 for Control Unit r2089 1 501 2496 CU_ZSW1 2428 2429 2430 r2080 Measuring probe 3 measuring time falling edge r0687 2 136 MT3_ZS_F Measuring probe 3 measuring time rising edge r0686 2 137 MT3_ZS_S Measuring probe 4 measuring time falling edge ...

Page 1147: ...ng on 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 No quick stop active OFF3 inactive 1 Power on inhibit active 1 Alarm present 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_off 1 Control requested 1 f or n comparison value reached exceeded 1 I M or P limit not reached Reserved 1 No motor overtemperature alarm 1 Command Data Set select...

Page 1148: ...ed 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 No quick stop active OFF3 inactive 1 Switching on inhibited active 1 Alarm present 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_off 1 Control requested 1 f or n comparison value reached exceeded 1 I M or P limit reached 1 Open the holding brake 1 No motor overtemperature alarm 1 No alarm thermal overload power unit 1 Motor rot...

Page 1149: ...81 8 r1406 8 p2081 11 r0835 0 Implicitly interconnected p2081 0 r0051 0 p2081 1 r0051 1 ZSW2 0 ZSW2 1 ZSW2 2 ZSW2 3 ZSW2 4 ZSW2 5 ZSW2 6 ZSW2 8 ZSW2 9 ZSW2 11 ZSW2 12 ZSW2 13 ZSW2 14 ZSW2 15 ZSW2 7 ZSW2 10 1 Drive data set DDS effective bit 0 1 Drive data set DDS effective bit 1 1 Drive data set DDS effective bit 2 1 Drive data set DDS effective bit 3 1 Drive data set DDS effective bit 4 1 Parking...

Page 1150: ...15 2548 7 Inverted 8065 8060 p2080 0 r0899 0 Interconnection parameters p2080 1 r0899 1 p2080 2 r0899 2 p2080 3 r2139 3 p2080 4 r0899 4 p2080 6 r0899 6 p2080 7 r2139 7 p2080 9 r0899 9 p2080 11 r0899 11 p2080 12 r0899 12 1 Ready for switching on Meaning 1 Ready for operation 1 Fault present 1 No OFF2 effective 1 Switching on inhibited 1 Alarm present Reserved 1 PLC requests control 2 1 Precharging ...

Page 1151: ...owing representation applies for words 4000 hex 100 for double words 4000 0000 hex 100 The reference variables p200x apply for the ongoing interconnection 100 p200x The following applies for temperature values 100 C 100 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex 0 C 0 4 In order to maintain the PROFIdrive profile receive word 1 must be used as control word STW1 due to bit 10 control requested 5 Using the connector...

Page 1152: ...r2063 0 30 PROFIdrive send telegram PROFIBUS PROFINET Drive object n Header Drive object 1 Drive object 2 Drive object m Trailer 1 The number of PZD send words depends on the drive object type 2 A PZD send word can either be supplied via connector input p2051 x WORD or via p2061 x DWORD The two corresponding connector inputs cannot be interconnected 3 Physical word and double word values are inser...

Page 1153: ... Status word 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 11 p2088 1 0 p2088 1 11 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 p2080 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 p2088 0 15 p2088 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 p2082 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 p2088 2 15 p2088 2 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 p2083 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 p2088 3 0 p2088 3 15 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 For clock cycle synchronous all drive objects these signals must not be interconnected slave sign of life 2 Only for SINAMICS S120 0 0 0 0 12 15...

Page 1154: ...nfeeds G130 none G150 B_INF S120 x_INF S150 A_INF 2 The number of PZD receive words depends on the drive object type 3 When interconnecting a connector output multiple times all the connector inputs must have either Integer or FloatingPoint data type 4 Using the two connector binector converters two of the PZD receive words 3 to 20 can be converted into binectors for continued interconnection 5 Th...

Page 1155: ... word 1 PZD send word 2 PZD send word 3 PZD send word 4 PZD send word 5 PZD send word 6 PROFIdrive send telegram 4 0 p2051 1 0 p2051 2 0 p2051 3 0 p2051 4 0 p2051 0 Reference quantities for further interconnection p200x 3 0 p2051 5 0 p2051 6 0 p2051 23 0 p2051 24 IF1 Diag send word r2053 0 24 2 1 1 Not for G130 G150 TM15DI_DO TM120 Usable infeeds G130 none G150 B_INF S120 x_INF S150 A_INF 2 The nu...

Page 1156: ...bits irrespective of the input variable 3 The following representation applies for words 4000 hex 100 for double words 40000 0000 hex 100 The reference variables p200x apply for the ongoing interconnection 100 p200x The following applies for temperature values 100 C 100 4000 hex or 40000 0000 hex 0 C 0 4 Using the connector binector converters the bits can be extracted from two of the PZD receive ...

Page 1157: ...0x 3 r8863 0 30 Send telegram PROFIBUS PROFINET Drive object n Header Drive object 1 Drive object 2 Drive object m Trailer 1 The number of PZD send words depends on the drive object type 2 A PZD send word can either be supplied via connector input p8851 x WORD or via p8861 x DWORD The two corresponding connector inputs cannot be interconnected 3 Physical word and double word values are inserted in...

Page 1158: ...free interconnection 5 binector connector converter p8848 0 0 p8881 0 15 r8889 1 Status word 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 11 p8888 1 0 p8888 1 11 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 p8880 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 p8888 0 15 p8888 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 p8882 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 p8888 2 15 p8888 2 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 p8883 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 p8888 3 0 p8888 3 15 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 12 15 r8889 0 Status word 1 r8889 2 Free status word 3 r8889...

Page 1159: ... G150 B_INF S120 x_INF S150 A_INF 2 The number of PZD receive words depends on the drive object type 3 The following representation applies for words 4000 hex 100 The reference variables p200x apply for the ongoing interconnection 100 p200x For temperature values the following applies 100 C 100 4000 hex 0 C 0 4 Using the two connector binector converters two of the PZD receive words 3 to 20 can be...

Page 1160: ...t type 3 The following representation applies for words 4000 hex 100 The reference variables p200x apply for the ongoing interconnection 100 p200x For temperature values the following applies 100 C 100 4000 hex 0 C 0 4 Using the binector connector converters at 2489 bits of 5 send words can be interconnected with any binectors PZD send word 1 PZD send word 2 PZD send word 3 PZD send word 4 PZD sen...

Page 1161: ...0890 0 r2090 2 p2103 0 r2090 7 p3104 r2090 1 Reserved 1 Acknowledge faults Acknowledgment automatically suppressed Master sign of life bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved ESR Trigger RTC real time synchronization PING Reserved Reserved Master sign of life bit 1 Master sign of life bit 2 Master sign of life bit 3 CU_STW1 1 CU_STW1 2 CU_STW1 3 CU_STW1 4 CU_STW1 5 CU_STW1 6 CU_STW1 8 CU_STW1 9 CU_STW1 1...

Page 1162: ... for CU_ZSW1 p2081 7 r2139 7 p2081 8 r0899 8 Implicitly interconnected Reserved 1 Alarm present 1 System time synchronized SYNC 1 No fault present Slave sign of life bit 0 Reserved Reserved 1 Fault present Reserved Reserved 1 No alarm present 1 No safety message present Slave sign of life bit 1 Slave sign of life bit 2 Slave sign of life bit 3 CU_ZSW1 1 CU_ZSW1 2 CU_ZSW1 3 CU_ZSW1 4 CU_ZSW1 5 CU_Z...

Page 1163: ... 5 p0744 r2091 6 p0745 r2091 7 p0739 r2091 1 Inverted Function diagram signal target Function diagram internal status word Interconnection parameters p0738 r2091 0 p0741 r2091 3 A_DIGITAL 1 A_DIGITAL 2 A_DIGITAL 3 A_DIGITAL 4 A_DIGITAL 5 A_DIGITAL 6 A_DIGITAL 8 A_DIGITAL 9 A_DIGITAL 11 A_DIGITAL 12 A_DIGITAL 13 A_DIGITAL 14 A_DIGITAL 15 A_DIGITAL 7 A_DIGITAL 10 A_DIGITAL 0 Signal Digital output 12...

Page 1164: ...TAL 12 E_DIGITAL 13 E_DIGITAL 14 E_DIGITAL 15 E_DIGITAL 7 E_DIGITAL 10 E_DIGITAL 0 Signal Digital input 12 DI DO 12 Digital input 15 DI DO 15 Digital input 2 DI 2 Digital input 4 DI 4 Digital input 14 DI DO 14 Digital input 13 DI DO 13 Digital input 11 DI DO 11 Digital input 10 DI DO 10 Digital input 9 DI DO 9 Digital input 1 DI 1 Digital input 3 DI 3 Digital input 5 DI 5 Digital input 6 DI 6 Digi...

Page 1165: ... PROFIdrive sampling time Signal targets for A_DIGITAL_1 Inverted Function diagram signal target Function diagram internal status word Interconnection parameters p0746 r2092 8 A_DIGITAL_1 1 A_DIGITAL_1 2 A_DIGITAL_1 3 A_DIGITAL_1 4 A_DIGITAL_1 5 A_DIGITAL_1 6 A_DIGITAL_1 8 A_DIGITAL_1 9 A_DIGITAL_1 11 A_DIGITAL_1 12 A_DIGITAL_1 13 A_DIGITAL_1 14 A_DIGITAL_1 15 A_DIGITAL_1 7 A_DIGITAL_1 10 A_DIGITA...

Page 1166: ...AL_1 1 E_DIGITAL_1 2 E_DIGITAL_1 3 E_DIGITAL_1 4 E_DIGITAL_1 5 E_DIGITAL_1 6 E_DIGITAL_1 8 E_DIGITAL_1 9 E_DIGITAL_1 11 E_DIGITAL_1 12 E_DIGITAL_1 13 E_DIGITAL_1 14 E_DIGITAL_1 15 E_DIGITAL_1 7 E_DIGITAL_1 10 E_DIGITAL_1 0 Signal Reserved Reserved Digital input 18 DI 18 Digital input 20 DI 20 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Digital input 17 DI 17 Digital input 19 DI 19 Digital input 2...

Page 1167: ...ntrol 1169 2505 Control word setpoint channel 1170 2520 Control word speed controller 1171 2522 Status word speed controller 1172 2526 Status word closed loop control 1173 2530 Status word closed loop current control 1174 2534 Status word monitoring functions 1 1175 2536 Status word monitoring functions 2 1176 2537 Status word monitoring functions 3 1177 2546 Control word faults alarms 1178 2548 S...

Page 1168: ...panded brake control 2707 1 To setpoint channel 3060 1 3070 1 3080 4 To servo control 5020 1 only S120 S150 To setpoint channel 3060 1 3070 1 To setpoint channel 3060 6 3070 7 3080 5 To servo control 5020 1 only S120 S150 To sequencer 2610 To sequencer 2610 To the sequencer 2610 To the sequencer 2610 r0898 12 To brake control 2701 4 To expanded brake control 2707 1 To torque setpoint 6060 4 p0856 ...

Page 1169: ...s inhibited 1 Ready for switching on Status word sequence control 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Jog active 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 No quick stop active OFF3 inactive 1 Switching on inhibited active 1 Drive ready 1 Controller enable 1 Control requested Reserved 1 Pulses enabled 1 Open the holding brake only for booksize units when the brake is connected to the power unit ...

Page 1170: ... Motorized potentiometer lower p1020 C 0 Fixed setpoint selection bit 0 p1023 C 0 Fixed setpoint selection bit 3 p1111 C 0 Inhib pos dir p1036 C 0 Motorized potentiometer lower p1035 C 0 Motorized potentiometer raise 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit No r1198 3 r1198 5 r1198 6 r1198 11 r1198 13 r1198 14 p1022 C 0 Fixed setpoint selection bit 2 p1021 C 0 Fixed setpoint selection bit 1 r1198 2 r1198 1 r119...

Page 1171: ... 1 speed controller set I component Reserved Reserved 1 Travel to fixed stop Reserved Reserved 1 Droop enable 1 Closed loop torque control active Reserved Set speed adaptation controller I component Reserved r1406 11 r1406 5 r1406 8 r1406 4 r1406 12 To the speed controller 6040 4 To the closed loop speed control 5060 1 and 6060 1 p1492 C 0 Enables droop p1545 C 0 TfS activation p1501 C 0 Changeov ...

Page 1172: ...orque pre control for DSC with spline on 28 32 Reserved 17 1 Speed limiting activ 18 Reserved From speed limiting 6640 8 r1407 17 r1407 20 r1407 21 r1407 22 19 1 DSC position controller limited r1407 19 Ramp function generator tracking 3080 1 Traveling blocks mode 3616 1 3 Speed controller 5040 7 3 5042 5 6040 4 Motor locked stalled 8012 5 To the speed actual value and pole position sensing motor ...

Page 1173: ... No 7 Status word closed loop control 8 9 11 1 Field weakening active 1 Voltage limit active 1 Frequency limit active 1 Vdc_max controller active 14 1 Vdc_min controller active 15 r0056 ZSW closed loop control r0056 11 r0056 14 r0056 15 r0056 0 r0056 1 r0056 2 r0056 4 r0056 7 r0056 8 r0056 9 3 1 Soft starting available r0056 3 5 Reserved r0056 5 6 1 Acceleration voltage active r0056 6 12 1 Current...

Page 1174: ...rd closed loop current control 6714 5 6714 7 3 4 1 Voltage limiting active 5 6 7 8 9 1 Speed adaptation speed deviation active 10 11 1 Error EMF Obs N active 12 1 Motor stalled 13 1 Separately excited synchronous motor is excited 14 1 Current model SESM magnetizing excitation current limited to zero 15 1 Excitation current differential exceeded 6730 3 1 Limit Ud active 1 Limit Uq active 1 Positive...

Page 1175: ... word monitoring functions 1 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 1 n_act 0 Reserved Reserved n_act n_max 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_off Reserved Reserved 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit No r2197 7 r2197 6 r2197 2 r2197 1 r2197 3 1 nact Smoothed speed actual value r2169 8010 2 1 1 p0115 3 From speed signals 2 8011 8 From speed signals 1 80...

Page 1176: ...n_set p2161 1 n_set 0 1 Motor blocked 1 Motor stalled Reserved Reserved 1 Torque setpoint torque threshold value 1 p2174 1 Load monitoring signals an alarm 1 Load monitoring signals a fault Reserved Reserved Reserved 9 10 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit No r2198 5 7 From speed signals 2 8011 8 From speed signals 2 8011 8 From torque messages motor locked stalled 8012 8 From torque messages motor locked stalle...

Page 1177: ...son value reached or exceeded p2141 Reserved Reserved 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_on 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 0 Ramp function generator active 1 Current below the zero current threshold Speed deviation model external in tolerance Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Torque utilization torque threshold value 2 p2194 1 Excitation current outside the tolerance range Reserv...

Page 1178: ...105 C 3 Acknowledge Pulse generator 11 12 13 14 15 Reserved Control word faults alarms Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Acknowledge fault Reserved Reserved 1 External alarm 1 A07850 1 External alarm 2 A07851 1 External alarm 3 A07852 1 External fault 1 F07860 1 External fault 3 F07862 1 External fault 2 F07861 PROFIdrive bit 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit No To alarm buffer 8065 1...

Page 1179: ...present 1 Alarm motor overtemperature 1 Alarm power unit thermal overload 1 Internal message 1 present 1 Alarm present 1 Safety message present 2 1 Bit No r2139 5 4 6 7 8 12 13 14 15 0 Bit No 5 3 r2139 11 Reserved 1 Alarm class bit 0 11 r2139 12 1 Alarm class bit 1 12 1 Acknowledgment required Reserved 1 2 1 Maintenance required 13 1 Maintenance urgently required 14 1 Fault gone can be acknowledge...

Page 1180: ...iagrams 3 8 Sequence control SINAMICS G130 G150 1180 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 3 8 Sequence control Function diagrams 2610 Sequencer 1181 2634 Missing enables line contactor control logic operation 1182 ...

Page 1181: ...2 8832 8932 and not the DO SERVO VECTOR 4 These control commands can also be triggered by a fault response p0857 p0862 2000 00 μs Missing enable signals 2634 Faults F07300 F07802 F6000 Pulse enable HW 2701 8 Drive at standstill Fault with OFF1 or OFF3 response Drive at standstill 1 1 Drive at standstill 4 4 4 4 4 Closed loop control operation De magnetization completed r0046 27 0 Commissioning com...

Page 1182: ...3 0 p2816 0 0 p2816 1 AND operation OR operation NOT operation Missing enable signals that prevent the drive going into operation this situation can be detected at the ZSW sequence control infeed r0899 2 1 8926 5 Missing enable signals 1 1 OFF2 enable missing 1 2 3 5 9 1 OFF1 enable missing Meaning 1 OFF3 enable missing 1 Enable operation missing 1 STOP2 enable missing 1 Infeed enable missing Bit ...

Page 1183: ...s 3 9 Brake control 3 9 Brake control Function diagrams 2701 Basic brake control r0108 14 0 1184 2704 Extended brake control zero speed detection r0108 14 1 1185 2707 Extended brake control open close brake r0108 14 1 1186 2711 Extended brake control signal outputs r0108 14 1 1187 ...

Page 1184: ...he brake is permanently applied or released p0855 p0858 or p1215 the drive does not wait while the brake is released or applied 10 Only for SINAMICS S120 STOP2 enable internal missing r0046 21 2634 1 2501 3 p0855 1 Unconditionally open the holding brake r0898 7 3 2501 3 p0856 1 Enable speed controller r0898 12 2501 3 p0852 1 Operation enabled r0898 3 2501 3 p0858 1 Unconditionally close the holdin...

Page 1185: ...ion 1 Shutdown threshold of the standstill detection In this case e g when using a brake another criterion than the speed actual value can be selected to clear the pulses Otherwise we recommend to keep the factory setting 2 For p1276 300 000 s the timer is de activated i e the timer output is always 0 Note When operating a motor with a brake which must not be applied while the motor is rotating th...

Page 1186: ...the same sampling rate as the brake control and therefore may only be used to individually adapt the brake control 4 If the brake is permanently applied or released p0855 p0858 or p1215 the drive does not wait until the brake is released or applied Brake OR logic operation result 1229 10 0 p1279 3 Brake AND logic operation result 1229 11 3 Background Magnetizing completed r0056 4 T 0 0 000 300 000...

Page 1187: ...r SINAMICS S120 Chassis S150 G130 G150 Note Braking signal diagnostic evaluation p1278 is only relevant for SBC Safe Brake Control controls the Safe Brake Relay Command open brake continuous signal r1229 1 Pulse enable from the brake control r0899 14 Setpoint enable from the brake control r0899 15 Brake does not close 0 10 000 ms p1217 100 T 0 0 10 000 ms p1216 100 2704 8 r1229 5 Close brake inter...

Page 1188: ...ction diagrams 2800 Parameter manager 1189 2802 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 1190 2804 SI status CU MM CU MM group STO 1191 2806 S_STW1 2 Safety control word 1 2 S_ZSW1 2 Safety status word 1 2 1192 2810 STO Safe Torque Off SS1 Safe Stop 1 1193 2811 STO Safe Torque Off safe pulse suppression 1194 2814 SBC Safe Brake Control SBA Safe Brake Adapter 1195 ...

Page 1189: ...y parameters can be reset to the factory settings via p0970 p3900 Activates all password protected safety parameters SI password new p9762 SI ackn password p9763 Safety commissioning mode 2802 1 2804 1 2804 3 2810 3 STO is selected Safety parameterizing enable y Effective password Enter password SET y x All Safety parameters are valid 1 The reference checksum must be equal to the actual checksum 2...

Page 1190: ...ts alarms CU F A01600 01699 MM F A30600 30699 Safety monitoring functions Safety Integrated version Monitoring clock cycle STOP F 2810 4 Status SS1 CU 2810 4 Status SS1 MM 1 Only with a parallel Motor Module connection and enabled Extended Functions Slave Motor Module ready for communication r9872 24 1 2804 4 2806 3 Confirmation via PROFIsafe 1 Faults with response NONE r9772 15 CU 2804 2 r9872 15...

Page 1191: ...cause Safety comm mode 2810 6 17 1 STO cause selection via terminal Basic Functions 2810 5 18 1 STO cause selection via SMM 2810 4 19 1 STO cause actual value or safe torque off missing 1 STO cause selection via SMM 1 STO cause selection via terminal Basic Functions 1 STO cause Safety comm mode Reserved 5 2814 4 1 SS1 selected on the Control Unit Basic Functions 1 SS1 active on the Control Unit Ba...

Page 1192: ...ty status word 1 2 1 1 Deselect STO Meaning 1 Deselect SS1 0 Bit No S_STW1 Safety control word 1 2810 2 2 x r9780 1 1 STO active Meaning 1 SS1 active Reserved 0 Bit No S_ZSW1 Safety status word 1 2804 7 2804 7 2802 6 15 Reserved 1 0 Acknowledgment Reserved 7 1 Internal event 7 Reserved 1 1 Deselect STO Meaning 1 Deselect SS1 0 Bit No S_STW2 Safety control word 2 1 1 STO active Meaning 1 SS1 active...

Page 1193: ...Stop 1 STO Safe Torque Off 1 One terminal can be used for several drives to form a group 2 Switch on delay starts when the request pulse suppression CU is withdrawn 3 Value range see Parameter List 4 Redundant functions in the Control Unit CU and Motor Modules MM 5 Only for Booksize 6 Only for VECTOR The number of active AND inputs corresponds to the number of Motor Modules connected in parallel p...

Page 1194: ...on Motor Module 0 Request pulse suppression MM DRIVE CLiQ Request pulse suppression CU 2810 8 M U V W Vdc Vdc Gating unit Gating unit 1 r9872 1 1 STO active in drive 1 STO active on Control Unit r9772 1 5 V to SBC Save pulse suppression 5 V Upper IGBT bridge half Shutdown path from CU 0 STO_CU Shutdown path from MM 0 STO_MM DIAG_L DIAG_U Lower IGBT bridge half 1 1 1 r9780 CU r9880 MM STO Safe Torq...

Page 1195: ... selected F30630 Incorrect safety brake control MM 1 Fault brake control 0 SBC requested 0 SBC requested 1 SBC enabled 1 1 Fault brake control 1 Motor brake 24 V DC 2 Not if p9602 p9802 0 and p1278 1 3 Only for Booksize 4 Only for Chassis CIM 5 Motor brake 230 V AC 1 SBC enabled 0 SBC selected 1 1 BR_DIAG 2802 1 M SBA BR 1 0 r9780 CU 2 2 2 SBA Safe Brake Adapter SBC Safe Brake Control SBA_DIAG S B...

Page 1196: ...ted Speed 1199 2821 Safe referencing 1200 2822 SLP Safely Limited Position 1201 2823 SSM Safe Speed Monitor 1202 2824 SDI Safe Direction 1203 2825 SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor SBR Safe Brake Ramp 1204 2836 SBT Safe Brake Test 1205 2837 Selection of active control word 1206 2840 SI Motion drive integrated control signals status signals 1207 2842 S_STW1 Safety control word 1 S_ZSW1 Safety status wo...

Page 1197: ...arameters can be reset to the factory settings via p0970 p3900 Activates all password protected safety parameters SI password new p9762 SI ackn password p9763 Safety parameterization enable y Effective password Password entry SET y x Safety parameters p9300 p9399 p9500 p9599 are valid after POWER ON p9399 SI ref CRC MM r9398 SI act CRC MM SI Mtn ref CRC p9729 SI Mtn act CRC r9728 p0010 95 Quit Saf...

Page 1198: ... 2858 3 2 2905 3 3 2819 1 2825 1 2858 6 2 2905 6 3 2858 6 2 2905 6 3 2819 1 2825 1 2858 6 2 2905 6 3 SI Mtn t C SOS MM p9352 r9714 0 1 1 1 S Q R Q S Q R Q 5 5 STOP B STOP A Deselect SS2E r9720 28 1 4 2804 1 SS2E active r9722 28 2858 6 2 2858 3 2 SOS active r9722 3 SS2 active r9722 2 SS1 active r9722 1 STO or safe pulse cancellation active r9722 0 SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor SBR Safe Brake Ramp S...

Page 1199: ...ng linear p9316 0 Pos_act sign_chng p9316 1 SI Mtn ax type CU p9502 0 SI Mtn gear den CU p9521 0 7 1 SI Mtn gear num CU p9522 0 7 1 Motor encoder rotating linear p9516 0 SI Mtn sp_pitch CU 0 1000 8388 0000 mm p9520 10 0000 Pos_act sign_chng p9516 1 r9733 0 1 SI Mtn setp_lim SI Mtn rp t_del CU 10 00 99000 00 ms p9582 250 00 SI Mtn rp t_del MM 10000 00 99000000 00 μs p9382 250000 00 SI Mtn SLS t MM ...

Page 1200: ...up referencing r9723 3 Position referenced r9723 17 Position safely referenced r9722 23 r9708 1 p9572 p9344 r9708 0 p9572 p9544 User agreement MM is set r9741 0xAC User agreement CU is set r9727 0xAC Select user agreement MM p9740 0xAC Select user agreement CU p9726 0xAC Internal loss of the reference position parking changing over gear ratios Declare reference position invalid p9573 122 Referenci...

Page 1201: ...er agreement is set within 4 seconds MM p9534 0 p9535 0 p9534 1 p9535 1 p9334 0 p9334 1 p9335 1 p9335 0 SI Mtn UserAgr int MM r9741 AC hex SI Mtn UserAgr int CU r9727 AC hex SLP positioning range active r9722 19 0 1 0 1 SLP 1 SLP 2 1 1 1 1 1 MM MM MM 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 STOP A STOP B STOP C STOP D STOP E STOP A STOP B STOP C STOP D STOP E 1 0 2819 2819 2858 6 2858 6 2858 6 2858 6 1 When violatin...

Page 1202: ...00 ms p9545 0 00 0 00 100 000 00 μs p9345 0 00 1 0 p9509 0 1 1 Only for p9506 1 or 3 Safety without encoder 1 0 STO active r9722 0 Enable SSM hysteresis filter p9501 16 0000 bin Enable SSM hysteresis filter p9301 16 0000 bin Si Mtn SSM v_limCU 0 00 1000 000 00 rpm p9546 20 00 SI Mtn SSM v_limMM 0 00 1000 000 00 rpm p9346 20 00 Safe speed recording Load side v_act r9714 0 SSM speed below limit valu...

Page 1203: ...0 001 360 000 p9564 12 000 SI Mtn SDI Stop CU 0 14 p9566 2 SI Mtn SDI Stop MM 0 14 p9366 2 T 0 SDI positive active r9722 12 r9722 SI Mtn integ stat SDI negative active r9722 13 SDI positive select r9720 12 r9720 SI Mtn integ STW SDI negative select r9720 13 2840 1 2840 1 2840 5 2840 5 1 0 p9509 8 1 1 0 STO active r9722 0 1 0 0 0 0 Monitoring t t n SDI Deselect Delay time SDI SDI 2 1 Only for p9506...

Page 1204: ...68 0 p9546 will be used 2 With encoder only 3 Shortening of transition time to SOS STO is possible see function SS1 and SS2 p9548 0 3 2 SAM 2 SBR active r9723 16 1 SBR inactive r9723 16 0 SS1 active t n p9582 STO active r9722 0 1 p9560 p9500 12 00 ms nist p9581 p9583 SBR active r9723 16 1 SBR inactive r9723 16 0 SS1 or SS2 active t n p9552 when activated via SS2 p9582 SOS active r9722 3 1 SBR with...

Page 1205: ...d t p10208 Ramp time p10211 p10221 Test duration p10208 Ramp time p10212 p10222 Monitoring position tolerance Mset MLoad 0 r10241 Diagnostic statically load torque r0899 2 1 Brake test torque p10210 p10220 p10209 r10240 Diagnostic max test torque r0899 2 1 Brake closed r1482 n_ctrl I M_outp r9708 0 SI Mtn safe pos Start brake test 1 If tolerance bandwidth 20 of test torque is exceeded A01784 26 wi...

Page 1206: ... G130 G150 11 09 12 V04 08 00 SI Extended Functions Selection of active control word p9500 12000 μs SCC STW3 0 p10235 0 1 2 SI Mtn SBT sel p10203 1 r10231 SI Mtn SBT imageSTW 0 Select brake p10230 2 0 Select test sequence p10230 4 0 Select test torque sign p10230 3 0 Start brake test p10230 1 0 Select brake test p10230 0 0 External brake status p10230 5 0 SI Mtn test stop p9705 Extended functions ...

Page 1207: ...elect SLP position range SLP active position area 19 1 Safely referenced 23 1 SLP limit upper maintained 30 1 SLP limit lower maintained 31 1 SP valid 22 0 SLS1 1 SLS2 2 SLS3 3 SLS4 0 SLS1 1 SLS2 3 1 Only at drive of the Extended Functions via PROFIsafe 2 Only at drive of the Extended Functions via TM54F or onboard interface for CU310 2 3 S_ZSW1 11 or S_ZSW2 29 depending on the telegram number sel...

Page 1208: ... control word 1 S_ZSW1 Safety status word 1 2858 2 2 x p9500 24 00 ms 1 2 1 STO or safe pulse cancellation active Meaning 1 SS1 active 1 SS2 active 0 Bit No 4 1 Deselect SLS 1 Deselect SOS 2 3 1 SOS active 4 1 SLS active 1 Deselect SS1 1 Deselect SS2 3 9 Reserved Active SLS stage bit 1 Reserved 10 1 SSM speed below limit value 15 11 1 SOS selected 9 Active SLS stage bit 0 7 1 Internal event 1 SLP ...

Page 1209: ...eserved Active SLS stage bit 1 Reserved 10 SSM Speed below limit value 15 9 Active SLS stage bit 0 7 1 Internal event 1 SLP active 6 1 Deselection SLP 6 13 1 Deselection SDI positive 1 Deselection SDI negative 12 Reserved 12 1 SDI pos active 13 1 SDI neg active r9722 7 2858 6 Reserved SLP active position area 19 1 Safety referenced 23 1 SLP limit upper maintained 30 1 SLP limit lower maintained 31...

Page 1210: ...DI 0 F DI 4 1214 2894 Fail safe digital inputs F DI 5 F DI 9 1215 2895 Fail safe digital outputs F DO 0 F DO 3 digital inputs DI 20 DI 23 1216 2900 Basic Functions control interface p9601 2 3 0 p9601 6 1 1217 2901 Basic Functions Safe State selection 1218 2902 Basic Functions assignment F DO 0 F DO 3 1219 2905 Extended Functions control interface p9601 2 1 p9601 3 0 1220 2906 Extended Functions Sa...

Page 1211: ...19 M1 9 X520 1 2 L3 M1 X525 1 2 3 DO 1 DO 1 DI 21 X523 1 2 3 DO 0 DO 0 DI 20 X521 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 L1 DI 0 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 DI 1 DI 3 M1 9 DI 9 10 M1 IC for current limiting 24 V M M M1 M1 24 V electronic M M 24 V DC to the next device X524 M M X500 X501 M p10040 9 F DI 4 2900 1 2905 1 F35151 Discrepancy Error 1 0 1 M1 T 0 1 p10040 0 F DI 0 2900 1 2905 1 F35151 Discrepancy Error 1 0 1 M1 T 0 1 2893 5...

Page 1212: ...tings via p0970 p3900 Activates all password protected safety parameters SI password new p10062 SI ackn password p10063 Safety parameterization enable y Effective password Password entry SET y x Safety parameters p10000 p10099 are valid after POWER ON 1 The reference checksum must be equal to the actual checksum p10005 SI ref CRC TM54F_SL r10004 SI act CRC TM54F_SL SI ref CRC TM54F_MA p10005 SI ac...

Page 1213: ...ve 5 p10011 4 1 Drive group assignment SI FCP Timer 0 00 8760 00 h p10003 8 00 0 SI FCP F DI DO s_src p10007 T 0 Drive group 1 Drive group 2 Drive group 3 Drive group 4 Drive 6 p10011 5 1 A35012 Test stop active F35013 Test stop error A35014 Test stop required Test F DI Test F DO SI F DI enab test p10041 SI F DO FS act p10046 Test stop Restart timer on successful test stop r10053 3 DI 23 r10053 0 ...

Page 1214: ...X522 3 p10040 3 DI 9 X522 6 DI 9 X522 9 DI 8 X522 5 M1 p10040 4 M1 X522 10 X521 8 M1 X524 M X524 24 V DC To the next device 24 V electronic M M P24 M X524 X514 M X514 P24_1 M1 X514 X514 M M1 M1 24 V F DI 1 F DI 2 F DI 3 F DI 4 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 F DI 0 F35151 Discrepancy error F35151 Discrepancy error F35151 Discrepancy error F35151 Discrepancy er...

Page 1215: ... 8 DI 16 X532 3 p10040 8 DI 19 X532 6 DI 19 X532 9 DI 18 X532 5 p10040 9 M1 X532 10 X531 8 M1 X524 M X524 24 V DC To the next device 24 V electronic M M P24 M X524 X514 M X514 P24_1 M1 X514 X514 M M1 M1 24 V F DI 7 F DI 8 F DI 9 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 2900 1 2905 1 F DI 6 SI F DI Um t 1 00 2000 00 ms p10002 500 0 F35151 Discrepancy error F35151 Discrepancy error F3...

Page 1216: ... drive object TM54F_SL Slave X514 M X514 P24_1 M1 X514 X514 M M1 M1 24 V DO 3 X535 2 X535 3 DO 3 24 V_1 F DO 3 DI 23 M1 M1 DO 2 X533 2 X533 1 X533 3 DO 2 F DO 2 DI 22 X535 1 24 V_1 M1 M1 M1 X532 10 DO 1 DO 1 24 V_1 F DO 1 DI 21 M1 M1 X520 1 L3 DO 0 DO 0 F DO 0 DI 20 24 V_1 M1 M1 X525 2 X525 1 X523 2 X523 1 X523 3 X525 3 2892 1 2902 8 2907 8 r10052 0 r10052 1 r10052 2 r10052 3 r10053 3 r10053 2 r10...

Page 1217: ... drive r9773 1 SS1 active in the drive r9773 6 Statically active STO selected in drive r9773 0 SS1 selected in the drive r9773 5 Distribution of drive groups 1 4 to drives 1 6 DRIVE CLiQ 2804 8 DRIVE CLiQ Data encryption decryption Monitoring of Basic Functions Grouping drives 1 6 to drive groups 1 4 Assignment of drive groups F DI assignment of drive groups Put all outputs to 0 r10054 SI Failsafe...

Page 1218: ...oup 3 Safe State 0 1 0 Drive group 4 SS1_active Drive group 4 Power_removed Drive group 3 SS1_active Drive group 3 Power_removed Drive group 2 SS1_active Drive group 2 Power_removed Drive group 1 SS1_active Drive group 1 Power_removed 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2902 1 2902 1 2902 1 SI Safe State selection p10039 0 0 SI Safe State sel...

Page 1219: ...ernal event 514 Drive group 3 SS1 active 513 Drive group 3 pulses suppressed 770 Drive group 4 SS1 active 769 Drive group 4 pulses suppressed 777 Drive group 4 internal event 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 2900 8 7 Drive group 1 safe state 2901 8 263 Drive group 2 safe state 2901 8 521 Drive group 3 internal event 2900 8 519 Drive group 3 safe state 2901 8 775 Drive...

Page 1220: ... SS2_active Internal event SLS stage bit 0 SLS stage bit 0 SDI_pos_active SDI_neg_active SI SDI neg DI p10031 0 3 SLP_active Active SLP stage Active SLP Stufe Active SLP stage SLP_active Active SLP Stufe SI SLP DI p10032 0 3 SI SLP SEL DI p10033 0 3 SI SLP retr F DI p10009 0 Assignment of drive groups MM CU p9500 12 00 ms STO active r9722 0 SS1 active r9722 1 SS2 active r9722 2 SOS active r9722 3 ...

Page 1221: ...05 8 2905 8 1 0 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 Drive group 2 SS2_active Drive group 2 SS1_active Drive group 2 SOS_active 2905 8 Drive group 2 Power_removed Drive group 2 SLS_active SI Safe State selection p10039 1 6 1 0 SI Safe State selection p10039 1 0 0 0 Drive group 2 SDI_pos_active Drive group 2 SDI_neg_active 2905 8 2905 8 1 0 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 Drive group 3 SS2_active Drive group 3 ...

Page 1222: ...src p10045 0 1 1 1 1 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 3 Drive group 1 SS2 active 2 Drive group 1 SS1 active 1 Drive group 1 pulses suppressed 4 Drive group 1 SOS active 5 Drive group 1 SLS active 7 Drive group 1 safe state 0 No function 9 Drive group 1 internal event 8 Drive group 1 SOS selected 6 Drive group 1 SSM feedback signal active 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 2905 8 2906 8 257 Drive group 2 pulses suppr...

Page 1223: ...0 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 1223 3 Function diagrams 3 13 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 3 13 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Function diagrams 2915 Standard telegrams 1224 2917 Manufacturer specific telegrams 1225 ...

Page 1224: ... S_STW2 S_ZSW2 Interconnec tion is made according to Telegram Appl class 30 1 Depending on the hardware and software version of the drive product used SINAMICS G SINAMICS S software version only subsets of the Safety Integrated functions SI functions listed may be configured The current Safety Integrated Function Manual FHS describes which SI functions are supported by which drive products 2 x r97...

Page 1225: ...LE_COUNT S_XIST16 S_STW2 S_SLS_LIMIT_A S_SLS_LIMIT_A_ACTIVE S_ZSW2 S_XIST32 Interconnec tion is made according to Telegram Appl class S_CYCLE_COUNT 2 x r9780 2 x p9500 24 00 ms Only at Basic Functions Only at Extended Functions 1 SI Ps telegr_sel p60022 SI Ps telegr CU p9611 SI Ps telegr MM p9811 Receive telegram from PROFIBUS PROFINET Send telegram to PROFIBUS PROFINET Receive telegram from PROFI...

Page 1226: ... speed setpoints 1228 3020 Motorized potentiometer 1229 3030 Main supplementary setpoint setpoint scaling jogging 1230 3040 Direction limitation and direction reversal 1231 3050 Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 1232 3060 Basic ramp function generator 1233 3070 Extended ramp function generator 1234 3080 Ramp function generator selection status word tracking 1235 ...

Page 1227: ...element from PROFIdrive t x y x y p0115 3 1 n_act Ramp function generator tracking M_limit ZSW p1160 r1170 n_ctrl setp sum 1 0 r1199 RFG selection p1115 r1438 p1155 1590 1 1700 1 r1150 RFG n_set at outp p0115 1 p1430 Balancing Spline Interpolation p1194 p1195 DSC T_SYMM DSC_STW 5060 1 n_pre_control 5030 1 5020 1 x a Δ 2 x a Δ 2 Dynamic setpoint limit 3080 Ramp function generator selection status w...

Page 1228: ...set_fixed 9 rpm p1009 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 10 rpm p1010 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 11 rpm p1011 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 12 rpm p1012 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 13 rpm p1013 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 14 rpm p1014 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 15 rpm p1015 D 0 000 p1001 D p1003 D p1002 D p1004 D p1005 D p1006 D p1007 D p1008 D p1009 D p1010 D p1011 D p1012 D p1013 D p1014 D p1015 D 0 000 n_set_fixed No act r1197 Fixed speed setpoint ...

Page 1229: ...potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value 0 Without ramp function generator in automatic mode ramp up ramp down time 0 1 With ramp function generator in automatic mode 0 Without initial rounding 1 With initial rounding The ramp up down time set is exceeded accordingly Save in NVRAM active 0 Not saved in the NVRAM 1 Save in NVRAM active The ramp function gener...

Page 1230: ... OFF1 No OFF2 No OFF3 f _slip 6730 2 7020 8 1 AOP30 not at SINAMICS SM150 2 Only active in LOCAL mode r0807 0 1 2501 2 3 Jogging can only be activated in the following operating states sequencer see 2610 For SERVO and VECTOR In the Ready for switching on S2 operating state For VECTORGL and VECTORMV In the Operation S4 operating state 4 Only if control priority is with control panel with speed setp...

Page 1231: ...r1198 5 1 Inhibit positive direction r1198 6 2505 3 p1110 2505 3 p1111 2505 3 p1113 1 AOP30 not at SINAMICS SM150 2 Only active in LOCAL mode r0807 0 1 2501 2 3 Only for SINAMICS G130 G150 and S150 100 For SERVO the following applies Only if the function module Extended setpoint channel is activated r0108 8 1 101 To view the pre assignment of the sampling times in p0115 refer to p0112 p0115 3 AOP3...

Page 1232: ...in 100 For SERVO the following applies Only if the function module Extended setpoint channel is activated r0108 8 1 For r0108 8 0 3095 applies for the generation of the speed limits 101 To view the pre assignment of the sampling times in p0115 refer to p0112 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm 3040 8 r1114 Setp after limit rpm 1 n_skip scale 1 p1098 C r1119 RFG setp at inp rpm r1112 n_set aft min_lim rpm 1 ...

Page 1233: ...r0898 4 Ramp function generator status bits 3080 5 0 Internal quick stop 0 Internal quick stop Other status bits Ramp up active Ramp down active n_set_4 2501 3 p1140 2501 3 p1141 2501 3 p1142 3080 8 Ramp flattening off 1 Internal RFG enable 2634 4 1 Bypass ramp function generator r1198 15 2505 3 p1122 RFG setting value 0 p1144 C 0 RFG accept set v p1143 C 0 1 0 1 1 1 For SERVO and VECTOR the follo...

Page 1234: ...0 000 RFG t_end_delay 0 000 30 000 s p1131 D 0 000 RFG OFF3 t_end_del 0 000 30 000 s p1137 D 0 000 OFF3 t_RD 0 000 600 000 s p1135 D RFG ramp up time 0 000 999 999 000 s p1120 D 10 000 RFG ramp down time 0 000 999 999 000 s p1121 D 10 000 RFG tol HL RL act 0 00 1000 00 rpm p1148 D 19 80 3050 5 3095 7 n_max 1 1 Only for SINAMICS S120 2 Effective ramp up time Tup_eff Tup IR 2 FR 2 Effective ramp dow...

Page 1235: ...ose as possible to the speed actual value p1145 1 0 The ramp function generator ramp is steeper than for p1145 1 0 higher speed following error 5 The value is displayed correctly only with r0899 2 1 Operation enabled 6 For SERVO only 7 For VECTOR VECTOR3P VECTORMV only 8 For VECTORGL only 101 To view the pre assignment of the sampling times in p0115 refer to p0112 3050 1 5020 1 6 6030 1 8011 2 306...

Page 1236: ...luation SINAMICS G130 G150 1236 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 3 15 Encoder evaluation Function diagrams 4702 Overview 1237 4704 Raw signal sensing 1238 4715 Actual speed value and pole position sensing encoder 1 n_act_filter 5 1239 ...

Page 1237: ...der 1 Encoder Data Sets EDS EDS 0 EDS 1 EDS 2 3 encoder data sets No encoder Parameters encoder 1 Parameters encoder 2 Parameters encoder 3 p0400 p0425 p0187 p0189 x2n III from sensor n Temperature Faults alarms F31100 A33904 r0063 0 n_act unsmoothed Sensorless operation n_act calculation x2n p1441 0 1 2 99 Encoder 1 n_act_measurement Fine resolution Fine re solution Raw position signals only from...

Page 1238: ...shown at 8570 Encoder type selection 0 No encoder p0400 E Enc configuration p0404 E 3 1 For rotary encoders pulse number setting For resolvers pole pair number setting 2 p0142 p0141 for motors with DRIVE CLiQ 3 These parameters are automatically set SM characteristics r0458 E p0979 0 25 encoder format acc to PROFIdrive F31100 A33905 encoder faults alarms Enc rot clearance ZM p0425 E Incr DRIVE CLi...

Page 1239: ... 4710 8 1 0 1 n_act measurement 5 5 r0094 Transformat_angle 3 1 0 r1407 1 2522 6 1 Sensorless operation active n_act calculation 6730 1 7 6731 3 5 6733 8 6 1 6731 1 n_act filt 5 fn_n p1680 D n_act_ filt 5 D_n p1681 D n_act_filt 5 fn_d p1678 D n_act_filt 5 D_d p1679 D p1656 D 4 y y n_act_filt 5 fn_n p1678 D n_act filt 5 D_n p1679 D 1 0 p1677 D 8 9 f y fn D f 2nd Order Filter y 2 1 x x I n_setp_filt...

Page 1240: ...racteristic and voltage boost 1251 6310 Resonance damping and slip compensation 1252 6320 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller U f 1253 6490 Speed control configuration 1254 6491 Flux control configuration 1255 6630 Upper lower torque limit 1256 6640 Current power torque limits 1257 6700 Current control overview 1258 6710 Current setpoint filter 1259 6714 Iq and Id controllers 1260 6721 Id se...

Page 1241: ...SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 1241 3 Function diagrams 3 16 Vector control 6792 Interface to the Motor Module RESM p0300 6 1269 6799 Display signals 1270 ...

Page 1242: ...2526 Status word closed loop control 2530 Status word closed loop current control p1400 p1401 r0056 r1408 p1530 p1531 p0640 r0067 I_outp max r1538 M_max upper eff r1539 M_max lower eff p1522 p1523 p1521 M max lower gen p1520 M max upper mot Kp Integrator control 6040 Speed controller 4715 Speed actual value and pole position sensing motor encoder ASM SM encoder 1 p1416 r0062 n_set after filter For...

Page 1243: ... D 0 00 n_set limit r1407 11 r1170 n_ctr setp sum r0060 n_set before filt 0 1 0 1 6060 8 3050 8 3050 8 6730 1 6732 1 6733 1 6060 3 2522 3 1 0 Pre control speed M_ctrl act r1407 2 6490 7 1 Sensorless vector control speed pre control active from speed control configuration p1400 15 n_set limit r1407 11 Mot MomInert ratio 1 000 10000 000 p0342 M 1 000 Mot M_mom of inert 0 00000 100000 00000 kgm p0341...

Page 1244: ...mponent p1400 D 3 1 0 x y n_set I_comp r1439 r1119 RFG setp at input n_ctrl n_set 1 p1155 C n_ctrl n_set 2 p1160 C n_ctrl n_set stat r1444 0 1 Steady state setpoint calculation n_set via PC PcCtrl active r0807 0 r1084 n_limit pos eff r1087 n_limit neg eff r1084 n_limit pos eff r1087 n_limit neg eff 6060 1 Calculated accelerating torque Mot MomInert Ratio 1 000 10000 000 p0342 M 1 000 Mot M_mom of ...

Page 1245: ...J_est t J p1561 D J_est t load p1562 D 1 Load estimator active r1407 25 r1407 ZSW n_ctrl Basic function p1563 J_est M pos 3 3 J_prectrl t J p5316 D 3 3 1 Possible bit combinations p5310 Bit 1 0 0 0 Function inactive 0 1 Cyclic calculations of the coefficient without moment of inertia precontrol commissioning 1 0 Moment of inertia precontrol activated without cyclic calculation of the coefficients ...

Page 1246: ... 1 0 Kp_n_adapt 6490 7 From Kp Tn adaptation 6050 7 To Kp Tn adaptation 6050 2 1 1 Hold Set Set Val 2522 7 Enable speed controller from sequence control S4 Operation Speed controller 2522 3 2522 3 Kp Tn r1482 n_ctrl I M_outp 1 2 Tn Kp n_ctrl Tn eff r1469 3 2520 3 p1477 6490 7 n_ctr n_act T_smth 0 00 32000 00 ms p1442 D 4 00 p1452 D 10 00 1 Automatic Kp Tn adaptation active p1400 0 1 Dynamic reduct...

Page 1247: ...apt y x n_ctr Tn n up scal 0 000 200 000 000 p1463 D 100 000 6040 8 Tn r0063 0 n_act unsmoothed n_ctr Kp n up scal 0 000 200 000 000 p1461 D 100 000 Kp n Kp n_ctrl n lower 0 00 210 000 00 rpm p1464 D 0 00 Kp_n_adapt n_ctrl AdaptKplow 0 00 400 00 p1456 D 0 00 n_ctrl AdaptKp up 0 00 400 00 p1456 D 0 00 n_ctrl Kp scal 1 p1466 C n_ctrl adpt_sig Kp 0 p1455 C Adapt_factor lower 0 0 200 000 0 p1458 D 100...

Page 1248: ...luenced by the speed limit controller 4 Only for DO VECTOR and sensorless SESM with speed controller inhibited r1776 4 0 r1526 M_max up w o offs r1527 M_max low w o offs Max Min p0115 1 Motor Modules 1 0 1 1 M_lim var fixS_src p1551 C 0 1 r1547 0 M_max outp n_ctrl upper limit Example 0 Quick stop active OFF3 r0899 5 0 1 r1480 n_ctrl PI M_outp 6030 1 6710 1 8012 1 Upper torque limit active r1407 8 ...

Page 1249: ... Inhib Vdc ctrl 1 Vdc_max controller enable 2 Vdc_min controller kinetic buffering enable 3 Vdc_min controller and Vdc_max controller enable 4 Vdc_Activates Vdc_max monitoring 5 Vdc_Activates Vdc_min monitoring 6 Vdc_Activates Vdc_min monitoring and Vdc_max monitoring 2 The Vdc controller is switched on when reaching the threshold value The switch off hysteresis is 5 of the switch on level 3 Only ...

Page 1250: ... PolePairNo act r0313 60 6301 f_set 100 ms 100 ms r1119 RFG setpt at inp Ramp function generator 6030 1 3060 I_max Motor Module MIN Current limit p0640 r0056 2526 p0115 1 Motor Modules r1359 Angular difference Uf angle setpoint 0 p1356 Sym act angle p1358 1 0 1 0 0 180 1 Curr lim scal src 1 p0641 C r0066 f_outp f_outp smooth r0024 r0094 Transformat_angle r0025 U_outp smooth r0072 U_output Speed ac...

Page 1251: ...f char f2 p1322 Uf char f3 p1324 1 Flux current control FCC Dependent on the load current Linear Parabolic 6300 2 U_output max r0071 f_set Mot U_rated p0304 Mot f_rated p0310 Mot f_rated p0310 U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Mot U_rated p0304 Mot f_rated p0310 6300 4 0 5 1 6 2 3 19 Uf U_set independ 0 p1330 C 4 7 U f FCC f_Start p1333 r1348 Uf Eco fac act v ECO Mode 1 For p1320 0 the voltage ...

Page 1252: ...utp U f resonance damping U f slip compensation Slip comp scal p1335 f_slip r0065 6730 4 6731 4 6714 4 Slip comp lim val p1336 1 6300 7 6730 2 p0115 1 Motor Modules 6 10 1 1 1 If p1349 0 the limit is 0 95 x f Mot N 45 Hz 2 Preset value for r1337 Activation with r0056 4 1 till r0066 p1334 and p1216 has expired 100 equal r0330 Rated motor slip p1334 f f Mot N 1 p1334 4 p1349 f f Mot N 95 x p1349 ZSW...

Page 1253: ...n_level r1286 0 1 4 5 6 2 3 2526 2 6031 6 2526 2 6031 6 p0115 y Motor Modules Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1294 Supply voltage p0210 Vdc_min on_level p1285 D Calculate on_level Calculate on_level 1 p1280 0 0 Inhib Vdc ctrl 1 Enables Vdc_max controller 2 Enables Vdc_min controller kinetic buffering 3 Enables Vdc_min controller and Vdc_max controller 4 Activates Vdc_max monitoring 5 Activates Vdc_min monitor...

Page 1254: ...ved 0 Bit No 4 Speed control configuration 0 0 0 1 6040 3 6040 3 n_ctrl config p1400 D Factory setting 6030 7 6 7 13 1 Kp Tn adaptation active 1 Free Tn adaptation active Reserved 1 0 5 0 14 0 Torque pre control for n_ctrl enabled 1 Torque pre control always active 0 15 1 Sensorless vector control speed pre control active 1 p0115 1 Motor Modules 6031 1 6031 7 6031 2 6050 6 6060 4 6040 5 0 I compon...

Page 1255: ...ation 6723 6 6722 3 Flux ctrl config p1401 D p1401 D Flux ctrl config 6723 7 1 1 0 Factory setting 3 1 Flux characteristic load dependent 1 4 1 Flux controller ASM with encoder 1 1 Flux impression ASM with encoder with model chngov 0 Flux impression ASM with encoder from 30 n_rated 1 5 6 1 7 1 Pre control speed limitation 1 3 1 Speed limiting controller with M_limits 0 Speed limiting controller wi...

Page 1256: ...l 1524 p1528 C p1524 D M_max up mot scal 2 000 0 2 000 0 p1524 D 100 0 M_max lower scal 1525 p1529 C p1525 D M_max lower scal 2 000 0 2 000 0 p1525 D 100 0 p0115 2 Motor Modules 0 1 0 1 1 M_lim var fixS_src p1551 C Example 0 Quick stop active OFF3 r0899 5 1 1 A 1 Danger or positive values at represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrolla...

Page 1257: ...s the evaluation of the connector input p1555 off 4 Only for SINAMICS S120 S150 5 Ony for PMSM 6060 1 6040 4 8012 1 2 P_max 1 p1555 C 1 P_max_scal p1556 D 0 00 Max Min 1 Max 6710 1 3 Isq_min limited r1537 0 Isq_max limited r1536 0 6630 8 Pre control p1401 7 r1548 0 Upper limit r1548 1 Lower limit 2 2 y x 8016 8 I_max Motor Module 6730 4 6731 4 4 6732 4 6723 8 4 6727 8 6722 1 6724 1 6726 6 6727 6 x...

Page 1258: ...715 6714 Current controller Current model Motor model Observer 6730 Interface to the Motor Module for an induction motor p0300 1 6731 Interface to the Motor Module for a synchronous motor p0300 2 p1717 p1715 p1717 Iq M f y r0078 Iq_act p1611 p1570 p1580 p1610 6710 Current setpoint filter 1 r0076 Id_act iq controller Iq M K P r0070 Vdc_act val r0066 f_outp p1764 p1767 V_set r0072 U_output r0074 Mod...

Page 1259: ...1657 D I_set_filt 2 fn_d p1663 D I_set_filt 2 D_d p1664 D 2 1 p1662 D x y x y 1 1 2 f fn D f fn D Filter 1 Filter 2 f 2nd Order filter y f 2nd Order filter y 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 2526 6 2 p0115 0 Motor Modules Isq_min r1537 Isq_max r1536 6714 1 6721 1 6725 1 6727 1 r0077 Iq_set Vdc_max controller active r0056 14 Vdc_min controller active r0056 15 r0079 M_set 6060 8 M_suppl 3 3841 p1569 C 7010 7 Isq_s...

Page 1260: ...r0056 9 Isd_ctrl I_limit r1725 U_dir axis_decoupl r1728 1 6730 5 2 6731 5 3 6732 5 1 6730 5 2 6731 5 3 6732 5 6310 1 6727 1 3 6731 5 2 6799 5 1 For induction motors 2 For synchronous motors 3 Only for SINAMICS S120 S150 and separately excited synchronous motors 4 For active Vdc controller enabled using p1402 15 p K Coordinate converter 6799 1 7017 6 8017 1 8019 1 8020 1 8021 1 Phase U Phase V Phas...

Page 1261: ... Mot kt p0316 M Mot kt_reluctance p0328 M M Iq 6640 5 6710 1 6714 6 Ld Lq kt rel kt r1762 MotMod dev comp 1 6731 2 Torque setting value speed controller 6040 M_suppl_accel p1611 D r1515 M_suppl total r1797 MotMod kT corr from model control 6731 3 6060 4 r1518 M_accel 0 9 x r0067 r1538 r1539 r0067 n Ctrl 1 Open loop controlled operation select n ctrl M adaptation Iabspre M 1 0 Id_set Iabs r1407 2 0...

Page 1262: ... 4 Mot t_excitation p0346 D 1 Flux setpoint soft starting active p1401 0 1 Flux build up control active p1401 2 Id current limit r0063 0 n_act unsmoothed Field weakening characteristic 1 Only for vector control without encoder SLVC Magnetization control 6730 3 6723 1 6723 1 Field weak T_smth p1584 D Mot T_rotor r0384 p1570 D Flux setp p1570 D p0115 2 Motor Modules ASM Induction motor U_output max ...

Page 1263: ...ield_ctrl Tn 10 10 000 ms p1596 D 50 r1598 Flux setp total 1 1 0 0 6491 Flux differentiation p1401 1 6491 Flux build in ctrl p1401 2 U_max 1 Field_ctrl outp r1597 Id current limit 6722 8 Id_setp total r1624 Saturation characteristic p0362 p0369 Id_set_stationary r1623 6714 8 6730 1 6714 8 6714 1 0 200 Drv filt type mot p0230 Pulse freq act p1800 Modulator mode p1802 Modulat depth max p1803 Modulat...

Page 1264: ...ield_ctrl Tn 10 10 000 ms p1596 D 50 Mot U_rated 0 20 000 Vrms p0304 0 r0067 I_outp max U_reserve dyn 0 150 Vrms p1574 D 10 2 r0063 0 n_act unsmoothed Id_field weakening controller Field Fl_ctrl outp r1593 6640 3 6640 1 6731 1 6714 8 4715 7 0 Modulat_depth max r0073 I_FieldWeak prectr r1589 0 9 Min Mot I_mag_rtd act r0331 1 nF nF p0115 2 Motor Modules r0070 Vdc_act val 6721 1 U_output max r0071 10...

Page 1265: ...equency limit active r0056 11 6310 1 6799 1 3 Additionally for Booksize 6714 8 p0115 0 Motor Modules 6799 1 r0072 U_output 6799 5 6220 1 6723 1 6799 1 r0070 Vdc_act val 6714 1 I_Phase act val r0069 0 2 U_Phase act val r0089 0 2 p1755 p1756 2526 2 Sign or Only for vector ctrl without encoder 1 6714 1 Stall monitoring p1744 p1745 Model control p1750 Motor model observer r1762 r1763 r1778 r1779 Dir o...

Page 1266: ...0 Vdc_act val 6714 1 I_Phase act val r0069 0 2 r1797 MotMod kT corr Current model Vibration damping p1740 2526 2 Sign or 6714 8 6714 8 1 Only for vector control without encoder 2 Additionally for Booksize r0078 Iq_act r0076 Id_act r0087 Cos phi act 6799 5 6714 1 r1763 p1760 D p1764 D p1798 D p1761 D p1767 D PMSM Permanent magnet synchronous motor AC Pulse generator p1605 D p1607 D 6714 6 R_stator ...

Page 1267: ...Open loop speed controlled operation I_set T_smooth p1616 D I_inject t_ramp up p1601 D r0077 Iq_set MotMod status r1751 0 Torque setting value speed controller Flux setting value Minimum value at low speed r1568 2 RESM Flux channel Flux red factor p1581 D Flux ctrl config p1401 10 1 Flux boost low speed Flux ctrl config p1401 9 1 Dynamic flux boost load dependent Flux red factor p1581 D Mag Tv sca...

Page 1268: ... 0 Pulse freq setp 1 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Drv filt type mot 0 4 p0230 0 Calculation max modulation depth Modulat_depth max r0073 U_reserve dyn 0 0 150 0 Veff p1574 D 10 0 U_tgt val lim 50 00 300 00 p1575 D 200 0 U_output max Vrms r0071 Field_ctr add_setp 80 00 50 0 p1595 D 0 00 Field_ctrl Tn 10 10000 ms p1596 D 50 0 U_set 1 r1597 Field_ctrl outp Flux setpoint quadrature axis Flux setpoint ...

Page 1269: ...V W P24 M 2 U_setl U_angle 6640 1 6799 1 6714 8 6799 1 8021 1 6799 5 6791 1 6799 1 8021 1 6714 1 p1764 p1767 2526 2 p1755 p1756 BRN BRN 6790 5 6030 8 6791 7 6790 4 2526 2 6714 8 Pre control speed Current model Vibration damping Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 D R_stator act Ohm r0395 M Flux model Motor model Model control MotMod status r1751 U_phase act val V r0089 0 2 r0069 0 8 I_phase act val A I_max PM I...

Page 1270: ...45 6799 8 6799 8 100 ms 100 ms r0032 P_actv_act smth r0082 1 P_act smoothed with p0045 T_smth display p0045 100 ms 1 6730 4 2 6731 4 3 6732 4 r0025 U_outp smooth r0060 n_set before filt 6030 2 r0063 0 n_act unsmoothed r0066 f_outp r0072 U_output r0070 Vdc_act val r0068 0 I_act abs val unsmoothed n_set smth r0020 f_outp smooth r0024 Mod_depth smth r0028 Id_act smooth r0029 Iq_act smooth r0030 M_act...

Page 1271: ...ions 3 17 Technology functions Function diagrams 7010 Friction characteristic 1272 7014 External Armature Short Circuit EASC p0300 2xx or 4xx 1273 7016 Internal Armature Short Circuit IASC p0300 2xx or 4xx 1274 7017 DC braking p0300 1xx 1275 7020 Synchronization 1276 7033 Essential service mode ESM 1277 ...

Page 1272: ...or Friction rec t_warm 0 000 3600 000 s p3847 D 0 000 A07960 Friction characteristic incorrect To setpoint channel 3080 7 Record friction characteristic Play friction characteristic 1 1 p3845 0 Friction characteristic record deactivated 1 Friction char record activated for all directions 2 Friction char record activated for positive direction 3 Friction char record activated for negative direction...

Page 1273: ... Armature Short Circuit EASC p0300 2xx or 4xx Drive converter M 3 p1236 200 ms 1 T 0 0 T p1237 200 ms Pulse enable via hardware 1 Pulse inhibit r0046 19 1 r0046 4 r0046 20 1 Drive status S1 S2 S3 S4 not 2610 p1231 1 r0002 19 2000 μs Control Unit DO Contactor closed r1239 0 p1231 2 0 ASC DCBRK act p1230 A07904 Contactor feedback signal Closed missing F07905 Contactor feedback signal Open missing 24...

Page 1274: ... 00 Technology functions Internal Armature Short Circuit IASC p0300 2xx or 4xx 2000 μs DRIVE CLiQ Control Unit Motor Module p1231 4 Fault response Internal Armature Short Circuit 0 ASC DCBRK act p1230 Armature short circuit enable missing r0046 4 Control of armature short circuiting in the power unit 1 p0300 4xx only with S120 S150 1 M 3 Drive converter F07907 Motor terminals are not at zero poten...

Page 1275: ...00 6 Pulse inhibit 5 t 2 I_act n_set p0347 p1232 I_set n_act t Pulse inhibit t I_act p1234 8 5 Only for SINAMICS S120 and SERVO 6 Only for SINAMICS S120 and VECTOR 7 Only for VECTOR 8 DC brake upon falling below the starting speed for DC brake p1234 0 4 5 14 p1231 4 OFF1 OFF3 4 14 5 0 DC braking not about BICO 1 p1231 5 p1231 14 3 5 7 7 DCBRK I_brake 0 00 10000 00 A p1232 M 0 00 DCBRK time 0 0 360...

Page 1276: ...ctual voltage sensing closed loop control gating unit Synchronizing voltage sensing r3814 Sync U_diff r3804 Sync f_target Sync f_diff thresh 0 00 1 00 Hz p3806 D 0 10 A07941 f_target f_max A07941 f_target f_min Start closed loop phase control f U Sync DO No 1 62 p3801 D 1 Sync line drive in synchronism r3819 2 measurement via VSM10 with PLL r3805 Sync f_diff To motor control 3080 5 Sync f_lim 0 00...

Page 1277: ...ixed 15 rpm p1015 D 0 000 1 1 1 1 ESM setp TB30TM31 0 p3886 1 Setpoint signal lost r3889 2 0 1 2 ESM setp altern p3882 0 n_set_fixed 15 rpm p1015 D 0 000 n_max rpm p1082 D 1500 000 r2050 1 PZD recv word PZD 2 Setpoint failure r2043 0 n_ref f_ref p2000 OC OFF2 r0898 1 1 OFF1 OFF2 reaction activated r3889 9 1 1 0 1 0 ON OFF1 r0898 0 3010 5 3010 5 3050 6 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2468 5 Speed setpoint Essentia...

Page 1278: ...9A 3 18 Technology controller Function diagrams 7950 Fixed values binary selection r0108 16 1 and p2216 2 1279 7951 Fixed values direct selection r0108 16 1 and p2216 1 1280 7954 Motorized potentiometer r0108 16 1 1281 7958 Closed loop control r0108 16 1 1282 7960 DC link voltage controller r0108 16 1 1283 ...

Page 1279: ...l 4 200 00 200 00 p2204 D 40 00 p2205 D Tec_ctrl fix val 5 200 00 200 00 p2205 D 50 00 p2206 D Tec_ctrl fix val 6 200 00 200 00 p2206 D 60 00 p2207 D Tec_ctrl fix val 7 200 00 200 00 p2207 D 70 00 p2208 D Tec_ctrl fix val 8 200 00 200 00 p2208 D 80 00 p2209 D p2211 D Tec_ctrl fix val 11 200 00 200 00 p2211 D 110 00 p2210 D Tec_ctrl fix val 10 200 00 200 00 p2210 D 100 00 p2212 D Tec_ctrl fix val 1...

Page 1280: ...t r0108 16 1 and p2216 1 101 The pre assignment of the sampling time in p0115 6 is 4000 00 μs 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 C 101 p0115 6 Drive Object Tec_ctrl fix val 1 200 00 200 00 p2201 D 10 00 Tec_ctrl fix val 2 200 00 200 00 p2202 D 20 00 Tec_ctrl fix val 3 200 00 200 00 p2203 D 30 00 Tec_ctrl fix val 4 200 0...

Page 1281: ...p t_r dn 0 0 1000 0 s p2248 D 10 0 2 2 Tec_ctrl mop start 200 00 200 00 p2240 D 0 00 r2245 Tec_ctr mop befRFG x y 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Tec_ctrl mop min 200 00 200 00 p2238 D 100 00 Tec_ctrl mop max 200 00 200 00 p2237 D 100 00 0 Tec_ctrl mop raise p2235 C 0 Tec_ctrl Mop lower p2236 C Data save active Initial rounding off active 1 OFF1 enable missing r0046 0 Old value is kept 2634 0 Tec_ctrl mop mem r22...

Page 1282: ...p 2 0 p2254 C Tec_ctrl set2 scal 0 00 100 00 p2256 100 00 Tec_ctrl act T 0 000 60 000 s p2265 0 000 Tec_ctrl act val 0 p2264 C r2266 Tec_ctr act aftFlt r2273 Tec_ctrl sys dev d dt Tec_ctrl T diff 0 000 60 000 s p2274 0 000 Tec_ctrl max_lim 200 00 200 00 p2291 100 00 Tec_ctrl Kp 0 000 1000 000 p2280 1 000 1 Tec_ctrl Tn 0 000 60 000 s p2285 0 000 Tec_ctr prectr_sig 0 p2289 C Technology controller li...

Page 1283: ...r5433 Vdc Z_set r0088 Vdc setpoint 8964 6 r0070 Vdc act val 8950 1 Inhib V_ctrl mode p3513 7984 6 Enabling and linearization 1 1 1 Vdc ctrl active r3405 1 6220 7 r0063 0 n_act unsmoothed r1536 0 r1537 0 p0115 0 250 00 μs Vdc pre ctrl P 0 p3520 0 Prectrl P scal p3521 0 Vdc pre ctrl P 0 p3520 3 I P U p3519 3 p3520 3 p3521 3 r0070 p3523 3 1 The linearization calculates with p0311 MDS and MDS p0186 0 ...

Page 1284: ...signals 1 1286 8011 Speed signals 2 1287 8012 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 1288 8013 Load monitoring r0108 17 1 1289 8016 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 1290 8017 Motor temperature model 1 I2t 1291 8018 Motor temperature model 2 1292 8019 Motor temperature model 3 1293 8021 Thermal monitoring power unit 1294 8022 Freely parameterized I2t monitoring SES...

Page 1285: ...for VECTOR 3 Only for r0108 17 1 n_max 8010 Speed signals 1 1 2 Motor locked 8012 Torque signals 1 Limit value monitor 5650 1 6640 2 5650 1 6640 2 8010 5610 1 6060 2 2 r0063 n_act smooth 4710 1 2 r0063 n_act unsmoothed 4715 r0079 M_set total r1538 M_max upper eff r1539 M_max lower eff r2169 n_act smth message 8013 Load monitoring 1 3 r0080 M_act r2169 n_act smth message 2 3080 2 8011 Speed signals...

Page 1286: ... 1 r2197 1 r2197 ZSW Monitor 1 r2197 2 r2197 ZSW Monitor 3 r2199 0 r2199 2537 3 2534 3 t_on cmpr val rchd 0 0 10 000 0 ms p2156 D 0 0 n_thresh val 2 0 00 210 000 00 rpm p2155 D 900 00 0 1 0 00 300 00 rpm p2140 D 90 00 n_hysteresis 2 1 ZSW Monitor 1 r2197 6 r2197 n_act n_max 1 n_thresh val 3 0 00 210 000 00 rpm p2161 D 5 00 0 1 0 00 300 00 rpm p2150 D 2 00 n_hysteresis 3 1 n_act p2161 f or n compar...

Page 1287: ... 0 10 000 0 ms p2167 D 200 0 T 0 1 RESET Priority 1 RESET 2 SET 2537 3 Speed setpoint actual value deviation in tolerance t_on r2199 4 0 T t_del_off n_i n_se 0 0 500 0 ms p2166 D 200 0 Speed setpoint actual value deviation in tolerance t_off r2197 7 2534 3 1 4 Torque control active r1407 2 6060 3 Enable alarm A07903 p2149 0 D A07903 Motor speed deviation 0 0 1 A07903 is only signaled for p2149 0 1...

Page 1288: ... F07900 Motor blocked r2198 6 2536 3 Motor blocked detection or motor blocked monitoring function not for closed loop torque control Control type p1300 20 20 0 1 0 1 0 00 100 00 p2194 90 00 Requested torque Nm x1 x2 y 1 positive torque requested 0 1 1 2 of p2194 Nm 100 ms p0045 p0045 x1 x2 y r2169 n_act smooth signal Mot block n_thresh 0 00 210 000 00 rpm p2175 120 00 n_act smooth signal p2175 801...

Page 1289: ...d outside tolerance F07923 Torque speed too low F07924 Torque speed too high F07925 Torque speed outside tolerance 1 0 1 Load monitoring disabled 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 2536 3 A07926 Envelop characteristic parameter not value r0080 M_act r2169 n_act smooth signal 0 1 p2149 1 M_thresh 3 upper 0 00 20 000 000 00 Nm p2189 D 10 000 000 00 M_thresh 3 lower 0 00 20 000 000 00 Nm p2190 D 0 00 M_thresh 2 upper 0 0...

Page 1290: ...ith DRIVE CLiQ 9 p0601 5 can only be evaluated if r0192 15 1 and p0600 11 PT100 is calibrated via p0624 10 The assignment of temperature channels 1 4 depends on the hardware used 11 The relevant rated response temperature C depends on the temperature sensor chosen by the motor manufacturer 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 15 F07011 8016 8 A07910 8016 8 A07910 8016 8 8016 8 8017 7 8019 7 7 1 3 21 0 2 20 10 11 4 1...

Page 1291: ...anent magnet synchronous motor PMSM Reluctance synchronous motor RESM 8016 5 1 Activate thermal motor model 1 I2t p0612 0 M 0 Model 2 r0068 0 I_act abs val unsmoothed r0035 Mot temp Mot I_standstill p0318 M I2t mot mod T p0611 M Mot T_ambient p0625 M 0 1 192 00 ms 8016 6 Mot temp resp p0610 M 12 5 F thresh p5391 M I2t F thresh p0615 M 1 0 1 Activate motor temperature model 1 expansions p0612 8 M 0...

Page 1292: ...2 1 Only if p0610 12 1 192 00 ms Thermal motor model 2 Stat therm iron p0617 M Stat therm copper p0618 M Stat therm weight p0619 M Mot weight th mod p0344 M Mot T_rotor r5395 M 8016 2 8016 1 Mot T_ambient p0625 M Rated motor temperature rise Mot T_over core p0626 M Calculated motor temperatures Mot T_over stator p0627 M Mot T_over rotor p0628 M Mot T_environ r0630 M Mot T_stator r0631 M Mot T_copp...

Page 1293: ...92 00 ms 1 Only for SERVO 2 Only for VECTOR 3 Only if p0610 12 1 0 1 0 1 A07012 1 3 Thermal motor model overtemperature 8016 1 r0034 Mot_utiliz therm 8016 6 T 0 Mot T_copper r0632 M 1 r0632 r5397 r5398 r5397 100 F thresh fig p5391 r5399 A thresh fig p5390 r5398 Only for synchronous motors r0068 0 I_act abs val unsmoothed Activate thermal motor model 3 p0612 2 M 0 State of breaking r0063 1 n_act sm...

Page 1294: ...ectifier 1 Fault thermal overload in power unit 1 Alarm thermal overload power unit 0 1 Alarms power unit overtemperature A05000 inverter heatsink A05001 chip A05002 air intake A05003 electronics module A05004 rectifier A05006 chip to heatsink 4 F30005 Power unit overload Overload response Power unit overload response p0290 Power unit overload 0 100 r0036 2548 2 0 1 A07805 Power unit overload Alar...

Page 1295: ...43 D 50 00 100 1 The following is valid for activation The function module Extended messages monitoring must be activated r0108 17 1 The maximum duration must be set to a value exceeding zero p3242 0 A separately excited synchronous motor SESM is used 2 p3242 setting example It should be possible to use 150 of the input variable for a duration of 3 s at a permissible continuous rating of p3241 110...

Page 1296: ... 20 Diagnostics Function diagrams 8050 Overview 1297 8060 Fault buffer 1298 8065 Alarm buffer 1299 8070 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 1300 8075 Faults alarms configuration 1301 8134 Measuring sockets T0 T1 T2 1302 8144 Recorder overview r0108 5 1 1303 8145 Recorder sequence control r0108 5 1 1304 ...

Page 1297: ... response System runtime r2114 Diag going comin Value Code Co nu Alarms counter r2111 r2109 r0948 r0949 r0945 r0947 III III III III III Fxxxxx Fyyyyy Axxxxx Ayyyyy 0 15 p2128 r2129 p2100 0 19 1 p2101 p2126 0 19 1 p2127 p2118 0 19 1 p2119 r3115 r3120 r3122 r2125 r2123 r2124 r2122 r3123 r3121 8134 Measuring sockets T0 T1 T2 p0771 2 p0771 0 Scaling Scaling Limit Limit T2 T0 p0777 0 p0778 0 p0779 0 p0...

Page 1298: ... 2 Fault 8 r0945 0 r0947 0 0945 1 0947 1 r0945 56 r0947 56 r0945 63 r0947 63 r0945 8 r0947 8 r0945 9 r0947 9 r0945 15 r0947 15 Fault value r0949 0 I32 r2133 0 Float r0949 1 I32 r2133 1 Float r0949 7 I32 r2133 7 Float r0949 56 I32 r2133 56 Float r0949 57 I32 r2133 57 Float r0949 8 I32 r2133 8 Float r0949 9 I32 r2133 9 Float r0949 15 I32 r2133 15 Float Fault time come r0948 0 ms r2130 0 d r0948 1 ms...

Page 1299: ...2 r2134 1 Float r2124 7 I32 r2134 7 Float r2123 0 ms r2145 0 d r2123 1 ms r2145 1 d r2123 7 ms r2145 7 d r2125 0 ms r2146 0 d r2125 1 ms r2146 1 d r2125 7 ms r2146 7 d 8060 1 Alarm 1 oldest Alarm 2 Alarm 8 most recent POWER ON r2122 8 r2122 9 r2122 63 r2124 8 I32 r2134 8 Float r2124 9 I32 r2134 9 Float r2124 63 I32 r2134 63 Float r2123 8 ms r2145 8 d r2123 9 ms r2145 9 d r2123 63 ms r2145 63 d r21...

Page 1300: ...AMICS 05 11 13 V04 08 00 Diagnostics Faults alarms trigger word r2129 0 Fault code alarm code 1 Fault code alarm code 15 Fault code alarm code 0 1 15 r2129 r2129 15 r2129 1 r2129 0 F A trigger word e g as trigger condition to record traces 0 Message signal present 1 Message signal present 15 Message signal present F A trigger sel p2128 Setting fault trigger alarm trigger Background fp_8070_51_eng ...

Page 1301: ...9 1 Acknowledgment is only possible using POWER ON 2 Acknowledgment IMMEDIATELY after the cause has been removed 1 The fault response acknowledge mode and message type for all faults and alarms are set to meaningful default values in the factory setting Changes that may be required are only possible in specific value ranges specified by SIEMENS When the message type is changed the supplementary in...

Page 1302: ...0 2 4 98 0 00 4 98 V p0778 2 2 49 p0784 2 D A r0774 2 Limit Offset 4 98 4 98 V p0783 1 0 00 Offset 4 98 4 98 V p0783 2 0 00 Measuring socket T1 2 2 Scaling 2 Scaling 1 Only for measuring equipment with Ri 1 M 2 With the factory setting input values from 100 100 result in output voltages from 0 4 98 V 3 The input signals are determined by the reference quantities p200x 100 corresponds to p200x The ...

Page 1303: ... 7 0 Rec Trig 1 S_src Trigger 1 1 p6998 1 0 Trigger 1 2 p6998 2 0 Trigger 1 3 p6998 3 0 Trigger 1 4 p6998 4 Rec Trig 2 S_src Trigger 2 1 0 p6994 0 Rec Trig 2 mask Trigger 2 1 p6993 0 0000 0001 hex Rec Trig 2 S_src Trigger 2 2 0 p6994 1 Rec Trig 2 mask Trigger 2 2 p6993 1 0000 0001 hex Ext trigger 2 2 r6992 8 Ext trigger 2 3 r6992 9 Rec Trig 2 S_src Trigger 2 3 0 p6994 2 Rec Trig 2 mask Trigger 2 3...

Page 1304: ...1 Data buffering stopped From 10 20 30 T 0 20 Post trigger time running r6997 20 r6992 11 12 1 Data buffering is active 10 Active r6997 10 r6992 11 1 Data buffering is active 0 Not active r6997 0 r6992 11 0 Data buffering disabled Rec par Enable p6999 0 1 Enable act Rec par Enable p6999 0 1 Trigger group sig r6992 15 8144 4 8144 6 t_posttrig 40 Start data save r6997 40 r6992 11 0 r6992 13 1 Data b...

Page 1305: ...A5E03263479A 1305 3 Function diagrams 3 21 Data sets 3 21 Data sets Function diagrams 8560 Command Data Sets CDS 1306 8565 Drive Data Sets DDS 1307 8570 Encoder Data Sets EDS 1308 8575 Motor Data Sets MDS 1309 8580 Power unit Data Sets PDS 1310 ...

Page 1306: ...ed r0836 0 r0836 CDS effective r0050 0 r0050 r0836 1 r0050 1 Copy CDS target p0809 1 1 Copy CDS start p0809 2 0 BI p0810 0 CDS0 selected r0836 0 0 BI p0810 1 CDS1 selected r0836 0 1 CDS0 effective r0050 0 0 CDS1 effective r0050 0 1 t Example Change over Command Data Set CDS0 CDS1 Drive n Drive 2 Drive 1 1 CDS count p0170 1 2 1 For SERVO the following applies Min Max Factory setting 1 2 2 For VECTO...

Page 1307: ...r0051 0 r0051 r0051 4 r0837 2 r0837 1 r0051 3 r0051 2 r0051 1 A07530 Drive data set does not exist r0837 4 r0049 r0049 0 Motor data set MDS effective r0049 1 Encoder 1 encoder data set EDS effective r0049 2 Encoder 2 encoder data set EDS effective r0049 3 Encoder 3 encoder data set EDS effective r0838 r0838 0 Motor data set MDS selected r0049 1 Encoder 1 encoder data set EDS selected r0838 2 Encod...

Page 1308: ...715 for VECTOR VECTOR3P VECTORGL VECTORM2C VECTORMV VECTORSL r0049 1 Encoder 1 EDS effective r0049 2 Encoder 2 EDS effective r0049 3 Encoder 3 EDS effective r0838 1 Encoder 1 EDS selected r0838 2 Encoder 2 EDS selected r0838 3 Encoder 3 EDS selected 0 p0820 C 0 p0824 C EDS for encoder 1 p0400 E E p0187 D p0425 E EDS for encoder 2 p0400 E E p0188 D p0425 E EDS for encoder 3 p0400 E E p0189 D p0425 ...

Page 1309: ...5 MDS1 MDS0 p0826 0 Motor number p0827 0 Bit number MDS selected r0838 0 MDS effective r0049 0 p0833 1 0 Drive Application Drive Request pulse enable Application Motor changeover 1 The following applies for the changeover of motor data sets SERVO and VECTOR The thermal motor model of motors with the same motor number is identical VECTOR3P VECTORSL The thermal monitoring of motors with the same mot...

Page 1310: ... V04 08 00 Data sets Power unit Data Sets PDS Not relevant LT_compo act de act p0125 P LT_comp act inact r0126 0 LT_comp act inact r0126 7 PDS0 PDS7 0 De activate component 1 Activate component Word 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PDS count p0120 P PU detection LED p0124 P PDS1 Power unit component number 1 p0121 0 Power unit component number p0121 1 p0121 n PDS7 Power unit component number 7 1 p0120 1 only for p...

Page 1311: ...n diagrams 8710 Overview 1312 8720 Control word sequence control infeed 1313 8726 Status word sequence control infeed 1314 8732 Sequencer 1315 8738 Missing enables line contactor control 1316 8750 Interface to the Basic Infeed power unit control signals actual values 1317 8760 Signals and monitoring functions p3400 0 0 1318 ...

Page 1312: ...ol words Status words 8720 8726 r0070 Vdc_act Sequence control Control Unit Basic Infeed Faults and alarms Fxxxxx Axxxxx 8732 8738 8060 8075 8760 Closed loop control operation r0863 0 p0864 To SERVO VECTOR r0863 1 Energize contactor 2610 Telegram 370 E_STW1 E_ZSW1 Gating signals actual values Vdc measurement DCP DCN To the Motor Modules Precharging U1 V1 W1 L3 L2 L1 PE PROFIdrive Slave address Dia...

Page 1313: ...TW seq ctrl CLOSE close precharging line contactor 0 OFF1 open precharging line contactor Control word sequence control infeed 1 Operating condition no OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 open precharging line contactor and power on inhibit Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Control by PLC Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Reserved 3 1 STW1 10 must be set to ensure that the drive object...

Page 1314: ...0 From power unit 8738 4 From line contactor control p0115 3 2000 00 μs r0899 0 r0899 1 r0899 2 r0899 4 r0899 6 r0899 11 r0899 12 r0899 9 r0899 ZSW sequence ctrl 1 The drive object is ready to accept data 2 Only for S120 and G150 Bit 9 1 Ready to exchange process data 1 Ready for operation 1 Ready for switching on Status word sequence control infeed 1 Operation enabled Reserved 1 No OFF2 active 1 ...

Page 1315: ...AE 0 1 2 0 S2 Ready for switching on ZSWAE 0 1 ZSWAE 1 2 6 0 Line contactor is open Wait for power on S3a Close the line contactor refer to 8738 Precharging Time monitoring refer to 8760 0 OFF1 STWAE 0 0 OFF1 STWAE 0 p0857 p0862 p3490 r3402 0 OFF2 STWAE 1 0 OFF1 STWAE 0 Commissioning completed p10 0 and p9 0 T p0862 S3 Operation ZSWAE 0 1 2 1 ZSWAE 6 0 Line contactor is closed 0 OFF2 STWAE 1 Commi...

Page 1316: ...e drive going into operation this situation can be detected at the ZSW sequence control infeed r0899 2 1 8726 Missing enable signals r0899 12 Line contactor closed 8726 3 8760 5 1 p0115 3 2000 00 μs To Line Module 1 Operating monitoring ON OFF monitoring 0 From line supply r0046 Missing enable sig 3020 5 r0046 0 r0046 1 r0046 8 r0046 16 r0046 17 r0046 26 1 Only for S120 and G150 r0046 29 1 2 3 5 6...

Page 1317: ... Vdc_act Vdc smooth r0026 DCN p0115 3 2000 00 μs U1 V1 W1 300 ms r0070 Vdc_act Basic Infeed Interface to the Basic Infeed power unit control signals actual values DC link current Idc_act LT I_max r0209 LT I_max r0209 Vdc U_lower_thresh r0296 Vdc U_upper_thresh r0297 Vdc U_lower_thresh r0296 Vdc U_upper_thresh r0297 I_act abs val smth r0027 300 ms r0068 I_act abs val P_actv_act smth r0032 300 ms r0...

Page 1318: ... 1 Line voltage monitoring when powering up r0070 Vdc_act 1 Temperature monitoring braking resistor 1 For B_INF with Braking Module internal only 2 Only for S120 and G150 4000 00 μs F30002 DC link overvoltage r0070 Vdc_act Vdc V_lower_thresh r0296 F30003 DC link undervoltage condition A06810 DC link voltage too low Vdc offs A thresh p0279 8750 1 Vdc Vdc V_upper_thresh r0297 2 F06000 Precharging mo...

Page 1319: ...ms 3 23 Terminal Board 30 TB30 3 23 Terminal Board 30 TB30 Function diagrams 9099 Overview 1320 9100 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 0 DI 3 1321 9102 Digital outputs electrically isolated DO 0 DO 3 1322 9104 Analog inputs AI 0 AI 1 1323 9106 Analog outputs AO 0 AO 1 1324 ...

Page 1320: ...11 V 9104 2 analog outputs 11 V 9106 Reference quantities for 10 V or 100 p200x 10 V 100 p205x 10 V 100 Simulation for DI 0 DI 3 V X481 DI 0 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 DO 0 DO 1 DO 2 DO 3 X482 AI 0 AI 0 AI 1 AI 1 AO 0 AO 0 AO 1 AO 1 24 V DC to the next device X524 p4099 4000 00 μs DRIVE CLiQ socket 0 DRIVE CLiQ socket 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 p4030 p4033 1 0 1 Simulation on p4095 0 3 Simulation ...

Page 1321: ...inputs electrically isolated DI 0 DI 3 X481 1 X481 2 X481 3 X481 4 1 Simulation on p4095 0 r4023 0 r4022 0 p4095 1 r4023 1 r4022 1 p4095 2 r4023 2 r4022 2 p4095 3 r4023 3 r4022 3 r4022 r4023 M 1 M electrically isolated to the internal Control Unit reference potential M 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1 DI 0 DI 0 DI 3 inverted DI 0 DI 3 r4021 0 r4021 1 r4021 2 r4021 3 p4096 3 p4096 2 p4096 1 p...

Page 1322: ...ts electrically isolated DO 0 DO 3 1 M electrically isolated to the internal Control Unit reference potential M 1 X424 M X424 X424 M 24 V DC to the next device X424 24 V M M p4099 0 4000 00 μs DO 3 X481 8 DO 0 DO 1 DO 2 X481 7 p4048 0 p4048 1 p4048 2 p4048 3 X481 5 X481 6 24 V 5 V M 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 TB30 S_src DO 3 p4033 0 TB30 S_src DO 2 p4032 0 TB30 S_src DO 1 p4031 0 TB30 S_src DO 0 ...

Page 1323: ...x1 Reference quantities p200x y x2 x1 2 2 p4099 1 4000 00 μs 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 Caution The voltage between an input and the grounding point must not exceed 35 V The voltage between the inputs must not exceed 35 V 1 0 1 0 x 100 x x 2 1 2 Differential inputs For input signals referred to ground terminal 2 and or terminal 4 must be connected to the reference potential M 1 Enable p4069 0 1 Enabl...

Page 1324: ... V p4080 0 10 000 V 11 000 11 000 V p4078 0 0 000 V X482 5 X482 6 D A V r4074 0 r4072 0 0 0 1000 0 ms p4073 0 0 0 AO 1 Scaling p4082 1 0 Smoothing Offset 10 000 10 000 V p4083 1 0 000 1000 00 1000 00 p4079 1 100 00 1000 00 1000 00 p4077 1 0 00 p4075 1 0 11 000 11 000 V p4080 1 10 000 V 11 000 11 000 V p4078 1 0 000 V X482 7 X482 8 D A V r4074 1 r4072 1 0 0 1000 0 ms p4073 1 0 0 Reference quantitie...

Page 1325: ...munication Board CAN10 CBC10 Function diagrams 9204 Receive telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 1326 9206 Receive telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 1327 9208 Send telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 1328 9210 Send telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 1329 9220 Control word CANopen 1330 9226 Status word CANopen 1331 ...

Page 1326: ... PZD receive word 3 PZD receive word 4 PZD receive word 6 PZD receive word 7 PZD receive word 8 PZD receive word 9 PZD receive word 10 PZD receive word 11 PZD receive word 12 PZD receive word 13 PZD receive word 14 PZD receive word 15 PZD receive word 16 Evaluation of the COB ID COB ID for RPDO 1 p8700 0 PDO mapping for RPDO 1 p8710 0 3 Object 1 Object 2 Object 3 1 To use automatic BICO interconne...

Page 1327: ...860 0 DWORD PZD receive word 1 PZD receive word 2 PZD receive word 5 PZD receive word 3 PZD receive word 4 PZD receive word 6 PZD receive word 7 PZD receive word 8 PZD receive word 9 PZD receive word 10 PZD receive word 11 PZD receive word 12 PZD receive word 13 PZD receive word 14 PZD receive word 15 PZD receive word 16 Evaluation of the COB ID COB ID for RPDO 1 p8700 0 PDO mapping for RPDO 1 p87...

Page 1328: ...8851 13 0 p8851 15 PZD send word 1 PZD send word 2 PZD send word 3 PZD send word 4 PZD send word 5 PZD send word 6 PZD send word 7 PZD send word 8 PZD send word 9 PZD send word 10 PZD send word 11 PZD send word 12 PZD send word 13 PZD send word 14 PZD send word 15 IF2 Diag PZD send r8853 0 15 PZD send word 16 1 Telegram up to 4 words or 64 bits The sum of the various objects must not exceed 16 wor...

Page 1329: ...851 11 0 p8851 12 0 p8851 13 0 p8851 15 PZD send word 1 PZD send word 2 PZD send word 3 PZD send word 4 PZD send word 5 PZD send word 6 PZD send word 7 PZD send word 8 PZD send word 9 PZD send word 10 PZD send word 11 PZD send word 12 PZD send word 13 PZD send word 14 PZD send word 15 IF2 Diag PZD send r8853 0 15 PZD send word 16 1 Telegram up to 4 words or 64 bits The sum of the various objects m...

Page 1330: ...g an OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse cancellation and power oninhibit 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation cancel pulses Acknowledge fault Reserved Reserved Can be freely connected Can be freely connected Can be freely connected Can be freely connected Can be freely connected 2501 3 2501 3 2546 1 2501 3 2501 3 Signal targets for control word CANopen 2610 2610 8060 2610 2610 Sign...

Page 1331: ...tus word speed controller 2522 1 Ready DC link loaded pulses blocked 1 Ready for switch on Status word CANopen 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coasting active 1 No Quick Stop active 1 Switching on inhibited active 1 Alarm present Can be freely interconnected BI p8785 1 Control request 1 Target reached 1 1 Torque limit reached 1 Velocity equal to zero Reserved Can be fr...

Page 1332: ...ally isolated DI 0 DI 3 1334 9552 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 4 DI 7 1335 9556 Digital relay outputs electrically isolated DO 0 DO 1 1336 9560 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 8 DI DO 9 1337 9562 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 10 DI DO 11 1338 9566 Analog input 0 AI 0 1339 9568 Analog input 1 AI 1 1340 9572 Analog outputs AO 0 AO 1 1341 9576 Temperature evaluation...

Page 1333: ... AI 1 AI 1 P10 M N10 M X522 1 AO 0V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 AO 0 AO 0A AO 1V AO 1 AO 1A Temp Temp A D p4071 1 A D p4071 0 DO 0 DO 1 X542 1 2 3 4 5 6 X541 1 2 3 4 5 6 DI D0 8 DI D0 9 DI D0 10 DI D0 11 M NC 0 COM NO 0 NC 1 COM NO 1 p4030 p4031 9566 9568 2 analog inputs 9572 2 analog outputs 9556 2 digital outputs relay 9560 9562 4 digital inputs outputs 9552 4 digital inputs electrically isolated 9550 4 digit...

Page 1334: ...DI 3 X520 1 X520 2 X520 3 X520 4 1 Simulation on p4095 0 r4023 0 r4022 0 p4095 1 r4023 1 r4022 1 p4095 2 r4023 2 r4022 2 p4095 3 r4023 3 r4022 3 r4022 r4023 X520 5 M1 M 1 When using the electrical isolation omit the terminal jumper and connect the load power supply shown as a dashed line 1 X520 6 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 24 V DI 3 DI 2 DI 1 DI 0 DI 0 DI 3 inverted DI 0 DI 3 r4021 0 r4021 1 r4021 2 ...

Page 1335: ...DI 7 X530 1 X530 2 X530 3 X530 4 1 Simulation on p4095 4 r4023 4 r4022 4 p4095 5 r4023 5 r4022 5 p4095 6 r4023 6 r4022 6 p4095 7 r4023 7 r4022 7 r4022 r4023 X530 5 M2 M 1 When using the electrical isolation omit the terminal jumper and connect the load power supply shown as a dashed line 1 X530 6 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 24 V DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 4 DI 7 inverted DI 4 DI 7 r4021 4 r4021 5 r4021 6 ...

Page 1336: ... outputs electrically isolated DO 0 DO 1 p4048 0 1 1 NO Normally Open contact open in the quiescent state NO contact NC Normally Closed contact closed in the quiescent state NC contact The relay contacts have the following ratings up to 100 V DC 240 W or 250 V AC 2000 VA NC 0 NO 0 COM 1 NC 1 NO 1 COM X542 1 2 3 p4099 0 4000 00 μs 5 6 4 DO TM31 p4048 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 WARNING Hazardous voltage These te...

Page 1337: ...1 1 1 The connection shown as a dashed line applies when used as digital output p4028 x 1 1 DI DI 1 1 r4022 r4023 9 r4023 8 r4021 8 r4021 9 r4022 9 r4022 8 p4099 0 4000 00 μs 2 Limits the total output current of the terminals X541 2 X541 3 X541 4 and X541 5 to 0 1 A p4046 0 or 1 A p4046 1 3 The total summed output current of the 24 V auxiliary power supply on terminals X540 1 to X540 8 and X541 1 ...

Page 1338: ...11 0 DI DO X541 5 DI DO 11 p4028 11 0 DI DO 10 X541 4 p4028 10 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 The connection shown in a dashed line applies when used as digital output p4028 x 1 1 DI DI 1 1 r4022 r4023 11 r4023 10 r4021 10 r4021 11 r4022 11 r4022 10 p4099 0 4000 00 μs r4047 11 DO DI DO 10 11 inverted DI DO 10 11 DO 0 TM31 S_src DI DO 11 p4041 0 TM31 S_src DI DO 10 p4040 0 1 0 r4047 10 0 1 0 24 V ...

Page 1339: ...00 x y 2 2 Hardware smoothing 100 μs A D AI 0 1 Differential input In case of a ground based input signal the terminal X521 2 must be connected to the reference potential M Caution The voltage between an input X521 1 or X521 2 and the ground point must not exceed 35 V When the load resistor is switched in S5 0 closed the voltage between the input terminals must not exceed 15 V 2 For p4056 2 3 5 th...

Page 1340: ... 1 0 00 x y 2 2 Hardware smoothing 100 μs A D 1 Differential input In case of a ground based input signal the terminal X521 4 must be connected to the reference potential M Caution The voltage between an input X521 3 or X521 4 and the ground point must not exceed 35 V When the load resistor is switched in S5 1 closed the voltage between the input terminals must not exceed 15 V 2 For p4056 2 3 5 th...

Page 1341: ...00 0 ms p4073 1 0 0 1 y x x y p4071 1 0 p4071 0 0 y y 1 1 1 1 1 AO 0 des AO 1 des 1 3 4 4 Voltage output Current output 2 2 10 V 20 mA Voltage output Current output 2 2 10 V 20 mA p4099 2 4000 00 μs x1 y2 x2 y1 y x x1 y2 x2 y1 y x 1 For p4076 0 2 3 the units are mA For p4076 1 4 the units are V 2 For a voltage output the output voltage can be taken between the following terminals AO 0 between X522...

Page 1342: ...ault KTY PT1000 A value 188 6 C de activates the alarm or fault 5 PTC p4103 0 delay time 0 s KTY PT1000 p4103 0 Output from temperature timer even off 0 Terminal Module 31 TM31 Temperature evaluation DO TM31 X522 7 X522 8 Hardware smoothing 1 s Software smoothing 0 5 s 2 mA KTY PTC PT1000 Temperature sensor temp temp Sensor type p4100 1 Alarm is present 300 C 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 Measured temperature T 0...

Page 1343: ...E03263479A 1343 3 Function diagrams 3 26 Terminal Module 120 TM120 3 26 Terminal Module 120 TM120 Function diagrams 9605 Temperature evaluation channels 0 and 1 KTY PTC bimetal 1344 9606 Temperature evaluation channels 2 and 3 KTY PTC bimetal 1345 ...

Page 1344: ...shold channel 1 exceeded A35921 Error temperature sensor channel 1 F35208 Temperature fault alarm threshold channel 1 exceeded r4105 1 Temperature actual value channel 1 2 Alarm is not present Alarm is present 300 C 1 T 0 p4103 1 5 Channel 1 alarm threshold 48 251 C p4102 2 251 Channel 1 fault threshold 48 251 C p4102 3 251 4 1 0 6 0 1 0 1 5 K 5 K 1 p4100 0 3 0 Evaluation disabled 1 PTC 2 KTY 4 Bi...

Page 1345: ...0 Temperature fault alarm threshold channel 3 exceeded r4105 3 Temperature actual value channel 3 2 Alarm is not present Measured temperature Alarm is present 300 C 1 T 0 p4103 3 5 Channel 3 alarm threshold 48 251 C p4102 6 251 4 1 0 6 0 1 Channel 3 fault threshold 48 251 C p4102 7 251 0 1 5 K Channel 2 fault threshold 48 251 C p4102 5 251 0 1 5 K 1 p4100 0 3 0 Evaluation disabled 1 PTC 2 KTY 4 Bi...

Page 1346: ...G150 1346 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 3 27 Terminal Module 150 TM150 Function diagrams 9625 Temperature evaluation structure channels 0 11 1347 9626 Temperature evaluation 1x2 3 4 wire channels 0 5 1348 9627 Temperature evaluation 2x2 wire channels 0 11 1349 ...

Page 1347: ...up 0 p4111 0 11 Channel 0 Channel 11 p4111 1 0 Group 1 p4111 1 11 p4111 2 0 Group 2 p4111 2 11 r4114 0 Mean value r4113 0 Minimum value r4112 0 Maximum value r4114 2 Mean value r4113 2 Minimum value r4112 2 Maximum value r4114 1 Mean value r4113 1 Minimum value r4112 1 Maximum value 0 1x2 wire 1 2x2 wire 2 3 wire 3 4 wire 0 1x2 wire 1 2x2 wire 2 3 wire 3 4 wire 0 1x2 wire 1 2x2 wire 2 3 wire 3 4 w...

Page 1348: ...4 10 r4104 1 Channel y fault is present r4104 3 r4104 5 r4104 7 r4104 9 r4104 11 0 1 0 1 9625 6 Measuring method 0 1x2 wire 1 2x2 wire 2 3 wire 3 4 wire 1 4 1 For p4102 0 23 251 C the evaluation of the appropriate threshold is deactivated 2 p4100 0 11 0 Evaluation disabled 1 PTC thermistor with monitoring for short circuit 2 KTY84 with monitoring for wire break and short circuit 4 Bimetal NC conta...

Page 1349: ...nel 5 9626 1 For p4102 0 23 251 C the evaluation of the appropriate threshold is deactivated 2 p4100 0 11 0 Evaluation deactivated 1 PTC thermistor with monitoring for short circuit 2 KTY84 with monitoring for wire break and short circuit 4 Bimetal NC contact no monitoring 5 PT100 with monitoring for wire break and short circuit 6 PT1000 with monitoring for wire break and short circuit 3 For p4103...

Page 1350: ...grams 3 28 Voltage Sensing Module VSM SINAMICS G130 G150 1350 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 3 28 Voltage Sensing Module VSM Function diagrams 9880 Analog inputs AI 0 AI 3 1351 9886 Temperature evaluation 1352 ...

Page 1351: ...r s in at least one phase of line filter r3671 r3673 VSM input U_scaler p3660 x2 x1 y 10 V r3672 r3674 VSM CT_gain p3670 x2 x1 y A D X522 1 X522 2 r3662 I1 I2 I3 VSM CT_gain p3670 x2 x1 y r3661 U3 U2 U1 A D U3 f 2 3 I3 C3 U2 f 2 3 I2 C2 U1 f 2 3 I1 C1 AI 2 AI 3 X521 3 X522 3 f VSMfilt C A_thresh r3676 C1 C2 C3 100 V 690 V r3677 0 r3677 1 r3677 2 PT1 smoothing 8850 1 8950 1 p0115 3 2000 00 μs p0115...

Page 1352: ...ion using special temperature values 3 As a result of the wire breakage monitoring the maximum temperature that can be measured is limited to approximate 188 6 C 4 PTC A value 250 C de activates the alarm or fault KTY PT1000 A value 188 6 C de activates the alarm or fault 5 Can only be used with chassis infeeds 6 The VECTOR drive object is assigned a dynamic index p0150 5 6 6 6 6 Temperature senso...

Page 1353: ...AMICS G130 G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 1353 3 Function diagrams 3 29 Basic Operator Panel 20 BOP20 3 29 Basic Operator Panel 20 BOP20 Function diagrams 9912 Control word interconnection 1354 ...

Page 1354: ...P 9 STW BOP 11 STW BOP 12 STW BOP 13 STW BOP 14 STW BOP 15 STW BOP 7 STW BOP 10 p0848 0 r0019 2 p2102 0 r0019 7 p1035 0 r0019 13 p1036 0 r0019 14 p0840 0 r0019 0 p0844 0 r0019 1 1 ON 0 OFF OFF1 1 No coast down 0 Coast down OFF2 1 No quick stop 0 Quick stop OFF3 Acknowledge fault Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Motorized potentiometer raise Reserved 1 Motorized potentiometer lower Interconnection STW ...

Page 1355: ...4 SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 1355 Faults and alarms Content 4 1 Overview of faults and alarms 1356 4 2 List of faults and alarms 1369 ...

Page 1356: ...ing the commissioning software Differences between faults and alarms The differences between faults and alarms are as follows Table 4 1 Differences between faults and alarms Type Description Faults What happens when a fault occurs The appropriate fault reaction is triggered Status signal ZSW1 3 is set The fault is entered in the fault buffer How are faults eliminated Remove the original cause of t...

Page 1357: ...if parameterized is closed p1215 The pulses are suppressed when the brake application time p1217 expires Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the threshold p1226 or if the monitoring time p1227 started when the speed setpoint speed threshold p1226 has expired Torque control p1300 23 The following applies for torque control Reaction as for OFF2 When the system switches to torque c...

Page 1358: ...ration and other reactions as described for speed controlled operation STOP2 n_set 0 n_set 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 ramp down p1135 The drive remains in closed loop speed control IASC DCBRK For synchronous motors the following applies If a fault occurs with this fault reaction an internal armature short circuit is triggered The conditions for p1231 4 must be observe...

Page 1359: ...fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON switch drive unit off and on again Note If this action has not eliminated the fault cause the fault is displayed again immediately after power up IMMEDIATELY Faults can be acknowledged on one drive object Points 1 to 3 or on all drive objects Point 4 as follows 1 Acknowledge by setting parameter p3981 0 1 2 Acknowledge via binector inputs p2103 p2104 p2105 BI 1 ...

Page 1360: ...5E03263479A The fault buffer contents are automatically deleted when the following occurs Restore factory setting p0009 30 and p0976 1 Download with modified structure e g number of drive objects changed Power up after other parameter values have been loaded e g p0976 10 Upgrade firmware to later version ...

Page 1361: ... about fault or alarm values optional Remedy Description of possible remedies Response to F A_INFEED OFF2 OFF1 NONE SERVO NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 VECTOR NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Response upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE End of example Axxxxx Alarm xxxxx Axxxxx F N Alarm xxxxx message type can be changed to F or N Fxxxxx Fault xxxxx Fxxxxx A N Fault xxxxx report type can b...

Page 1362: ...classes that are available are shown in Table Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces Page 1363 In addition to the text of the message class and their number according to PROFIdrive as well as a brief help text regarding the cause and remedy they also include information about the various diagnostic interfaces PN hex Specifies the Channel error type of the PROFINET channel diag...

Page 1363: ...e Check the wiring 9001 1 17 24 1 Supply voltage fault 3 An electronics supply voltage fault 48 V 24 V 5 V was detected Check the wiring Check the voltage level 9002 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 3 2 15 DC link overvoltage 4 The DC link voltage has assumed an inadmissibly high value Check the dimensioning of the system line supply reactor voltages Check the infeed settings 9003 3 18 24 2 Power electronics fault 5...

Page 1364: ...ironment line supply filters reactors fuses Check the infeed control 900C 12 27 24 11 Braking controller Braking Module faulted 14 The internal or external Braking Module is faulted or overloaded temperature Check the connection state of the Braking Module Comply with the permissible number of braking operations and their duration 900D 13 28 24 15 Line filter fault 15 The line filter monitoring ha...

Page 1365: ...e drive objects with closed loop control functions GLOBAL The fault is passed on to all active drive objects Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 An error was identified in the parameterization or in a commissioning procedure or the parameterization does not match the actual device configuration Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool...

Page 1366: ... faults after the cause has been eliminated The optional parentheses indicate whether the default acknowledgment can be changed and which acknowledgment can be adjusted via parameters p2126 p2127 Cause Describes the possible causes of the fault or alarm A fault or alarm value can also be specified optional Fault value r0949 format The fault value is entered into the fault buffer in r0949 0 63 and ...

Page 1367: ... Drive 8000 8999 Option Board 9000 12999 Reserved 13000 13020 Licensing 13021 13099 Reserved 13100 13102 Know how protection 13103 19999 Reserved 20000 29999 OEM 30000 30999 DRIVE CLiQ component power unit 31000 31999 DRIVE CLiQ component encoder 1 32000 32999 DRIVE CLiQ component encoder 2 Note Faults that occur are automatically output as an alarm if the encoder is parameterized as a direct meas...

Page 1368: ...6 A5E03263479A 40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 CX32 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM SM GL 50000 50499 Communication Board COMM BOARD 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER closed loop DC current control Table 4 5 Number ranges of faults and alarms continued of To Area ...

Page 1369: ...ical Support replace the Control Unit F01001 FloatingPoint exception Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object All objects Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An exception occurred during an operation with the FloatingPoint data type The error may be caused by the basic system or a technology function e g FBLOCKS DCC TEC ...

Page 1370: ...al Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components contact Technical Support N01004 F A Internal software error Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object All objects Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An internal software error has occurred Fault value r0949 hexad...

Page 1371: ...s defective xxxx 0091 hex 145 dec Checking the loaded firmware checksum was not completed by the component in the appropriate time xxxx 009C hex 156 dec Component with the specified component number is not available p7828 xxxx Additional values Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy check the selected component number p7828 check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring save suitable firmware file for down...

Page 1372: ...01009 N CU Control module overtemperature Message value Message class Overtemperature of the electronic components 6 Drive object All objects Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The temperature r0037 0 of the control module Control Unit has exceeded the specified limit value Remedy check the air intake for the Control Unit check the Control Unit fan No...

Page 1373: ...12 N Project conversion error Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When converting the project of an older firmware version an error occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Parameter number of the parameter causing the error For fault value 600 the following applies The ...

Page 1374: ...e file is incorrect 1 File missing 2 Too many files 3 Incorrect firmware version 4 Incorrect checksum of the back up file Remedy For the non volatile memory for the firmware memory card device memory restore the delivery condition Note The file involved can be read out using parameter r9925 The status of the firmware check is displayed using r9926 See also r9925 Firmware file incorrect r9926 Firmw...

Page 1375: ...opagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An internal software timeout has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components upgrade firmware to later version contact Technical Support F01030 Sign of life failure for master control Message value Message class Communication er...

Page 1376: ...re not loaded the next time that the system powers up For the system to successfully power up all of the parameters must have been completely backed up Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting See also p0971 Save drive object parameters Remedy Save all parameters p0977 1 or copy RAM to ROM See also p0977 Save all parameters Reaction upon F Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2...

Page 1377: ...Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When the Control Unit is booted no complete data set was found from the parameter back up files The last time that the parameterization was saved it was not completely carried out It is possible that the backup was interrupted by switching off or withdrawing the memory card Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex aa 01 hex Power u...

Page 1378: ...LOCAL Reaction Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Infeed NONE OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An error has occurred when downloading PSxxxyyy ACX or PTxxxyyy ACX files from the non volatile memory Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Byte 1 yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy ACX yyy 000 consistency back up file yyy 001 062 drive object number yyy 099 PROFIBUS parameter back up file Byte 2 255 Incorrect d...

Page 1379: ... file names PSxxxyyy b 000 data save started with p0977 1 or p0971 1 b 010 data save started with p0977 10 b 011 data save started with p0977 11 b 012 data save started with p0977 12 d c Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy check the file attribute of the files PSxxxyyy CAxxxyyy CCxxxyyy and if required change from read only to writeable check the free memory space in the non volatile ...

Page 1380: ...l objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Defective or missing files were detected on the memory card when booting Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Source file cannot be opened 2 Source file cannot be read 3 Target directory cannot be set up 4 Target file cannot be set up opened 5 Target file cannot be written to Additional values Only for internal...

Page 1381: ...ssioning state p0010 not equal to 0 118 Write access only in the commissioning state download p0010 29 119 Parameter may not be written in download 120 Write access only in the commissioning state drive basic configuration device p0009 3 121 Write access only in the commissioning state define drive type device p0009 2 122 Write access only in the commissioning state data set basic configuration de...

Page 1382: ...nged to ready for operation r0947 and r0949 15 Drive status cannot be changed to drive download 16 Device status cannot be changed to ready for operation 17 It is not possible to download the topology The component wiring should be checked taking into account the various messages signals 18 A new download is only possible if the factory settings are restored for the drive unit 19 The slot for the ...

Page 1383: ...drawn See also r9406 PS file parameter number parameter not transferred r9407 PS file parameter index parameter not transferred r9408 PS file fault code parameter not transferred A01049 CU It is not possible to write to file Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object All objects Component Control Unit CU Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause It is not pos...

Page 1384: ...n time groups on a drive object can be read out in r21005 DCC or r20005 FBLOCKS if necessary the assignment of the run time group p21000 p20000 can be changed in order to increase the sampling time r21001 r20001 if necessary reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks DCC and or function blocks FBLOCKS F01055 CU Internal error SYNO of port and application not identical Message value 1 Messag...

Page 1385: ...F01058 CU Internal error slave missing in topology Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation DRIVE Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The requested slave component does not exist in the topology Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Method ID Note Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Contac...

Page 1386: ...The cause can be an unsuccessful TSM registration or an incorrect registration sequence It is always necessary to log in to the TSM before registerSlaves can be used Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Method ID Note Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Contact Technical Support F01063 CU Internal error PDM Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF ...

Page 1387: ...ckup on the memory card and the drive unit do not match The module boots with the factory settings Example Devices A and B are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device B Remedy insert a memory card with compatible parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON insert a memory card without parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON save the parameters ...

Page 1388: ...r hardware reset p0972 of the Control Unit Note It is possible that a new POWER ON is requested via this alarm e g after saving with p0971 1 Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for the Control Unit carry out a hardware reset RESET button p0972 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F01082 Parameter error when powering up from data backup Message value Parameter 1 Index 2 fault cause...

Page 1389: ...22 Write access only in the commissioning state data set basic configuration device p0009 4 123 Write access only in the commissioning state device configuration device p0009 1 124 Write access only in the commissioning state device download device p0009 29 125 Write access only in the commissioning state device parameter reset device p0009 30 126 Write access only in the commissioning state devic...

Page 1390: ... the memory card that was withdrawn this card must match the drive system switch on the drive system again F01105 A CU Insufficient memory Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause Too many functions have been configured on this C...

Page 1391: ... G type power unit Remedy Only one SINAMICS G drive type is permitted F01111 CU Mixed operation of drive units illegal Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Illegal operation of various drive units on one Control Unit SINAMICS S togeth...

Page 1392: ...obe input is too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 DI DO 9 X122 8 2 DI DO 10 X122 10 4 DI DO 11 X122 11 8 DI DO 13 X132 8 16 DI DO 14 X132 10 32 DI DO 15 X132 11 64 DI DO 8 X122 7 128 DI DO 12 X132 7 Remedy Reduce the frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F01150 CU Number of instances of a drive object type exceeded Message value Dri...

Page 1393: ...edy switch off the unit suitably restrict the number of drive objects of the specified category by reducing the number of inserted components re commission the unit F01152 CU Invalid constellation of drive object types Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledg...

Page 1394: ...e closed loop control monitoring cannot maintain the envisaged clock cycle The runtime of the closed loop control monitoring is too long for the particular clock cycle or the computing time remaining in the system is not sufficient for the closed loop control monitoring Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Increase the basic clock cycle of DRIVE ...

Page 1395: ...LiQ line as a node Further the highest common denominator of the sampling times of all of the nodes connected to the line is less than 250 µs 42 An Active Line Module was identified on the DRIVE CLiQ line as a node Further the highest common denominator of the sampling times of all of the nodes connected to the line is less than 125 µs 43 A Voltage Sensing Module VSM was identified on the DRIVE CL...

Page 1396: ... µs 4 Value does not match clock cycle synchronous PROFIBUS operation 10 Special restriction of the drive object violated 99 Inconsistency of cross drive objects detected 116 Recommended clock cycle in r0116 0 1 Remedy Set a valid pulse frequency See also p0113 Minimum pulse frequency selection F01250 CU CU EEPROM incorrect read only data Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Dri...

Page 1397: ...objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Error when reading the read write data of the EEPROM in the Option Board Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on replace the Control Unit A01302 Error in the component trace Message value 1 Message class General drive fault 19 Drive ob...

Page 1398: ...oltages of less than 380 V 208 The Sensor Module does not support de selection of commutation with zero mark via p0430 23 211 The Sensor Module does not support single track encoders r0459 10 212 The Sensor Module does not support LVDT sensors p4677 0 213 The Sensor Module does not support the characteristic type p4662 214 The power unit does not support the temperature evaluation via PT1000 r0193...

Page 1399: ... p0189 A01306 Firmware of the DRIVE CLiQ component being updated Message value 1 Message class General drive fault 19 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Firmware update is active for at least one DRIVE CLiQ component Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Component number of the DRIVE CLiQ component Remedy Not necessary This alarm automatica...

Page 1400: ...N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A01318 BICO Deactivated interconnections present Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause This alarm is used in the following cases if an inactive non operational drive object is active again ready for operation if the...

Page 1401: ...e p0978 contains a drive object number that does not exist Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Index of p0978 under which the drive object number can be determined Remedy Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978 Rules p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers p0101 it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated by entering a 0 the drive objects with PZD are separated from those wit...

Page 1402: ...n configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause In p0978 dummy drive object numbers 255 are only permitted in the first partial list Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Index of p0978 under which the illegal value is located Remedy Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978 Rules p0978 must include all of the drive obje...

Page 1403: ...c Connection of a drive slave not permitted bb 0a hex 10 dec There is no drive master bb 0b hex 11 dec There is more than one motor with DRIVE CLiQ for a parallel circuit bb 0c hex 12 dec Different power units are being used in a parallel connection cccc Not used aa 03 hex 3 dec More than 16 components are connected at a DRIVE CLiQ socket of the Control Unit bb 0 1 2 3 means e g detected at the DR...

Page 1404: ... not assigned to a drive object when commissioning a component was not able to be automatically assigned to a drive object the parameters for the data sets are not correctly set Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Component number of the unassigned component Remedy This component is assigned to a drive object Check the parameters for the data sets Examples power unit p0121 motor p0131 p0186 encode...

Page 1405: ...ks FBLOCKS reduce the function modules r0108 establish the conditions for operation with a current controller sampling time of 31 25 µs at the DRIVE CLiQ line only operate Motor Modules and Sensor Modules with this sampling time and only use a permitted Sensor Module e g SMC20 this means a 3 at the last position of the Article No For an NX the corresponding Sensor Module for a possibly existing se...

Page 1406: ...ology p0099 Device target topology Remedy One of the following counter measures can be selected if no faults have occurred in the topology detection itself If commissioning is still not completed carry out a self commissioning routine starting from p0009 1 In general Set p0099 r0098 set p0009 0 for existing Motor Modules this results in servo drives being automatically generated p0107 Generating s...

Page 1407: ...another through DRIVE CLiQ As standard this is not permitted It is only permitted if the Technology Extension OALINK has already been installed on both Control Units Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyxx hex yy connection number of the Control Unit at which the second Control Unit is connected xx component number of the Control Unit at which the second Control Unit is connected Note Pulse e...

Page 1408: ... is not permissible Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal ccccbbaa hex cccc preliminary component number bb no significance aa fault cause aa 01 hex 1 dec Too many components were detected at the Control Unit A maximum of 199 components is permissible aa 02 hex 2 dec The component type of a component is not known aa 03 hex 3 dec It is illegal to combine ALM and BLM aa 04 hex 4 dec It is illegal ...

Page 1409: ... 2 Replace all CX32 by an NX10 or NX15 A01362 Topology Topology rule s broken Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause At least one topology rule for the SINAMICS S120 Combi has been broken In the event of a fault the ramping up of the drive sys...

Page 1410: ...s Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When checking the actual topology a ring type connection was detected The fault value describes a component contained in the ring Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal ccbbaaaa hex cc connection number 3 bb component class ...

Page 1411: ...l ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the incorrectly inserted component 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component involved is incorrectly inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 The drive system is no longer booted In this state the drive control closed loop cannot be enabl...

Page 1412: ...t technology Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the incorrectly inserted component 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component involved is incorrectly inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 The drive system is no longer booted In this ...

Page 1413: ... hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the incorrectly inserted component 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component involved is incorrectly inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 The drive system is no longer booted In this state the drive control closed loop cann...

Page 1414: ...interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the incorrectly inserted component 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component involved is incorrectly inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 The drive system is no longer booted In this state the drive control closed ...

Page 1415: ...rget topology Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the incorrectly inserted component 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component involved is incorrectly inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 The drive system is no longer booted In this...

Page 1416: ...cimal ddccbbaa hex aa component number 1 bb component class of the target topology 2 cc component class of the actual topology 3 dd difference 4 dd 01 hex 1 dec Different component type dd 02 hex 2 dec Different article number dd 03 hex 3 dec Different manufacturer dd 04 hex 4 dec For a multi component slave the incorrect subcomponent index is connected e g Double Motor Module X201 instead of X200...

Page 1417: ...ity e g setpoint actual value comparison See also p9904 Topology comparison acknowledge differences p9905 Device specialization p9906 Topology comparison comparison stage of all components p9907 Topology comparison comparison stage of the component number p9908 Topology comparison comparison stage of a component A01428 Topology Incorrect connection used Message value Component 1 2 connection actua...

Page 1418: ...Component 1 to 2 3 connection 4 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object CU_G130_DP CU_G130_PN CU_G150_DP CU_G150_PN ENC HUB TB30 TM120 TM150 TM31 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected a power unit that is missing in the actual topology with respect to the...

Page 1419: ...are check the 24 V supply voltage check DRIVE CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems check that the component is working properly Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A01481 N Topology Line Module not connected Message value Componen...

Page 1420: ...te The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component has not been inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 Remedy Adapting topologies insert the components involved at the right connection correct the actual topology adapt the project parameterization in the commissioning software correct the target topology Check the hardware check the 24 V supply voltag...

Page 1421: ...arget topology Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the component that has not been inserted 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component has not been inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 Remedy Adapting topologies insert the components...

Page 1422: ...son has detected a DRIVE CLiQ component missing in the actual topology with respect to the target topology Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the component that has not been inserted 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component has not been inserted Component class an...

Page 1423: ...ected Message value Component 1 to 2 3 connection 4 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected a motor with DRIVE CLiQ missing in the actual topology with respect to the target topology Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ...

Page 1424: ...01508 BICO Interconnections to inactive objects exceeded Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The maximum number of BICO interconnections signal sinks when deactivating a drive object was exceeded When deactivating a drive object all BICO inter...

Page 1425: ...n commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction Vector OFF2 Infeed OFF2 OFF1 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Unit e g corresponding to SPEED for which an attempt was made to determine a factor Remedy Apply scaling or check the transfer...

Page 1426: ...ng to BICO input with double word format DWORD in the second index the memory areas overlap e g p8861 The parameter is then reset to the factory setting Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Parameter number of the BICO input signal sink Remedy Not necessary Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY F01515 A BICO Writing to parameter not permitted as the master control is active Message value ...

Page 1427: ...ol Unit MM Motor Module SI Safety Integrated STO Safe Torque Off SH Safe standstill F01611 A SI P1 CU Defect in a monitoring channel Message value 1 Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive integrated Safety Integrated function on processor...

Page 1428: ...allel different 2005 Feedback signal of the safe pulse suppression on the Control Unit and Motor Modules connected in parallel different 6000 6999 Error in the PROFIsafe control For these fault values the failsafe control signals failsafe values are transferred to the safety functions If STOP B after failure of the PROFIsafe communication p9612 is parameterized the transfer of the failsafe value i...

Page 1429: ...tified increase the monitoring cycle clock settings p9500 p9511 upgrade firmware to later version contact Technical Support replace the Control Unit For fault value 6064 check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Dest_Add at the PROFIsafe slave check the setting of the PROFIsafe address of the Control Unit p9610 and that of the Motor Module p9810 For fault value 6065 check the setting of ...

Page 1430: ...e F parameters of the F host Note CU Control Unit EP Enable Pulses pulse enable ESR Extended Stop and Retract MM Motor Module SGE Safety relevant input SI Safety Integrated SMM Safe Motion Monitoring SS1 Safe Stop 1 corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc to EN60204 STO Safe Torque Off SH Safe standstill Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F01612 SI P1 CU STO inputs for power units connected in pa...

Page 1431: ...error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The Safe Stop 1 SS1 function has been selected on the Control Unit CU and is active Note This message does not result in a safety stop response Remedy Not necessary Note CU Control Unit SI Safety Integrated SS1 Safe Stop 1 corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc to EN60204 Reaction upon F NO...

Page 1432: ...ctly defect in control circuit of the Motor Module Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 10 11 Fault in open holding brake operation parameter p1278 incorrectly set no brake connected or wire breakage check whether brake releases for p1278 1 and p9602 p9802 0 SBC deactivated ground fault in brake cable 20 Fault in brake open state short circuit in brake winding 30 31 Fault in close holding brake ope...

Page 1433: ...ge No motor holding brake available p1215 0 and SBC enabled p9602 1 Motor holding brake just like the sequence control connection via BICO p1215 3 and SBC enabled p9602 1 Note SBC Safe Brake Control Remedy Check the parameterization of the motor holding brake and SBC and correct See also p1215 Motor holding brake configuration p9602 SI enable Safe Brake Control Control Unit p9802 SI enable Safe Br...

Page 1434: ...nctions are active after a component has been replaced it is necessary to carry out a partial acceptance test Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 1 It has been identified that the Control Unit has been replaced Bit 1 1 It has been identified that the Motor Module Hydraulic Module has been replaced Bit 2 1 It has been identified that the Power Module has been replaced Bit 3 1 It has been ident...

Page 1435: ...hen Safety Integrated is commissioned for the first time 1000 Reference and actual checksum on monitoring channel 1 are not identical booting as a result of the changed current controller sampling time p0115 0 the clock cycle time for the Safety Integrated Basic Functions r9780 was adapted at least one checksum checked piece of data is defective safety parameters set offline and loaded into the Co...

Page 1436: ...lt with fault value 2005 can only be acknowledged when the STO function is de selected For fault value 2010 check the enable the safety related brake control on both monitoring channels p9602 p9802 For fault value 2020 again carry out safety commissioning routine replace the memory card or Control Unit For fault value 3003 carry out the function checks for the modified hardware and generate an acc...

Page 1437: ...g procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause One of the Safety Integrated monitoring clock cycles is not permissible the monitoring clock cycle integrated in the drive cannot be maintained due to the communication conditions required in the system the monitoring clock cycle for safe motion monitoring functions is not pe...

Page 1438: ...ring clock cycle cannot be maintained as a result of the conditions required in the system 202 the current controller sampling time is set to zero p0115 0 Remedy For enabled SI monitoring integrated in the drive p9601 p9801 0 Upgrade the firmware of the Control Unit to a later version For enabled motion monitoring function p9501 0 correct the monitoring clock cycle p9500 and carry out POWER ON For...

Page 1439: ...mponents across several DRIVE CLiQ sockets For fault value 202 set the current controller sampling time to a sensible value p0115 0 Note CU Control Unit MM Motor Module SI Safety Integrated F01653 SI P1 CU PROFIBUS PROFINET configuration error Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL...

Page 1440: ...abled in the drive p9601 3 2 PROFIsafe is parameterized in the drive however a PROFIsafe telegram has not been configured in the higher level control Remedy The following generally applies check and if necessary correct the PROFIsafe configuration in the higher level control For alarm value 1 remove the PROFIsafe configuring in the higher level F control or enable PROFIsafe in the drive For alarm ...

Page 1441: ...ulic Module software error 132 Communication errors when uploading or downloading the safety parameters for monitoring channel 2 255 Internal software error on the Control Unit Remedy re commission the safety functions upgrade the Control Unit software upgrade the Motor Module Hydraulic Module software replace the memory card or Control Unit For fault value 129 activate the safety commissioning mo...

Page 1442: ...in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 The Safety Integrated password is not set 2 A reset of the drive parameters was selected However the Safety Integrated parameters were not reset as Safety Integrated is presently enabled 3 The interconnected STO input is in the simulation mode 10 An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported 11 An at...

Page 1443: ...t value 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 21 22 23 27 check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment between the two monitoring channels F01655 F30655 and if required carry out diagnostics for the faults involved use a Motor Module that supports the required function upgrade the Motor Module software upgrade the Control Unit software For fault value 16 inhibit the internal voltage protec...

Page 1444: ...unctions by controlling via TM54F although this cannot be supported See also p0970 p3900 r9771 r9871 Remedy For fault value 1 set the Safety Integrated password p10061 For fault value 2 inhibit Safety Integrated p9501 p9601 or reset safety parameters p0970 5 then reset the drive parameters again For fault value 27 check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment between the Control ...

Page 1445: ...ATELY POWER ON Cause In p9700 the value 87 or 208 is saved or was entered offline This is the reason that when booting an attempt is made to copy Safety Integrated parameters from monitoring channel 1 to monitoring channel 2 However no safety relevant function has been selected in monitoring channel 1 p9501 0 p9601 0 Copying was rejected for safety reasons As a consequence inconsistent parameteriz...

Page 1446: ...hen deactivating the safety functions p9501 0 p9601 0 the fault can be acknowledged after exiting the safety commissioning mode F01665 SI P1 CU System is defective Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A system defect was detected before the last boot or in the actual on...

Page 1447: ...used is not suitable for using safe motion monitoring functions without an encoder The ratio between the power unit rated current r0207 0 and rated motor current p0305 is greater than 5 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the motor data set which caused the fault Notice If this alarm is not observed then message C01711 or C30711 with the value 1041 1044 can sporadically occur Remedy Use ...

Page 1448: ... p9525 0 not permissible Check the encoder parameterization on the Sensor Modules involved For fault value 6 check p9515 0 for DRIVE CLiQ encoders the following applies p9515 0 1 Check the encoder parameterization on the Sensor Modules involved For fault value 7 p12033 for an encoder used for Safety Integrated is not equal to 1 Use a linear DRIVE CLiQ encoder and parameterize for p12033 1 For faul...

Page 1449: ...Module software does not support the safe encoderless motion monitoring function 13 At least one Motor Module in parallel operation does not support the safe motion monitoring function Remedy check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment between the Control Unit and the Motor Module involved F01655 F30655 and if required carry out diagnostics for the faults involved For fault val...

Page 1450: ... Limited Speed SG Safely reduced speed SP Safe Position SS2E Safe Stop 2 external Safe Stop 2 with external stop external STOP D F01679 SI CU Safety parameter settings and topology changed warm restart POWER ON required Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 OFF1 OFF3 A...

Page 1451: ...on xxxx parameter yyyy 0 No information available xxxx 9500 and yyyy 1 Parameter p9500 is not equal to p9300 or not an integer multiple of the sampling time of the current controller p0115 0 xxxx 9501 It is not permissible to enable the function n nx hysteresis and filtering p9501 16 in conjunction with the function Extended functions without selection p9601 5 xxxx 9501 and yyyy 8 Referencing via ...

Page 1452: ...witchover of the gearbox stages p9501 26 has been enabled without enabling PROFIsafe xxxx 9601 and yyyy 11 SS2E p9501 18 1 is enabled without PROFIsafe being enabled Remedy Correct parameter if required also on another monitoring channel p9801 If xxxx 9500 and yyyy 1 set p9500 SI Motion monitoring clock cycle as an integer multiple of p0115 0 Current controller sampling time align parameters 9300 ...

Page 1453: ...le channel encoder SS2E Safe Stop 2 external Safe Stop 2 with external stop external STOP D F01682 SI Motion P1 CU Monitoring function not supported Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The monitoring function enabled in p9501 ...

Page 1454: ...cing via the safety control channel p9501 27 45 Deactivating SOS SLS during an external STOP A is not supported p9501 23 46 This software version does not support control of the basis functions via TM54F and the simultaneous enable of the extended functions or ncSI or Profisafe 50 Shortening the switchover times for SOS p9569 p9369 p9567 p9367 is not supported 51 Safe actual value sensing with SCS...

Page 1455: ...e object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause For the function Safely Limited Position SLP a lower value is in p9534 than in p9535 Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Limit values SLP1 interchanged 2 Limit values SLP2 interchanged See also p9534 SI Motion SLP SE upper limit values...

Page 1456: ...ce between 2 cams x and y minus position value y plus position value x p9537 y p9536 x on a cam track must be greater than or equal to the cam tolerance position tolerance p9540 p9542 Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Number of the Safe Cam with an illegal position See also p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions Control Unit Remedy Corre...

Page 1457: ...E Safe software limit switches SP Safe Position See also p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions Control Unit p9526 SI Motion encoder assignment second channel C01689 SI Motion Axis re configured Message value Parameter 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Ca...

Page 1458: ...onfiguration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The configured times for PROFIBUS communication are not permitted and the DP cycle is used as the actual value acquisition cycle for the safe movement monitoring functions Isochronous PROFIBUS The sum of Ti and To is too high for the selected DP cycle The DP cycle sh...

Page 1459: ... effect following a warm restart or POWER ON Notice All changed parameters of the safety motion monitoring functions will only take effect following a warm restart or POWER ON Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Parameter number of the safety parameter which has changed necessitating a warm restart or POWER ON Remedy carry out a warm restart p0009 30 p0976 2 3 carry out a POWER ON switch off switc...

Page 1460: ...ety Integrated Function Manual For SINUMERIK the following applies HMI supports the replacement of components with Safety functions operating area Diagnostics Softkey Alarm list Softkey Confirm SI HW etc The precise procedure is given in the following document SINUMERIK Function Manual Safety Integrated See also p9700 SI Motion copy function p9701 Acknowledge SI motion data change Reaction upon F ...

Page 1461: ...ured that the forced checking procedure is performed before persons enter the hazardous area and who are depending on the safety functions correctly functioning See also p9559 SI Motion forced checking procedure timer Control Unit r9765 SI Motion forced check procedure remaining time Control Unit Remedy Carry out the forced checking procedure of the safety motion monitoring functions The signal so...

Page 1462: ...tandstill Reaction upon F NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON C01700 SI Motion P1 CU STOP A initiated Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive is stopped via a STOP A STO via the safety switch off signal path of the Contr...

Page 1463: ...stop exceeded subsequent response to the message C01715 SI Motion CU Safely Limited Position exceeded subsequent response to the message C01716 SI Motion CU tolerance for safe motion direction exceeded Remedy remove the cause of the fault on the second monitoring channel carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01714 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01711 carry out a diagnostics ro...

Page 1464: ...ults are present and if required carry out the appropriate diagnostic routines for the particular faults check whether the standstill tolerance matches the accuracy and control dynamic performance of the axis carry out a POWER ON This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON as follows safe acknowledgment Terminal Module 54F TM54F onboard F DI only CU310 2 PROFIsafe machine control panel Not...

Page 1465: ...ition time STOP D to SOS SBH Control Unit Remedy remove the cause of the fault at the control carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01714 C01715 C01716 This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON as follows safe acknowledgment Terminal Module 54F TM54F onboard F DI only CU310 2 PROFIsafe machine control panel Note SI Safety Integrated SOS Safe Operating Stop SBH Safe operating stop ...

Page 1466: ...ues may also occur in the following cases if the cause that is explicitly mentioned does not apply cycle times not uniformly parameterized p9500 p9300 and p9511 p9311 differently parameterized axis types p9502 p9302 excessively fast cycle times p9500 p9300 p9511 p9311 For message values 3 44 57 232 and 1 encoder system differently set encoder parameters For message values 3 44 57 232 and 2 encoder...

Page 1467: ...alue SLS2 p9531 1 p9331 1 safety monitoring clock cycle p9500 p9300 47 Position actual value r9713 0 1 limit value SLS2 p9531 1 p9331 1 safety monitoring clock cycle p9500 p9300 48 Position actual value r9713 0 1 limit value SLS3 p9531 2 p9331 2 safety monitoring clock cycle p9500 p9300 49 Position actual value r9713 0 1 limit value SLS3 p9531 2 p9331 2 safety monitoring clock cycle p9500 p9300 50...

Page 1468: ...tting behavior during pulse suppression p9509 p9309 256 Status image of monitoring functions SOS SLS SLP test stop SBR SDI result list 1 ext r9710 257 Safety functions for motion monitoring functions without selection p9512 p9312 different 258 Fault tolerance actual value sensing encoderless p9585 p9385 259 Scaling factor for safe position via PROFIsafe p9574 p9374 or PROFIsafe telegram p9611 p981...

Page 1469: ...r checking offset between POS1 and POS2 for DRIVE CLiQ encoder monitoring channel 2 1035 offset between POS1 and POS2 for DRIVE CLiQ encoder on one of the monitoring channels has changed since the last commissioning 1039 Overflow when calculating the position 1041 Current absolute value too low encoderless 1042 Current voltage plausibility error 1043 Too many acceleration phases 1044 Actual curren...

Page 1470: ...45 p9345 For message value 1 999 if the message value is listed under cause Check the crosswise compared parameters to which the message value refers copy the safety parameters carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components upgrade the Motor Module software upgrade the Control Unit software correction of the encoder evaluation The actual values differ as a result of mechanical faults...

Page 1471: ...ON switch off switch on for all components or a warm restart p0009 30 p0976 2 3 replace the hardware For message value 1020 1021 1024 check the communication link if required increase the monitoring cycle clock settings p9500 p9511 carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components or a warm restart p0009 30 p0976 2 3 replace the hardware For message value 1033 1034 if required upgrade t...

Page 1472: ...tting of the values of the F parameters at the PROFIsafe slave F_SIL F_CRC_Length F_Par_Version F_Source_Add F_Dest_add F_WD_Time For message value 5026 check the settings of the values of the F parameters and the F parameter CRC CRC1 calculated from these at the PROFIsafe slave and update For message value 5065 check the configuration and communication at the PROFIsafe slave cons No CRC check the...

Page 1473: ...rminal p10025 p10125 7 SI SLS input terminal p10026 p10126 8 SI SLS_Limit 1 input terminal p10027 p10127 9 SI SLS_Limit 2 input terminal p10028 p10128 10 SI Safe State signal selection p10039 p10139 11 SI F DI input mode p10040 p10140 12 SI F DO 0 signal sources p10042 p10142 13 Different states for static inactive signal sources p10006 p10022 p10031 14 SI discrepancy monitoring time outputs p1000...

Page 1474: ...ction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive has moved faster than that specified by the velocity limit value p9531 The drive is stopped as a result of the configured stop response p9563 Message value r9749 interpret decimal 100 SLS1 exceeded 200 SLS2 exceeded 300 SLS3 exceeded 400 SLS4 exceeded 1000 Encoder limit frequency exceeded Remedy check the traversing motion program in the ...

Page 1475: ...e p9566 Message value r9749 interpret decimal 0 Tolerance for the safe motion direction positive function exceeded 1 Tolerance for the safe motion direction negative function exceeded Remedy check the traversing motion program in the control check the tolerance for SDI function and if required adapt p9564 This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON as follows safe acknowledgment Prerequisi...

Page 1476: ...CU Hardware fault safety relevant encoder Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The encoder that is used for the safety relevant motion monitoring functions signals a hardware fault Message value r9749 interpret decimal Encoder status word 1 encoder status word 2 that...

Page 1477: ...TOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The fail safe digital inputs digital outputs F DI F DO show a different state longer than that parameterized in p10002 p10102 Fault value r0949 interpret bitwise binary yyyyxxxx bin xxxx Discrepancy error for fail safe digital inputs F DI Bit 0 Discrepancy error for F DI 0 Bit 1 Discrepancy erro...

Page 1478: ...whole SI monitoring cycle if the result is not an exact multiple of an SI monitoring cycle Note F DI Failsafe Digital Input F DO Failsafe Digital Output A01772 SI Motion P1 CU Test stop for fail safe digital outputs running Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NO...

Page 1479: ...ted Z 8 DO OFF and DO ON Z 9 Check to see if states are as expected Z 10 DO ON and DO OFF Z 11 Check to see if states are as expected Z 12 DO OFF and DO OFF Z 13 Check to see if states are as expected Z 14 End of test stop Diag expected states in table format Test stop state Expectation Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 5 0 1 7 0 0 9 0 0 11 1 1 13 0 1 Second diag expected states in table format Test sto...

Page 1480: ...ds for timely fault detection and the conditions to calculate the failure rates of safety functions PFH value Operation beyond this maximum time period is permissible if it can be ensured that the forced checking procedure is performed before persons enter the hazardous area and who are depending on the safety functions correctly functioning See also p10003 SI TM54F forced checking procedure timer...

Page 1481: ...l word S_STW3B A01782 SBT brake test incorrect control Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The brake test was canceled as a result of incorrect control Alarm value r2124 evaluate binary Alarm value 0 The brake test was canceled as a result of a...

Page 1482: ...It must be open when the external brake is tested p10202 Bit 19 1 the external brake is closed It must be open when the internal brake is tested p10202 Bit 20 1 not all brakes are open p10202 Bit 21 1 axis position during the brake test not valid due to parking axis Bit 22 1 internal software error Bit 23 1 the permissible position range of the axis was violated with the brake closed p10212 p10222...

Page 1483: ...al 1 No motion monitoring functions have been enabled 2 Two internal brakes were configured p10202 4 No internal brakes were configured p10202 8 The brake test is configured for an internal brake however the safety brake control is not enabled p9602 p9802 16 The safe brake test and Safety without encoder are simultaneously enabled p9306 p9506 This is not permissible 32 The safe brake test and vect...

Page 1484: ...knowledge NONE Cause The automatic test stop forced checking procedure was not able to be carried out after powering up Possible causes the STO function is selected via safe motion monitoring functions a safety message is present that resulted in a STO Note STO Safe Torque Off Remedy deselect STO via safe motion monitoring functions remove the cause of the safety messages and acknowledge the messa...

Page 1485: ...ect p9505 to 2 n re parameterize the alarm using p2118 and p2119 set p9505 back to the required value Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A01795 SI Motion P1 CU Wait time after exiting the safe pulse cancellation expired Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge ...

Page 1486: ...ydraulic Module is subsequently inserted or switched on a POWER ON must be performed at the Control Unit Note STO Safe Torque Off See also p9601 SI enable functions integrated in the drive Control Unit p9801 SI enable functions integrated in the drive Motor Module p10010 SI TM54F drive object assignment Reaction upon F NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upo...

Page 1487: ... Reaction Vector NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause A DRIVE CLiQ connection fault has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 100 107 Communication via DRIVE CLiQ socket X100 X107 has not been switched to cyclic operation The cause may be an incorrect structure or a configuration that results in an impossible bus timing 10 Loss of...

Page 1488: ...SMI DQI without motor data has been found e g SMI installed as replacement part Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Component number from target topology Remedy 1 Download the SMI DQI data motor encoder data from the data backup again p4690 p4691 2 Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for this component Note DQI DRIVE CLiQ Sensor Integrated SMI SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated See also p4690...

Page 1489: ...e objects in the list are excluded from the process data exchange For alarm value 2 check the number of data words for output and input to a drive object For alarm value 211 Ensure offline version online version For alarm value 223 500 check the setting in p8839 and p8815 check for inserted but not configured CBE20 Ensure that only one PZD interface is operated in clock synchronism or with PROFIsa...

Page 1490: ...TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction Vector OFF3 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 STOP2 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The reception of setpoints from the fieldbus interface onboard PROFIBUS PROFINET USS has been interrupted bus connection interrupted controller switched off controller set into the STOP state See also p2040 Fieldbus interface monitorin...

Page 1491: ... level e g bus cycle time Tdp was set too short Note PB PROFIBUS PN PROFINET Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A01920 F PROFIBUS Interruption cyclic connection Message value Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The cyclic c...

Page 1492: ... object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The current controller sampling time of all drives must be set the same for the clock cycle synchronous operation Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the drive object with different current controller sampling time Remedy Set current controller sampling time to identical values p0115 0 Note PB PROF...

Page 1493: ...e to synchronize to the clock cycle specified by the master the master does not send a clock synchronous global control telegram although clock synchronous operation was selected when configuring the bus the master is using another clock synchronous DP clock cycle than was transferred to the slave in the parameterizing telegram at least one drive object has a pulse enable not controlled from PROFI...

Page 1494: ...Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The bus is in the data exchange state and clock synchronous operation has been selected using the parameterizing telegram Synchronization with the master sign of life STW2 12 STW2 15 could not be completed because the sign of life is changing differently to how it was configured in the Tmapc time ...

Page 1495: ...rol system 9 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause Synchronization of the internal clock cycle to the global control telegram has failed The internal clock cycle exhibits an unexpected shift Remedy Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Note PB PROFIBUS PN PROFINET Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upo...

Page 1496: ...e basic clock cycle DRIVE CLiQ clock cycle and application clock cycle was started but was not completed within the selected time tolerance Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components If the error occurs after the drive sampling times were changed and if a Terminal Module 31 TM31 is being used the...

Page 1497: ...um number of controllers exceeded Message value Info 1 1 info 2 2 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A controller attempts to establish a connection to the drive and as a consequence exceeds the permitted number of PROFINET connections The alarm disappear...

Page 1498: ...hooting Remedy Correctly set T_io_input or T_io_output A01990 F USS PZD configuration error Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The configuration of the process data PZD for the USS protocol is incorrect Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal ...

Page 1499: ... configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause No drive specified for connection in p4815 See also p4815 Function generator drive number Remedy At least one drive to be connected must be specified in p4815 Note The alarm is reset as follows remove the cause of this alarm restart the function generator See also...

Page 1500: ...ll objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The set operating mode p1300 of the drive object is not permissible when using the function generator Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the drive object involved Remedy Change the operating mode for this drive object to p1300 20 encoderless speed control or p1300 21 speed control with encoder Note The alarm...

Page 1501: ...ure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The master control and or enable signals are missing to connect to the specified drive See also p4815 Function generator drive number Remedy Fetch the master control to the specified drive object and set all enable signals Note The alarm is reset as follows remove the cause of this alarm restart th...

Page 1502: ...Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The value for the period is too short See also p4821 Function generator period Remedy Check and adapt the value for the period Note The alarm is reset as follows remove the cause of this alarm restart the fu...

Page 1503: ... the upper limit or lower than the value for the lower limit See also p4826 Function generator offset Remedy Adjust the offset value accordingly Note The alarm is reset as follows remove the cause of this alarm restart the function generator See also p4826 Function generator offset p4828 Function generator lower limit p4829 Function generator upper limit A02041 Function generator Illegal value for...

Page 1504: ...ble Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The trace has already been started See also p4700 Trace control Remedy Stop the trace and if necessary start again A02051 Trace recording not possible as a result of know how protection Message value inv...

Page 1505: ...ue for the trace cycle A02057 Trace Time slice clock cycle invalid Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices See also p4723 Trace time slice cycle Remedy Enter an exi...

Page 1506: ...valid See also p4730 Trace record signal 0 p4731 Trace record signal 1 p4732 Trace record signal 2 p4733 Trace record signal 3 Remedy specify the signal to be traced check whether the relevant signal can be traced A02061 Trace Invalid signal Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Re...

Page 1507: ...hanged when the trace is active See also p4700 p4710 p4711 p4712 p4713 p4714 p4715 p4716 p4720 p4721 p4722 p4730 p4731 p4732 p4733 p4780 p4781 p4782 p4783 p4789 p4795 Remedy stop the trace before parameterization if required start the trace A02075 Trace Pretrigger time too long Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objec...

Page 1508: ...mal 1 Memory card cannot be accessed card is not inserted or is blocked by a mounted USB drive 3 data save operation to slow a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save 4 Data save operation canceled for instance the file required for the data save operati...

Page 1509: ...ters while a multiple trace is running check whether other functions are presently accessing measurement result files A02099 Trace Insufficient Control Unit memory Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The memory space still available on the Con...

Page 1510: ...ed Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a warm restart p0009 30 p0976 2 3 carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components upgrade firmware to later version contact Technical Support For alarm value 10 hex 16 dec Load a compatible DCB user library compatible to the interface of the DCC standard library For alarm value 12 hex 18 dec Carry out a POWER ON switch off ...

Page 1511: ...MMEDIATELY Cause A technology function e g Technology Extension DCB library does not exist on the drive device When configuring a technology function is activated which does not exist on the drive device This can occur when downloading a project or when powering up Remedy load the required technology function to the drive device if required deactivate the technology function not required in the co...

Page 1512: ... Siemens troubleshooting xxx component number p0151 Remedy switch off switch on the power supply for the Control Unit check the DRIVE CLiQ connection if required replace the Terminal Module The Terminal Module should be directly connected to a DRIVE CLiQ socket of the Control Unit If the fault occurs again replace the Terminal Module Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A03501 TM Sampling time...

Page 1513: ...BICO Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The wire break monitoring for an analog input has responded Remedy Check the wiring for interruptions Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F03505 N A TB Analog input wire breakage Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive o...

Page 1514: ...state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object TM120 TM150 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The wire break monitoring for an analog input has responded The input value of the analog input has exceeded the threshold value parameterized in p4061 x Index x 0 Analog input 0 X521 1 X521 2 Index x 1 Analog input 1 X...

Page 1515: ...s being used for Safety Extended Functions the control has authority to access the digital output by means of direct access see also r0729 Alarm value r2124 interpret bitwise binary Digital output involved structured the same as r0747 Remedy check the 24 V power supply e g X130 6 for CU310 2 ground is X130 5 check the output terminals for short circuits reset the signal source of the digital outpu...

Page 1516: ...log output 0 invalid Bit 5 10 V value analog output 0 invalid Bit 6 Offset analog output 1 invalid Bit 7 10 V value analog input 1 invalid Remedy switch off switch on the power supply for the Control Unit check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring Note If it reoccurs then replace the module In principle operation could continue The analog channel involved possibly does not achieve the specified accuracy Reaction...

Page 1517: ...R ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A03550 TM Speed setpoint filter natural frequency Shannon frequency Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The natural filter frequency of the speed setpoint filter p1417 is greater than or equal to t...

Page 1518: ...emperature of the power semiconductor in the AC converter has been reached Note the response is set using p0290 if the depletion layer temperature increases by an additional 15 K then fault F30025 is triggered Remedy Check the following is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values have the load conditions and the load duty cycle been appropriately dimensioned has the cooling failed p...

Page 1519: ... Power unit Internal overtemperature Message value Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached If the temperature inside the power unit increases by an additional 5 K then fault F30036 is triggered Remedy Check the following is t...

Page 1520: ...wer units only Depending on p0290 an appropriate overload response is initiated See also r0037 Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears automatically once the limit value is undershot Note If the alarm does not disappear automatically and the temperature continues to rise this can result in fault F30024 See also p0290 Power unit overload response Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE N05007 A ...

Page 1521: ... OFF3 STOP2 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause For one or several power units the pulses were not able to be enabled Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Number of the power unit involved Remedy acknowledge power unit faults that are still present inhibit the pulses of the power unit involved p7001 A05052 F Parallel circuit Illegal current asymmetry Message value 1 Message class Ap...

Page 1522: ...lso p0125 Activate deactivate power unit components p0895 Activate deactivate power unit components p0897 Parking axis selection F05055 Parallel connection Power units with illegal code numbers Message value Parameter 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE Acknowledge ...

Page 1523: ...only power units with identical EEPROM versions may be used F05057 Parallel circuit Power unit firmware versions differ Message value Parameter 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The firmware versions of the power units connected...

Page 1524: ...necting the power units in parallel Remedy Update the firmware of the power units at least V02 30 01 00 F05061 Infeed VSM count Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The number of active Voltage Sensing Module...

Page 1525: ...onent Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause A feedback signal for the precharging contactor ALM SLM BLM diode or the line contactor BLM thyristor interconnected and the simultaneity monitoring p0255 4 6 activated After opening or closing a contactor of the parallel connection after a monitoring time has elapsed not all of the contactors have...

Page 1526: ...or is closed Bit 7 1 PDS7 contactor is closed Note PDS Power unit Data Set Remedy check the monitoring time setting p0255 5 7 check the wiring and control of the contactor if required replace the contactor See also p0255 Power unit contactor monitoring time Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F06000 Infeed Precharging monitoring time expired Message value Message class Infeed faulted 13 Drive...

Page 1527: ... check the connections of the external line contactor The line contactor must be open during DC link fast discharge For 9 check the DC link for ground faults or short circuits F06010 Infeed Power unit EP 24 V missing in operation Message value Message class Infeed faulted 13 Drive object B_INF Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause In op...

Page 1528: ...meterized threshold for the ground fault monitoring p0287 Possible causes there is a ground fault that results in a high summation current r0069 6 The DC component in the line currents can damage destroy the power unit reactor filter or motor the current measurement in the power unit is defective Fault value r0949 floating point Smoothed total of the phase currents Remedy check the line supply for...

Page 1529: ...measured DC link voltage This voltage Vrms is not within the tolerance range of the supply voltage The following applies for the tolerance range 85 p0210 Vrms 110 p0210 Fault value r0949 floating point Line supply voltage Vrms present See also p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage Remedy check the parameterized supply voltage and if required change p0210 check the line supply voltage See also p0210...

Page 1530: ...he sum of p0279 and r0296 The status is also displayed in r3405 bit7 Possible causes include line supply voltage dip or another line supply fault overload of the infeed for Active Line Module Controller incorrectly parameterized See also p0279 DC link voltage offset alarm threshold r0296 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold r3405 Remedy check the line voltage and line supply quality reduce the p...

Page 1531: ... braking operations check binector input p3865 0 7 and the wiring from terminal X21 3 of the particular Braking Module A06904 N Braking Module internal is inhibited Message value 1 Message class Braking Module faulted 14 Drive object B_INF Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The internal Braking Module was inhibited via binector input p3680 1 signal In the inhibi...

Page 1532: ...ect B_INF Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The temperature sensor connected to the braking resistor signals an overtemperature The Braking Module is still active If the overtemperature persists for more than 60 s fault F06908 is output and the braking module is switched off See also r3687 Digital Braking Module pre alarm overtemperature Remedy...

Page 1533: ...s Braking Module faulted 14 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause the three resistors of the braking chopper are not symmetrical DC link voltage oscillations caused by fluctuating loads of the connected drives Remedy check the feeder cables to the braking resistors if required increase the value for detecting asymmetry p1364 See also p1360 Br...

Page 1534: ...01 10 11 See also p0604 p0605 p0606 p0612 p0613 p0625 p0626 p0627 p0628 Remedy reduce the motor load check the ambient temperature and the motor ventilation check the wiring and the connection of the PTC or bimetallic NC contact See also p0604 p0605 p0606 p0612 p0625 p0626 p0627 p0628 A07012 N Drive Motor temperature model 1 3 overtemperature Message value 1 Message class Motor overload 8 Drive ob...

Page 1535: ...bject VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0600 and p0601 With the fault the time in p0607 is started If the fault is still present after this time has expired then fault F07016 is output however at the earliest 50 ms after alarm A07015 Possible causes wire breakage or sensor not connec...

Page 1536: ... the parameter number involved See also p0310 p0311 p0341 p0344 p0350 p0354 p0356 p0357 p0358 p0360 p0400 p0404 p0408 p0640 p1082 p1300 Remedy Modify the parameter indicated in the fault value r0949 e g p0640 current limit 0 See also p0311 p0341 p0344 p0350 p0354 p0356 p0358 p0360 p0400 p0404 p0408 p0640 p1082 F07082 Macro Execution not possible Message value Fault cause 1 supplementary informatio...

Page 1537: ...er with which the execution was started See also p0015 p0700 p1000 p1500 Remedy check whether the file is saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card Example If p0015 is set to 1501 then the selected ACX file must be located in the following directory PMACROS DEVICE P15 PM001501 ACX F07084 Macro Condition for WaitUntil not fulfilled Message value Parameter 1 Message class Error in the pa...

Page 1538: ...or that defined in the application was violated Fault value r0949 parameter Diagnostics parameter to display the parameters that were not able to be re calculated See also p0304 p0305 p0310 p0596 p2000 p2001 p2002 p2003 r2004 Remedy Check the adapted parameter value and if required correct See also r9450 Reference value change parameter with unsuccessful calculation F07088 Units changeover Paramet...

Page 1539: ...a value p1493 have been determined and the appropriate status signal is set r1407 26 1 The following parameters influence the response of the moment of the inertia estimator p1560 p1561 p1562 Remedy Traverse the axis until the moment of inertia estimator has stabilized This alarm is automatically withdrawn after the moment of inertia estimator has stabilized A07094 General parameter limit violatio...

Page 1540: ...rive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The ON OFF1 command is present no 0 signal The command is either influenced via binector input p0840 current CDS or control word bit 0 via the master control Remedy Switch the signal via binector input p0840 current CDS or control word bit 0 via the master control to 0 F07220 N A Drive Master cont...

Page 1541: ... Bit 3 Switch feedback signal too slow After switching the system waits for the positive feedback signal If the feedback signal is received later than the specified time then a fault trip shutdown is issued Bit 6 Drive switch feedback signal not consistent with the bypass state The drive switch is closed when switching on or when switching in the motor See also p1260 Bypass configuration r1261 Byp...

Page 1542: ...213 1 so that fewer faults are registered in the time interval F07320 Drive Automatic restart interrupted Message value 1 Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object B_INF Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause the specified number of restart attempts p1211 has been completely used up because within the monitoring time p1213 the f...

Page 1543: ...VSM being connected Separately excited synchronous motor SESM operation with U f characteristic Remedy deactivate the flying restart function p1200 0 change the open loop closed loop control mode p1300 connect a Voltage Sensing Module VSM voltage measurement N07332 Flying restart maximum speed reduced Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure...

Page 1544: ... ramp function generator output is set to the speed actual value See also r0056 Status word closed loop control p1240 Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration p1280 Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration U f Remedy If the controller is not to intervene increase the ramp down times switch off the Vdc_max controller p1240 0 for vector control p1280 0 for U f control If the ramp down ti...

Page 1545: ...pagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The DC link voltage monitoring is active p1240 p1280 5 6 and the lower DC link voltage threshold r1246 r1286 was reached in the Operation state Remedy check the line supply voltage check the infeed adapt the device supply voltage p0210 or the switch on level p1245 p1285 disable the DC link voltage monitoring p1240 p1280 0 R...

Page 1546: ...e The maximum buffer time p1255 and p1295 for vector drives with U f control has been exceeded without the line supply having returned Remedy Check the time threshold for Vdc min controller kinetic buffering p1255 p1295 See also p1255 Vdc_min controller time threshold p1295 Vdc_min controller time threshold U f Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F0740...

Page 1547: ...or contactor check the motor parameterization and the connection type star delta check the DC link voltage r0070 check the power unit activate the flying restart function p1200 F07411 Drive Flux setpoint not reached when building up excitation Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge ...

Page 1548: ... of the pole position angle from the encoder and motor model resulted in an excessively high value 80 electrical 1 VECTOR 0 The comparison of the pole position angle from the encoder and motor model resulted in an excessively high value 45 electrical 1 The change in the speed signal from the motor encoder has changed by p0492 within a current controller clock cycle Remedy check the phase sequence ...

Page 1549: ...e position identification routine If the pole position identification routine is not suitable for this motor type then disable the plausibility check p1982 0 A07416 Drive Flux controller configuration Message value Parameter 1 Index 2 fault cause 3 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction N...

Page 1550: ...e has been de selected automatically p1750 5 0 there are two possible options acknowledge the fault and save parameter p1750 5 0 field oriented control mode to standstill is not used and replaced by transition to open loop control at low speeds upgrade the power unit firmware at least V4 3 field oriented control mode to standstill is available For fault value 10 With active selection of the pulse ...

Page 1551: ...rization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The technology controller has a parameterizing error Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 The upper output limit in p2291 is set lower than the lower output limit in p2292 Remedy For alarm value 1 Set the output limit in p2291 higher than in p2292 See also...

Page 1552: ...sitioning from closed loop speed controlled into open loop speed controlled operation Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A07440 EPOS Jerk time is limited Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The calculation of the jerk time Tr max p2572 p2...

Page 1553: ...or the load and measuring gear v p2721 p2506 p2576 5 Direct encoder without position tracking v p0421 p2506 p0433 p0432 p2576 6 Direct encoder with position tracking for the measuring gear v p0412 p2506 p2576 Note With position tracking it is recommended that p0412 and p2721 are changed See also p0412 Measuring gear absolute encoder rotary revolutions virtual p0432 Gearbox factor encoder revolutio...

Page 1554: ...represented within 32 bits Maximum value p0408 p2721 2 p0419 Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal ccbbaa hex aa encoder data set bb component number cc drive data set See also p0408 Rotary encoder pulse number p0419 Fine resolution absolute value Gx_XIST2 in bits p2721 Load gear rotary absolute encoder revolutions virtual Remedy reduce the fine resolution p0419 reduce the multiturn resolution p...

Page 1555: ...lue after the measuring gear if one is being used The sign designates the traversing direction Note The deviation difference found is also displayed in r2724 See also p2722 Load gear position tracking tolerance window r2724 Load gear position difference Remedy Reset the position tracking as follows select encoder commissioning p0010 4 reset position tracking position p2720 2 1 deselect encoder com...

Page 1556: ... value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The difference between the position setpoint position actual value following error dynamic model r2563 is higher than the tolerance p2546 the drive torque or accelerating capacity exceeded position measuring system fault en...

Page 1557: ...Acknowledge NONE Cause The maximum velocity p2571 is too high to correctly calculate the modulo correction Within the sampling time for positioning p0115 5 with the maximum velocity a maximum of the half modulo length must be moved through p2571 was limited to this value Remedy reduce the maximum velocity p2571 increase the sampling time for positioning p0115 5 A07456 EPOS Setpoint velocity limite...

Page 1558: ...After leaving the reference cam the axis has traversed the maximum permissible distance between the reference cam and zero mark without finding the zero mark Remedy check the encoder regarding the zero mark check the maximum permissible distance between the reference cam and zero mark p2609 use an external encoder zero mark equivalent zero mark p0495 See also p0495 Equivalent zero mark input termi...

Page 1559: ...use For a traversing block with the block change enable CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_ALARM the external block change was not requested Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the traversing block Remedy Resolve the reason as to why the edge is missing at binector input BI p2632 Reaction upon F OFF1 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY F07464 EPOS Traversing block is inconsistent Message value 1 Message class Err...

Page 1560: ...traversing block contains an illegal value Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the traversing block with an illegal task parameter Remedy Correct the task parameter in the traversing block A07468 EPOS Traversing block jump destination does not exist Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Pr...

Page 1561: ... the traversing block the target position lies outside the modulo range Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the traversing block with illegal target position Remedy in the traversing block correct the target position change the modulo range p2576 A07472 EPOS Traversing block ABS_POS ABS_NEG not possible Message value 1 Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive obj...

Page 1562: ...e the traversing range Remedy Correct the target position Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F07476 A EPOS Target position end of the traversing range Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The target position for relative t...

Page 1563: ...he position of the software limit switch minus An active traversing block was interrupted Remedy correct the target position change software limit switch minus CI p2578 p2580 A07480 EPOS Software limit switch plus reached Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The axis is...

Page 1564: ...current r1533 check the torque limits p1520 p1521 check the power limits p1530 p1531 check the BICO interconnections of the torque limits p1522 p1523 p1528 p1529 F07484 EPOS Fixed stop outside the monitoring window Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF3 OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause I...

Page 1565: ... BI p2641 and restart motion F07488 EPOS Relative positioning not possible Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause In the mode direct setpoint input MDI for continuous transfer p2649 1 relative positioning was selected BI p2648 0 signal Remedy Check the co...

Page 1566: ...ed For a negative traversing direction the STOP cam plus was reached i e the wiring of the STOP cam is incorrect Remedy leave the STOP cam plus in the negative traversing direction and return the axis to the valid traversing range check the wiring of the STOP cam Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F07493 LR Overflow of the value range for position actual value Message value 1 Message class A...

Page 1567: ...cknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A Drive Data Set changeover DDS with a change of the mechanical relationships p2503 2506 direction of rotation p1821 or the encoder assignment p2502 was requested in operation Note DDS Drive Data Set Remedy To changeover the drive data set initially exit the operation mode A07495 F N LR Reference function interrupted Message value Message class Application technologica...

Page 1568: ... corrected Remedy Not necessary The alarm automatically disappears with BI p2514 0 signal Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A07498 F LR Measuring probe evaluation not possible Message value 1 Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When evaluating the measuring probe an error occu...

Page 1569: ...Power unit data set PDS not configured Message value Drive data set 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Only for controlled line supply infeed regenerative feedback units The power unit data set was not configured this means that a data set numbe...

Page 1570: ... Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The STOP cam MINUS was approached in the positive traversing direction or the STOP cam PLUS was approached in the negative traversing direction Remedy check the wiring of the STOP cam BI p2569 BI p2570 check the traversing direction to approach the STOP cam A07504 Drive Motor data set is not assigned to a drive data set...

Page 1571: ...EPOS and LR position control have not been set although the BICO interconnections to transfer the fine resolutions have been set Remedy 1 Disconnect BICO interconnections for the fine resolutions CI p2694 0 CI p2695 0 2 Set BICO interconnections for the setpoints CI p2530 r2665 CI p2531 r2666 3 Set BICO interconnections for the fine resolutions CI p2694 r2696 CI p2695 r2697 F07509 Drive Component ...

Page 1572: ...r 3 This unique assignment has been violated Fault value r0949 interpret decimal The two parameters in coded form that refer to the same component number First parameter Index First and second decimal place 99 for EDS not assigned DDS Parameter number Third decimal place 1 for p0187 2 for p0188 3 for p0189 4 for EDS not assigned DDS Drive number Fourth and fifth decimal place Second parameter Inde...

Page 1573: ...2 p0186 30 31 15 4 1 p0186 0 1 2 3 0 8 2 p0186 0 1 2 3 0 p0186 4 5 6 7 1 16 4 p0186 0 1 2 3 0 p0186 4 5 6 7 1 p0186 8 9 10 11 2 p0186 12 13 14 15 3 32 8 p0186 0 1 2 3 0 p0186 4 5 6 7 1 p0186 8 9 10 11 2 p0186 28 29 30 31 7 8 1 p0186 0 7 0 16 2 p0186 0 7 0 p0186 8 15 1 32 4 p0186 0 7 0 p0186 8 15 1 p0186 16 23 2 p0186 24 31 3 16 1 p0186 0 15 0 32 2 p0186 0 15 0 p0186 16 31 1 32 1 p0186 0 31 0 9 2 p...

Page 1574: ...VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An MDS cannot have different motor encoders in two different DDS The following parameterization therefore results results in an error p0186 0 0 p0187 0 0 p0186 0 0 p0187 0 1 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal The lower 16 bits indicate the first DDS and the upper 16 bits indicate the second DDS Remedy If you wi...

Page 1575: ...E Cause The motor cannot be changed over Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 The contactor for the motor that is presently active cannot be opened because for a synchronous motor the speed r0063 is greater than the speed at the start of field weakening p0348 As long as r0063 p0348 the current in the motor does not decay in spite of the pulses being suppressed 2 The contactor opened feedback sign...

Page 1576: ...63 p0348 See also r0063 Speed actual value Remedy Reduce the speed to below the speed at the start of field weakening r0063 p0348 A07550 F N Drive Not possible to reset encoder parameters Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When carrying out a factory setting e g using p0970 1...

Page 1577: ... motor load revolutions F07552 A Drive encoder Encoder configuration not supported Message value Fault cause 1 component number 2 encoder data set 3 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction Vector OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY P...

Page 1578: ...rameter is p0437 cc 2 incorrect parameter is r0459 dd reserved always 0 Remedy check the encoder parameterization p0430 p0437 check the pole position identification routine p1982 use the matching encoder evaluation r0458 r0459 See also p0430 p0437 r0458 r0459 p1982 Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F07555 A Drive encoder Configuration position tracking Message value Component number 1 encod...

Page 1579: ...nent None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When the position tracking of the measuring gear is configured the drive encoder identifies a maximum possible absolute position actual value r0483 that cannot be represented within 32 bits Maximum value p0408 p0412 2 p0419 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal aaaayyxx hex yy component number xx encoder data set See also p0408...

Page 1580: ...ry information Remedy Set the reference point coordinate less than the value from the supplementary information Reaction upon F OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY F07560 Drive encoder Number of pulses is not to the power of two Message value Encoder data set 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component None ...

Page 1581: ...tive p0411 Measuring gear configuration r0456 Encoder configuration supported Remedy check the encoder parameterization p0400 p0404 use a Control Unit with sufficient NVRAM if required de select position tracking for the incremental encoder p0411 3 0 Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F07563 A Drive encoder XIST1_ERW configuration incorrect Message value Fault cause 1 encoder data set 2 Mess...

Page 1582: ...omponent Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An encoder error was signaled for encoder 2 via the PROFIdrive encoder interface G2_ZSW 15 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Error code from G2_XIST2 refer to the description regarding r0483 Note This alarm is only output if p0480 1 is not equal to zero Remedy Acknowledge the encoder error using the encoder ...

Page 1583: ...t interface enter the correct encoder type in p0400 Reaction upon F Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY N07570 F Encoder identification data transfer running Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge NONE Cause The encode...

Page 1584: ... initializing the measuring probe 4100 The measuring pulse frequency is too high 4200 The PROFIBUS clock cycle is not a multiple of integer of the position controller clock cycle Remedy Deactivate the measuring probe evaluation BI p2509 0 signal For alarm value 6 Set the input terminal for the measuring probe p0488 p0489 or p2517 p2518 For alarm value 4098 Check the Control Unit hardware For alarm...

Page 1585: ... pulse frequency is too high 4200 The PROFIBUS clock cycle is not a multiple of integer of the position controller clock cycle Remedy Deactivate the measuring probe evaluation BI p2509 0 signal For alarm value 6 Set the input terminal for the measuring probe p0488 p0489 or p2517 p2518 For alarm value 4098 Check the Control Unit hardware For alarm value 4100 Reduce the frequency of the measuring pu...

Page 1586: ...on actual value preprocessing Remedy Check the encoder for the position actual value preprocessing Reaction upon F OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY A07583 F Encoder 3 Position actual value preprocessing error Message value Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Caus...

Page 1587: ...Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The following problem has occurred during the position actual value preprocessing an encoder data set has been assigned however the encoder data set does not contain any encoder data p0400 0 or invalid data e g p0408 0 Remedy Check...

Page 1588: ... Data Set changeover DDS with a change of the mechanical relationships and the encoder assignment p2502 was requested in operation Remedy To changeover the drive data set initially exit the operation mode Reaction upon F OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY A07591 F Encoder 2 Drive Data Set changeover in operation Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive...

Page 1589: ... fine resolution of absolute position actual values p0419 Reaction upon F OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A07594 F N Encoder 2 Value range for position actual value exceeded Message value 1 Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The va...

Page 1590: ...ion resolution For alarm value 3 Reducing the position resolution and conversion factor reduce the length unit LU per load revolution for rotary encoders p2506 increase the fine resolution of absolute position actual values p0419 Reaction upon F OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A07596 F N Encoder 1 Reference function interrupted Message value Messa...

Page 1591: ...use An activated reference function reference mark search or measuring probe evaluation was interrupted an encoder fault has occurred Gn_ZSW 15 1 position actual value was set during an activated reference function simultaneously activate reference mark search and measuring probe evaluation BI p2508 and BI p2509 1 signal activated reference function reference mark search or measuring probe evaluat...

Page 1592: ...ECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The maximum encoder value times the factor to convert the absolute position r0483 and or r2723 from increments to length units LU has exceeded the value range 2147483648 2147483647 for displaying the position actual value Remedy If the value for the maximum possible absolute position LU is gre...

Page 1593: ...ing gear p2506 p2721 5 Direct encoder without position tracking p2506 p0433 p0432 p2506 p0433 p0421 p0432 for multiturn encoders 6 Direct encoder with position tracking for measuring gear p2506 p0412 For a linear encoder the following must be maintained p0407 p2503 2 p0419 10 7 1 0 Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F07754 Drive Incorrect shutoff valve configuration Message value 1 Message c...

Page 1594: ...d power unit check the power unit and replace if necessary check the Control Unit and if required replace it after correcting the topology the parameters must be again downloaded using the commissioning software F07801 Drive Motor overcurrent Message value Message class Motor overload 8 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Ca...

Page 1595: ...voltage setting p0210 See also p0857 Power unit monitoring time A07805 N Drive Power unit overload I2t Message value Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Alarm threshold for I2t overload p0294 of the power unit exceeded The response parameterized in p0290 becomes active See also p0290 Power un...

Page 1596: ... fault test only functions when the motor is stationary Connecting to a motor that is either not de energized or partially de energized is possibly detected as ground fault Remedy check the motor side converter connection for a phase phase short circuit rule out interchanged line and motor cables check for a ground fault For a ground fault the following applies do not enable the pulses when connec...

Page 1597: ...p0010 1 p3900 3 p1900 1 2 This is also necessary if motor data is still to be downloaded via DRIVE CLiQ If the new power unit is accepted then if required the current limit p0640 can be reduced by a lower maximum current of the power unit r0209 torque limits stay the same If the comparison stage in p9906 is set to 2 3 then commissioning can be exited p0010 0 and the fault acknowledged This procedu...

Page 1598: ...ible r0192 21 Remedy For alarm value 1 in p0600 set an encoder with temperature sensor For alarm value 2 interconnect p0603 with the temperature signal For alarm value 3 4 set the available temperature sensor p0600 p0601 set p4610 p4613 0 no sensor or interconnect p0608 or p0609 with an external temperature signal For alarm value 5 connect the component with the temperature sensor Check the DRIVE ...

Page 1599: ...ion technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For the freely parameterizable I2t monitoring the alarm threshold p3243 was exceeded Note Status bit r2199 13 1 indicates that the value is exceeded See also p3240 I2t input value signal source p3241 Permissible I2t continuous value p3242 I2t maximum duratio...

Page 1600: ...Y Cause The simulation mode is activated and the DC link voltage is greater than the permissible value of 40 V Remedy switch out disable simulation mode p1272 0 and acknowledge the fault reduce the input voltage in order to reach a DC link voltage below 40 V F07840 Drive Infeed operation missing Message value Message class Infeed faulted 13 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL R...

Page 1601: ...ue to operate even after the infeed fails Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A07850 F External alarm 1 Message value Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The condition for External alarm 1 is satisfied Note The External alarm 1 is initiated by a 1 0 e...

Page 1602: ...object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction Vector OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The condition for External fault 1 is satisfied Note The External fault 1 is initiated by a 1 0 edge via binector input p2106 See also p2106 External fault 1 Remedy eliminate the causes of this fault acknowledge fault Reaction upon A...

Page 1603: ...F2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The internal armature short circuit p1231 4 is not possible as Safe Torque Off STO is enabled The pulses cannot be enabled Remedy Switch out the internal armature short circuit p1231 0 or deactivate Safe Torque Off p9501 p9561 0 Note STO Safe Torque Off SH Safe standstill F07898 Drive flying restart unsuccessful due to excessively low flux Message value Message cla...

Page 1604: ...tual value is oscillating and the speed controller output repeatedly goes to its limit If the simulation mode is enabled p1272 1 and the closed loop control with speed encoder activated p1300 21 then the inhibit signal is generated if the encoder signal is not received from a motor that is driven with the torque setpoint of the closed loop control See also p2175 Motor blocked speed threshold p2177...

Page 1605: ...measurement p1960 were carried out also refer to r3925 For synchronous motors with encoder the encoder must have been adjusted p1990 For closed loop speed and torque control with speed encoder the following applies check the speed signal interrupted cable polarity pulse number broken encoder shaft check the speed encoder if another speed encoder was selected using the data set changeover This must...

Page 1606: ...mponent Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The absolute value of the speed difference from the two setpoints p2151 p2154 and the speed actual value r2169 exceeds the tolerance threshold p2163 longer than tolerated p2164 p2166 The alarm is only enabled for p2149 0 1 Possible causes could be the load torque is greater than the torque setpoint when accelerating the torque c...

Page 1607: ...ommissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The armature short circuit is incorrectly parameterized Fault value r0949 interpret decimal zzzzyyxx zzzz fault cause xx motor data set zzzz 0001 hex 1 dec A permanent magnet synchronous motor has not been selected zzzz 0002 hex 2 dec No induction motor selected zzzz 0065 h...

Page 1608: ...r it must be deactivated for all motor data sets p1231 not equal to 3 This therefore ensures that the protection cannot be accidentally withdrawn as a result of a data set changeover The fault can only be acknowledged if this condition is fulfilled F07907 Internal armature short circuit Motor terminals are not at zero potential after pulse suppression Message value Message class Application techno...

Page 1609: ... internal voltage protection is ready Remedy Not necessary This a note for the user A07910 N Drive Motor overtemperature Message value 1 Message class Motor overload 8 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause KTY84 PT1000 or no sensor The measured motor temperature or temperature of motor temperature model 2 has exceeded the alarm threshold p060...

Page 1610: ... only issued after the delay time in p3206 has expired Remedy check the parameterization p3204 p3205 check the interfaces to the excitation equipment r1626 p1640 check the excitation equipment check the flux control p1590 p1592 p1597 check the control for oscillation and take the appropriate counter measures e g optimize the speed control loop parameterize a bandstop filter A07918 N Three phase se...

Page 1611: ...ance Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The torque deviates from the torque speed envelope characteristic Remedy check the connection between the motor and load adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load F07923 Drive Torque speed too low Message value Messa...

Page 1612: ...6 p2187 p2188 p2189 p2190 Load monitoring configuration and response must match It is not permissible that the individual load torque monitoring areas overlap Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the parameter with the invalid value Note The load torque monitoring has not been activated as long as the alarm is active Remedy set the parameters for the load monitoring according to the appli...

Page 1613: ...s Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The Control Unit has detected a brake control error motor cable is not shielded correctly defect in control circuit of the Motor Module Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 10 11 Fault in open holding brake operation no brake connected o...

Page 1614: ...TELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A07932 Brake does not close Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause This alarm is output for r1229 5 1 For r1229 5 1 OFF1 OFF3 are suppressed to prevent the drive accelerating by a load that drives the motor whereby OFF2 remai...

Page 1615: ...1 r9872 3 was established only when commissioning for the first time For a parallel connection the power unit was set in p7015 to which the motor holding brake is connected only when commissioning for the first time 1 A motor holding brake was detected where the brake control has not been configured p1215 0 The brake control configuration was left at No motor holding brake available p1215 0 11 The...

Page 1616: ...ion of the connector input and the scaling of the signal p1440 p2000 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F07940 Sync line drive Synchronizing error Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause After synchronization has been completed the phase difference r3808 is gr...

Page 1617: ...bject VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Synchronization is not permitted Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1300 The control mode p1300 has not been set to encoderless closed loop speed control or U f characteristic 1910 Motor data identification activated 1960 Speed controller optimization activated 1990 Encoder adjustment activated 3801 Voltage Sens...

Page 1618: ...re 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The code number of the actual motor with DRIVE CLiQ does not match the saved number Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Number of the incorrect parameter See also p0301 Motor code number selection r0302 Motor code number of motor with DRIVE CLiQ Remedy Connect the original motor switch on the...

Page 1619: ...er The torques entered in the parameters for the friction characteristic do not correspond to the following condition 0 p3830 p3831 p3839 p0333 Therefore the output of the friction characteristic r3841 is set to zero See also r3840 Friction characteristic status word Remedy Fulfill the conditions for the friction characteristic For alarm value 1538 Check the upper effective torque limit e g in the...

Page 1620: ...ual to the changeover speed open loop controlled operation p1755 1910 Motor data identification activated 1960 Speed controller optimization activated 3820 3829 speed p382x cannot be approached 3840 Friction characteristic incorrect 3845 Friction characteristic record de selected Remedy Fulfill the conditions to record the friction characteristic For fault value 0046 establish missing enable signa...

Page 1621: ...TELY Cause A fault has occurred during the Lq Ld measurement Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 10 Stage 1 The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low 12 Stage 1 The maximum current was exceeded 15 Second harmonic too low 16 Drive converter too small for the measuring technique 17 Abort due to pulse inhibit Remedy For fault value 10 Check whether the motor is correctly conn...

Page 1622: ...selecting p1980 4 increase the value for p0325 when selecting p1980 1 increase the value for p0329 check whether the motor is correctly connected replace the Motor Module involved For fault value 11 increase the value for p0329 check whether the motor is correctly connected replace the Motor Module involved For fault value 12 when selecting p1980 4 reduce the value for p0325 when selecting p1980 1...

Page 1623: ...ique 17 Abort due to pulse inhibit Remedy For fault value 1 Check whether the motor is correctly connected Check whether motor data have been correctly entered Replace the power unit involved For fault value 2 Open the motor holding brake p1215 2 and bring the motor into a no load condition For fault value 4 Check whether the speed actual value inversion is correct p0410 0 Check whether the motor ...

Page 1624: ...rive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The zero mark must be evaluated in order to adjust the encoder It is expected that a speed or torque setpoint is entered See also p1990 Encoder adjustment determine angular commutation offset Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears once the zero mark has been detected Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N N...

Page 1625: ..._G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The rotating measurement cannot be started due to missing enable signals For p1959 13 1 the following applies enable signals for the ramp function generator missing see p1140 p1142 enable signals for the speed controller integrator missing see p1476 p1477 Remedy acknowledge faults that are present establish missing enable si...

Page 1626: ... Drive Rotating measurement saturation characteristic Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A fault has occurred while determining the saturation characteristic Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 The speed did not reach a st...

Page 1627: ... moment of inertia Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 The speed did not reach a steady state condition 2 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active 3 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression skip bandwidth is active 4 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the maximum limiting is active 5 It is not possible to incre...

Page 1628: ... IMMEDIATELY Cause A fault has occurred during the vibration test Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 The speed did not reach a steady state condition 2 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the minimum limiting is active 3 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the suppression skip bandwidth is active 4 The speed setpoint was not able to be approached as the maximum l...

Page 1629: ...ne Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When configuring the rotating measurement p1959 no function was selected Remedy Select at least one function for automatic optimization of the speed controller p1959 See also p1959 Rotating measurement configuration F07989 Drive Rotating measurement leakage inductance q axis Message value 1 Message class Error in the param...

Page 1630: ...rrent limit value reached 2 Identified stator resistance lies outside the expected range 0 02 100 of Zn 3 Identified rotor resistance lies outside the expected range 0 1 100 of Zn Separately excited synchronous motors damping resistance outside 1 0 15 of Zn 4 Identified stator reactance lies outside the expected range 50 900 of Zn Separately excited synchronous motors stator reactance outside 20 5...

Page 1631: ...e and entered in p0352 For fault value 4 7 check whether inductances are correctly set in p0233 and p0353 check whether motor has been correctly connected star delta set p1909 0 1 For fault value 12 check the power cable connections check the motor check the CT For fault value 50 perform a motor data identification with a higher sampling time and after this change to the required higher sampling t...

Page 1632: ...ditions do not apply Reaction upon F NONE OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F08000 N A TB 15 V power supply faulted Message value 1 Message class Supply voltage fault undervoltage 3 Drive object All objects Component Controller Extension CX Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POW...

Page 1633: ...TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction Vector OFF3 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 STOP2 Infeed OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The reception of setpoints from the COMM BOARD has been interrupted bus connection interrupted controller switched off controller set into the STOP state COMM BOARD defective Remedy Restore the bus connection and set the controller to RUN i...

Page 1634: ...A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A08511 F PN COMM BOARD Receive configuration data invalid Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The drive unit did not accept the receive configuration data Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Return value of the r...

Page 1635: ...on error to the higher level control system 9 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The memory or the buffer status of the non cyclic channel has an error Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 0 Error in the buffer status 1 Error in the memory Remedy Check communications link Reaction upon F Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Ac...

Page 1636: ...INAMICS Link was changed as a result of a project download A POWER ON is required to activate the values Note CBE20 Communication Board Ethernet 20 See also p8811 SINAMICS Link project selection p8812 SINAMICS Link clock cycle settings p8835 CBE20 firmware selection p8836 SINAMICS link node address Remedy Back up the parameters and carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on Reaction upon F Vector N...

Page 1637: ... Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A syntax error has been detected in the ASCII configuration file for the Industrial Ethernet interface X127 The saved configuration file has not been loaded Note IE Industrial Ethernet Remedy Check the interface configuration p8900 and following correct if necessary and activate p8905 1 Save the parameters for interface configuration e g p8905 2 or reconfigure...

Page 1638: ...parameters Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A consistency error was detected when activating the configuration p8925 for the PROFINET interface Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 0 general consistency error 1 error in the IP configurati...

Page 1639: ...BE20 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 0 general consistency error 1 error in the IP configuration IP address subnet mask or standard gateway 2 Error in the station names 3 DHCP was not able to be activated as a cyclic PROFINET connection already exists 4 a cyclic PROFINET connection is not possible as DHCP is activated Note For all alarm values the following applies currently set configuration ...

Page 1640: ...9 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction Vector OFF3 Infeed OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A CANopen NMT state transition from operational to pre operational or after stopped Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 CANopen NMT state transition from operational to pre operational 2 CANopen NMT state transition from operational to stopped Note In the NMT state pre oper...

Page 1641: ...Drive object All objects Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The CAN controller has lost a receive message telegram Remedy Reduce the cycle times of the receive messages Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A08752 CAN Error counter for error passive exceeded Message value Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Drive object All ...

Page 1642: ...mponent None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The CANopen object is not provided for the Process Data Object PDO Mapping Remedy Use a CANopen object intended for the PDO mapping or enter 0 The following objects can be mapped in the Receive Process Data Object RPDO or Transmit Process Data Object TPDO RPDO 6040 hex 6060 hex 60FF hex 6071 hex 5800 hex 580F hex 5820 hex 5827 he...

Page 1643: ...de to exceed the maximum number of valid PDO Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 An attempt was made to exceed the total number of valid RPDO of all CANopen supported drive objects As a result of the hardware the limit is 25 valid RPDO 2 An attempt was made to exceed the total number of valid TPDO of all CANopen supported drive objects The limit is defined by the following ratio CAN sampling tim...

Page 1644: ...PZD receive 2 error for IF PZD send Note IF interface Remedy Map fewer process data in PDO Apply one of the following options to delete the alarm POWER ON switch off switch on carry out a warm restart p0009 30 p0976 2 execute CANopen NMT command reset node change CANopen NMT state delete alarm buffer 0 7 p2111 0 A08800 PROFIenergy energy saving mode active Message value 1 Message class Communicati...

Page 1645: ...ation 2 An adequate license was not able to be determined as there is no licensing data available on the memory card 3 An adequate license was not able to be determined as there is a checksum error in the license key 4 An internal error occurred when checking the license Remedy For alarm value 0 Additional licenses are required and these must be activated p9920 p9921 For alarm value 1 With the sys...

Page 1646: ...ponding function module does not have a license Note Refer to p0108 or r0108 for the assignment between the bit number and function module Remedy enter and activate the license key for function modules under license p9920 p9921 if necessary deactivate unlicensed function modules p0108 r0108 See also p9920 Licensing enter license key p9921 Licensing activate license key F13100 Know how protection C...

Page 1647: ...All objects Component Control Unit CU Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An error was identified when checking the consistency of the protected files As a consequence the project on the memory card cannot be run Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy object number xxxx fault cause xxxx 1 A file has a checksum error xxxx 2 The files are not consistent ...

Page 1648: ...eck the correct connection of the line filter and the line commutating reactor check the power cable connections check the power cables for short circuit or ground fault check the length of the power cables replace power unit check the line supply phases For a parallel switching device r0108 15 1 the following additionally applies check the ground fault monitoring thresholds p0287 check the settin...

Page 1649: ...roller p1240 use a brake resistor or Active Line Module increase the current limit of the infeed or use a larger module for the Active Line Module check the device supply voltage check and correct the phase assignment at the VSM and at the power unit check the line supply phases See also p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage p1240 Vdc controller or Vdc monitoring configuration F30003 Power unit DC ...

Page 1650: ...dershot See also p1800 Pulse frequency setpoint F30005 Power unit Overload I2t Message value 1 Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The power unit was overloaded r0036 100 the permissible rated power unit current was exceeded for an inadmissibly long time the permissible load duty cycle ...

Page 1651: ...ernal fault in the Thyristor Control Board Remedy The faults must be saved in the Thyristor Control Board and must be acknowledged To do this the supply voltage of the Thyristor Control Board must be switched out for at least 10 s check the line supply voltage check or energize the line contactor check the monitoring time and if required increase p0857 if required observe additional power unit mes...

Page 1652: ...ases are inadmissibly unsymmetrical the capacitance of the DC link capacitor forms a resonance frequency with the line inductance and the reactor integrated in the power unit the fuse of a phase of a main circuit has ruptured a motor phase has failed Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy check the main circuit fuses check whether a single phase load i...

Page 1653: ... the manufacturer F30015 N A Power unit Phase failure motor cable Message value Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Motor Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A phase failure in the motor feeder cable was detected The signal can also be output in the following cases the motor is correctly connected but...

Page 1654: ... infeed is too high Voltage Sensing Module incorrectly connected line reactor missing or the incorrect type power unit defective The following applies to Motor Modules closed loop control is incorrectly parameterized fault in the motor or in the power cables the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length motor load too high power unit defective Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 3 phas...

Page 1655: ... If required deactivate an active internal voltage protection p1231 For fault cause 1 Update the Control Unit firmware or change the DRIVE CLiQ topology For fault cause 2 Replace the power unit with a PM260 with PS ASIC version 3 or higher For fault cause 3 4 Insert a Control Unit or Control Unit Adapter CUAxx on an appropriate Power Module and perform a POWER ON for the Control Unit or the Contro...

Page 1656: ...Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause In the power unit the monitoring of the collector emitter voltage U_ce of the semiconductor has responded Possible causes fiber optic cable interrupted power supply of the IGBT gating module missing short circuit at the power unit output defective semiconductor in the power unit Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 Short circuit in pha...

Page 1657: ...perature too high pulse frequency too high See also r0037 Remedy adapt the load duty cycle check whether the fan is running check the fan elements check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range check the motor load reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency F30025 Power unit Chip overtemperature Message value 1 Message class Power electronics fau...

Page 1658: ...nly for chassis units 11 Infeed is defective and or fuse has ruptured in the Motor Module only Booksize units Fault value r0949 interpret binary yyyyxxxx hex yyyy power unit state 0 Fault status wait for OFF and fault acknowledgment 1 Restart inhibit wait for OFF 2 Overvoltage condition detected change into the fault state 3 Undervoltage condition detected change into the fault state 4 Wait for br...

Page 1659: ...he DC link voltage of the infeed r0070 and Motor Modules r0070 If the DC link voltage generated by the infeed or external is not displayed for the Motor Modules r0070 then a fuse has ruptured in the Motor Module See also p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage A30030 Power unit Internal overtemperature alarm Message value 1 Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Compone...

Page 1660: ...rm A30031 is always output if for a Power Module the hardware current limiting of phase U V or W responds Remedy Check the motor data and if required recalculate the control parameters p0340 3 As an alternative run a motor data identification p1910 1 p1960 1 check the motor circuit configuration star delta check the motor load check the power cable connections check the power cables for short circ...

Page 1661: ...ctronics faulted 5 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The air intake in the power unit has exceeded the permissible temperature limit For air cooled power units the temperature limit is at 55 C ambient temperature too high insufficient cooling fan failure Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature 0 01 C Remedy...

Page 1662: ...ture too high line supply phase failure Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature 0 01 C Remedy check whether the fan is running check the fan elements check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range check the motor load check the line supply phases Notice This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05004 has been undershot A30038 Power unit Cap...

Page 1663: ...y voltage fault undervoltage 3 Drive object B_INF Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The undervoltage threshold of the 24 V power supply for the power unit was fallen below for longer than 3 ms Note for booksize power units the undervoltage threshold is 15 V for all other power units the undervoltage threshold depends on the power unit and...

Page 1664: ... Alarm value r2124 interpret binary Bit 0 heat sink fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours Bit 1 heat sink fan has exceeded the maximum operating time Bit 8 internal device fan will reach the maximum operating time in 500 hours Bit 9 internal device fan has exceeded the maximum operating time Note The maximum operating time of the heat sink fan in the power unit is displayed in p02...

Page 1665: ...the power supply of the power unit Reaction upon F NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON F30045 Power unit Supply undervoltage Message value 1 Message class Supply voltage fault undervoltage 3 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause Power supply fault in the power unit the voltage monitor signals an unde...

Page 1666: ...ELY POWER ON F30047 Cooling unit Cooling medium flow rate too low Message value 1 Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The flowrate of the cooling unit has fallen below the fault threshold Remedy check the feedback signals and parameter assignment p0260 p0267 che...

Page 1667: ...issible range 16 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A short circuit at the motor holding brake terminals has been detected Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy check the motor holding brake for a short circuit check the connection and cable for the motor holding brake F30052 EEP...

Page 1668: ...eaction upon F NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F30055 Power unit Braking chopper overcurrent Message value Message class Braking Module faulted 14 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An overcurrent condition has occurred in the braking chopper Remedy check whether the braki...

Page 1669: ...ut the contactor a correct feedback signal was not received within the monitoring time set in p0255 0 2 Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 The time set in p0255 0 2 was exceeded when switching in switching out the contactor Bit 1 The precharging contactor was opened while precharging or in the infeed mode BLM thyristor Bit 2 The precharging contactor was switched in in the OFF state or durin...

Page 1670: ... flying restart p1780 11 0 Reaction upon F NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F30070 Cycle requested by the power unit module not supported Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMED...

Page 1671: ... CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Communication with the power unit module is no longer in synchronism with the current control cycle Remedy Wait until synchronization is re established Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F30074 A Communication error between the Control Unit and Power Module M...

Page 1672: ...tch on if required replace the power unit F30080 Power unit Current increasing too quickly Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The power unit has detected an excessive rate of rise in the overvoltage range closed loop control is incorrectly paramete...

Page 1673: ...ed High discharge and post charging currents for voltage dip infeed High post charging currents for overload when motoring and DC link voltage dip infeed Short circuit currents at switch on due to the missing line reactor power cables are not correctly connected power cables exceed the maximum permissible length power unit defective Additional causes for a parallel switching device r0108 15 1 a po...

Page 1674: ... Unit is not connected Remedy Connect an external 24 V power supply via X124 at the Control Unit A30315 F Power unit 24 V power supply overloaded by PM Message value Message class Supply voltage fault undervoltage 3 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The 24 V power supply through the Power Module PM is overloaded An external 24 V pow...

Page 1675: ...r all components replace the Motor Module Hydraulic Module involved For fault value 1020 upgrade the Motor Module Hydraulic Module software replace the Motor Module Hydraulic Module For fault value 9999 carry out diagnostics for fault F30611 Note CU Control Unit MM Motor Module SI Safety Integrated STO Safe Torque Off SH Safe standstill F30611 A SI P2 Defect in a monitoring channel Message value 1...

Page 1676: ...ack signal of STO shutdown for both monitoring channels different 2002 Status of the delay timer SS1 for both monitoring channels different status of the timer in p9650 p9850 2003 Status of the STO terminal for both monitoring channels different 6000 6999 Error in the PROFIsafe control For these fault values the failsafe control signals failsafe values are transferred to the safety functions If ST...

Page 1677: ...ty message C01611 Note CU Control Unit EP Enable Pulses pulse enable ESR Extended Stop and Retract MM Motor Module SGE Safety relevant input SI Safety Integrated SMM Safe Motion Monitoring SS1 Safe Stop 1 corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc to EN60204 STO Safe Torque Off SH Safe standstill Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE N30620 F A SI P2 Safe Torque Off active Message value Message class S...

Page 1678: ...e drive integrated Safety Integrated function in monitoring channel 2 has detected an error in the sign of life of the safety data between the two monitoring channels and initiated a STOP A there is either a DRIVE CLiQ communication error or communication has failed a time slice overflow of the safety software has occurred the enable of the safety functions in both monitoring channels is inconsist...

Page 1679: ...l 81 Safe Brake Adapter Fault in brake closed state 82 Safe Brake Adapter Fault for the operation open brake 83 Safe Brake Adapter Fault for the operation close brake 84 85 Safe Brake Adapter Fault in the brake control circuit of the Control Unit or communication fault between the Control Unit and Motor Module brake control 90 Brake released for service purposes X4 91 Fault in open holding brake o...

Page 1680: ...elevant information or there is a communication error between Motor Modules connected in parallel Note This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy For the higher level control the following applies check the PROFIsafe address in the higher level control and Motor Modules and if required align save all ...

Page 1681: ...rameters for monitoring channel 2 not available Note This fault value is always output when Safety Integrated is commissioned for the first time 1000 Reference and actual checksum in monitoring channel 2 are not identical booting as a result of the changed current controller sampling time p0115 0 the clock cycle time for the Safety Integrated Basic Functions r9880 was adapted safety parameters set...

Page 1682: ...t is present Note MM Motor Module SI Safety Integrated See also p9799 SI reference checksum SI parameters Control Unit p9899 SI reference checksum SI parameters Motor Module F30651 SI P2 Synchronization with Control Unit unsuccessful Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause Th...

Page 1683: ...a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components upgrade the Motor Module Hydraulic Module software upgrade the Control Unit software check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance Note CU Control Unit MM Motor Module SI Safety Integrat...

Page 1684: ... ON Cause The write request for one or several Safety Integrated parameters in monitoring channel 2 was rejected Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 10 An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported 11 An attempt was made to enable the SBC function although this cannot be supported 13 An attempt was made to...

Page 1685: ...ff SH Safe standstill F30664 Error while booting Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF ENC HUB TB30 TM120 TM150 TM31 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An error has occurred during booting Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ...

Page 1686: ...30672 SI P2 Control Unit software incompatible Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The existing Control Unit software does not support the safe drive based motion monitoring function Note This fault results in a STOP A that ca...

Page 1687: ...e This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 Checksum error for SI parameters for motion monitoring 1 Checksum error for SI parameters for component assignment Remedy check the safety relevant parameters and if required correct set the reference checksum to the actual checksum execute the function Copy RAM to ROM perform a POWER ON if safety param...

Page 1688: ... channel p9601 Note For different values in the two monitoring channels start the copy function for SI parameters on the drive p9700 57 hex If xxxx 9301 Correct parameters p9501 16 and p9301 16 or deselect the extended functions without selection p9801 5 If xxxx 9501 and yyyy 8 Inhibit referencing via SCC p9501 27 1 or enable an absolute motion monitoring function p9501 1 or p9501 2 If xxxx 9317 F...

Page 1689: ...he firmware version of the Motor Module is older than the version of the Control Unit 33 Safety functions without selection not supported p9601 5 p9801 5 34 This module does not support safe position via PROFIsafe 36 Function SS1E not supported 39 This module or software version of the CU MM does not support safe gearbox stage switchover p9501 26 44 this module this software version does not suppo...

Page 1690: ...ive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause For the function Safely Limited Position SLP a lower value is in p9334 than in p9335 Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Limit values SLP1 interchanged 2 Limit values SLP2 interchanged See also p9334 SI Motion SLP upper limit values ...

Page 1691: ...e synchronization or the monitoring functions with absolute reference SCA SLP and carry out a POWER ON either deselect the actual value synchronization function or do not enable Safe position via PROFIsafe Note SCA Safe Cam SN Safe software cam SI Safety Integrated SLP Safely Limited Position SE Safe software limit switches SP Safe Position See also p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions Control ...

Page 1692: ...ped via a STOP A STO via the safety switch off signal path of the Control Unit Possible causes stop request from the Control Unit STO not active after a parameterized time p9357 after test stop selection subsequent response to the message C30706 SI Motion MM SAM SBR limit exceeded subsequent response to the message C30714 SI Motion MM Safely Limited Speed exceeded subsequent response to the messag...

Page 1693: ...sage C30714 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30711 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30707 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30715 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30716 This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON as follows safe acknowledgment Terminal Module 54F TM54F onboard F DI only CU310 2 PROFIsafe machine control panel Note SI Safety In...

Page 1694: ...afe machine control panel Note SI Safety Integrated SOS Safe Operating Stop SBH Safe operating stop See also p9530 SI Motion standstill tolerance Control Unit C30708 SI Motion P2 STOP C initiated Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive is ...

Page 1695: ...minal Module 54F TM54F onboard F DI only CU310 2 PROFIsafe machine control panel Note SI Safety Integrated SOS Safe Operating Stop SBH Safe operating stop C30710 SI Motion P2 STOP E initiated Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive is stopp...

Page 1696: ...After a time of 4 s has expired the status of the user agreement is different in both monitoring channels 1003 Reference tolerance exceeded When the user agreement is set the difference between the new reference point that has been determined after power up absolute encoder or reference point approach distance coded or incremental measuring system and the safe actual position saved value traversin...

Page 1697: ...on when referencing p9344 Then check the actual values perform a POWER ON and set the user agreement again For message value 1004 For 1 the following applies Perform safe acknowledgment Set the user agreement again For 2 the following applies Perform safe acknowledgment Only set the user agreement again if the axis has been referenced For message value 1005 for safe motion monitoring functions wit...

Page 1698: ...board F DI only CU310 2 PROFIsafe machine control panel See also p9300 SI Motion monitoring clock cycle Motor Module p9500 SI Motion monitoring clock cycle Control Unit C30712 SI Motion P2 Defect in F IO processing Message value 1 Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON...

Page 1699: ... Speed SG Safely reduced speed See also p9331 SI Motion SLS limit values Motor Module p9363 SI Motion SLS stop response Motor Module C30715 SI Motion P2 Safely Limited Position exceeded Message value 1 Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The axis has moved pas...

Page 1700: ...acknowledgment using one of the following options Terminal Module 54F TM54F onboard F DI only CU310 2 PROFIsafe machine control panel Note SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SI Safety Integrated See also p9364 SI Motion SDI tolerance Motor Module p9365 SI Motion SDI delay time Motor Module p9366 SI Motion SDI stop response Motor Module C30730 SI Motion P2 Reference block for dynamic safely l...

Page 1701: ... applies If the F DI assigned for STO or SS1 is in a fail safe state due to a discrepancy error then when deselecting via this F DI safe acknowledgment can no longer be executed For cyclic switching operations at the F DI it may be necessary to adapt the discrepancy time to the switching frequency If the period of a cyclic switching pulse corresponds to twice the value of p10102 then the following...

Page 1702: ...t 0 DO 0 bit 1 DO 1 etc W Required state of the DO channel concerned see X bit 0 DO 0 bit 1 DO 1 etc X DO channels involved which indicate an error bit 0 DO 0 bit 1 DO 1 etc Y Reason for the test stop fault Z State of the test stop in which the fault has occurred Y Reason for the test stop fault Y 1 Processor 1 in incorrect test stop state internal fault Y 2 Expected states of the DOs were not ful...

Page 1703: ...e of fault F30773 W and V are always identical a value of 0 always means that 0 was expected at the readback input but was not present on processor 1 Remedy Check the wiring of the fail safe digital output F DO and restart the test stop Note the fault is withdrawn if the test stop is successfully completed in the event of multiple test stop faults the first one that occurred is shown Once the test...

Page 1704: ...nning Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The forced checking procedure test stop for the safe motion monitoring functions is currently in progress Remedy Not necessary The message is automatically withdrawn when the test stop has been completed ...

Page 1705: ...Q communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the power unit concerned The computing time load might be too high Fault cause 10 0A hex The sign of life bit in the receive telegram is not set Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy deselect functions that are...

Page 1706: ...corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy Replace the module F30809 Power unit Switching information not valid Message value Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause For 3P gating unit the following applies The last s...

Page 1707: ...07 hex A SYNC telegram is expected but the received telegram is not a SYNC telegram 8 08 hex No SYNC telegram is expected but the received telegram is one 9 09 hex The error bit in the receive telegram is set 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too early Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number x...

Page 1708: ...the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy Carry out a POWER ON F30837 Power unit DRIVE CLiQ Component fault Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction...

Page 1709: ... LOCAL Reaction Vector OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Infeed OFF1 NONE OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred in the power unit Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy replace power unit if required upgrade the firmware in the power unit contact Technical Support F30851 Power unit DRIVE CLiQ CU Sign of life missing Message value Co...

Page 1710: ...eive list 3 03 hex Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list 5 05 hex The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list 6 06 hex The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match 9 09 hex The DRIVE CLiQ communication from the DRIVE CLiQ compo...

Page 1711: ... component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off on check the power supply voltage wiring for the DRIVE CLiQ component interrupted cable contacts check the dimensioning of the power supply for the DRIVE CLiQ component F30885 CU DRIVE CLiQ CU Cyclic data transfer error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Driv...

Page 1712: ...er 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Power Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component power unit involved Faulty hardware cannot be excluded Fault cause 32 20 hex Error in the telegram header 35 23 hex Receive error The telegram buffer memory contains an...

Page 1713: ... of the DRIVE CLiQ component power unit specified by the fault value have changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted One cause can be e g that a DRIVE CLiQ cable or DRIVE CLiQ component has been replaced Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Component number Remedy carry out a POWER ON when a component is replaced the same component type and if possible the same fi...

Page 1714: ... Module Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause During initialization within the power unit an internal software error has occurred Remedy if required upgrade the firmware in the power unit replace power unit contact Technical Support A30920 F Power unit Temperature sensor fault Message value 1 Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Co...

Page 1715: ... internal software error has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Information about the fault source Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy if necessary upgrade the firmware in the power unit to a later version contact Technical Support A30999 F N Power unit Unknown alarm Message value New message 1 Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component P...

Page 1716: ...type encoder with equidistant zero marks adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks p0424 p0425 if message output above speed threshold reduce filter time if necessary p0438 replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31101 N A Encoder 1 Zero mark failed Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed valu...

Page 1717: ...or encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check the speed range frequency characteristic amplitude characteristic of the measuring equipment might not be sufficient for the speed range check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections and contacts of the encoder cable check the encoder type encoder with zero marks check whether the zero mark is...

Page 1718: ...connect the cable shield replace the encoder or encoder cable For fault value bit 4 1 EMC connect the cable shield replace the encoder or encoder cable replace the Sensor Module For fault value bit 5 1 EMC connect the cable shield replace the encoder or encoder cable replace the Sensor Module For fault value bit 6 1 Update Sensor Module firmware For fault value bit 7 1 incorrect encoder type repla...

Page 1719: ...der fault response ENCODER Remedy For yyyy 0 For fault value bit 0 1 Encoder is defective Replace the encoder where the motor encoder has a direct DRIVE CLiQ socket Replace the motor For fault value bit 1 1 Encoder is defective Replace the encoder where the motor encoder has a direct DRIVE CLiQ socket Replace the motor For fault value bit 2 1 Encoder is defective Replace the encoder where the moto...

Page 1720: ...mal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy Signal level track B 16 bits with sign xxxx Signal level track A 16 bits with sign The nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV 500 mV 25 20 The response thresholds are 170 mV observe the frequency response of the encoder and 750 mV A signal level of 500 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 5333 hex 21299 dec Note for Sensor Modul...

Page 1721: ...emedy check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable check the Sensor Module e g contacts Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31117 N A Encoder 1 Inversion error signals A B R Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Actual position speed value incorrec...

Page 1722: ...2 Remedy check the tachometer feeder cable for interruptions check the grounding of the tachometer shielding if required increase the maximum speed difference per sampling cycle p0492 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31120 N A Encoder 1 Power supply voltage fault Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or...

Page 1723: ...s Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector ENCODER NONE Infeed NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause For the actual value sensing an error was detected on the module As a result of this error it must be assumed that the actual value sensing supplies an incorrect coarse position See also p0491 Moto...

Page 1724: ...NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31125 N A Encoder 1 Amplitude error track A or B overcontrolled Message value A track 1 B track 2 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Infeed NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The ampli...

Page 1725: ...dy check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31129 N A Encoder 1 Position difference hall sensor track C D and A B too large Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G...

Page 1726: ...entification p1982 it is checked whether the zero mark occurs in an angular range of 60 electrical Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy Determined mechanical zero mark position can only be used for track C D xxxx Deviation of the zero mark from the expected position as electrical angle Scaling 32768 dec 180 See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check p0431...

Page 1727: ...ual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction Vector ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Infeed NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The encoder supplies status information bit by bit in an internal status fault word Some of these bits cause this fault to be triggered Other bits are status displays The status fault word i...

Page 1728: ...se The encoder supplies status information bit by bit in an internal status fault word Some of these bits cause this fault to be triggered Other bits are status displays The status fault word is displayed in the fault value Note regarding the bit designation The first designation is valid for DRIVE CLiQ encoders the second for EnDat 2 2 encoders Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 F1 safety s...

Page 1729: ... r0949 interpret binary yyxxxxxx hex yy encoder version xxxxxx bit coding of the fault cause For yy 08 hex bit 27 1 the following bit definition applies Bit 1 Signal monitoring sin cos Bit 8 F1 safety status display fault position word 1 Bit 9 F2 safety status display fault position word 2 Bit 16 LED monitoring iC LG opto ASIC Bit 17 Fault in the multiturn Bit 23 Temperature outside the limit valu...

Page 1730: ...ect B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause Encoder functionality selected in p0404 is not operating correctly Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Encoder malfunction The bit assignment corresponds to that of p0404 e g bit 5 set Error track C D See also p0404 ...

Page 1731: ... in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An error has occurred when identifying the encoder waiting p0400 10100 The connected encoder was not able to be identified Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Bit 0 Data length incorrect See also p0400 ...

Page 1732: ...ing range p4675 3 The absolute value of the input voltage has exceeded the range limit p4676 Remedy For fault value 1 check the output voltage of the analog sensor For fault value 2 check the voltage setting for each encoder period p4675 For fault value 3 check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary p4676 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NO...

Page 1733: ... the plug connections check the encoder type encoder with equidistant zero marks adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks p0424 p0425 replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A31401 F N Encoder 1 Alarm threshold zero mark failed Me...

Page 1734: ...mits A service is recommended Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Incremental signals 3 Absolute track 4 Code connection Remedy Perform service Replace the encoder if necessary Note The actual functional reserve of an encoder can be displayed via r4651 See also p4650 Encoder functional reserve component number r4651 Encoder functional reserve Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 O...

Page 1735: ...C VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The absolute encoder fault word includes alarm bits that have been set Alarm value r2124 interpret binary yyyyxxxx hex yyyy supplementary information xxxx fault cause yyyy 0 Bit 0 Frequency exceeded speed too high Bit 1 Temperature exceeded Bit 2 Control reserve lighting system exceeded Bit 3 Battery discharged B...

Page 1736: ...ss Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The amplitude C 2 D 2 of track C or D of the encoder or from the Hall signals is not within the tolerance bandwidth Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy Signal level track D 16 bits with sign xxxx Signal level t...

Page 1737: ...ime with the hardware fault output by the Sensor Module See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check the speed range frequency characteristic amplitude characteristic of the measuring equipment is not sufficient for the speed range check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable check ...

Page 1738: ...s for encoders without their own bearings e g toothed wheel encoders check the plug connections also the transition resistance check the encoder signals replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A31421 F N Encoder 1 Coarse position error Message v...

Page 1739: ...ace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A31429 F N Encoder 1 Position difference hall sensor track C D and A B too large Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Componen...

Page 1740: ...491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable Clean coding disk or remove strong magnetic fields Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A31432 F N Enco...

Page 1741: ...ve object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The unipolar level CP CN or DP DN for encoder 1 is outside the permissible tolerance Alarm value r2124 interpret binary Bit 0 1 Either CP or CN outside the tolerance Bit 16 1 Either DP or DN outside the tolerance The unipolar nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 2500 mV 500 ...

Page 1742: ...tion speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The input voltage of the analog sensor is outside the permissible limits Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Input voltage outside detectable measuring range 2 Input voltage outside the selected measuring range p4675 3 The absolute value of the...

Page 1743: ...7 Remedy check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F31500 N A Encoder 1 Position tracking traversing range exceeded Message value Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object B_INF...

Page 1744: ...deviation difference found is also displayed in r0477 See also p0413 Measuring gear position tracking tolerance window r0477 Measuring gear position difference Remedy Reset the position tracking as follows select encoder commissioning p0010 4 reset the position tracking as follows p0411 2 1 deselect encoder commissioning p0010 0 The fault should then be acknowledged and if necessary the absolute e...

Page 1745: ...A NONE A31700 Encoder 1 Effectivity test does not supply the expected value Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The DRIVE CLiQ encoder fault word supplies fault bits that have been set Alarm value r2124 interpret bi...

Page 1746: ...so p9916 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31802 N A Encoder 1 Time slice overflow Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Infeed OFF2 NONE Acknowledge IMM...

Page 1747: ...owl upon A NONE F31805 N A Encoder 1 EEPROM checksum error Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Infeed OFF2 NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Internal parameter data is corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many bl...

Page 1748: ... 28 Error while initializing the EnDat 2 2 measuring unit Bit 29 Error when reading out the data from the EnDat 2 2 measuring unit Bit 30 EEPROM checksum of the EnDat 2 2 measuring unit incorrect Bit 31 Data of the EnDat 2 2 measuring unit inconsistent Note Bit 0 1 Up to 6SL3055 0AA00 5 A0 Bits 2 20 6SL3055 0AA00 5 A1 and higher See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy Acknowledg...

Page 1749: ... is selected in p1980 and if p0301 does not contain a motor type with an encoder adjusted in the factory then p1990 is automatically activated or Set the adjustment via p0431 In this case the new serial number is automatically accepted or Mechanically adjust the encoder Accept the new serial number with p0440 1 For causes 3 4 Accept the new serial number with p0440 1 Reaction upon F Vector NONE EN...

Page 1750: ... Fault cause 1 01 hex Checksum error CRC error 2 02 hex Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 3 03 hex Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list 5 05 hex The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list 6 06 hex The address of the comp...

Page 1751: ...ber xx error cause See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy carry out a POWER ON replace the component involved See also p9916 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31836 N A Encoder 1 DRIVE CLiQ Send error for DRIVE CLiQ data Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message...

Page 1752: ... DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31845 N A Encoder 1 DRIVE CLiQ Cyclic data transfer error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class ...

Page 1753: ...ty initialization error 16004 DRIVE CLiQ encoder internal system error See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy replace the Sensor Module if required upgrade the firmware in the Sensor Module contact Technical Support Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31851 N A Encoder 1 DRIVE CLiQ CU Sign of life missing Message value Component nu...

Page 1754: ...oltage has failed 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too early 17 11 hex CRC error and the receive telegram is too early 18 12 hex The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early 19 13 hex The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early 20 14 hex The...

Page 1755: ...N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31885 N A Encoder 1 DRIVE CLiQ CU Cyclic data transfer error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CL...

Page 1756: ... encoder r0148 matches the firmware version of Control Unit r0018 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31887 N A Encoder 1 DRIVE CLiQ CU Component fault Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vect...

Page 1757: ... number xx error cause Remedy Carry out a POWER ON See also p9915 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31896 N A Encoder 1 DRIVE CLiQ CU Inconsistent component properties Message value Component number 1 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Comp...

Page 1758: ...re on the Control Unit r0018 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A31902 F N Encoder 1 SPI BUS error occurred Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF ENC VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Error when operating the internal SPI bus Alarm value r2124 interpr...

Page 1759: ...pport HTL level p0405 1 0 combined with track monitoring A B A B p0405 2 1 yyyy 2 A code number for an identified encoder has been entered into p0400 however no identification was carried out Please start a new encoder identification yyyy 3 A code number for an identified encoder has been entered into p0400 however no identification was carried out Please select a listed encoder in p0400 with a co...

Page 1760: ...d by the EnDat 2 2 converter 2002 The resolution of the linear measuring unit does not match the pole pair width of the linear motor Pole pair width minimum p0422 2 20 Remedy For fault value 1003 1005 1006 Use a measuring unit that is permissible For fault value 2001 set a permissible cycle combination if required use standard settings For fault value 2002 Use a measuring unit with a lower resolut...

Page 1761: ...e fault value r0949 and p0187 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F31916 N A Encoder 1 Parameterization fault Message value Parameter 1 supplementary information 2 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object ENC Component Sensor Module Encoder 1 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATE...

Page 1762: ...ction in p0600 to p0603 replace the Sensor Module hardware defect or incorrect calibration data Reaction upon F Vector NONE ENCODER IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A31930 N Encoder 1 Data logger has saved data Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 D...

Page 1763: ...DER OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal The fault value contains information regarding the fault source Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy if necessary upgrade the firmware in the Sensor Module to a later version contact Technical Support A31999 F N Encoder 1 Unknown alarm Message value New message 1 Message clas...

Page 1764: ...ns check the encoder type encoder with equidistant zero marks adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks p0424 p0425 if message output above speed threshold reduce filter time if necessary p0438 replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32101 N A Encoder 2 Zero mark failed Message value 1 Message class Actua...

Page 1765: ...ristic amplitude characteristic of the measuring equipment might not be sufficient for the speed range check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections and contacts of the encoder cable check the encoder type encoder with zero marks check whether the zero mark is connected and the signal cables RP and RN have been connected correctly replace ...

Page 1766: ...lt value bit 7 1 incorrect encoder type replace the encoder or encoder cable For fault value bit 8 1 check parameterization p0429 2 For fault value bit 9 1 EMC connect the cable shield replace the encoder or encoder cable replace the Sensor Module For fault value bit 10 1 check parameterization p0429 2 p0449 For fault value bit 11 1 check parameterization p0436 For fault value bit 12 1 check param...

Page 1767: ...ith DRIVE CLiQ Replace the motor For fault value bit 5 1 Encoder is defective Replace the encoder where the motor encoder has a direct DRIVE CLiQ socket Replace the motor For fault value bit 6 1 The battery must be changed only for encoders with battery back up For yyyy 1 Encoder is defective Replace encoder Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32115 N...

Page 1768: ...of A 2 B 2 for encoder 2 are not within the tolerance bandwidth Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy Signal level track B 16 bits with sign xxxx Signal level track A 16 bits with sign The nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV 500 mV 25 20 The response thresholds are 130 mV observe the frequency response of the encoder and 955 mV A signal le...

Page 1769: ...ge PULSE INHIBIT Cause For an HTL TTL encoder the speed difference has exceeded the value in p0492 over several sampling cycles The change to the averaged speed actual value if applicable is monitored in the current controller sampling time Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting See also p0492 Remedy check the tachometer feeder cable for interruptions check t...

Page 1770: ...e EnDat 2 2 converter Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32121 N A Encoder 2 Coarse position error Message value Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause For the actual value sensing an error was dete...

Page 1771: ... Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32125 N A Encoder 2 Amplitude error track A or B overcontrolled Message value A track 1 B track 2 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The amplitude of track A or B for encoder 2 excee...

Page 1772: ...NE Acknowl upon A NONE F32129 N A Encoder 2 Position difference hall sensor track C D and A B too large Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The error for track C D is greater than 15 mechanical or 60 electrical or th...

Page 1773: ...r track C D check the connection check the connection of track C or D replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32131 N A Encoder 2 Deviation position incremental absolute too large Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagatio...

Page 1774: ...l amplitude Bit 4 Reserved position value Bit 5 Reserved overvoltage Bit 6 Reserved undervoltage hardware fault EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 7 Reserved overcurrent EnDat encoder withdrawn when not in the parked state F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 8 Reserved battery overcurrent EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 9 Reserved overvoltage EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 11 Reserved internal communication error F3...

Page 1775: ...erved overcurrent EnDat encoder withdrawn when not in the parked state F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 8 Reserved battery overcurrent EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 9 Reserved overvoltage EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 11 Reserved internal communication error F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 12 Reserved internal communication error F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 13 Reserved internal communication error F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 14 Reserved ...

Page 1776: ...ion Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause A position determination fault has occurred in the DRIVE CLiQ encoder Fault value r0949 interpret binary yyxxxxxx hex yy encoder version xxxxxx bit coding of the fault cause For yy 08 hex bit...

Page 1777: ...E F32151 N A Encoder 2 Encoder speed for initialization AB too high Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The encoder speed is too high while initializing the Sensor Module Remedy Reduc...

Page 1778: ...t Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32160 N A Encoder 2 Analog sensor channel A failed Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The input voltage of the analog sensor is outside the ...

Page 1779: ...it value Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The position value has exceeded the permissible range of 0 5 0 5 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Position value from the LVDT sensor 2 Position value from the encoder characte...

Page 1780: ...ero mark distance for the zero mark monitoring is set in p0425 rotary encoder or p0424 linear encoder Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of increments after POWER ON or since the last zero mark that was detected 4 increments 1 encoder pulse Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections check the encoder type encoder with equidistant zero ...

Page 1781: ...n speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Serial communication protocol transfer error between the encoder and evaluation module Alarm value r2124 interpret binary Bit 0 Alarm bit in the position protocol Bit 1 Incorrect quiescent level on the data line Bit 2 Encoder does not respond does not supply ...

Page 1782: ... with single steps Bit 3 Error EEPROM interface Bit 4 SAR converter error Bit 5 Fault for the register data transfer Bit 6 Internal error identified at the error pin nErr Bit 7 Temperature threshold exceeded or fallen below Remedy Replace encoder Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A32412 F N Encoder 2 Error bit s...

Page 1783: ...ion upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE N32415 F A Encoder 2 Amplitude alarm track A or B A 2 B 2 Message value Amplitude 1 Angle 2 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The amplitude root of A 2 B 2 for encoder 2 exceeds the permissible tolerance Alarm value r2124 interpr...

Page 1784: ...n F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A32419 F N Encoder 2 Track A or B outside tolerance Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The amplitude phase offset correction for track A or B...

Page 1785: ...be connected inverted at the Sensor Module interchange A with A and B with B or for a programmable encoder check the zero offset of the position Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A32422 F N Encoder 2 Pulses per revolution square wave encoder outside tolerance bandwidth Message value 1 Message class Actual positi...

Page 1786: ...ent for track C D check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the adjustment of the Hall sensor Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A32431 F N Encoder 2 Deviation position incremental absolute too large Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 1...

Page 1787: ...sage value Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When switched off the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information The multiturn information can no longer be buffered if the battery voltage drops even further Remedy Replace battery Reaction upon F NONE ...

Page 1788: ...4673 3 The absolute value of the input voltage has exceeded the range limit p4676 Remedy For alarm value 1 check the output voltage of the analog sensor For alarm value 2 check the voltage setting for each encoder period p4673 For alarm value 3 check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary p4676 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A32461 N Encoder 2 Analog sensor channel B failed...

Page 1789: ...eaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The position value has exceeded the permissible range of 0 5 0 5 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Position value from the LVDT sensor 2 Position value from the encoder characteristic Remedy For alarm value 1 check the LVDT ratio p4678 check the reference signal connection at track B For alarm value 2 check the coefficients of the characteristic p4663 p4666 ...

Page 1790: ...ault should then be acknowledged and the absolute encoder adjusted Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32501 N A Encoder 2 Position tracking encoder position outside tolerance window Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OF...

Page 1791: ...reset Remedy The fault should be resolved as follows select encoder commissioning p0010 4 reset the position tracking as follows p0411 2 1 deselect encoder commissioning p0010 0 The fault should then be acknowledged and the absolute encoder adjusted Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A32700 Encoder 2 Effectivity test does not supply the expected value...

Page 1792: ...so p9916 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32802 N A Encoder 2 Time slice overflow Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A time slice...

Page 1793: ...t VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Internal parameter data is corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy Replace the module Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32806 N A Encoder 2 Initi...

Page 1794: ...0AA00 5 A0 Bits 2 20 6SL3055 0AA00 5 A1 and higher Remedy Acknowledge fault If the fault cannot be acknowledged Bits 2 9 Check encoder power supply Bits 2 14 Check the corresponding cable Bit 15 with no other bits Check track R check settings in p0404 Bit 28 Check the cable between the EnDat 2 2 converter and the measuring unit Bit 29 31 Replace the defective measuring unit Reaction upon N NONE Ac...

Page 1795: ...action OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The DRIVE CLiQ encoder fault word supplies fault bits that have been set Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 ALU watchdog has responded Bit 1 ALU has detected a sign of life error Remedy Replace encoder F32820 N A Encoder 2 DRIVE CLiQ Telegram error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE...

Page 1796: ... Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the encoder concerned The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism Fault cause 33 21 hex The cyclic telegram has not been received 34 22 hex Timeout in the telegram receive list 64 40 hex Timeout in the telegram send list Note regarding...

Page 1797: ...emory contains an error 67 43 hex Send error The telegram buffer memory contains an error Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required us...

Page 1798: ...lication error 16001 DRIVE CLiQ encoder initialization ALU error 16002 DRIVE CLiQ encoder HISI SISI initialization error 16003 DRIVE CLiQ encoder safety initialization error 16004 DRIVE CLiQ encoder internal system error Remedy replace the Sensor Module if required upgrade the firmware in the Sensor Module contact Technical Support Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Ackn...

Page 1799: ...ly voltage has failed 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too early 17 11 hex CRC error and the receive telegram is too early 18 12 hex The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early 19 13 hex The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early 20 14 hex...

Page 1800: ...upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32885 N A Encoder 2 DRIVE CLiQ CU Cyclic data transfer error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Sen...

Page 1801: ... number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component involved Sensor Module for encoder 2 Faulty hardware cannot be excluded Fault cause 32 20 hex Error in the telegram header 35 23 hex...

Page 1802: ... 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The properties of the DRIVE CLiQ component Sensor Module for encoder 2 specified by the fault value have changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted One cause can be e g that a DRIVE CLiQ cable or DRIVE CLiQ component has been replaced Fault value r0949 interpret decim...

Page 1803: ...rmation 2 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A parameter of encoder 2 was detected as being incorrect It is possible that the parameterized encoder type does not match the connected encoder The parame...

Page 1804: ... Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F32912 Encoder 2 Device combination is not permissible Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 2 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The selected device combination is not supported Fault value r0949 interpret de...

Page 1805: ...ete multiturn range is not required Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F32916 N A Encoder 2 Parameterization fault Message value Parameter 1 supplementary information 2 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 2 Propagation GLOBAL Reacti...

Page 1806: ... p0600 to p0603 replace the Sensor Module hardware defect or incorrect calibration data Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A32930 N Encoder 2 Data logger has saved data Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module ...

Page 1807: ...CAL Reaction OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Information about the fault source Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy if necessary upgrade the firmware in the Sensor Module to a later version contact Technical Support A32999 F N Encoder 2 Unknown alarm Message value New message 1 Message class Actual positi...

Page 1808: ...type encoder with equidistant zero marks adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks p0424 p0425 if message output above speed threshold reduce filter time if necessary p0438 replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33101 N A Encoder 3 Zero mark failed Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed valu...

Page 1809: ...ristic amplitude characteristic of the measuring equipment might not be sufficient for the speed range check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections and contacts of the encoder cable check the encoder type encoder with zero marks check whether the zero mark is connected and the signal cables RP and RN have been connected correctly replace ...

Page 1810: ...lt value bit 7 1 incorrect encoder type replace the encoder or encoder cable For fault value bit 8 1 check parameterization p0429 2 For fault value bit 9 1 EMC connect the cable shield replace the encoder or encoder cable replace the Sensor Module For fault value bit 10 1 check parameterization p0429 2 p0449 For fault value bit 11 1 check parameterization p0436 For fault value bit 12 1 check param...

Page 1811: ...ect DRIVE CLiQ connection is used Replace the motor For fault value bit 4 1 5 V power supply voltage fault When using an SMC Check the plug in cable between the encoder and SMC or replace the SMC When using a motor with DRIVE CLiQ Replace the motor For fault value bit 5 1 Encoder is defective Replace the encoder where the motor encoder has a direct DRIVE CLiQ socket Replace the motor For fault val...

Page 1812: ...hielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable check the Sensor Module e g contacts The following applies to measuring systems without their own bearing system adjust the scanning head and check the bearing system of the measuring wheel The following applies for measuring systems with their own bearing system ensure that the encoder housi...

Page 1813: ...es the encoder supply signals and the associated inverted signals Note For SMC30 only Article Number 6SL3055 0AA00 5CA0 and 6SL3055 0AA00 5CA1 the following applies check the setting of p0405 p0405 2 1 is only possible if the encoder is connected at X520 For a square wave encoder without track R the following jumpers must be set for the connection at X520 SMC30 or X23 CUA32 CU310 pin 10 reference ...

Page 1814: ... PM is overloaded Bit 5 Overcurrent at the EnDat connection of the converter Bit 6 Overvoltage at the EnDat connection of the converter Bit 7 Hardware fault at the EnDat connection of the converter Note If the encoder cables 6FX2002 2EQ00 and 6FX2002 2CH00 are interchanged this can result in the encoder being destroyed because the pins of the operating voltage are reversed Remedy For fault value b...

Page 1815: ...rnal undervoltage 3 Internal overvoltage Remedy Replace the motor with DRIVE CLiQ or the appropriate Sensor Module F33123 N A Encoder 3 Signal level A B unipolar outside tolerance Message value Fault cause 1 bin Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMME...

Page 1816: ...lt output by the Sensor Module Remedy check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33126 N A Encoder 3 Amplitude AB too high Message value Amplitude 1 Angle 2 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VEC...

Page 1817: ...that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the adjustment of the Hall sensor Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33130 N A Encoder 3 Zero mark and position error from the coarse synchronization Message value Angular deviation electrical 1 angle mechanical 2 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Dr...

Page 1818: ...or all subsequent checks The other zero mark pairs must have the expected distance to the first zero mark pair Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Deviation in quadrants 1 pulse 4 quadrants Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable check whether the coding disk is dirty or there are strong ambient magnetic...

Page 1819: ...verflow underflow F3x136 x 1 2 3 Bit 31 Multiturn battery reserved Remedy determine the detailed cause of the fault using the fault value replace the encoder if necessary Note An EnDat 2 2 encoder may only be removed and inserted in the Park state If an EnDat 2 2 encoder was removed when not in the Park state then after inserting the encoder a POWER ON switch off switch on is necessary to acknowle...

Page 1820: ...ailed cause of the fault using the fault value replace the encoder if necessary Note An EnDat 2 2 encoder may only be removed and inserted in the Park state If an EnDat 2 2 encoder was removed when not in the Park state then after inserting the encoder a POWER ON switch off switch on is necessary to acknowledge the fault F33137 Encoder 3 Internal fault when determining the position Message value F...

Page 1821: ...the DRIVE CLiQ encoder F33142 N A Encoder 3 Battery voltage fault Message value Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When switched off the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information The battery volta...

Page 1822: ...rocedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The maximum input frequency of the encoder evaluation has been exceeded Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Actual input frequency in Hz See also p0408 Rotary encoder pulse number Remedy reduce the speed Use an encoder with a lower puls...

Page 1823: ... value 3 check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary p4676 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33161 N A Encoder 3 Analog sensor channel B failed Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PU...

Page 1824: ...terized zero mark distance For distance coded encoders the zero mark distance is determined from zero marks detected pairs This means that if a zero mark is missing depending on the pair generation this cannot result in a fault and also has no effect in the system The zero mark distance for the zero mark monitoring is set in p0425 rotary encoder or p0424 linear encoder Alarm value r2124 interpret ...

Page 1825: ...MMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The encoder evaluation for a motor with DRIVE CLiQ has detected an inadmissible temperature The fault threshold is 125 C Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Measured board module temperature in 0 1 C Remedy Reduce the ambient temperature for the DRIVE CLiQ connection of the motor Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A33407 F N ...

Page 1826: ...e signal level error during the monoflop time Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace encoder Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A33411 F N Encoder 3 Absolute encoder signals internal alarms Message value Fault cause 1 bin additional information 2 ...

Page 1827: ...ack C or D C 2 D 2 Message value C track 1 D track 2 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The amplitude C 2 D 2 of track C or D of the encoder or from the Hall signals is not within the tolerance bandwidth Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy Sign...

Page 1828: ...e error are not measured at the same time with the hardware fault output by the Sensor Module Remedy check the speed range frequency characteristic amplitude characteristic of the measuring equipment is not sufficient for the speed range check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cable check the Sensor Mod...

Page 1829: ...ctions also the transition resistance check the encoder signals replace the encoder or encoder cable Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A33421 F N Encoder 3 Coarse position error Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propa...

Page 1830: ... upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A33429 F N Encoder 3 Position difference hall sensor track C D and A B too large Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The error for track C D is greater than 15 mechanical or 60 electrical or the error for the Hall sign...

Page 1831: ...F3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A33432 F N Encoder 3 Rotor position adaptation corrects deviation Message value 1 Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For track A B pulses have been lost or too many have been counted These ...

Page 1832: ...ing active p0437 31 1 Remedy check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections and contacts of the encoder cable are the C D tracks connected correctly have the signal lines CP and CN or DP and DN been interchanged replace the encoder cable Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction upon N NONE Ack...

Page 1833: ...oder 3 Analog sensor no channel active Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Channel A and B are not activated for the analog sensor Remedy activate channel A and or channel B p4670 check the encoder configuration p0404 17 See also p4670 An...

Page 1834: ...64x 32x of p0421 For p0411 3 1 the maximum traversing range for the configured linear axis is preset default value to the highest possible value and is p0412 2 rounded off to complete revolutions The highest possible value depends on the pulse number p0408 and the fine resolution p0419 Remedy The fault should be resolved as follows select encoder commissioning p0010 4 reset the position tracking a...

Page 1835: ...N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33503 N A Encoder 3 Position tracking cannot be reset Message value Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Drive object VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The position tracking for the measuring gear cannot be reset Remedy The faul...

Page 1836: ...e value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance replace the component involved See also p9916 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE ...

Page 1837: ...N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33805 N A Encoder 3 EEPROM checksum error Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Internal parameter data is corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too ma...

Page 1838: ...M checksum of the EnDat 2 2 measuring unit incorrect Bit 31 Data of the EnDat 2 2 measuring unit inconsistent Note Bit 0 1 Up to 6SL3055 0AA00 5 A0 Bits 2 20 6SL3055 0AA00 5 A1 and higher Remedy Acknowledge fault If the fault cannot be acknowledged Bits 2 9 Check encoder power supply Bits 2 14 Check the corresponding cable Bit 15 with no other bits Check track R check settings in p0404 Bit 28 Chec...

Page 1839: ...class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The DRIVE CLiQ encoder fault word supplies fault bits that have been set Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 ALU watchdog has responded Bit 1 ALU has detected a sign of life error Remedy Replace encoder F33820 N A En...

Page 1840: ...lave Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F33835 N A Encoder 3 DRIVE CLiQ Cyclic data transfer error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIV...

Page 1841: ...N A Encoder 3 DRIVE CLiQ Component fault Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component concerned Faulty hardware cannot be excluded Fault cause 32 20 hex E...

Page 1842: ...coder evaluation internal software error Message value 1 Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error has occurred in the Sensor Module of encoder 3 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Background time slice is blocked 2 Checksum over t...

Page 1843: ...omponent number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Sensor Module encoder 3 involved to the Control Unit Fault cause 1 01 hex Checksum error CRC error 2 02 hex Tele...

Page 1844: ...voltage 3 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The DRIVE CLiQ communication from the DRIVE CLiQ component involved to the Control Unit signals that the supply voltage has failed Fault cause 9 09 hex The power supply voltage for the components has failed Note regarding the message value The in...

Page 1845: ...TOR_G Component Sensor Module Encoder 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Sensor Module encoder 3 involved to the Control Unit Data were not able to be sent Fault cause 65 41 hex Telegram type does not match send list Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as f...

Page 1846: ...r 3 Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Sensor Module encoder 3 involved to the Control Unit Fault cause 11 0B hex Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 000...

Page 1847: ...preted by the Control Unit firmware This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Fault number Note If required the significance of this new fault can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit Remedy replace the firmware on the Sensor Module by an older firmware version r0148 upgrade th...

Page 1848: ...t the parameterized encoder type does not match the connected encoder The parameter involved can be determined as follows determine the parameter number using the fault value r0949 determine the parameter index p0187 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal yyyyxxxx dec yyyy supplementary information xxxx parameter xxxx 421 For an EnDat SSI encoder the absolute position in the protocol must be less tha...

Page 1849: ...is not supported Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1003 The connected measuring unit cannot be operated with the EnDat 2 2 converter For instance the measuring unit has a pulse number resolution of 2 n 1005 The type of measuring unit incremental is not supported by the EnDat 2 2 converter 1006 The maximum duration of the EnDat transfer 31 25 µs was exceeded 2001 The set combination of current co...

Page 1850: ...encoder type does not match the connected encoder The parameter involved can be determined as follows determine the parameter number using the fault value r0949 determine the parameter index p0187 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Parameter number Remedy check whether the connected encoder type matches the encoder that has been parameterized correct the parameter specified by the fault value r09...

Page 1851: ...ICS DATA SMTRC00 BIN USER SINAMICS DATA SMTRC07 BIN USER SINAMICS DATA SMTRCIDX TXT The following information is contained in the TXT file Display of the last written BIN file Number of write operations that are still possible from 10000 downwards Note Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears automatically The data logger is ready to record the next fault c...

Page 1852: ...re recent than the firmware on the Control Unit Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Alarm number Note If required the significance of this new alarm can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit Remedy replace the firmware on the Sensor Module by an older firmware version r0148 upgrade the firmware on the Control Unit r0018 Reaction upon F NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 ...

Page 1853: ...upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A34211 F N VSM Temperature alarm threshold exceeded Message value 1 Message class Infeed faulted 13 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The temperature r3666 measured using the Voltage Sensing Module VSM has exceeded the threshold value p3667 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Temperature...

Page 1854: ...Evaluates other actual messages Reaction upon F Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY F34801 N A VSM DRIVE CLiQ Sign of life missing Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object VECTOR_G Component Control Unit CU Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause ...

Page 1855: ...M Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F34802 N A VSM Time slice overflow Message value Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A time slice overflow has occurred on the Voltage Sensin...

Page 1856: ... NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Internal parameter data is corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the component is maintained replace the Voltage Sensing Module VSM Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F34806 VSM Initi...

Page 1857: ...s of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match 7 07 hex A SYNC telegram is expected but the received telegram is not a SYNC telegram 8 08 hex No SYNC telegram is expected but the received telegram is one 9 09 hex The error bit in the receive telegram is set 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too early Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as f...

Page 1858: ...ram type does not match send list Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy Carry out a POWER ON F34837 VSM DRIVE CLiQ Component fault Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Compone...

Page 1859: ...G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Infeed OFF1 NONE OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause An internal software error in the Voltage Sensing Module VSM has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Background time slice is blocked 2 Checksum over the code memory is not OK Remedy replace the Voltage Sensing Module VSM if required upgrade the f...

Page 1860: ...he Control Unit signals that the supply voltage has failed 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too early 17 11 hex CRC error and the receive telegram is too early 18 12 hex The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early 19 13 hex The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the re...

Page 1861: ... component F34885 VSM DRIVE CLiQ CU Cyclic data transfer error Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred fro...

Page 1862: ...er 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation LOCAL Reaction Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component Voltage Sensing Module involved Faulty hardware cannot be excluded Fault cause 32 20 hex Error in ...

Page 1863: ...use The properties of the DRIVE CLiQ component Voltage Sensing Module specified by the fault value have changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted One cause can be e g that a DRIVE CLiQ cable or DRIVE CLiQ component has been replaced Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Component number Remedy carry out a POWER ON when a component is replaced the same component ty...

Page 1864: ... Voltage Sensing Module VSM Reaction upon F NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A34904 F N VSM EEPROM Message value Message class Hardware software error 1 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component Voltage Sensing Module VSM Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An error has occurred accessing the non volatile memory on the Termi...

Page 1865: ...or is connected correctly replace the sensor allow to cool down and then check the ambient conditions load cycle and cooling fan fuse Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F34920 N A VSM overtemperature or temperature sensor fault Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF Compon...

Page 1866: ...t be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Alarm number Note If required the significance of this new alarm can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit Remedy replace the firmware on the Voltage Sensing Module by an older firmware versi...

Page 1867: ...ror Bit 3 1 drive group 4 error Bits 4 7 specifies for which F DOs incorrect links were specified Bit 4 1 F DO 0 error p10042 Bit 5 1 F DO 1 error p10043 Bit 6 1 F DO 2 error p10044 Bit 7 1 F DO 3 error p10045 Remedy check the setting of the fail safe digital inputs F DI for the Safety Extended Functions and set to a value of 0 or 255 p10024 p10039 check the setting of the signal sources for the f...

Page 1868: ...re activated in TM54F All the drives are not enabled Fault value r0949 interpret binary If a bit is set in the range bit 0 5 then the following applies The communication cycle specified in p10000 x does not correspond with the monitoring cycle of the drive object which was specified in p10010 x if only p10000 0 used then this value must be identical with all monitoring cycles of the drive objects ...

Page 1869: ...ues and are not enabled See also p10010 SI TM54F drive object assignment Remedy deactivate parallel connection or TM54F with Basic Safety Functions copy RAM to ROM carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on F35006 TM54F drive groups invalid Message value 1 Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Drive object B_INF TM54F_MA TM54F_SL VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Pr...

Page 1870: ...BAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause A drive object number was assigned twice Each drive object number can be assigned only once Remedy Correct the assignment of the drive object numbers See also p10010 SI TM54F drive object assignment A35012 TM54F Test stop for fail safe digital inputs outputs Message value Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Dri...

Page 1871: ...ON Wait step 78 hex DO ON 83 hex DO OFF 1 Check diag DO or diag DI 2 Switch step 83 hex DO ON 8E hex DO OFF Wait step 8E hex DO OFF 99 hex DO OFF 1 Check diag DO or diag DI 2 Switch step 99 hex DO OFF A4 hex DO OFF Wait step A4 hex DO OFF AF hex DO OFF Check Diag DO or Diag DI AF hex DO original state C5 hex DO original state Switching step C5 hex End of test The expected states to be checked depe...

Page 1872: ... of safety functions PFH value Operation beyond this maximum time period is permissible if it can be ensured that the forced checking procedure is performed before persons enter the hazardous area and who are depending on the safety functions correctly functioning See also p10003 SI TM54F forced checking procedure timer Remedy Carry out the forced checking procedure for the digital inputs outputs ...

Page 1873: ... Module Hydraulic Module carry out the following steps start the copy function for the node identifier on the TM54F p9700 1D hex acknowledge the hardware CRC on the TM54F p9701 EC hex save all parameters p0977 1 carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for all components For SINUMERIK the following applies HMI supports the replacement of components with Safety functions operating area Diagnostics...

Page 1874: ...dge IMMEDIATELY Cause For the 24 V power supply for the Terminal Module 54F TM54F an overvoltage condition was detected As fault response fail safe input terminal signals are transferred to the motion monitoring functions Remedy check the 24 V DC power supply for the TM54F carry out safe acknowledgment p10006 F35051 TM54F Defect in a monitoring channel Message value 1 Message class Safety monitori...

Page 1875: ...lculation of drive group 3 bb A0 BD hex error in the data for the calculation of the drive group 4 bb BE hex debounce time of the fail safe inputs F DI p10017 bb BF hex debounce time of the single channel inputs DI p10017 bb C0 hex debounce time of the Diag inputs p10017 bb C1 hex error in the internal data for p10030 SDI positive bb C2 hex error in the internal data for p10031 SDI negative bb C3 ...

Page 1876: ...and cable routing for EMC compliance upgrade TM54F firmware to more recent version contact Technical Support replace the TM54F Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F35053 TM54F Temperature fault threshold exceeded Message value 1 Message class Overtemperature of the electronic components 6 Drive object B_INF TM54F_MA TM54F_SL VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NO...

Page 1877: ...POWER ON switch off switch on for all components For internal communication errors check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance upgrade the software on the TM54F contact Technical Support replace the TM54F Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON A35080 F TM54F Checksum error safety parameters Message value 1 Message class Safety monitoring channel has i...

Page 1878: ...nowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause A communication error between the TM54F master and Control Unit or between the TM54F slave and the Motor Module Hydraulic Module was detected Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy When replacing a Motor Module Hydraulic Module carry out the following steps start the copy function for the node identifier on the T...

Page 1879: ...switch discrepancy time which may actually apply td possible actual discrepancy time in ms that can occur with a switching operation This must correspond to at least 1 SI sampling cycle see p10000 tp period for a switching operation in ms For cyclic switching operations and when debounce p10017 is active the discrepancy time is directly specified by the debounce time If the period of a cyclic swit...

Page 1880: ... POWER ON switch off on for all components replace the component if necessary Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F35207 N A TM Temperature fault alarm threshold channel 0 exceeded Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component Te...

Page 1881: ...1650 ohms the temperature r4105 1 250 C if r4101 1 1650 ohms the temperature r4105 1 50 C The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105 1 and can be interconnected Notice This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the Terminal Module Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature actual value at the time...

Page 1882: ...permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction Vector OFF2 NONE OFF1 OFF3 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module TM at least one of the following conditions to initiate this fault is fulfilled alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the...

Page 1883: ...d Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The temperature measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module TM r4105 1 has exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm p4102 2 Note For sensor type P...

Page 1884: ...ture r4105 3 250 C if r4101 3 1650 ohms the temperature r4105 3 50 C Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Temperature actual value at the time of initiation 0 1 C Remedy Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102 6 hysteresis 5 K for TM150 can be set using p4118 3 See also p4102 Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE F35220 N ...

Page 1885: ... the internal and external measured value is too high 1000 pulses Remedy reduce the basic clock cycle p0110 p0111 if required replace the component e g internal short circuit Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE A35222 F N TM Encoder pulse number not permissible Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning proc...

Page 1886: ...nal Module TM used has signaled internal errors Signals from this module may not be evaluated because they are very likely to be incorrect Remedy If required replace the Terminal Module F35233 DRIVE CLiQ component function not supported Message value 1 Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component Termina...

Page 1887: ...alue at the time of initiation 0 1 C Remedy allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102 9 hysteresis p4118 4 if required set the fault response to NONE p2100 p2101 See also p4102 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F35401 N A TM Temperature fault alarm threshold channel 5 exceeded Message value 1 Message class External measured value signa...

Page 1888: ...1650 ohms the temperature r4105 6 250 C if r4101 6 1650 ohms the temperature r4105 6 50 C The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105 6 and can be interconnected Notice This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the Terminal Module Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature actual value at the time...

Page 1889: ...ermissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction Vector OFF2 NONE OFF1 OFF3 Infeed OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 TM150 at least one of the following conditions to initiate this fault is fulfilled alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the...

Page 1890: ...e at the time of initiation 0 1 C Remedy allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102 19 hysteresis p4118 9 if required set the fault response to NONE p2100 p2101 See also p4102 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F35406 N A TM Temperature fault alarm threshold channel 10 exceeded Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal...

Page 1891: ...ctual value is displayed via connector output r4105 11 and can be interconnected Notice This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the Terminal Module Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature actual value at the time of initiation 0 1 C Remedy allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102 23 hysteresis p4118 1...

Page 1892: ... 0 1 C Remedy Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102 10 hysteresis p4118 5 See also p4102 Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A35412 F N TM Temperature alarm threshold channel 6 exceeded Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G...

Page 1893: ...ssage value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The temperature r4105 8 measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 TM150 has exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm p4102 16 Note For sensor type PTC...

Page 1894: ...es if r4101 10 1650 ohms the temperature r4105 10 250 C if r4101 10 1650 ohms the temperature r4105 10 50 C Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Temperature actual value at the time of initiation 0 1 C Remedy Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102 20 hysteresis p4118 10 See also p4102 Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE...

Page 1895: ...O Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred between the Control Unit and the Terminal Module involved Fault cause 10 0A hex The sign of life bit in the receive telegram is not set Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy chec...

Page 1896: ...on NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause Internal parameter data is corrupted Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the component is maintained replace the Terminal Module 31 TM31 Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reaction upon A NONE Acknowl upon A NONE F35820 TM DRI...

Page 1897: ... TM150 TM31 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the Terminal Module involved The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism Fault cause 33 21 hex The cyclic telegram has not been received 34 22 hex Timeout in the telegram receive list 64 40 ...

Page 1898: ...or Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved F35845 TM DRIVE CLiQ C...

Page 1899: ...odule involved TM to the Control Unit The DRIVE CLiQ component did not set the sign of life to the Control Unit Fault cause 10 0A hex The sign of life bit in the receive telegram is not set Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy Upgrade the firmware of the component invo...

Page 1900: ...y Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off on check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts See also p9915 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold ma...

Page 1901: ...yclic operation Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the power supply voltage of the component involved carry out a POWER ON replace the component involved See also p9915 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master F35886 TM DRIVE CLiQ CU Error when ...

Page 1902: ... value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved F35895 TM DRIVE CLiQ CU Alternating cyclic data tra...

Page 1903: ... TM Unknown fault Message value New message 1 Message class General drive fault 19 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 TM31 TM54F_MA TM54F_SL VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction Vector NONE IASC DCBRK OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause A fault has occurred on the Terminal Module that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit fir...

Page 1904: ...hes the firmware version of Control Unit r0018 if required replace the Terminal Module Note The firmware versions that match each other are in the readme txt file on the memory card Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A35906 F N TM 24 V power supply missing Message value 1 Message class Supply voltage fault undervoltage 3 Drive object B...

Page 1905: ...ule has exceeded the highest permissible limit Remedy reduce the ambient temperature replace the Terminal Module Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A35911 F N TM Clock synchronous operation sign of life missing Message value Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTO...

Page 1906: ...l measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM120 TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When evaluating the temperature sensor an error occurred Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Wire breakage or sensor not connected KTY84 R 1630 Ohm TM150 R 2170 Ohm PT100 R 194 Ohm PT1000 R 1720 Ohm TM150 R 1944 ...

Page 1907: ...Ohm PT1000 R 1720 Ohm TM150 R 1944 Ohm 2 Measured resistance too low PTC thermistor R 20 Ohm KTY84 R 50 Ohm TM150 R 180 Ohm PT100 R 60 Ohm PT1000 R 603 Ohm Remedy make sure that the sensor is connected correctly replace the sensor Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A35924 F N TM Error temperature sensor channel 4 Message value 1 Messag...

Page 1908: ...ject B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When evaluating the temperature sensor an error occurred Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Wire breakage or sensor not connected KTY84 R 2170 Ohm PT100 R 194 Ohm PT1000 R 1944 Ohm 2 Measured resistance too low PTC thermistor R 20 Ohm KTY84 R 180 Ohm PT100 R 60 Ohm PT1000 R 603 Ohm Remed...

Page 1909: ... PT100 R 60 Ohm PT1000 R 603 Ohm Remedy make sure that the sensor is connected correctly replace the sensor Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A35929 F N TM Error temperature sensor channel 9 Message value 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G Component T...

Page 1910: ...measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Drive object B_INF TM150 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Module TM Propagation BICO Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When evaluating the temperature sensor an error occurred Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Wire breakage or sensor not connected KTY84 R 2170 Ohm PT100 R 194 Ohm PT1000 R 1944 Ohm 2 Measured resistance too low PTC ther...

Page 1911: ...E Acknowl upon N NONE F36207 N A Hub Overtemperature component Message value 1 Message class Overtemperature of the electronic components 6 Drive object B_INF HUB VECTOR_G Component Terminal Board TB Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The temperature on the DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module has exceeded the fault threshold Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Actua...

Page 1912: ...tage 3 Drive object B_INF HUB VECTOR_G Component Terminal Board TB Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The 24 V power supply on the DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module has undershot the fault threshold Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Actual operating voltage in 0 1 C resolution Remedy check the supply voltage of the component involved replace the component involv...

Page 1913: ...fe bit in the receive telegram is not set Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ connection replace the component involved See also p9916 DRIVE CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave Reaction upon F NONE Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY Reaction...

Page 1914: ...gation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The internal parameter data on the DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module is incorrect Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the component is maintained replace the DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE Reac...

Page 1915: ... Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF HUB VECTOR_G Component Terminal Board TB Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module involved The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism Fault cause 33 21 hex The cyclic telegram has not been received 34 22 hex Time...

Page 1916: ...or Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved F36845 Hub DRIVE CLiQ ...

Page 1917: ...knowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause DRIVE CLiQ communication error from DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control Unit Fault cause 1 01 hex Checksum error CRC error 2 02 hex Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 3 03 hex Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length of the receive telegram does not match the receiv...

Page 1918: ...upply voltage for the components has failed Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off on check the power supply voltage wiring for the DRIVE CLiQ component interrupted cable contacts check the dimensioning of the power supply for the DRIVE CL...

Page 1919: ...mponent fault Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object B_INF HUB TM120 TM150 TM31 VECTOR_G Component Terminal Board TB Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module involved Faulty hardware cannot be excluded Fault cause 32 20 hex Error in the...

Page 1920: ... value have changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted One cause can be e g that a DRIVE CLiQ cable or DRIVE CLiQ component has been replaced Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Component number Remedy carry out a POWER ON when a component is replaced the same component type and if possible the same firmware version should be used when a cable is replaced only ca...

Page 1921: ...Hub Module that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Alarm number Note If required the significance of this new alarm can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit Remedy replace the firmware on the DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module with o...

Page 1922: ...socket X102 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal First fault that has occurred for this drive object Remedy Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object F40003 Fault at DRIVE CLiQ socket X103 Message value 1 Message class General drive fault 19 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A fault has occurred at the drive object at the D...

Page 1923: ...iQ socket X100 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal First alarm that has occurred for this drive object Remedy Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object A40101 Alarm at DRIVE CLiQ socket X101 Message value 1 Message class General drive fault 19 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIV...

Page 1924: ...ocket X104 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal First alarm that has occurred for this drive object Remedy Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object A40105 Alarm at DRIVE CLiQ socket X105 Message value 1 Message class General drive fault 19 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE CL...

Page 1925: ...ion LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved Fault cause 1 01 hex Checksum error CRC error 2 02 hex Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 3 03 hex Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length of ...

Page 1926: ...ternal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object All objects Component DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module Hub Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism Fault cause 33 21 hex The cyclic telegram has not been received 34 22 hex Timeout...

Page 1927: ...or Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved F40845 CX32 DRIVE CLiQ...

Page 1928: ...ation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit Fault cause 1 01 hex Checksum error CRC error 2 02 hex Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 3 03 hex Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length o...

Page 1929: ...failed Fault cause 9 09 hex The power supply voltage for the components has failed Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on check the supply voltage wiring of the DRIVE CLiQ component interrupted cable contacts check the dimensioni...

Page 1930: ...ause Remedy Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on F40887 CX32 DRIVE CLiQ CU Component fault Message value Component number 1 fault cause 2 Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Drive object All objects Component DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module Hub Propagation LOCAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component concerned Faulty hardware cannot b...

Page 1931: ...eneral fault Remedy check the wiring between the cooling unit and the input terminal Terminal Module check the external control device for the cooling unit See also p0266 Cooling unit feedback signals signal source F49151 Cooling unit Conductivity has exceeded the fault threshold Message value Message class Auxiliary unit faulted 20 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Rea...

Page 1932: ...nit faulted 20 Drive object B_INF VECTOR_G Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The liquid leakage monitoring function has responded Caution If this fault is reparameterized as an alarm then using other monitoring functions it must be ensured that when cooling water is lost the drive is switched off See also r0267 Cooling unit status word Remedy check the c...

Page 1933: ...66 Cooling unit feedback signals signal source r0267 Cooling unit status word Remedy Check the device to de ionize the cooling liquid Reaction upon N NONE Acknowl upon N NONE A49171 N Cooling unit Conductivity has exceeded the alarm threshold Message value Message class Auxiliary unit faulted 20 Drive object B_INF Component None Propagation GLOBAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The conductiv...

Page 1934: ...he signal excitation ready feedback signal was not received within the monitoring time Bit 1 After an ON command the signal excitation ready feedback signal was not received within the monitoring time Bit 2 After the pulses were enabled the signal excitation operational feedback signal was not received within the monitoring time Bit 3 The excitation group signal fault signal is present Bit 4 The s...

Page 1935: ...er Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Event number Remedy Not necessary This message disappears automatically A50001 F PN COMM BOARD Configuration error Message value 1 Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOCAL Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause CBE20 A PROFINET controller attempts to establish a connection u...

Page 1936: ...NE Acknowledge NONE Cause CBE20 SINAMICS Link A specific telegram word receive is being used twice Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy info 1 xxxx info 2 Info 1 decimal Address of sender Info 2 decimal Receive telegram word See also p8870 SINAMICS Link PZD receive word p8872 SINAMICS Link PZD receive address Remedy CBE20 SINAMICS Link Correct the parameter assignment Reaction...

Page 1937: ...values for all participants nodes See also p8811 SINAMICS Link project selection p8812 SINAMICS Link clock cycle settings Reaction upon F Vector NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Infeed NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowl upon F IMMEDIATELY A50006 F COMM BOARD Alarm 6 Message value Info 1 1 info 2 2 Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Drive object All objects Component None Propagation LOC...

Page 1938: ...ction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause CBE20 SINAMICS Link A receive telegram word is greater than possible in the project Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy info 1 xxxx info 2 Info 1 decimal drive object number from p8870 Info 2 decimal index from p8870 See also p8811 SINAMICS Link project selection p8870 SINAMICS Link PZD receive word Remedy In the case of CBE20 SINAMICS Link C...

Page 1939: ...eaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause CBE20 EtherNet IP An EtherNet IP controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram The telegram length set in the controller does not match the parameterization in the drive device Remedy Check the set telegram length For p0922 not equal to 999 then the length of the selected telegram applies For p0922 999 the maximum intercon...

Page 1940: ...4 Faults and alarms 4 2 List of faults and alarms SINAMICS G130 G150 1940 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A ...

Page 1941: ...A SINAMICS G130 G150 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A 1941 Appendix Content A 1 ASCII table characters that can be displayed 1942 A 2 List of abbreviations 1945 A 3 References 1954 ...

Page 1942: ... Space 33 21 Exclamation mark 34 22 Quotation mark 35 23 Number sign 36 24 Dollar 37 25 Percent 38 26 Ampersand 39 27 Apostrophe closing single quotation mark 40 28 Opening parenthesis 41 29 Closing parenthesis 42 2A Asterisk 43 2B Plus 44 2C Comma 45 2D Hyphen minus 46 2E Period decimal point 47 2F Slash slant 0 48 30 Digit 0 1 49 31 Digit 1 2 50 32 Digit 2 3 51 33 Digit 3 4 52 34 Digit 4 5 53 35...

Page 1943: ...78 4E Capital letter N O 79 4F Capital letter O P 80 50 Capital letter P Q 81 51 Capital letter Q R 82 52 Capital letter R S 83 53 Capital letter S T 84 54 Capital letter T U 85 55 Capital letter U V 86 56 Capital letter V W 87 57 Capital letter W X 88 58 Capital letter X Y 89 59 Capital letter Y Z 90 5A Capital letter Z 91 5B Opening bracket 92 5C Backslash 93 5D Closing bracket 94 5E Circumflex ...

Page 1944: ...m 109 6D Small letter m n 110 6E Small letter n o 111 6F Small letter o p 112 70 Small letter p q 113 71 Small letter q r 114 72 Small letter r s 115 73 Small letter s t 116 74 Small letter t u 117 75 Small letter u v 118 76 Small letter v w 119 77 Small letter w x 120 78 Small letter x y 121 79 Small letter y z 122 7A Small letter z 123 7B Opening brace 124 7C Vertical line 125 7D Closing brace 1...

Page 1945: ...andard Code for Information Interchange American coding standard for the exchange of information AS i AS Interface Actuator Sensor Interface AS interface open bus system in automation technology ASM Asynchronmotor Induction motor B BB Betriebsbedingung Operation condition BERO Contactless proximity switch BI Binector Input Binector input BIA Berufsgenossenschaftliches Institut für Arbeitssicherhei...

Page 1946: ...B Drive Control Block Drive Control Block DCBRK DC Brake DC braking DCC Drive Control Chart Drive Control Chart DCN Direct Current Negative Direct current negative DCP Direct Current Positive Direct current positive DDC Dynamic Drive Control Dynamic Drive Control DDS Drive Data Set Drive Data Set DI Digital Input Digital input DI DO Digital Input Digital Output Digital input output bidirectional D...

Page 1947: ...ntial Service Mode Essential service mode ESR Extended Stop and Retract Extended stop and retract F F Fault Fault FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions FBLOCKS Free Blocks Free function blocks FCC Function control chart Function control chart FCC Flux Current Control Flux current control FD Function Diagram Function diagram F DI Fail safe Digital Input Failsafe digital input F ...

Page 1948: ...t IEC International Electrotechnical Commission International Electrotechnical Commission IF Interface Interface IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Insulated gate bipolar transistor IGCT Integrated Gate Controlled Thyristor Semiconductor power switch with integrated control electrode IL Impulslöschung Pulse suppression IP Internet Protocol Internet protocol IPO Interpolator Interpolator IT Iso...

Page 1949: ...sstaster Probe N N C Not Connected Not connected N No Report No report or internal message NAMUR Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft für Mess und Regeltechnik in der chemischen Industrie Standardization association for measurement and control in chemical industries NC Normally Closed contact NC contacts NC Numerical Control Numerical control NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standardization...

Page 1950: ...dule Power Module PMSM Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Permanent magnet synchronous motor PN PROFINET PROFINET PNO PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation PROFIBUS user organization PPI Point to Point Interface Point to point interface PRBS Pseudo Random Binary Signal White noise PROFIBUS Process Field Bus Serial data bus PS Power Supply Power supply PSA Power Stack Adapter Power Stack Adapter PT1000 Tempe...

Page 1951: ...celeration monitoring SBC Safe Brake Control Safe brake control SBH Sicherer Betriebshalt Safe operating stop SBR Safe Brake Ramp Safe brake ramp monitoring SBT Safe Brake Test Safe brake test SCA Safe Cam Safe cam SCC Safety Control Channel Safety Control Channel SD Card SecureDigital Card Secure digital memory card SDC Standard Drive Control Standard Drive Control SDI Safe Direction Safe motion ...

Page 1952: ...erial interface SSM Safe Speed Monitor Safe feedback from speed monitor SSP SINAMICS support package SINAMICS support package STO Safe Torque Off Safe torque off STW Steuerwort Control word T TB Terminal Board Terminal Board TEC Technology Extension Software component which is installed as an additional technology package and which expands the functionality of SINAMICS previously OA application TI...

Page 1953: ...Deutscher Ingenieure Association of German Engineers VPM Voltage Protection Module Voltage Protection Module Vpp Volt peak to peak Volt peak to peak VSM Voltage Sensing Module Voltage Sensing Module W WEA Wiedereinschaltautomatik Automatic restart WZM Werkzeugmaschine Machine tool X XML Extensible Markup Language Extensible markup language standard language for Web publishing and document manageme...

Page 1954: ...1 A3 Edition 2013 D 21 3 SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units Article number E86060 K5521 A131 A5 Edition 2015 D 35 Inverters for Pumps Fans Compressors SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet Article number E86060 K5535 A101 A1 Edition 2014 Related catalogs ST 70 SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation Article number E86060 K467...

Page 1955: ...ng instructions Article number On request Edition 07 2016 BA3 SINAMICS S150 Operating instructions Article number On request Edition 07 2016 GH1 SINAMICS S120 Control Units and Additional System Components Manual Article number 6SL3097 4AH00 0 P6 Edition 07 2016 GH2 SINAMICS S120 Booksize Power Units Manual Article number 6SL3097 4AC00 0 P8 Edition 07 2016 GH3 SINAMICS S120 Chassis Power Units Equ...

Page 1956: ...3097 4AF00 0 P5 Edition 07 2016 IH2 SINAMICS S120 CANopen Commissioning Manual Article number 6SL3097 4AA00 0 P2 Edition 07 2016 FH1 SINAMICS S120 Drive Functions Function Manual Article number 6SL3097 4AB00 0 P5 Edition 07 2016 FHS SINAMICS S120 Function Manual for Safety Integrated Article number 6SL3097 4AR00 0 P6 Edition 07 2016 FH4 SINAMICS SIMOTION DCC Standard Blocks Function Manual Article...

Page 1957: ...0 P5 Edition 09 2015 PKTS Complete SIMOTICS T 1FW3 Torque Motors Configuration Manual Article number 6SN1197 0AD70 0 P8 Edition 11 2015 PJ1FN3 SIMOTICS L 1FN3 Linear Motors Configuration Manual Article number 6SN1197 0AB86 0 P1 Edition 03 2015 1FN3_BE SIMOTICS L 1FN3 Linear Motors Operating instructions Article number 6SN1197 0AF01 0 P0 Edition 03 2012 PJTMS SIMOTICS T 1FW6 Built In Torque Motors ...

Page 1958: ...üthig Manfred Popp 2nd Edition ISBN 3 7785 2781 9 P2 PROFIBUS DP Getting Started PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e V Manfred Popp Article number 4 071 P3 Manual for PROFIBUS Networks SIEMENS Article number 6GK1970 5CA20 0AA0 P4 PROFIBUS and PROFINET PROFIdrive Profile Drive Technology PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e V Haid und Neu Straße 7 D 76131 Karlsruhe Germany http www profibus com http www profine...

Page 1959: ... number 2 111 German 2 112 English Version 1 0 Documentation for Safety Equipment LV1 SIRIUS SENTRON SIVACON Low Voltage Controls and Distribution Catalog Article number E86060 K1002 A101 A5 Edition 2006 MRL Directive 2006 42 EU of the European Parliament and Council Machinery Directive Bundesanzeiger Verlags GmbH Edition 2006 SISH Safety Integrated System Manual Article number 6ZB5000 0AA01 0BA1 ...

Page 1960: ...A Appendix A 3 References SINAMICS G130 G150 1960 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A ...

Page 1961: ...ta r0108 31 1 p8835 3 1118 2381 Control commands interrogation commands 1120 2382 States 1121 2401 PROFIdrive overview 1124 2410 PROFIBUS PB PROFINET PN addresses and diagnostics 1125 2415 Standard telegrams and process data 1 1126 2416 Standard telegrams and process data 2 1127 2419 Manufacturer specific telegrams and process data 1 1128 2420 Manufacturer specific telegrams and process data 2 112...

Page 1962: ...egram free interconnection 1159 2493 IF2 send telegram free interconnection 1160 2495 CU_STW1 control word 1 Control Unit interconnection 1161 2496 CU_ZSW1 status word 1 Control Unit interconnection 1162 2497 A_DIGITAL interconnection 1163 2498 E_DIGITAL interconnection 1164 2499 A_DIGITAL_1 interconnection 1165 2500 E_DIGITAL_1 interconnection 1166 2501 Control word sequence control 1168 2503 Sta...

Page 1963: ... 2894 TM54F fail safe digital inputs F DI 5 F DI 9 1215 2895 TM54F fail safe digital outputs F DO 0 F DO 3 digital inputs DI 20 DI 23 1216 2900 TM54F Basic Functions control interface p9601 2 3 0 p9601 6 1 1217 2901 TM54F Basic Functions Safe State selection 1218 2902 TM54F Basic Functions assignment F DO 0 F DO 3 1219 2905 TM54F Extended Functions control interface p9601 2 1 p9601 3 0 1220 2906 T...

Page 1964: ...00 2 1264 6730 Interface to the Motor Module ASM p0300 1 1265 6731 Interface to the Motor Module PEM p0300 2 1266 6790 Flux setpoint RESM p0300 6 1267 6791 Id setpoint RESM p0300 6 1268 6792 Interface to the Motor Module RESM p0300 6 1269 6799 Display signals 1270 7010 Friction characteristic 1272 7014 External Armature Short Circuit EASC p0300 2xx or 4xx 1273 7016 Internal Armature Short Circuit ...

Page 1965: ... outputs electrically isolated DO 0 DO 3 1322 9104 TB30 analog inputs AI 0 AI 1 1323 9106 TB30 analog outputs AO 0 AO 1 1324 9204 Receive telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 1326 9206 Receive telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 1327 9208 Send telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 1328 9210 Send telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 1329 9220 Control word CANopen 1330 9226 Status word CANopen...

Page 1966: ...trol word sequence control 1313 Interface control signals actual values 1317 Missing enables line contactor control 1316 Overview 1312 Sequencer 1315 Signals and monitoring functions 1311 1318 Status word sequence control 1314 Table of contents 1311 Basic Operator Panel BOP 1353 Basic extended brake control 1183 BI Binector Input 18 BICO technology 1105 Binector Input BI 18 Output BO 18 Bit field ...

Page 1967: ...oder Data Set 24 1305 1308 ENCODER 1358 Encoder data sets 1305 Encoder evaluation 1236 Essential service mode ESM 1277 Expert list 28 Explanations on function diagrams 1101 F Factory setting 27 Fault Acknowledgment 1359 1366 Cause 1366 Component 1365 Display 1356 Drive object 1365 Explanation of list 1361 Fault location 1362 Fault reaction 1357 1366 General information 1356 How to distinguish a fa...

Page 1968: ...outputs bidirectional DI DO 14 DI DO 15 1113 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 8 DI DO 9 1110 Overview 1107 Function diagrams data sets Command Data Sets CDS 1306 Drive Data Sets DDS 1307 Encoder Data Sets EDS 1308 Motor Data Sets MDS 1309 Power unit Data Sets PDS 1310 Function diagrams diagnostics Alarm buffer 1299 Fault buffer 1298 Faults alarms configuration 1301 Faults alarms trigger ...

Page 1969: ...r specific 1146 PZD send signals interconnection profile specific 1145 Standard telegrams and process data 1 1126 Standard telegrams and process data 2 1127 STW1 control word interconnection p2038 0 1142 STW1 control word interconnection p2038 2 1141 STW1_BM control word metal industry interconnection 1133 STW2 control word interconnection p2038 0 1143 STW2_BM control word metal industry interconn...

Page 1970: ...peed signals 1 1286 Speed signals 2 1287 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 1290 Thermal monitoring power unit 1294 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 1288 Function diagrams TB30 Analog inputs AI 0 to AI 1 1323 Analog outputs AO 0 AO 1 1324 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 0 DI 3 1321 Digital outputs electrically isolated DO 0 DO 3 1322 Overview 1320 Func...

Page 1971: ...x controller and Vdc_min controller U f 1253 Function diagrams VSM Analog inputs AI 0 AI 3 1351 Temperature evaluation 1352 Function module 18 Fxxxx 1361 G General information about parameters 16 on faults and alarms 1356 on function diagrams 1101 H Holding brake 1183 Hotline 7 I IASC 1358 Index Factory setting 29 Parameters 17 29 Industrial security 13 Information Product information 5 Input term...

Page 1972: ...ction 28 Index 17 29 Linked parameters 17 List of all parameters 34 List of parameters for command data sets 1069 List of parameters for drive data sets 1071 List of parameters for encoder data sets 1079 List of parameters for motor data sets 1081 List of parameters for power unit data sets 1084 Name 18 Number 17 Number range 31 P Group 24 Safety instructions 29 Short name 18 Unit 24 Unit group 24...

Page 1973: ...M150 1346 Terminal Module 31 TM31 1332 Terminal Module 54F TM54F 1210 Terminals Control Unit 320 2 CU320 2 1106 Terminal Board 30 TB30 1319 Terminal Module 31 TM31 1332 Thermal monitoring 1284 Torque signals 1284 U U Operation state 21 U f control Vector 1251 Unit parameter 24 Usage phases 6 V Values parameter 28 Vector control Current setpoint filter 1259 Droop 1243 Encoder evaluation 1236 Field ...

Page 1974: ...Index SINAMICS G130 G150 1974 List Manual LH2 07 2016 A5E03263479A ...

Page 1975: ......

Page 1976: ...Siemens AG Process Industries and Drives Large Drives P O Box 4743 90025 NUREMBERG GERMANY Subject to change without prior notice Siemens AG 2003 2016 www siemens com drives ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for SINAMICS G130

Cisco Firepower 4110 Hardware Installation Manual preview
Firepower 4110
Brand: Cisco Pages: 84
Cisco 6100 Installation Procedures Manual preview
6100
Brand: Cisco Pages: 52
Cisco CRS-16-LCC/M Installation Manual preview
CRS-16-LCC/M
Brand: Cisco Pages: 268
Cisco 7505 Configuration Manual preview
7505
Brand: Cisco Pages: 303
Cisco Firepower 4100 Series Command Reference Manual preview
Firepower 4100 Series
Brand: Cisco Pages: 420
Cisco CRS Configuration Manual preview
CRS
Brand: Cisco Pages: 430
Cisco NCS 1001 Start Manual preview
NCS 1001
Brand: Cisco Pages: 40
Yeong Yang YY-R226 Technical Instruction preview
YY-R226
Brand: Yeong Yang Pages: 4
Bay Networks Centillion 100 Installation Manual preview
Centillion 100
Brand: Bay Networks Pages: 10
Optical Systems Design OSD350B Operation Manual preview
OSD350B
Brand: Optical Systems Design Pages: 12
Supero SC847 Series User Manual preview
SC847 Series
Brand: Supero Pages: 188
iStarUSA D-200L-T Product Quick Manual preview
D-200L-T
Brand: iStarUSA Pages: 3

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands